WWW/0407750070060000000000000000005442250546007646 5 0joesystem 1 0 WWW/TkWWW/0407750070060000000000000000005442250520006656 5 0 1 0 WWW/TkWWW/Server/0407750070060000000000000000005442250512010125 5 0 1 0 WWW/TkWWW/Server/HTFile.c1006640070060000000000006743205437773151012243 037777777777 1 0 /* File Access HTFile.c ** =========== ** ** This is unix-specific code in general, with some VMS bits. ** These are routines for file access used by browsers. ** ** History: ** Feb 91 Written Tim Berners-Lee CERN/CN ** Apr 91 vms-vms access included using DECnet syntax ** 26 Jun 92 (JFG) When running over DECnet, suppressed FTP. ** Fixed access bug for relative names on VMS. ** ** Bugs: ** FTP: Cannot access VMS files from a unix machine. ** How can we know that the ** target machine runs VMS? */ #include "HTFile.h" /* Implemented here */ #define INFINITY 512 /* file name length @@ FIXME */ #define MULTI_SUFFIX ".multi" /* Extension for scanning formats */ #include "HTUtils.h" #include "HTParse.h" #include "tcp.h" #include "HTTCP.h" #ifndef DECNET #include "HTFTP.h" #endif #include "HTAnchor.h" #include "HTAtom.h" #include "HTWriter.h" #include "HTFWriter.h" #include "HTInit.h" #include "HTBTree.h" #include "TkWWWCmds.h" typedef struct _HTSuffix { char * suffix; HTAtom * rep; HTAtom * encoding; float quality; } HTSuffix; #ifdef USE_DIRENT /* Set this for Sys V systems */ #define STRUCT_DIRENT struct dirent #else #define STRUCT_DIRENT struct direct #endif #include "HTML.h" /* For directory object building */ #define PUTC(c) (*target->isa->put_character)(target, c) #define PUTS(s) (*target->isa->put_string)(target, s) #define START(e) (*target->isa->start_element)(target, e, 0, 0) #define END(e) (*target->isa->end_element)(target, e) #define END_TARGET (*target->isa->end_document)(target) #define FREE_TARGET (*target->isa->free)(target) struct _HTStructured { CONST HTStructuredClass * isa; /* ... */ }; /* Controlling globals ** */ PUBLIC int HTDirAccess = HT_DIR_OK; PUBLIC int HTDirReadme = HT_DIR_README_TOP; PRIVATE char *HTMountRoot = "/Net/"; /* Where to find mounts */ #ifdef vms PRIVATE char *HTCacheRoot = "/WWW$SCRATCH/"; /* Where to cache things */ #else PRIVATE char *HTCacheRoot = "/tmp/W3_Cache_"; /* Where to cache things */ #endif /* PRIVATE char *HTSaveRoot = "$(HOME)/WWW/";*/ /* Where to save things */ /* Suffix registration */ PRIVATE HTList * HTSuffixes = 0; PRIVATE HTSuffix no_suffix = { "*", NULL, NULL, 1.0 }; PRIVATE HTSuffix unknown_suffix = { "*.*", NULL, NULL, 1.0}; /* Define the representation associated with a file suffix ** ------------------------------------------------------- ** ** Calling this with suffix set to "*" will set the default ** representation. ** Calling this with suffix set to "*.*" will set the default ** representation for unknown suffix files which contain a ".". */ PUBLIC void HTSetSuffix ARGS4( CONST char *, suffix, CONST char *, representation, CONST char *, encoding, float, value) { HTSuffix * suff; if (strcmp(suffix, "*")==0) suff = &no_suffix; else if (strcmp(suffix, "*.*")==0) suff = &unknown_suffix; else { suff = (HTSuffix*) calloc(1, sizeof(HTSuffix)); if (suff == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTSetSuffix"); if (!HTSuffixes) HTSuffixes = HTList_new(); HTList_addObject(HTSuffixes, suff); StrAllocCopy(suff->suffix, suffix); } suff->rep = HTAtom_for(representation); { char * enc = NULL; char * p; StrAllocCopy(enc, encoding); for (p=enc; *p; p++) *p = TOLOWER(*p); suff->encoding = HTAtom_for(encoding); } suff->quality = value; } #ifdef vms /* Convert unix-style name into VMS name ** ------------------------------------- ** ** Bug: Returns pointer to static -- non-reentrant */ PRIVATE char * vms_name(CONST char * nn, CONST char * fn) { /* We try converting the filename into Files-11 syntax. That is, we assume ** first that the file is, like us, on a VMS node. We try remote ** (or local) DECnet access. Files-11, VMS, VAX and DECnet ** are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corporation. ** The node is assumed to be local if the hostname WITHOUT DOMAIN ** matches the local one. @@@ */ static char vmsname[INFINITY]; /* returned */ char * filename = (char*)malloc(strlen(fn)+1); char * nodename = (char*)malloc(strlen(nn)+2+1); /* Copies to hack */ char *second; /* 2nd slash */ char *last; /* last slash */ char * hostname = HTHostName(); if (!filename || !nodename) outofmem(__FILE__, "vms_name"); strcpy(filename, fn); strcpy(nodename, ""); /* On same node? Yes if node names match */ { char *p, *q; for (p=hostname, q=nn; *p && *p!='.' && *q && *q!='.'; p++, q++){ if (TOUPPER(*p)!=TOUPPER(*q)) { strcpy(nodename, nn); q = strchr(nodename, '.'); /* Mismatch */ if (q) *q=0; /* Chop domain */ strcat(nodename, "::"); /* Try decnet anyway */ break; } } } second = strchr(filename+1, '/'); /* 2nd slash */ last = strrchr(filename, '/'); /* last slash */ if (!second) { /* Only one slash */ sprintf(vmsname, "%s%s", nodename, filename + 1); } else if(second==last) { /* Exactly two slashes */ *second = 0; /* Split filename from disk */ sprintf(vmsname, "%s%s:%s", nodename, filename+1, second+1); *second = '/'; /* restore */ } else { /* More than two slashes */ char * p; *second = 0; /* Split disk from directories */ *last = 0; /* Split dir from filename */ sprintf(vmsname, "%s%s:[%s]%s", nodename, filename+1, second+1, last+1); *second = *last = '/'; /* restore filename */ for (p=strchr(vmsname, '['); *p!=']'; p++) if (*p=='/') *p='.'; /* Convert dir sep. to dots */ } free(nodename); free(filename); return vmsname; } #endif /* vms */ /* Send README file ** ** If a README file exists, then it is inserted into the document here. */ #ifdef GOT_READ_DIR PRIVATE void do_readme ARGS2(HTStructured *, target, CONST char *, localname) { FILE * fp; char * readme_file_name = malloc(strlen(localname)+ 1 + strlen(HT_DIR_README_FILE) + 1); strcpy(readme_file_name, localname); strcat(readme_file_name, "/"); strcat(readme_file_name, HT_DIR_README_FILE); fp = fopen(readme_file_name, "r"); if (fp) { HTStructuredClass targetClass; targetClass = *target->isa; /* (Can't init agregate in K&R) */ START(HTML_PRE); for(;;){ char c = fgetc(fp); if (c == (char)EOF) break; switch (c) { case '&': case '<': case '>': PUTC('&'); PUTC('#'); PUTC((char)(c / 10)); PUTC((char) (c % 10)); PUTC(';'); break; /* case '\n': PUTC('\r'); Bug removed thanks to joe@athena.mit.edu */ default: PUTC(c); } } END(HTML_PRE); fclose(fp); } } #endif /* Make the cache file name for a W3 document ** ------------------------------------------ ** Make up a suitable name for saving the node in ** ** E.g. /tmp/WWW_Cache_news/1234@cernvax.cern.ch ** /tmp/WWW_Cache_http/crnvmc/FIND/xx.xxx.xx ** ** On exit, ** returns a malloc'ed string which must be freed by the caller. */ PUBLIC char * HTCacheFileName ARGS1(CONST char *,name) { char * access = HTParse(name, "", PARSE_ACCESS); char * host = HTParse(name, "", PARSE_HOST); char * path = HTParse(name, "", PARSE_PATH+PARSE_PUNCTUATION); char * result; result = (char *)malloc( strlen(HTCacheRoot)+strlen(access) +strlen(host)+strlen(path)+6+1); if (result == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTCacheFileName"); sprintf(result, "%s/WWW/%s/%s%s", HTCacheRoot, access, host, path); free(path); free(access); free(host); return result; } /* Open a file for write, creating the path ** ---------------------------------------- */ #ifdef NOT_IMPLEMENTED PRIVATE int HTCreatePath ARGS1(CONST char *,path) { return -1; } #endif /* Convert filenames between local and WWW formats ** ----------------------------------------------- ** Make up a suitable name for saving the node in ** ** E.g. $(HOME)/WWW/news/1234@cernvax.cern.ch ** $(HOME)/WWW/http/crnvmc/FIND/xx.xxx.xx ** ** On exit, ** returns a malloc'ed string which must be freed by the caller. */ PUBLIC char * HTLocalName ARGS1(CONST char *,name) { char * access = HTParse(name, "", PARSE_ACCESS); char * host = HTParse(name, "", PARSE_HOST); char * path = HTParse(name, "", PARSE_PATH+PARSE_PUNCTUATION); HTUnEscape(path); /* Interpret % signs */ if (0==strcmp(access, "file")) { free(access); if ((0==strcasecomp(host, HTHostName())) || (0==strcasecomp(host, "localhost")) || !*host) { free(host); if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "Node `%s' means path `%s'\n", name, path); return(path); } else { char * result = (char *)malloc( strlen("/Net/")+strlen(host)+strlen(path)+1); if (result == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTLocalName"); sprintf(result, "%s%s%s", "/Net/", host, path); free(host); free(path); if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "Node `%s' means file `%s'\n", name, result); return result; } } else { /* other access */ char * result; CONST char * home = (CONST char*)getenv("HOME"); if (!home) home = "/tmp"; result = (char *)malloc( strlen(home)+strlen(access)+strlen(host)+strlen(path)+6+1); if (result == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTLocalName"); sprintf(result, "%s/WWW/%s/%s%s", home, access, host, path); free(path); free(access); free(host); return result; } } /* Make a WWW name from a full local path name ** ** Bugs: ** At present, only the names of two network root nodes are hand-coded ** in and valid for the NeXT only. This should be configurable in ** the general case. */ PUBLIC char * WWW_nameOfFile ARGS1 (CONST char *,name) { char * result; #ifdef NeXT if (0==strncmp("/private/Net/", name, 13)) { result = (char *)malloc(7+strlen(name+13)+1); if (result == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "WWW_nameOfFile"); sprintf(result, "file://%s", name+13); } else #endif if (0==strncmp(HTMountRoot, name, 5)) { result = (char *)malloc(7+strlen(name+5)+1); if (result == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "WWW_nameOfFile"); sprintf(result, "file://%s", name+5); } else { result = (char *)malloc(7+strlen(HTHostName())+strlen(name)+1); if (result == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "WWW_nameOfFile"); sprintf(result, "file://%s%s", HTHostName(), name); } if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "File `%s'\n\tmeans node `%s'\n", name, result); return result; } /* Determine a suitable suffix, given the representation ** ----------------------------------------------------- ** ** On entry, ** rep is the atomized MIME style representation ** ** On exit, ** returns a pointer to a suitable suffix string if one has been ** found, else "". */ PUBLIC CONST char * HTFileSuffix ARGS1(HTAtom*, rep) { HTSuffix * suff; int n; int i; #ifndef NO_INIT if (!HTSuffixes) HTFileInit(); #endif n = HTList_count(HTSuffixes); for(i=0; irep == rep) { return suff->suffix; /* OK -- found */ } } return ""; /* Dunno */ } /* Determine file format from file name ** ------------------------------------ ** ** This version will return the representation and also set ** a variable for the encoding. ** ** It will handle for example x.txt, x.txt,Z, x.Z */ PUBLIC HTFormat HTFileFormat ARGS2 ( CONST char *, filename, HTAtom **, pencoding) { HTSuffix * suff; int n; int i; int lf = strlen(filename); #ifndef NO_INIT if (!HTSuffixes) HTFileInit(); #endif *pencoding = NULL; n = HTList_count(HTSuffixes); for(i=0; isuffix); if ((ls <= lf) && 0==strcmp(suff->suffix, filename + lf - ls)) { int j; *pencoding = suff->encoding; if (suff->rep) return suff->rep; /* OK -- found */ for(j=0; jsuffix); if ((ls <= lf) && 0==strncmp( suff->suffix, filename + lf - ls -ls2, ls2)) { if (suff->rep) return suff->rep; } } } } /* defaults tree */ suff = strchr(filename, '.') ? /* Unknown suffix */ ( unknown_suffix.rep ? &unknown_suffix : &no_suffix) : &no_suffix; /* set default encoding unless found with suffix already */ if (!*pencoding) *pencoding = suff->encoding ? suff->encoding : HTAtom_for("binary"); return suff->rep ? suff->rep : WWW_BINARY; } /* Determine value from file name ** ------------------------------ ** */ PUBLIC float HTFileValue ARGS1 (CONST char *,filename) { HTSuffix * suff; int n; int i; int lf = strlen(filename); #ifndef NO_INIT if (!HTSuffixes) HTFileInit(); #endif n = HTList_count(HTSuffixes); for(i=0; isuffix); if ((ls <= lf) && 0==strcmp(suff->suffix, filename + lf - ls)) { if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "File: Value of %s is %.3f\n", filename, suff->quality); return suff->quality; /* OK -- found */ } } return 0.3; /* Dunno! */ } /* Determine write access to a file ** -------------------------------- ** ** On exit, ** return value YES if file can be accessed and can be written to. ** ** Bugs: ** 1. No code for non-unix systems. ** 2. Isn't there a quicker way? */ #ifdef vms #define NO_GROUPS #endif #ifdef NO_UNIX_IO #define NO_GROUPS #endif #ifdef PCNFS #define NO_GROUPS #endif PUBLIC BOOL HTEditable ARGS1 (CONST char *,filename) { #ifdef NO_GROUPS return NO; /* Safe answer till we find the correct algorithm */ #else int groups[NGROUPS]; uid_t myUid; int ngroups; /* The number of groups */ struct stat fileStatus; int i; if (stat(filename, &fileStatus)) /* Get details of filename */ return NO; /* Can't even access file! */ ngroups = getgroups(NGROUPS, groups); /* Groups to which I belong */ myUid = geteuid(); /* Get my user identifier */ if (TRACE) { int i; fprintf(stderr, "File mode is 0%o, uid=%d, gid=%d. My uid=%d, %d groups (", (unsigned int) fileStatus.st_mode, fileStatus.st_uid, fileStatus.st_gid, myUid, ngroups); for (i=0; i strlen(MULTI_SUFFIX)) && (0==strcmp(localname + strlen(localname) - strlen(MULTI_SUFFIX), MULTI_SUFFIX))) { DIR *dp; STRUCT_DIRENT * dirbuf; float best = NO_VALUE_FOUND; /* So far best is bad */ HTFormat best_rep = NULL; /* Set when rep found */ STRUCT_DIRENT best_dirbuf; /* Best dir entry so far */ char * base = strrchr(localname, '/'); int baselen; if (!base || base == localname) goto forget_multi; *base++ = 0; /* Just got directory name */ baselen = strlen(base)- strlen(MULTI_SUFFIX); base[baselen] = 0; /* Chop off suffix */ dp = opendir(localname); if (!dp) { forget_multi: free(localname); return HTLoadError(sink, 500, "Multiformat: directory scan failed."); } while (dirbuf = readdir(dp)) { /* while there are directory entries to be read */ if (dirbuf->d_ino == 0) continue; /* if the entry is not being used, skip it */ if (dirbuf->d_namlen > baselen && /* Match? */ !strncmp(dirbuf->d_name, base, baselen)) { HTFormat rep = HTFileFormat(dirbuf->d_name, &encoding); float value = HTStackValue(rep, format_out, HTFileValue(dirbuf->d_name), 0.0 /* @@@@@@ */); if (value != NO_VALUE_FOUND) { if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTFile: value of presenting %s is %f\n", HTAtom_name(rep), value); if (value > best) { best_rep = rep; best = value; best_dirbuf = *dirbuf; } } /* if best so far */ } /* if match */ } /* end while directory entries left to read */ closedir(dp); if (best_rep) { format = best_rep; base[-1] = '/'; /* Restore directory name */ base[0] = 0; StrAllocCat(localname, best_dirbuf.d_name); goto open_file; } else { /* If not found suitable file */ free(localname); return HTLoadError(sink, 403, /* List formats? */ "Could not find suitable representation for transmission."); } /*NOTREACHED*/ } /* if multi suffix */ /* ** Check to see if the 'localname' is in fact a directory. If it is ** create a new hypertext object containing a list of files and ** subdirectories contained in the directory. All of these are links ** to the directories or files listed. ** NB This assumes the existance of a type 'STRUCT_DIRENT', which will ** hold the directory entry, and a type 'DIR' which is used to point to ** the current directory being read. */ if (stat(localname,&dir_info) == -1) { /* get file information */ /* if can't read file information */ if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTFile: can't stat %s\n", localname); } else { /* Stat was OK */ if (((dir_info.st_mode) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR) { /* if localname is a directory */ HTStructured* target; /* HTML object */ HTStructuredClass targetClass; DIR *dp; STRUCT_DIRENT * dirbuf; char * logical; char * tail; BOOL present[HTML_A_ATTRIBUTES]; char * tmpfilename = NULL; struct stat file_info; if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,"%s is a directory\n",localname); /* Check directory access. ** Selective access means only those directories containing a ** marker file can be browsed */ if (HTDirAccess == HT_DIR_FORBID) { free(localname); return HTLoadError(sink, 403, "Directory browsing is not allowed."); } if (HTDirAccess == HT_DIR_SELECTIVE) { char * enable_file_name = malloc(strlen(localname)+ 1 + strlen(HT_DIR_ENABLE_FILE) + 1); strcpy(enable_file_name, localname); strcat(enable_file_name, "/"); strcat(enable_file_name, HT_DIR_ENABLE_FILE); if (stat(enable_file_name, &file_info) != 0) { free(localname); return HTLoadError(sink, 403, "Selective access is not enabled for this directory"); } } dp = opendir(localname); if (!dp) { free(localname); return HTLoadError(sink, 403, "This directory is not readable."); } /* Directory access is allowed and possible */ logical = HTAnchor_address((HTAnchor*)anchor); tail = strrchr(logical, '/') +1; /* last part or "" */ target = HTML_new(anchor, format_out, sink); targetClass = *target->isa; /* Copy routine entry points */ { int i; for(i=0; id_ino == 0) /* if the entry is not being used, skip it */ continue; /* if the current entry is parent directory */ if ((*(dirbuf->d_name)=='.') || (*(dirbuf->d_name)==',')) continue; /* skip those files whose name begins with '.' or ',' */ dirname = (HTBTElement *)malloc( strlen(dirbuf->d_name) + 2); if (dirname == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__,"DirRead"); StrAllocCopy(tmpfilename,localname); if (strcmp(localname,"/")) /* if filename is not root directory */ StrAllocCat(tmpfilename,"/"); StrAllocCat(tmpfilename,dirbuf->d_name); stat(tmpfilename, &file_info); if (((file_info.st_mode) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR) sprintf((char *)dirname,"D%s",dirbuf->d_name); else sprintf((char *)dirname,"F%s",dirbuf->d_name); /* D & F to have first directories, then files */ HTBTree_add(bt,dirname); /* Sort dirname in the tree bt */ } /* Run through tree printing out in order */ { HTBTElement * next_element = HTBTree_next(bt,NULL); /* pick up the first element of the list */ char state; /* I for initial (.. file), D for directory file, F for file */ state = 'I'; while (next_element != NULL) { StrAllocCopy(tmpfilename,localname); if (strcmp(localname,"/")) /* if filename is not root directory */ StrAllocCat(tmpfilename,"/"); StrAllocCat(tmpfilename, (char *)HTBTree_object(next_element)+1); /* append the current entry's filename to the path */ HTSimplify(tmpfilename); /* Output the directory entry */ if (strcmp((char *) (HTBTree_object(next_element)),"D..")) { if (state != *(char *)(HTBTree_object(next_element))) { if (state == 'D') END(HTML_DIR); state = *(char *) (HTBTree_object(next_element))=='D'?'D':'F'; START(HTML_H2); PUTS(state == 'D'?"Subdirectories:":"Files"); END(HTML_H2); START(HTML_DIR); } START(HTML_LI); } HTDirEntry(target, tail, (char*)HTBTree_object(next_element) +1); next_element = HTBTree_next(bt,next_element); /* pick up the next element of the list; if none, return NULL*/ } if (state == 'I') { START(HTML_P); PUTS("Empty Directory"); } else END(HTML_DIR); } /* end while directory entries left to read */ closedir(dp); free(logical); free(tmpfilename); HTBTreeAndObject_free(bt); if (HTDirReadme == HT_DIR_README_BOTTOM) do_readme(target, localname); END_TARGET; FREE_TARGET; free(localname); return HT_LOADED; /* document loaded */ } } /* end if localname is directory */ } /* end if file stat worked */ /* End of directory reading section */ #endif open_file: { FILE * fp = fopen(localname,"r"); if(TRACE) fprintf (stderr, "HTFile: Opening `%s' gives %p\n", localname, (void*)fp); if (fp) { /* Good! */ if (HTEditable(localname)) { HTAtom * put = HTAtom_for("PUT"); HTList * methods = HTAnchor_methods(anchor); if (HTList_indexOf(methods, put) == (-1)) { HTList_addObject(methods, put); } } free(localname); if (HTTkUseInPlace(format, format_out)) HTTkSetOutputFile(format, anchor, filename); else HTParseFile(format, format_out, anchor, fp, sink); fclose(fp); return HT_LOADED; } /* If succesfull open */ } /* scope of fp */ } /* local unix file system */ #endif #endif #ifndef DECNET /* Now, as transparently mounted access has failed, we try FTP. */ { if (strcmp(nodename, HTHostName())!=0) return HTFTPLoad(addr, anchor, format_out, sink); } #endif /* All attempts have failed. */ { if (TRACE) printf("Can't open `%s', errno=%d\n", addr, errno); return HTLoadError(sink, 403, "Can't access requested file."); } } /* Protocol descriptors */ PUBLIC HTProtocol HTFTP = { "ftp", HTLoadFile, 0 }; PUBLIC HTProtocol HTFile = { "file", HTLoadFile, HTFileSaveStream }; me, &encoding); #ifdef vms /* Assume that the file is in Unix-style syntax if it contains a '/' after the leading one @@ */ { char * vmsname = strchr(filename + 1, '/') ? vms_name(nodename, filename) : filename + 1; WWW/TkWWW/Server/HTFormat.c1006640070060000000000003313105442241745012574 037777777777 1 0 /* Manage different file formats HTFormat.c ** ============================= ** ** Bugs: ** Not reentrant. ** ** Assumes the incoming stream is ASCII, rather than a local file ** format, and so ALWAYS converts from ASCII on non-ASCII machines. ** Therefore, non-ASCII machines can't read local files. ** */ /* Implements: */ #include "HTFormat.h" PUBLIC float HTMaxSecs = 1e10; /* No effective limit */ PUBLIC float HTMaxLength = 1e10; /* No effective limit */ #ifdef unix #ifdef NeXT #define PRESENT_POSTSCRIPT "open %s; /bin/rm -f %s\n" #else #define PRESENT_POSTSCRIPT "(ghostview %s ; /bin/rm -f %s)&\n" /* Full pathname would be better! */ #endif #endif #include "HTUtils.h" #include "tcp.h" #include "HTML.h" #include "HTMLDTD.h" #include "HText.h" #include "HTAlert.h" #include "HTList.h" #include "HTInit.h" /* Streams and structured streams which we use: */ #include "HTFWriter.h" #include "HTPlain.h" #include "SGML.h" #include "HTML.h" #include "HTMLGen.h" PUBLIC BOOL HTOutputSource = NO; /* Flag: shortcut parser to stdout */ extern BOOL interactive; struct _HTStream { CONST HTStreamClass* isa; /* ... */ }; /* Presentation methods ** -------------------- */ PUBLIC HTList * HTPresentations = 0; PUBLIC HTPresentation* default_presentation = 0; /* Define a presentation system command for a content-type ** ------------------------------------------------------- */ PUBLIC void HTSetPresentation ARGS5( CONST char *, representation, CONST char *, command, float, quality, float, secs, float, secs_per_byte ){ HTPresentation * pres = (HTPresentation *)malloc(sizeof(HTPresentation)); if (pres == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTSetPresentation"); pres->rep = HTAtom_for(representation); pres->rep_out = WWW_PRESENT; /* Fixed for now ... :-) */ pres->converter = HTSaveAndExecute; /* Fixed for now ... */ pres->quality = quality; pres->secs = secs; pres->secs_per_byte = secs_per_byte; pres->rep = HTAtom_for(representation); pres->command = 0; StrAllocCopy(pres->command, command); if (!HTPresentations) HTPresentations = HTList_new(); if (strcmp(representation, "*")==0) { if (default_presentation) free(default_presentation); default_presentation = pres; } else { HTList_addObject(HTPresentations, pres); } } /* Define a built-in function for a content-type ** --------------------------------------------- */ PUBLIC void HTSetConversion ARGS6( CONST char *, representation_in, CONST char *, representation_out, HTConverter*, converter, float, quality, float, secs, float, secs_per_byte ){ HTPresentation * pres = (HTPresentation *)malloc(sizeof(HTPresentation)); if (pres == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTSetPresentation"); pres->rep = HTAtom_for(representation_in); pres->rep_out = HTAtom_for(representation_out); pres->converter = converter; pres->command = NULL; /* Fixed */ pres->quality = quality; pres->secs = secs; pres->secs_per_byte = secs_per_byte; pres->command = 0; if (!HTPresentations) HTPresentations = HTList_new(); if (strcmp(representation_in, "*")==0) { if (default_presentation) free(default_presentation); default_presentation = pres; } else { HTList_addObject(HTPresentations, pres); } } /* File buffering ** -------------- ** ** The input file is read using the macro which can read from ** a socket or a file. ** The input buffer size, if large will give greater efficiency and ** release the server faster, and if small will save space on PCs etc. */ #define INPUT_BUFFER_SIZE 4096 /* Tradeoff */ PRIVATE char input_buffer[INPUT_BUFFER_SIZE]; PRIVATE char * input_pointer; PRIVATE char * input_limit; PRIVATE int input_file_number; /* Set up the buffering ** ** These routines are public because they are in fact needed by ** many parsers, and on PCs and Macs we should not duplicate ** the static buffer area. */ PUBLIC void HTInitInput ARGS1 (int,file_number) { input_file_number = file_number; input_pointer = input_limit = input_buffer; } PUBLIC char HTGetChararcter NOARGS { char ch; do { if (input_pointer >= input_limit) { int status = NETREAD( input_file_number, input_buffer, INPUT_BUFFER_SIZE); if (status <= 0) { if (status == 0) return (char)EOF; if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTFormat: File read error %d\n", status); return (char)EOF; /* -1 is returned by UCX at end of HTTP link */ } input_pointer = input_buffer; input_limit = input_buffer + status; } ch = *input_pointer++; } while (ch == (char) 13); /* Ignore ASCII carriage return */ return FROMASCII(ch); } /* Stream the data to an ouput file as binary */ PUBLIC int HTOutputBinary ARGS2( int, input, FILE *, output) { do { int status = NETREAD( input, input_buffer, INPUT_BUFFER_SIZE); if (status <= 0) { if (status == 0) return 0; if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTFormat: File read error %d\n", status); return 2; /* Error */ } fwrite(input_buffer, sizeof(char), status, output); } while (YES); } /* Create a filter stack ** --------------------- ** ** If a wildcard match is made, a temporary HTPresentation ** structure is made to hold the destination format while the ** new stack is generated. This is just to pass the out format to ** MIME so far. Storing the format of a stream in the stream might ** be a lot neater. */ PUBLIC HTStream * HTStreamStack ARGS4( HTFormat, format_in, HTFormat, rep_out, HTStream*, sink, HTParentAnchor*, anchor) { HTAtom * wildcard = HTAtom_for("*"); HTPresentation temp; if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTFormat: Constructing stream stack for %s to %s\n", HTAtom_name(format_in), HTAtom_name(rep_out)); if (rep_out == WWW_SOURCE || rep_out == format_in) return sink; if (!HTPresentations) HTFormatInit(); /* set up the list */ { int n = HTList_count(HTPresentations); int i; HTPresentation * pres; for(i=0; irep == format_in) { if (pres->rep_out == rep_out) return (*pres->converter)(pres, anchor, sink); if (pres->rep_out == wildcard) { temp = *pres;/* make temp conversion to needed fmt */ temp.rep_out = rep_out; /* yuk */ return (*pres->converter)(&temp, anchor, sink); } } } } #ifdef XMOSAIC_HACK return sink; #else if (default_presentation) { temp = *default_presentation; temp.rep = format_in; return (*default_presentation->converter)(&temp, anchor, sink); } else return NULL; #endif } /* Find the cost of a filter stack ** ------------------------------- ** ** Must return the cost of the same stack which StreamStack would set up. ** ** On entry, ** length The size of the data to be converted */ PUBLIC float HTStackValue ARGS4( HTFormat, format_in, HTFormat, rep_out, float, initial_value, long int, length) { HTAtom * wildcard = HTAtom_for("*"); if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTFormat: Evaluating stream stack for %s worth %.3f to %s\n", HTAtom_name(format_in), initial_value, HTAtom_name(rep_out)); if (rep_out == WWW_SOURCE || rep_out == format_in) return 0.0; if (!HTPresentations) HTFormatInit(); /* set up the list */ { int n = HTList_count(HTPresentations); int i; HTPresentation * pres; for(i=0; irep == format_in && ( pres->rep_out == rep_out || pres->rep_out == wildcard)) { float value = initial_value * pres->quality; if (HTMaxSecs != 0.0) value = value - (length*pres->secs_per_byte + pres->secs) /HTMaxSecs; return value; } } } return -1e30; /* Really bad */ } /* Push data from a socket down a stream ** ------------------------------------- ** ** This routine is responsible for creating and PRESENTING any ** graphic (or other) objects described by the file. ** ** The file number given is assumed to be a TELNET stream ie containing ** CRLF at the end of lines which need to be stripped to LF for unix ** when the format is textual. ** */ PUBLIC void HTCopy ARGS2( int, file_number, HTStream*, sink) { HTStreamClass targetClass; /* Push the data down the stream ** */ targetClass = *(sink->isa); /* Copy pointers to procedures */ /* Push binary from socket down sink */ for(;;) { int status = NETREAD( file_number, input_buffer, INPUT_BUFFER_SIZE); if (status <= 0) { if (status == 0) break; if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTFormat: Read error, read returns %d\n", status); break; } #ifdef NOT_ASCII { char * p; for(p = input_buffer; p < input_buffer+status; p++) { *p = FROMASCII(*p); } } #endif (*targetClass.put_block)(sink, input_buffer, status); } /* next bufferload */ } /* Push data from a file pointer down a stream ** ------------------------------------- ** ** This routine is responsible for creating and PRESENTING any ** graphic (or other) objects described by the file. ** ** */ PUBLIC void HTFileCopy ARGS2( FILE *, fp, HTStream*, sink) { HTStreamClass targetClass; /* Push the data down the stream ** */ targetClass = *(sink->isa); /* Copy pointers to procedures */ /* Push binary from socket down sink */ for(;;) { int status = fread( input_buffer, 1, INPUT_BUFFER_SIZE, fp); if (status == 0) { /* EOF or error */ if (ferror(fp) == 0) break; if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTFormat: Read error, read returns %d\n", ferror(fp)); break; } (*targetClass.put_block)(sink, input_buffer, status); } /* next bufferload */ } /* Push data from a socket down a stream STRIPPING CR ** -------------------------------------------------- ** ** This routine is responsible for creating and PRESENTING any ** graphic (or other) objects described by the socket. ** ** The file number given is assumed to be a TELNET stream ie containing ** CRLF at the end of lines which need to be stripped to LF for unix ** when the format is textual. ** */ PUBLIC void HTCopyNoCR ARGS2( int, file_number, HTStream*, sink) { HTStreamClass targetClass; /* Push the data, ignoring CRLF, down the stream ** */ targetClass = *(sink->isa); /* Copy pointers to procedures */ /* Push text from telnet socket down sink ** ** @@@@@ To push strings could be faster? (especially is we ** cheat and don't ignore CR! :-} */ HTInitInput(file_number); for(;;) { char character; character = HTGetChararcter(); if (character == (char)EOF) break; (*targetClass.put_character)(sink, character); } } /* Parse a socket given format and file number ** ** This routine is responsible for creating and PRESENTING any ** graphic (or other) objects described by the file. ** ** The file number given is assumed to be a TELNET stream ie containing ** CRLF at the end of lines which need to be stripped to LF for unix ** when the format is textual. ** */ PUBLIC int HTParseSocket ARGS5( HTFormat, format_in, HTFormat, format_out, HTParentAnchor *, anchor, int, file_number, HTStream*, sink) { HTStream * stream; HTStreamClass targetClass; stream = HTStreamStack(format_in, format_out, sink , anchor); if (!stream) { char buffer[1024]; /* @@@@@@@@ */ sprintf(buffer, "Sorry, can't convert from %s to %s.", HTAtom_name(format_in), HTAtom_name(format_out)); if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTFormat: %s\n", buffer); return HTLoadError(sink, 501, buffer); } /* Push the data, ignoring CRLF if necessary, down the stream ** ** ** @@ Bug: This decision ought to be made based on "encoding" ** rather than on format. @@@ When we handle encoding. ** The current method smells anyway. */ targetClass = *(stream->isa); /* Copy pointers to procedures */ if (format_in == WWW_BINARY || HTOutputSource || strstr(HTAtom_name(format_in), "image/") || strstr(HTAtom_name(format_in), "audio/") || strstr(HTAtom_name(format_in), "video/")) { /* @@@@@@ */ HTCopy(file_number, stream); } else { /* ascii text with CRLFs :-( */ HTCopyNoCR(file_number, stream); } (*targetClass.end_document)(stream); (*targetClass.free)(stream); return HT_LOADED; } /* Parse a file given format and file pointer ** ** This routine is responsible for creating and PRESENTING any ** graphic (or other) objects described by the file. ** ** The file number given is assumed to be a TELNET stream ie containing ** CRLF at the end of lines which need to be stripped to LF for unix ** when the format is textual. ** */ PUBLIC int HTParseFile ARGS5( HTFormat, format_in, HTFormat, format_out, HTParentAnchor *, anchor, FILE *, fp, HTStream*, sink) { HTStream * stream; HTStreamClass targetClass; stream = HTStreamStack(format_in, format_out, sink , anchor); if (!stream) { char buffer[1024]; /* @@@@@@@@ */ sprintf(buffer, "Sorry, can't convert from %s to %s.", HTAtom_name(format_in), HTAtom_name(format_out)); if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTFormat(in HTParseFile): %s\n", buffer); return HTLoadError(sink, 501, buffer); } /* Push the data down the stream ** ** ** @@ Bug: This decision ought to be made based on "encoding" ** rather than on format. @@@ When we handle encoding. ** The current method smells anyway. */ targetClass = *(stream->isa); /* Copy pointers to procedures */ HTFileCopy(fp, stream); (*targetClass.end_document)(stream); (*targetClass.free)(stream); return HT_LOADED; } */ PRIVATE char input_buffer[INPUT_BUFFER_SIZE]; PRIVATE char * input_pointer; PRIVATE char * input_limit; PRIVATE int input_file_number; /* Set up the buffering ** ** These routines are public because they are in fact needed by ** many parsers, and on PCs and Macs we should not duplicate ** the static buffer area. */ PUBLIC void HTInitInput ARGS1 (int,file_number) { input_file_number = file_number; input_poinWWW/TkWWW/Server/HTInit.c1006640070060000000000000135105370617253012247 037777777777 1 0 /* Configuration-specific Initialialization HTInit.c ** ---------------------------------------- */ /* Define a basic set of suffixes and presentations ** ------------------------------------------------ */ /* Implements: */ #include "HTInit.h" PUBLIC void HTFormatInit NOARGS { } /* Define a basic set of suffixes ** ------------------------------ ** ** The LAST suffix for a type is that used for temporary files ** of that type. ** The quality is an apriori bias as to whether the file should be ** used. Not that different suffixes can be used to represent files ** which are of the same format but are originals or regenerated, ** with different values. */ #ifndef NO_INIT PUBLIC void HTFileInit NOARGS { } #endif /* NO_INIT */ the ** new stack is generated. This is just to pass the out format to ** MIME so far. Storing the format of a stream in the stream might ** be a lot neater. */ PUBLIC HTStream * HTStreamStack ARGS4( HTFormat, format_in, HTFormat, rep_out, HTStream*, sink, HTParentAnchorWWW/TkWWW/Server/HTML.c1006640070060000000000004444705442241752011666 037777777777 1 0 /* Structured stream to Rich hypertext converter ** ============================================ ** ** This generates of a hypertext object. It converts from the ** structured stream interface fro HTMl events into the style- ** oriented iunterface of the HText.h interface. This module is ** only used in clients and shouldnot be linked into servers. ** ** Override this module if making a new GUI browser. ** */ #include "HTMLDTD.h" #include "HTML.h" #include #include #include "HTAtom.h" #include "HTextDef.h" #include "HTAlert.h" #include "HTMLGen.h" #include "HTParse.h" #define "TkWWWCmds.h" /* HTML Object ** ----------- */ struct _HTStructured { CONST HTStructuredClass * isa; HTParentAnchor * node_anchor; HText * text; HTStream* target; /* Output stream */ HTStreamClass targetClass; /* Output routines */ HTChunk title; /* Grow by 128 */ char * comment_start; /* for literate programming */ char * comment_end; BOOL in_title; BOOL in_comment; BOOL in_word; /* Have just had a non-white char */ BOOL in_verbatim; }; struct _HTStream { CONST HTStreamClass * isa; /* .... */ }; /* Entity values -- for ISO Latin 1 local representation ** ** This MUST match exactly the table referred to in the DTD! */ static char * ISO_Latin1[] = { "\306", /* capital AE diphthong (ligature) */ "\301", /* capital A, acute accent */ "\302", /* capital A, circumflex accent */ "\300", /* capital A, grave accent */ "\305", /* capital A, ring */ "\303", /* capital A, tilde */ "\304", /* capital A, dieresis or umlaut mark */ "\307", /* capital C, cedilla */ "\320", /* capital Eth, Icelandic */ "\311", /* capital E, acute accent */ "\312", /* capital E, circumflex accent */ "\310", /* capital E, grave accent */ "\313", /* capital E, dieresis or umlaut mark */ "\315", /* capital I, acute accent */ "\316", /* capital I, circumflex accent */ "\314", /* capital I, grave accent */ "\317", /* capital I, dieresis or umlaut mark */ "\321", /* capital N, tilde */ "\323", /* capital O, acute accent */ "\324", /* capital O, circumflex accent */ "\322", /* capital O, grave accent */ "\330", /* capital O, slash */ "\325", /* capital O, tilde */ "\326", /* capital O, dieresis or umlaut mark */ "\336", /* capital THORN, Icelandic */ "\332", /* capital U, acute accent */ "\333", /* capital U, circumflex accent */ "\331", /* capital U, grave accent */ "\334", /* capital U, dieresis or umlaut mark */ "\335", /* capital Y, acute accent */ "\341", /* small a, acute accent */ "\342", /* small a, circumflex accent */ "\346", /* small ae diphthong (ligature) */ "\340", /* small a, grave accent */ "\046", /* ampersand */ "\345", /* small a, ring */ "\343", /* small a, tilde */ "\344", /* small a, dieresis or umlaut mark */ "\347", /* small c, cedilla */ "\351", /* small e, acute accent */ "\352", /* small e, circumflex accent */ "\350", /* small e, grave accent */ "\360", /* small eth, Icelandic */ "\353", /* small e, dieresis or umlaut mark */ "\076", /* greater than */ "\355", /* small i, acute accent */ "\356", /* small i, circumflex accent */ "\354", /* small i, grave accent */ "\357", /* small i, dieresis or umlaut mark */ "\074", /* less than */ "\361", /* small n, tilde */ "\363", /* small o, acute accent */ "\364", /* small o, circumflex accent */ "\362", /* small o, grave accent */ "\370", /* small o, slash */ "\365", /* small o, tilde */ "\366", /* small o, dieresis or umlaut mark */ "\337", /* small sharp s, German (sz ligature) */ "\376", /* small thorn, Icelandic */ "\372", /* small u, acute accent */ "\373", /* small u, circumflex accent */ "\371", /* small u, grave accent */ "\374", /* small u, dieresis or umlaut mark */ "\375", /* small y, acute accent */ "\377", /* small y, dieresis or umlaut mark */ }; /* Entity values -- for NeXT local representation ** ** This MUST match exactly the table referred to in the DTD! ** */ static char * NeXTCharacters[] = { "\341", /* capital AE diphthong (ligature) */ "\202", /* capital A, acute accent */ "\203", /* capital A, circumflex accent */ "\201", /* capital A, grave accent */ "\206", /* capital A, ring */ "\204", /* capital A, tilde */ "\205", /* capital A, dieresis or umlaut mark */ "\207", /* capital C, cedilla */ "\220", /* capital Eth, Icelandic */ "\211", /* capital E, acute accent */ "\212", /* capital E, circumflex accent */ "\210", /* capital E, grave accent */ "\213", /* capital E, dieresis or umlaut mark */ "\215", /* capital I, acute accent */ "\216", /* capital I, circumflex accent these are */ "\214", /* capital I, grave accent ISO -100 hex */ "\217", /* capital I, dieresis or umlaut mark */ "\221", /* capital N, tilde */ "\223", /* capital O, acute accent */ "\224", /* capital O, circumflex accent */ "\222", /* capital O, grave accent */ "\351", /* capital O, slash 'cept this */ "\225", /* capital O, tilde */ "\226", /* capital O, dieresis or umlaut mark */ "\234", /* capital THORN, Icelandic */ "\230", /* capital U, acute accent */ "\231", /* capital U, circumflex accent */ "\227", /* capital U, grave accent */ "\232", /* capital U, dieresis or umlaut mark */ "\233", /* capital Y, acute accent */ "\326", /* small a, acute accent */ "\327", /* small a, circumflex accent */ "\361", /* small ae diphthong (ligature) */ "\325", /* small a, grave accent */ "\046", /* ampersand */ "\332", /* small a, ring */ "\330", /* small a, tilde */ "\331", /* small a, dieresis or umlaut mark */ "\333", /* small c, cedilla */ "\335", /* small e, acute accent */ "\336", /* small e, circumflex accent */ "\334", /* small e, grave accent */ "\346", /* small eth, Icelandic */ "\337", /* small e, dieresis or umlaut mark */ "\076", /* greater than */ "\342", /* small i, acute accent */ "\344", /* small i, circumflex accent */ "\340", /* small i, grave accent */ "\345", /* small i, dieresis or umlaut mark */ "\074", /* less than */ "\347", /* small n, tilde */ "\355", /* small o, acute accent */ "\356", /* small o, circumflex accent */ "\354", /* small o, grave accent */ "\371", /* small o, slash */ "\357", /* small o, tilde */ "\360", /* small o, dieresis or umlaut mark */ "\373", /* small sharp s, German (sz ligature) */ "\374", /* small thorn, Icelandic */ "\363", /* small u, acute accent */ "\364", /* small u, circumflex accent */ "\362", /* small u, grave accent */ "\366", /* small u, dieresis or umlaut mark */ "\367", /* small y, acute accent */ "\375", /* small y, dieresis or umlaut mark */ }; /* Entity values -- for IBM/PC Code Page 850 (International) ** ** This MUST match exactly the table referred to in the DTD! ** */ /* @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ TBD */ /* Set character set ** ---------------- */ PRIVATE char** p_entity_values = ISO_Latin1; /* Pointer to translation */ PUBLIC void HTMLUseCharacterSet ARGS1(HTMLCharacterSet, i) { p_entity_values = (i == HTML_NEXT_CHARS) ? NeXTCharacters : ISO_Latin1; } /*_________________________________________________________________________ ** ** A C T I O N R O U T I N E S */ /* Character handling ** ------------------ */ PRIVATE void HTML_put_character ARGS2(HTStructured *, me, char, c) { if (me->in_comment) return; if (me->in_title) { HTChunkPutc(&me->title, c); return; } if (me->in_verbatim) { HText_appendCharacter(me->text, c); return; } if (isspace(c)) { if (me->in_word) { HText_appendCharacter(me->text, ' '); me->in_word = NO; } } else { HText_appendCharacter(me->text, c); me->in_word = YES; } } /* String handling ** --------------- ** ** This is written separately from put_character becuase the loop can ** in some cases be promoted to a higher function call level for speed. */ PRIVATE void HTML_put_string ARGS2(HTStructured *, me, CONST char*, s) { CONST char *p; if (me->in_comment) return; if (me->in_title) { HTChunkPuts(&me->title, s); return; } if (me->in_verbatim) { HText_appendText(me->text, s); return; } for(p=s; *p; p++) { if (isspace(*p)) { if (me->in_word) { HText_appendCharacter(me->text, ' '); me->in_word = NO; } } else { HText_appendCharacter(me->text, *p); me->in_word = YES; } } /* for */ } /* Buffer write ** ------------ */ PRIVATE void HTML_write ARGS3(HTStructured *, me, CONST char*, s, int, l) { CONST char* p; CONST char* e = s+l; for (p=s; stext, "\"\ntkW3HtBeginAnc \""); HText_puts(me->text, name); HText_puts(me->text, "\" \""); HText_puts(me->text, href); HText_puts(me->text, "\"\ntkW3HtAdd \""); } PRIVATE void endAnchor ARGS1(HTStructured *, me) { HText_puts(me->text, "\"\ntkW3HtEndAnc\ntkW3HtAdd \""); } PRIVATE void setImage ARGS3(HTStructured *, me, CONST char*, name, BOOL, is_map) { HText_puts(me->text, "\"\ntkW3HtSetImg "); HText_puts(me->text, name); HText_puts(me->text, " "); HText_puts(me->text, is_map ? "1" : "0"); HText_puts(me->text, "\ntkW3HtAdd \""); } PRIVATE void addCommand ARGS3(HTStructured *, me, CONST char *, command, int, elem) { HText_puts(me->text, "\"\n"); HText_puts(me->text, command); HText_putc(me->text, ' '); HText_puts(me->text, HTML_dtd.tags[elem].name); HText_puts(me->text, "\ntkW3HtAdd \""); } #define beginParStyle(me, elem) addCommand((me), "tkW3HtBeginPar", (elem)); #define endParStyle(me, elem) addCommand((me), "tkW3HtEndPar", (elem)); #define appendBullet(me, elem) addCommand((me), "tkW3HtAddBul", (elem)); #define beginCharStyle(me, elem) addCommand((me), "tkW3HtBeginChar", (elem)); #define endCharStyle(me, elem) addCommand((me), "tkW3HtEndChar", (elem)); /* Start Element ** ------------- */ PRIVATE void HTML_start_element ARGS4( HTStructured *, me, int, element_number, CONST BOOL*, present, CONST char **, value) { switch (element_number) { case HTML_A: { char * href = NULL; if (present[HTML_A_HREF]) { StrAllocCopy(href, value[HTML_A_HREF]); HTSimplify(href); } beginAnchor(me, present[HTML_A_NAME] ? value[HTML_A_NAME] : "", present[HTML_A_HREF] ? href: ""); } break; case HTML_IMG: if (present[HTML_IMG_SRC]) setImage(me, value[HTML_IMG_SRC], present[HTML_IMG_ISMAP]); break; case HTML_TITLE: me->in_title = YES; HTChunkClear(&me->title); break; case HTML_NEXTID: break; case HTML_ISINDEX: HTAnchor_setIndex(me->node_anchor); HText_puts(me->text, "\"\ntkW3HtSetInd\ntkW3HtAdd \""); break; case HTML_DL: beginParStyle(me, present && present[DL_COMPACT] ? HTML_DLC : HTML_DL); break; case HTML_DT: case HTML_DD: case HTML_LI: case HTML_P: appendBullet(me, element_number); me->in_word = NO; break; case HTML_UL: case HTML_OL: case HTML_MENU: case HTML_DIR: beginParStyle(me, element_number); break; case HTML_LISTING: /* Litteral text */ case HTML_XMP: case HTML_PLAINTEXT: case HTML_PRE: me->in_verbatim = YES; beginParStyle(me, element_number); break; case HTML_HTML: /* Ignore these altogether */ case HTML_HEAD: case HTML_BODY: break; case HTML_TT: /* Physical character highlighting */ case HTML_B: case HTML_I: case HTML_U: case HTML_EM: /* Logical character highlighting */ case HTML_STRONG: case HTML_CODE: case HTML_SAMP: case HTML_KBD: case HTML_VAR: case HTML_DFN: case HTML_CITE: beginCharStyle(me, element_number); break; case HTML_H1: case HTML_H2: case HTML_H3: case HTML_H4: case HTML_H5: case HTML_H6: case HTML_H7: case HTML_ADDRESS: case HTML_BLOCKQUOTE: beginParStyle(me, element_number); break; case HTML_COMMENT: me->in_comment = YES; } /* end switch */ } /* End Element ** ----------- ** */ PRIVATE void HTML_end_element ARGS2(HTStructured *, me, int , element_number) { switch(element_number) { case HTML_A: endAnchor(me); break; case HTML_TITLE: HTChunkTerminate(&me->title); HTAnchor_setTitle(me->node_anchor, me->title.data); me->in_title = NO; break; case HTML_COMMENT: me->in_comment = NO; break; case HTML_TT: /* Physical character highlighting */ case HTML_B: case HTML_I: case HTML_U: case HTML_EM: /* Logical character highlighting */ case HTML_STRONG: case HTML_CODE: case HTML_SAMP: case HTML_KBD: case HTML_VAR: case HTML_DFN: case HTML_CITE: endCharStyle(me, element_number); break; case HTML_LISTING: /* Litteral text */ case HTML_XMP: case HTML_PLAINTEXT: case HTML_PRE: me->in_verbatim = NO; /* @@@@@@@ Assumes these do not nest */ default: endParStyle(me, element_number); break; } /* switch */ } /* Expanding entities ** ------------------ */ /* (In fact, they all shrink!) */ PRIVATE void HTML_put_entity ARGS2(HTStructured *, me, int, entity_number) { HTML_put_string(me, ISO_Latin1[entity_number]); /* @@ Other representations */ } /* Free an HTML object ** ------------------- ** ** If the document is empty, the text object will not yet exist. So we could in fact abandon creating the document and return an error code. In fact an empty document is an important type of document, so we don't. ** ** If non-interactive, everything is freed off. No: crashes -listrefs ** Otherwise, the interactive object is left. */ PUBLIC void HTML_free ARGS1(HTStructured *, me) { char *address; CONST char *title; if (me->comment_end) HTML_put_string(me,me->comment_end); HText_puts(me->text, "\"\ntkW3HtSetName \""); address = HTAnchor_address((HTAnchor *) me->node_anchor); HText_appendText(me->text, address); free(address); HText_puts(me->text, "\" \""); title = HTAnchor_title(me->node_anchor); if (title) HText_appendText(me->text, title); HText_endAppend(me->text); if (me->target) { (*me->targetClass.end_document)(me->target); (*me->targetClass.free)(me->target); } free(me); } PRIVATE void HTML_end_document ARGS1(HTStructured *, me) { /* Obsolete */ } /* P U B L I C */ /* Structured Object Class ** ----------------------- */ PUBLIC CONST HTStructuredClass HTMLPresentation = /* As opposed to print etc */ { "text/html", HTML_free, HTML_end_document, HTML_put_character, HTML_put_string, HTML_write, HTML_start_element, HTML_end_element, HTML_put_entity }; /* New Structured Text object ** -------------------------- ** ** The strutcured stream can generate either presentation, ** or plain text, or HTML. */ PUBLIC HTStructured* HTML_new ARGS3( HTParentAnchor *, anchor, HTFormat, format_out, HTStream*, stream) { HTStructured * me; if (format_out != WWW_PLAINTEXT && format_out != WWW_PRESENT) { HTStream * intermediate = HTStreamStack(WWW_HTML, format_out, stream, anchor); if (intermediate) return HTMLGenerator(intermediate); fprintf(stderr, "** Internal error: can't parse HTML to %s\n", HTAtom_name(format_out)); exit (-99); } me = (HTStructured*) malloc(sizeof(*me)); if (me == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTML_new"); me->isa = &HTMLPresentation; me->node_anchor = anchor; me->title.size = 0; me->title.growby = 128; me->title.allocated = 0; me->title.data = 0; me->comment_start = NULL; me->comment_end = NULL; me->target = stream; me->in_verbatim = NO; me->in_word = NO; me->in_comment = NO; me->in_title = NO; if (stream) me->targetClass = *stream->isa; /* Copy pointers */ me->text = HText_new2(anchor, stream); HText_beginAppend(me->text); return (HTStructured*) me; } /* HTConverter for HTML to plain text ** ---------------------------------- ** ** This will convert from HTML to presentation or plain text. */ PUBLIC HTStream* HTMLToPlain ARGS3( HTPresentation *, pres, HTParentAnchor *, anchor, HTStream *, sink) { return SGML_new(&HTML_dtd, HTML_new(anchor, pres->rep_out, sink)); } /* HTConverter for HTML to C code ** ------------------------------ ** ** C copde is like plain text but all non-preformatted code ** is commented out. ** This will convert from HTML to presentation or plain text. */ PUBLIC HTStream* HTMLToC ARGS3( HTPresentation *, pres, HTParentAnchor *, anchor, HTStream *, sink) { HTStructured * html; (*sink->isa->put_string)(sink, "/* "); /* Before even title */ html = HTML_new(anchor, WWW_PLAINTEXT, sink); html->comment_start = "/* "; html->comment_end = " */\n"; /* Must start in col 1 for cpp */ /* HTML_put_string(html,html->comment_start); */ return SGML_new(&HTML_dtd, html); } /* Presenter for HTML ** ------------------ ** ** This will convert from HTML to presentation or plain text. ** ** Override this if you have a windows version */ #ifndef GUI PUBLIC HTStream* HTMLPresent ARGS3( HTPresentation *, pres, HTParentAnchor *, anchor, HTStream *, sink) { return SGML_new(&HTML_dtd, HTML_new(anchor, WWW_PRESENT, NULL)); } #endif /* Record error message as a hypertext object ** ------------------------------------------ ** ** The error message should be marked as an error so that ** it can be reloaded later. ** This implementation just throws up an error message ** and leaves the document unloaded. ** A smarter implementation would load an error document, ** marking at such so that it is retried on reload. ** ** On entry, ** sink is a stream to the output device if any ** number is the HTTP error number ** message is the human readable message. ** ** On exit, ** returns a negative number to indicate lack of success in the load. */ PUBLIC int HTLoadError ARGS3( HTStream *, sink, int, number, CONST char *, message) { strncpy(HtErrorBuffer, message, ERROR_BUFSIZ); return -number; } e, CONST char*, s) { CONST char *p; if (me->in_comment) return; if (me->in_title) { HTChunkPuts(&me->title, s); return; } if (me->in_verbatim) { HText_appendText(me->text, s); retWWW/TkWWW/Server/HTMLDTD.c1006640070060000000000001520605440577303012213 037777777777 1 0 /* Our Static DTD for HTML ** ----------------------- */ /* Implements: */ #include "HTMLDTD.h" /* Entity Names ** ------------ ** ** This table must be matched exactly with ALL the translation tables */ static CONST char* entities[] = { "AElig", /* capital AE diphthong (ligature) */ "Aacute", /* capital A, acute accent */ "Acirc", /* capital A, circumflex accent */ "Agrave", /* capital A, grave accent */ "Aring", /* capital A, ring */ "Atilde", /* capital A, tilde */ "Auml", /* capital A, dieresis or umlaut mark */ "Ccedil", /* capital C, cedilla */ "ETH", /* capital Eth, Icelandic */ "Eacute", /* capital E, acute accent */ "Ecirc", /* capital E, circumflex accent */ "Egrave", /* capital E, grave accent */ "Euml", /* capital E, dieresis or umlaut mark */ "Iacute", /* capital I, acute accent */ "Icirc", /* capital I, circumflex accent */ "Igrave", /* capital I, grave accent */ "Iuml", /* capital I, dieresis or umlaut mark */ "Ntilde", /* capital N, tilde */ "Oacute", /* capital O, acute accent */ "Ocirc", /* capital O, circumflex accent */ "Ograve", /* capital O, grave accent */ "Oslash", /* capital O, slash */ "Otilde", /* capital O, tilde */ "Ouml", /* capital O, dieresis or umlaut mark */ "THORN", /* capital THORN, Icelandic */ "Uacute", /* capital U, acute accent */ "Ucirc", /* capital U, circumflex accent */ "Ugrave", /* capital U, grave accent */ "Uuml", /* capital U, dieresis or umlaut mark */ "Yacute", /* capital Y, acute accent */ "aacute", /* small a, acute accent */ "acirc", /* small a, circumflex accent */ "aelig", /* small ae diphthong (ligature) */ "agrave", /* small a, grave accent */ "amp", /* ampersand */ "aring", /* small a, ring */ "atilde", /* small a, tilde */ "auml", /* small a, dieresis or umlaut mark */ "ccedil", /* small c, cedilla */ "eacute", /* small e, acute accent */ "ecirc", /* small e, circumflex accent */ "egrave", /* small e, grave accent */ "eth", /* small eth, Icelandic */ "euml", /* small e, dieresis or umlaut mark */ "gt", /* greater than */ "iacute", /* small i, acute accent */ "icirc", /* small i, circumflex accent */ "igrave", /* small i, grave accent */ "iuml", /* small i, dieresis or umlaut mark */ "lt", /* less than */ "ntilde", /* small n, tilde */ "oacute", /* small o, acute accent */ "ocirc", /* small o, circumflex accent */ "ograve", /* small o, grave accent */ "oslash", /* small o, slash */ "otilde", /* small o, tilde */ "ouml", /* small o, dieresis or umlaut mark */ "szlig", /* small sharp s, German (sz ligature) */ "thorn", /* small thorn, Icelandic */ "uacute", /* small u, acute accent */ "ucirc", /* small u, circumflex accent */ "ugrave", /* small u, grave accent */ "uuml", /* small u, dieresis or umlaut mark */ "yacute", /* small y, acute accent */ "yuml", /* small y, dieresis or umlaut mark */ }; #define HTML_ENTITIES 65 /* Attribute Lists ** --------------- ** ** Lists must be in alphatbetical order by attribute name ** The tag elements contain the number of attributes */ static attr no_attr[] = {{ 0 }}; static attr a_attr[] = { /* Anchor attributes */ { "HREF"}, { "NAME" }, /* Should be ID */ { "TITLE" }, { "TYPE" }, { "URN" }, { 0 } /* Terminate list */ }; static attr img_attr[] = { /* Anchor attributes */ { "ISMAP"}, { "SRC"}, { 0 } /* Terminate list */ }; static attr list_attr[] = { { "COMPACT"}, { 0 } /* Terminate list */ }; static attr glossary_attr[] = { { "COMPACT" }, { 0 } /* Terminate list */ }; static attr nextid_attr[] = { { "N" } }; /* Elements ** -------- ** ** Must match definitions in HTMLDTD.html! ** Must be in alphabetical order. ** ** Name, Attributes, content */ static HTTag tags[HTML_ELEMENTS] = { { "A" , a_attr, HTML_A_ATTRIBUTES, SGML_MIXED }, { "ADDRESS" , no_attr, 0, SGML_MIXED }, { "B" , no_attr, 0, SGML_MIXED }, { "BODY" , no_attr, 0, SGML_MIXED }, { "BLOCKQUOTE", no_attr, 0, SGML_MIXED }, { "CITE" , no_attr, 0, SGML_MIXED }, { "CODE" , no_attr, 0, SGML_MIXED }, { "COMMENT", no_attr, 0, SGML_MIXED }, { "DD" , no_attr, 0, SGML_EMPTY }, { "DFN" , no_attr, 0, SGML_MIXED }, { "DIR" , list_attr, 1, SGML_MIXED }, { "DL" , glossary_attr,1, SGML_MIXED }, { "DLC" , glossary_attr,1, SGML_MIXED }, { "DT" , no_attr, 0, SGML_EMPTY }, { "EM" , no_attr, 0, SGML_MIXED }, { "HEAD" , no_attr, 0, SGML_MIXED }, { "H1" , no_attr, 0, SGML_MIXED }, { "H2" , no_attr, 0, SGML_MIXED }, { "H3" , no_attr, 0, SGML_MIXED }, { "H4" , no_attr, 0, SGML_MIXED }, { "H5" , no_attr, 0, SGML_MIXED }, { "H6" , no_attr, 0, SGML_MIXED }, { "H7" , no_attr, 0, SGML_MIXED }, { "HTML" , no_attr, 0, SGML_MIXED }, { "I" , no_attr, 0, SGML_MIXED }, { "IMG" , img_attr, HTML_IMG_ATTRIBUTES, SGML_EMPTY }, { "ISINDEX" , no_attr, 0, SGML_EMPTY }, { "KBD" , no_attr, 0, SGML_MIXED }, { "LI" , list_attr, 1, SGML_EMPTY }, { "LINK" , a_attr, HTML_A_ATTRIBUTES, SGML_EMPTY }, { "LISTING" , no_attr, 0, SGML_LITTERAL }, { "NEXTID" , nextid_attr, 1, SGML_EMPTY }, { "MENU" , list_attr, 1, SGML_MIXED }, { "OL" , list_attr, 1, SGML_MIXED }, { "P" , no_attr, 0, SGML_EMPTY }, { "PLAINTEXT", no_attr, 0, SGML_LITTERAL }, { "PRE" , no_attr, 0, SGML_MIXED }, { "SAMP" , no_attr, 0, SGML_MIXED }, { "STRONG" , no_attr, 0, SGML_MIXED }, { "TITLE", no_attr, 0, SGML_CDATA }, { "TT" , no_attr, 0, SGML_MIXED }, { "U" , no_attr, 0, SGML_MIXED }, { "UL" , list_attr, 1, SGML_MIXED }, { "VAR" , no_attr, 0, SGML_MIXED }, { "XMP" , no_attr, 0, SGML_LITTERAL }, }; PUBLIC CONST SGML_dtd HTML_dtd = { tags, HTML_ELEMENTS, entities, sizeof(entities)/sizeof(char**) }; /* Utility Routine: useful for people building HTML objects */ /* Start anchor element ** -------------------- ** ** It is kinda convenient to have a particulr routine for ** starting an anchor element, as everything else for HTML is ** simple anyway. */ struct _HTStructured { HTStructuredClass * isa; /* ... */ }; PUBLIC void HTStartAnchor ARGS3(HTStructured *, obj, CONST char *, name, CONST char *, href) { BOOL present[HTML_A_ATTRIBUTES]; CONST char* value[HTML_A_ATTRIBUTES]; { int i; for(i=0; iisa->start_element)(obj, HTML_A , present, value); } me == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTML_new"); me->isa = &HTMLPresentation; me->node_anchor = anchor; me->title.size = 0; me->title.growby = 128; me->title.allocated = 0; me->title.data = 0; me->comment_start = NULL; me->comment_end = NULL; me->target = stream; me->in_verbatim = NO; me->in_word = NO; me->in_comment = NO; WWW/TkWWW/Server/HTMLDTD.h1006640070060000000000000511405440577305012217 037777777777 1 0 /* The HTML DTD -- software interface in libwww HTML DTD - SOFTWARE INTERFACE SGML purists should excuse the use of the term "DTD" in this file to represent DTD-related information which is not exactly a DTD itself. The C modular structure doesn't work very well here, as the dtd is partly in the .h and partly in the .c which are not very independent. Tant pis. */ #ifndef HTMLDTD_H #define HTMLDTD_H #include "HTUtils.h" #include "SGML.h" /* Element Numbers */ /* Must Match all tables by element! These include tables in HTMLDTD.c and code in HTML.c . */ typedef enum _HTMLElement { HTML_A, HTML_ADDRESS, HTML_B, HTML_BLOCKQUOTE, HTML_BODY, HTML_CITE, HTML_CODE, HTML_COMMENT, HTML_DD, HTML_DFN, HTML_DIR, HTML_DL, HTML_DLC, HTML_DT, HTML_EM, HTML_HEAD, HTML_H1, HTML_H2, HTML_H3, HTML_H4, HTML_H5, HTML_H6, HTML_H7, HTML_HTML, HTML_I, HTML_IMG, HTML_ISINDEX, HTML_KBD, HTML_LI, HTML_LINK, HTML_LISTING, HTML_NEXTID, HTML_MENU, HTML_OL, HTML_P, HTML_PLAINTEXT, HTML_PRE, HTML_SAMP, HTML_STRONG, HTML_TITLE, HTML_TT, HTML_U, HTML_UL, HTML_VAR, HTML_XMP } HTMLElement; #define HTML_ELEMENTS 45 /* Attribute numbers */ /* Identifier is HTML__. These must match the tables in HTML.c! */ #define HTML_A_HREF 0 #define HTML_A_NAME 1 #define HTML_A_TITLE 2 #define HTML_A_TYPE 3 #define HTML_A_URN 4 #define HTML_A_ATTRIBUTES 5 #define DL_COMPACT 0 #define HTML_IMG_ISMAP 0 #define HTML_IMG_SRC 1 #define HTML_IMG_ATTRIBUTES 2 #define NEXTID_N 0 extern CONST SGML_dtd HTML_dtd; /* Start anchor element It is kinda convenient to have a particulr routine for starting an anchor element, as everything else for HTML is simple anyway. ON ENTRY targetstream poinst to a structured stream object. name and href point to attribute strings or are NULL if the attribute is to be omitted. */ extern void HTStartAnchor PARAMS(( HTStructured * targetstream, CONST char * name, CONST char * href)); #endif /* HTMLDTD_H */ /* End of module definition */ / #include "HTMLDTD.h" /* Entity Names ** ------------ ** ** This table must be matched exactly with ALL the translation tables */ static CONST char* entities[] = { "AElig", /* capital AE diphthong (ligature) */ "Aacute", /* capital A, acute accent */ "Acirc", /* capital A, circumflex accent */ "Agrave", /* capital A, grave accent */ "Aring", /* capital A, ring */ "Atilde", /* capital A, tilde */ "Auml", /* caWWW/TkWWW/Server/HTTP.c1006640070060000000000002652405442241754011677 037777777777 1 0 /* HyperText Tranfer Protocol - Client implementation HTTP.c ** ========================== ** ** Bugs: ** Not implemented: ** Forward ** Redirection ** Error handling */ /* Module parameters: ** ----------------- ** ** These may be undefined and redefined by syspec.h */ /* Implements: */ #include "HTTP.h" #define HTTP_VERSION "HTTP/1.0" #define HTTP2 /* Version is greater than 0.9 */ #define CR FROMASCII('\015') /* Must be converted to ^M for transmission */ #define LF FROMASCII('\012') /* Must be converted to ^J for transmission */ #define INIT_LINE_SIZE 1024 /* Start with line buffer this big */ #define LINE_EXTEND_THRESH 256 /* Minimum read size */ #define VERSION_LENGTH 20 /* for returned protocol version */ /* Uses: */ #include "HTParse.h" #include "HTUtils.h" #include "tcp.h" #include "HTTCP.h" #include "HTFormat.h" #include #include "HTAlert.h" #include "HTMIME.h" #include "HTML.h" /* SCW */ #include "HTInit.h" /* SCW */ #include "HTFile.h" struct _HTStream { HTStreamClass * isa; /* all we need to know */ }; extern char * HTAppName; /* Application name: please supply */ extern char * HTAppVersion; /* Application version: please supply */ /* Load Document from HTTP Server HTLoadHTTP() ** ============================== ** ** Given a hypertext address, this routine loads a document. ** ** ** On entry, ** arg is the hypertext reference of the article to be loaded. ** gate is nill if no gateway, else the gateway address. ** ** On exit, ** returns >=0 If no error, a good socket number ** <0 Error. ** ** The socket must be closed by the caller after the document has been ** read. ** */ PUBLIC int HTLoadHTTP ARGS4 ( CONST char *, arg, /* CONST char *, gate, */ HTParentAnchor *, anAnchor, HTFormat, format_out, HTStream*, sink) { int s; /* Socket number for returned data */ char *command; /* The whole command */ char * eol = 0; /* End of line if found */ char * start_of_data; /* Start of body of reply */ int status; /* tcp return */ char crlf[3]; /* A CR LF equivalent string */ HTStream * target = NULL; /* Unconverted data */ HTFormat format_in; /* Format arriving in the message */ CONST char* gate = 0; /* disable this feature */ SockA soc_address; /* Binary network address */ SockA * sin = &soc_address; BOOL had_header = NO; /* Have we had at least one header? */ char * line_buffer = NULL; BOOL extensions = YES; /* Assume good HTTP server */ HTAtom * encoding = HTAtom_for("7bit"); int length; if (!arg) return -3; /* Bad if no name sepcified */ if (!*arg) return -2; /* Bad if name had zero length */ /* Set up defaults: */ #ifdef DECNET sin->sdn_family = AF_DECnet; /* Family = DECnet, host order */ sin->sdn_objnum = DNP_OBJ; /* Default: http object number */ #else /* Internet */ sin->sin_family = AF_INET; /* Family = internet, host order */ sin->sin_port = htons(TCP_PORT); /* Default: http port */ #endif sprintf(crlf, "%c%c", CR, LF); /* To be corect on Mac, VM, etc */ if (TRACE) { if (gate) fprintf(stderr, "HTTPAccess: Using gateway %s for %s\n", gate, arg); else fprintf(stderr, "HTTPAccess: Direct access for %s\n", arg); } /* Get node name and optional port number: */ { char *p1 = HTParse(gate ? gate : arg, "", PARSE_HOST); int status = HTParseInet(sin, p1); /* TBL 920622 */ free(p1); if (status) return status; /* No such host for example */ } retry: /* Now, let's get a socket set up from the server for the data: */ #ifdef DECNET s = socket(AF_DECnet, SOCK_STREAM, 0); #else s = socket(AF_INET, SOCK_STREAM, IPPROTO_TCP); #endif status = connect(s, (struct sockaddr*)&soc_address, sizeof(soc_address)); if (status < 0) { if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTTP: Unable to connect to remote host for `%s' (errno = %d).\n", arg, errno); /* free(command); BUG OUT TBL 921121 */ return HTInetStatus("connect"); } if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTTP connected, socket %d\n", s); /* Ask that node for the document, ** omitting the host name & anchor if not gatewayed. */ if (gate) { command = malloc(4 + strlen(arg)+ 2 + 31); if (command == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTLoadHTTP"); strcpy(command, "GET "); strcat(command, arg); } else { /* not gatewayed */ char * p1 = HTParse(arg, "", PARSE_PATH|PARSE_PUNCTUATION); command = malloc(4 + strlen(p1)+ 2 + 31); if (command == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTLoadHTTP"); strcpy(command, "GET "); strcat(command, p1); free(p1); } #ifdef HTTP2 if (extensions) { strcat(command, " "); strcat(command, HTTP_VERSION); } #endif strcat(command, crlf); /* CR LF, as in rfc 977 */ if (extensions) { int n; int i; HTAtom * present = WWW_PRESENT; char line[256]; /*@@@@ */ if (!HTPresentations) HTFormatInit(); n = HTList_count(HTPresentations); for(i=0; irep_out == present) { if (pres->quality != 1.0) { sprintf(line, "Accept: %s q=%.3f%c%c", HTAtom_name(pres->rep), pres->quality, CR, LF); } else { sprintf(line, "Accept: %s%c%c", HTAtom_name(pres->rep), CR, LF); } StrAllocCat(command, line); } } sprintf(line, "User-Agent: %s/%s libwww/%s%c%c", HTAppName ? HTAppName : "unknown", HTAppVersion ? HTAppVersion : "0.0", HTLibraryVersion, CR, LF); StrAllocCat(command, line); } StrAllocCat(command, crlf); /* Blank line means "end" */ if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTTP Tx: %s\n", command); /* Translate into ASCII if necessary */ #ifdef NOT_ASCII { char * p; for(p = command; *p; p++) { *p = TOASCII(*p); } } #endif status = NETWRITE(s, command, (int)strlen(command)); free(command); if (status<0) { if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTTPAccess: Unable to send command.\n"); return HTInetStatus("send"); } /* Read the first line of the response ** ----------------------------------- */ { /* Get numeric status etc */ BOOL end_of_file = NO; int buffer_length = INIT_LINE_SIZE; /* Why not? */ length = 0; line_buffer = (char *) malloc(buffer_length * sizeof(char)); if (!line_buffer) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTLoadHTTP"); do { /* Loop to read in the first line */ /* Extend line buffer if necessary for those crazy WAIS URLs ;-) */ if (buffer_length - length < LINE_EXTEND_THRESH) { buffer_length = buffer_length + buffer_length; line_buffer = (char *) realloc( line_buffer, buffer_length * sizeof(char)); if (!line_buffer) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTLoadHTTP"); } status = NETREAD(s, line_buffer + length, buffer_length - length -1); if (status < 0) { HTAlert("Unexpected network read error on response"); NETCLOSE(s); return status; } if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTTP: read returned %d bytes.\n", status); if (status == 0) { end_of_file = YES; break; } line_buffer[length+status] = 0; #ifdef NOT_ASCII if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "Local codes CR=%d, LF=%d\n", CR, LF); { char * p; for(p = line_buffer+length; *p; p++) { *p = FROMASCII(*p); } } #endif eol = strchr(line_buffer + length, LF); if (eol && *(eol-1) == CR) *(eol-1) = ' '; length = length + status; if (eol) *eol = 0; /* Terminate the line */ } while (!eol && !end_of_file); /* No LF */ } /* Scope of loop variables */ /* We now have a terminated unfolded line. Parse it. ** ------------------------------------------------- */ if (TRACE)fprintf(stderr, "HTTP: Rx: %s\n", line_buffer); { int fields; char server_version [VERSION_LENGTH+1]; int server_status; /* Kludge to work with old buggy servers. They can't handle the third word ** so we try again without it. */ if (extensions && (0==strcmp(line_buffer, /* Old buggy server? */ "Document address invalid or access not authorised")|| (0==strcmp(line_buffer, "Bad File Request")))) { extensions = NO; if (line_buffer) free(line_buffer); if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTTP: close socket %d to retry with HTTP0\n", s); NETCLOSE(s); goto retry; /* @@@@@@@@@@ */ } fields = sscanf(line_buffer, "%20s%d", server_version, &server_status); if (fields < 2) { /* HTTP0 reply */ format_in = HTFileFormat(arg, &encoding); start_of_data = line_buffer; /* reread whole reply */ if (eol) *eol = '\n'; /* Reconstitute buffer */ if (format_in == WWW_BINARY) format_in = WWW_HTML; } else { /* Ful HTTP reply */ /* Decode full HTTP response */ format_in = HTAtom_for("www/mime"); start_of_data = eol ? eol + 1 : ""; switch (server_status / 100) { default: /* bad number */ HTAlert("Unknown status reply from server!"); /* Maybe HTTP0 */ format_in = HTFileFormat(arg, &encoding); start_of_data = line_buffer; /* reread whole reply */ if (eol) *eol = '\n'; /* Reconstitute buffer */ if (format_in == WWW_BINARY) format_in = WWW_HTML; break; case 3: /* Various forms of redirection */ HTAlert( "Redirection response from server is not handled by this client"); break; case 4: /* "I think I goofed" */ case 5: /* I think you goofed */ { char *p1 = HTParse(gate ? gate : arg, "", PARSE_HOST); char * message = (char*)malloc( strlen(line_buffer)+strlen(p1) + 100); if (!message) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTTP 5xx status"); sprintf(message, "HTTP server at %s replies:\n%s", p1, line_buffer); status = HTLoadError(sink, server_status, message); free(message); free(p1); goto clean_up; } break; case 2: /* Good: Got MIME object */ break; } /* switch on response code */ } /* Full HTTP reply */ } /* scope of fields */ /* Set up the stream stack to handle the body of the message */ target = HTStreamStack(format_in, format_out, sink , anAnchor); if (!target) { char buffer[1024]; /* @@@@@@@@ */ if (line_buffer) free(line_buffer); sprintf(buffer, "Sorry, no known way of converting %s to %s.", HTAtom_name(format_in), HTAtom_name(format_out)); fprintf(stderr, "HTTP: %s", buffer); status = HTLoadError(sink, 501, buffer); goto clean_up; } /* Push the data, maybe ignoring CR, down the stream ** We have to remember the end of the first buffer we just read */ if (format_in != WWW_HTML) { if (encoding == HTAtom_for("7bit")) (*target->isa->put_string)(target, start_of_data); else (*target->isa->put_block)(target, start_of_data, length); HTCopy(s, target); } else { /* ascii text with CRLFs :-( */ { char * p; for (p = start_of_data; *p; p++) if (*p != '\r') (*target->isa->put_character)(target, *p); } HTCopyNoCR(s, target); } (*target->isa->end_document)(target); (*target->isa->free)(target); status = HT_LOADED; /* Clean up */ clean_up: if (line_buffer) free(line_buffer); if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTTP: close socket %d.\n", s); (void) NETCLOSE(s); return status; /* Good return */ } /* Protocol descriptor */ PUBLIC HTProtocol HTTP = { "http", HTLoadHTTP, 0 }; ntry, ** arg is the hypertext reference of the article to be loaded. ** gate is nill if no gateway, else the gateway address. ** ** On exit, ** returns >=0 If no error, a gWWW/TkWWW/Server/HText.c1006640070060000000000001054205435573407012152 037777777777 1 0 /* Character grid hypertext object ** =============================== ** Converted for use with tkWWW */ #include #include #include #include "HTUtils.h" #include "HTString.h" #include "HTextDef.h" struct _HTStream { /* only know it as object */ CONST HTStreamClass * isa; /* ... */ }; /* Exports */ PUBLIC HText * HTMainText = 0; /* Equivalent of main window */ /* Creation Method ** --------------- */ PUBLIC HText * HText_new ARGS1(HTParentAnchor *,anchor) { HText * self = (HText *) malloc(sizeof(*self)); if (!self) return self; self->node_anchor = anchor; self->output = HTChunkCreate(1024); HTAnchor_setDocument(anchor, (HyperDoc *)self); HTMainText = self; return self; } /* Creation Method 2 ** --------------- ** ** Stream is assumed open and left open. */ PUBLIC HText * HText_new2 ARGS2( HTParentAnchor *, anchor, HTStream*, stream) { HText * this = HText_new(anchor); if (stream) { this->target = stream; this->targetClass = *stream->isa; /* copy action procedures */ } return this; } /* Free Entire Text ** ---------------- */ PUBLIC void HText_free ARGS1(HText *,self) { HTAnchor_setDocument(self->node_anchor, (HyperDoc *)0); HTChunkClear(self->output); } /* Object Building methods ** ----------------------- ** ** These are used by a parser to build the text in an object */ PUBLIC void HText_beginAppend ARGS1(HText *,text) { HText_puts(text, "tkW3HtBeginDoc\ntkW3HtAdd \""); } /* Append a character to the text object ** ------------------------------------- */ PUBLIC void HText_appendCharacter ARGS2(HText *,text, char,ch) { switch (ch) { case '{': /* add an escape before braces */ case '}': case '[': case ']': case '\"': case '\\': case '$': HText_putc(text, '\\'); break; } HText_putc(text, ch); } /* Anchor handling ** --------------- */ /* Start an anchor field */ PUBLIC void HText_beginAnchor ARGS2(HText *,text, HTChildAnchor *,anc) { HText_puts(text, "\"\n"); } PUBLIC void HText_endAnchor ARGS1(HText *,text) { HText_puts(text, "\"\n"); } PUBLIC void HText_appendText ARGS2(HText *,text, CONST char *,str) { CONST char * p; for(p=str; *p; p++) HText_appendCharacter(text, *p); } PUBLIC void HText_puts ARGS2(HText *,text, CONST char *, s) { HTChunkPuts(text->output, s); } PUBLIC void HText_putc ARGS2(HText *,text, CONST char, c) { HTChunkPutc(text->output, c); } PUBLIC void HText_endAppend ARGS1(HText *,text) { HText_puts(text, "\"\ntkW3HtEndDoc\n"); HTChunkTerminate(text->output); } /* Dump diagnostics to stderr */ PUBLIC void HText_dump ARGS1(HText *,text) { fprintf(stderr, "HText: Dump called\n"); } /* Return the anchor associated with this node */ PUBLIC HTParentAnchor * HText_nodeAnchor ARGS1(HText *,text) { return text->node_anchor; } /* Browsing functions ** ================== */ PUBLIC BOOL HText_select ARGS1(HText *,text) { if (text != HTMainText) HTMainText = text; return YES; } PUBLIC BOOL HText_selectAnchor ARGS2(HText *,text, HTChildAnchor *,anchor) { return YES; } /* Editing functions - NOT IMPLEMENTED ** ================= ** ** These are called from the application. There are many more functions ** not included here from the orginal text object. */ /* Style handling: */ /* Apply this style to the selection */ PUBLIC void HText_applyStyle ARGS2(HText *, me, HTStyle *,style) { } /* Update all text with changed style. */ PUBLIC void HText_updateStyle ARGS2(HText *, me, HTStyle *,style) { } /* Return style of selection */ PUBLIC HTStyle * HText_selectionStyle ARGS2( HText *,me, HTStyleSheet *,sheet) { return 0; } /* Paste in styled text */ PUBLIC void HText_replaceSel ARGS3( HText *,me, CONST char *,aString, HTStyle *,aStyle) { } /* Apply this style to the selection and all similarly formatted text ** (style recovery only) */ PUBLIC void HTextApplyToSimilar ARGS2(HText *,me, HTStyle *,style) { } /* Select the first unstyled run. ** (style recovery only) */ PUBLIC void HTextSelectUnstyled ARGS2(HText *,me, HTStyleSheet *,sheet) { } /* Anchor handling: */ PUBLIC void HText_unlinkSelection ARGS1(HText *,me) { } PUBLIC HTAnchor * HText_referenceSelected ARGS1(HText *,me) { return 0; } PUBLIC HTAnchor * HText_linkSelTo ARGS2(HText *,me, HTAnchor *,anchor) { return 0; } LE__, "HTLoadHTTP"); do { /* Loop to read in the first line */ /* Extend line buffer if necessary for those crazy WAIS URLs ;-) */ if (WWW/TkWWW/Server/HTextDef.h1006640070060000000000000142705442241756012575 037777777777 1 0 /* Specialities of GridText as subclass of HText ** ** This file has been modified for use with tkWWW */ #ifndef HTEXTDEF_H #define HTEXTDEF_H #include "HText.h" /* Superclass */ #include "HTChunk.h" #include "HTStream.h" /* Notes on struct _Htext: ** next_line is valid iff state is false. ** top_of_screen line means the line at the top of the screen ** or just under the title if there is one. */ struct _HText { HTParentAnchor * node_anchor; HTChunk * output; HTStream* target; /* Output stream */ HTStreamClass targetClass; /* Output routines */ }; #ifdef SHORT_NAMES #define HText_puts HTTxPs #define HText_putc HTTxPc #endif extern void HText_puts PARAMS((HText *, CONST char *)); extern void HText_putc PARAMS((HText *, CONST char)); #endif ; { int fields; char server_version [VERSION_LENGTH+1]; int server_status; /* Kludge to work with old buggy servers. They can't handle the third word ** so we try again without it. */ if (extensions && (0==strcmp(line_bWWW/TkWWW/Server/Imakefile1006640070060000000000000100405442241757012552 037777777777 1 0 /* Imakefile for tkWWW.server */ #include "../tkWWW.imake" #include "Version.make" IM = ../../Library/Implementation LM = ../../Library/unix.x INCLUDES = TclInclude -I. -I$(IM) LOCAL_LIBRARIES = TclLibrary -L$(LM) -lwww -lm DEFINES = -DSERVER_VERSION=\"$(SERVER_VERSION)\" #if defined (tkWWWTclVersion6) TK_WWW_MAIN = TkWWWMain6.o #else TK_WWW_MAIN = TkWWWMain.o #endif OBJS = $(TK_WWW_MAIN) TkWWWCmds.o HText.o \ HTInit.o HTFile.o HTML.o HTFormat.o HTMLDTD.o HTTP.o ComplexProgramTarget(tkWWW.server) n = HTFileFormat(arg, &encoding); start_of_data = line_buffer; /* reread whole reply */ if (eol) *eol = '\n'; /* Reconstitute buffer */ if (format_in == WWW_BINARY) format_in = WWW_HTML; break; case 3: /* Various forms of redirection */ HTAlert( "Redirection response from server is not handled by this client"); break; case 4: /* "I think I goofed" */ case 5: /* I think you goofed */ { char *p1 = HTParse(gate ? gate : arg, "", PARSE_HOST); char *WWW/TkWWW/Server/TkWWWCmds.c1006640070060000000000002476705442241761012717 037777777777 1 0 /* tkWWW.c Adds World Wide Web commands to a Tcl interpreter ** =============== ** ** Authors: ** Joseph Wang, Department of Astronomy, University of Texas at Austin ** (joe@astro.as.utexas.edu) ** ** History: ** 25 Jul 1992 Version 0.1 (JW) ** Initial release of tkWWW ** ** 06 Aug 1992 Version 0.2 (JW) ** Made procedures Private ** Added comments to conform with WWW Style Guide ** Added HtPing ** Added ability to get source ** Separated HtGoto into HtLoad and HtParseName ** History recording is now not automatic ** ** 01 Sep 1992 Version 0.3 (JW) ** Add argument count check for HtLoad to prevent ** segmentation violation ** Removed HtCd (duplicates cd in standard tcl) ** Removed HtPing ** Removed HtHistoryList ** Consolidated HtNext and HtPrevious into HtHistoryMoveBy ** Removed unneeded global variables ** ** 18 Oct 1992 Version 0.4 (JW) ** Added GetReference ** Moved history handling to frontend ** Added version retreval ** Removed HtFind ** Removed HtHistoryRecord ** Moved reference_mark to GridText.c ** Removed remaining globals ** Changed HtGetText to generate commands ** ** 31 Jan 1993 Version 0.5 (JW) ** Send PARSE_ALL to HtParse ** ** 20 Feb 1993 Version 0.6 (JW) ** Added HtUncache command ** Added HtGetIsIndex command ** HtGetReference returns list of name and href ** Added HtGetNumberFromTag command ** ** 14 Mar 1993 Version 0.7 (JW) ** Switch to libWWW 2.0 ** Add internal links ** Add HtSetSuffix ** Add HtAddAnchor ** ** 16 Aug 1993 Version 0.9 (JW) ** Added HtApp variables ** Did general rewrite ** ** Copyright: ** Copyright (C) 1992-1993 ** Usenet University -- New Network Academy ** Macvicar Institute for Educational Software Development ** ** This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify ** it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ** the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or ** (at your option) any later version. ** ** This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ** but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ** MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the ** GNU General Public License for more details. ** ** You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ** along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ** Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ /* Include c stuff ** --------------- */ #include #include #include #ifdef __STDC__ #include #include #endif /* Include World Wide Web stuff ** ---------------------------- */ #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include /* Include tcl include header ** ------------------------- */ #include /* Some Global Variables ** --------------------- */ PUBLIC char * HTAppName = "tkWWW"; /* Application name */ PUBLIC char * HTAppVersion = SERVER_VERSION; /* Application version */ PUBLIC char HtErrorBuffer[ERROR_BUFSIZ]; /* @@@@@@@@@ */ EXTERN HTPresentation* default_presentation; /* Macro to check arguments ** ------------------------ ** Assumes interpreter is in interp and number of arguments is in argc */ #define HtCheckArgc(min,max,function_name) \ if ((argc < (min)) || (argc > (max))) { \ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, (function_name), \ ": Incorrect number of arguments" , NULL); \ return (TCL_ERROR); \ } /* Procedures called by tkWWW functions ** ------------------------------------ */ PRIVATE int HtLoadCmd(dummy, interp, argc, argv) ClientData dummy; Tcl_Interp *interp; int argc; char **argv; { HtCheckArgc(2,2, "HtLoad"); if (!HTLoadAbsolute(argv[1])) { Tcl_SetResult(interp, HtErrorBuffer, TCL_STATIC); return (TCL_ERROR); } Tcl_SetResult(interp, HTMainText->output->data, TCL_STATIC); return (TCL_OK); } PRIVATE int HtParseNameCmd(dummy, interp, argc, argv) ClientData dummy; Tcl_Interp *interp; int argc; char **argv; { char *current_address = NULL; HtCheckArgc(2,3,"HtParseName"); if (argc == 3 && argv[2] && *(argv[2])) { current_address = argv[2]; } else { current_address = NULL; StrAllocCopy(current_address, "file:"); /* The following mess is to get the current working directory in a manner * that will work on most platforms */ #ifndef MAXPATHLEN #define NO_GETWD /* Assume no getwd() if no MAXPATHLEN */ #endif #ifdef NO_GETWD /* No getwd() on this machine */ #ifdef HAS_GETCWD /* System V variant SIGN CHANGED TBL 921006 !! */ { char wd[1024]; /*!! Arbitrary*/ extern char * getcwd(); char * result = getcwd(wd, sizeof(wd)); if (result) { #ifdef vms /* convert directory name to Unix-style syntax */ char * disk = strchr (wd, ':'); char * dir = strchr (wd, '['); if (disk) { *disk = '\0'; StrAllocCat (current_address, "/"); /* needs delimiter */ StrAllocCat (current_address, wd); } if (dir) { char *p; *dir = '/'; /* Convert leading '[' */ for (p = dir ; *p != ']'; ++p) if (*p == '.') *p = '/'; *p = '\0'; /* Cut on final ']' */ StrAllocCat (current_address, dir); } #else /* not VMS */ StrAllocCat (current_address, wd); #endif /* not VMS */ } else { fprintf(stderr, "HTBrowse: Can't read working directory (getcwd).\n"); } } /* end if good getcwd result */ #else /* has NO getcwd */ if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTBrowse: This platform does not support getwd() or getcwd()\n"); #endif /* has no getcwd */ #else /* has getwd */ { char wd[MAXPATHLEN]; extern char * getwd(); char * result = getwd(wd); if (result) { StrAllocCat(current_address, wd); } else { fprintf(stderr, "HTBrowse: Can't read working directory.\n"); } } #endif #ifdef vms StrAllocCat(current_address, "default.html"); #else StrAllocCat(current_address, "/default.html"); #endif } Tcl_SetResult(interp, HTParse(argv[1], current_address, PARSE_ALL), TCL_DYNAMIC); free(current_address); return (TCL_OK); } PRIVATE int HtUncacheCmd (dummy, interp, argc, argv) ClientData dummy; Tcl_Interp *interp; int argc; char **argv; { HTParentAnchor *parent_anchor; HTAnchor *anchor; HText *document; HtCheckArgc(2, 2, "HtUncache"); anchor = HTAnchor_findAddress(argv[1]); if (anchor) { parent_anchor = HTAnchor_parent(anchor); document = (HText *)HTAnchor_document(parent_anchor); if (document && document == HTMainText) { HTMainText = NULL; HText_free(document); } } return (TCL_OK); } /* HtVersion ** ------------ ** returns the version of the tkWWW server */ PRIVATE int HtVersionCmd(dummy, interp, argc, argv) ClientData dummy; Tcl_Interp *interp; int argc; char **argv; { Tcl_SetResult(interp, SERVER_VERSION, TCL_STATIC); return (TCL_OK); } PUBLIC void HTTkSetOutputFile(format, anchor, fnam) HTFormat format; HTParentAnchor *anchor; CONST char *fnam; { char *address; HText *text = HText_new(anchor); HTChunkPuts(text->output, "tkW3ConfigDisplayFile "); HTChunkPuts(text->output, HTAtom_name(format)); HTChunkPuts(text->output, " "); HTChunkPuts(text->output, fnam); HTChunkPuts(text->output, "\ntkW3HtSetName \""); address = HTAnchor_address((HTAnchor *) anchor); HTChunkPuts(text->output, address); HTChunkPuts(text->output, "\" \"\""); free(address); HTChunkTerminate(text->output); } PRIVATE HTStream * HTTkDisplay(pres, anchor, sink) HTPresentation *pres; HTParentAnchor *anchor; HTStream *sink; { char *fnam; CONST char * suffix; HTStream* this; FILE *fp; /* Save the file under a suitably suffixed name */ suffix = HTFileSuffix(pres->rep); fnam = tempnam (NULL, "www"); if (suffix) strcat(fnam, suffix); fp = fopen (fnam, "w"); if (!fp) { HTAlert("Can't open temporary file!"); free(fnam); return NULL; } this = HTFWriter_new(fp); HTTkSetOutputFile(pres->rep, anchor, fnam); free (fnam); return this; } PUBLIC BOOL HTTkUseInPlace(format_in, format_out) HTFormat format_in; HTFormat format_out; { int n = HTList_count(HTPresentations); int i; HTPresentation *pres; for (i=0; irep == format_in && pres->rep_out == format_out) return (pres->converter == HTTkDisplay) ? TRUE : FALSE; } if (default_presentation && default_presentation->converter == HTTkDisplay) return TRUE; return FALSE; } PRIVATE int HtSetSuffixCmd(dummy, interp, argc, argv) ClientData dummy; Tcl_Interp *interp; int argc; char **argv; { float priority; HtCheckArgc(4, 5, "HtSetSuffix"); priority = (argc==4) ? 1.0 : atof(argv[4]); HTSetSuffix(argv[1], argv[2], argv[3], priority); return (TCL_OK); } /* Add tkWWW commands to a tcl interpreter init_tkWWW(interp) ** ------------- */ void init_tkWWW(interp) Tcl_Interp *interp; { Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, "HtSetSuffix", HtSetSuffixCmd, (ClientData) NULL, (void (*)()) NULL); Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, "HtLoad", HtLoadCmd, (ClientData) NULL, (void (*)()) NULL); Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, "HtParseName", HtParseNameCmd, (ClientData) NULL, (void (*)()) NULL); Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, "HtUncache", HtUncacheCmd, (ClientData) NULL, (void (*)()) NULL); Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, "HtVersion", HtVersionCmd, (ClientData) NULL, (void (*)()) NULL); HTSetConversion("www/mime", "*", HTMIMEConvert, 1.0, 0.0, 0.0); HTSetConversion("text/html", "text/x-c", HTMLToC, 0.5, 0.0, 0.0); HTSetConversion("text/html", "text/plain", HTMLToPlain, 0.5, 0.0, 0.0); HTSetConversion("text/html", "www/present", HTMLPresent, 1.0, 0.0, 0.0); HTSetConversion("text/plain", "text/html", HTPlainToHTML, 1.0, 0.0, 0.0); HTSetConversion("*", "www/present",HTTkDisplay, 0.5, 0.0, 0.0); } SeparateWWW/TkWWW/Server/TkWWWCmds.h1006640070060000000000000046705442241763012715 037777777777 1 0 #ifndef TKWWWCMDS_H #define TKWWWCMDS_H #include "HTAnchor.h" #include "HTFormat.h" extern void HTTkSetOutputFile PARAMS((HTFormat, HTParentAnchor *, CONST char *)); extern BOOL HTTkUseInPlace PARAMS((HTFormat, HTFormat)); #define ERROR_BUFSIZ 1024 extern char HtErrorBuffer[ERROR_BUFSIZ]; #endif ext to generate commands ** ** 31 Jan 1993 Version 0.5 (JW) ** Send PARSE_ALL to HtParse ** ** 20 Feb 1993 Version 0.6 (JW) ** Added HtUncache command ** Added HtGetWWW/TkWWW/Server/TkWWWMain.c1006640070060000000000001001605442241765012677 037777777777 1 0 /* * main.c -- * * Main program for Tcl shells and other Tcl-based applications. * * Copyright (c) 1988-1993 The Regents of the University of California. * All rights reserved. * * Permission is hereby granted, without written agreement and without * license or royalty fees, to use, copy, modify, and distribute this * software and its documentation for any purpose, provided that the * above copyright notice and the following two paragraphs appear in * all copies of this software. * * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA BE LIABLE TO ANY PARTY FOR * DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT * OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE AND ITS DOCUMENTATION, EVEN IF THE UNIVERSITY OF * CALIFORNIA HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. * * THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTIES, * INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY * AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE SOFTWARE PROVIDED HEREUNDER IS * ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AND THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA HAS NO OBLIGATION TO * PROVIDE MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT, UPDATES, ENHANCEMENTS, OR MODIFICATIONS. */ /* This file has been heavily modified for use with the tkWWW.server * program. */ #include "tclInt.h" static Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter for application. */ static Tcl_DString command; /* Used to buffer incomplete commands being * read from stdin. */ /* Get prototypes */ #ifdef __STDC__ #include #define _PROTO(x) x #else extern int exit(); #define _PROTO(x) () #endif /* Recognize init_tkWWW */ extern void init_tkWWW _PROTO((Tcl_Interp *)); /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * main -- * * This is the main program for a Tcl-based shell that reads * Tcl commands from standard input. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: * Can be almost arbitrary, depending on what the Tcl commands do. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int main(argc, argv) int argc; /* Number of arguments. */ char **argv; /* Array of argument strings. */ { char buffer[1000], *cmd, *args, *fileName; int result, gotPartial; interp = Tcl_CreateInterp(); /* * Make command-line arguments available in the Tcl variables "argc" * and "argv". If the first argument doesn't start with a "-" then * strip it off and use it as the name of a script file to process. */ fileName = NULL; if ((argc > 1) && (argv[1][0] != '-')) { fileName = argv[1]; argc--; argv++; } args = Tcl_Merge(argc-1, argv+1); Tcl_SetVar(interp, "argv", args, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); ckfree(args); sprintf(buffer, "%d", argc-1); Tcl_SetVar(interp, "argc", buffer, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); Tcl_SetVar(interp, "argv0", (fileName != NULL) ? fileName : argv[0], TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); /* * Invoke application-specific initialization. */ init_tkWWW(interp); /* Put out the header */ printf("tkWWW Server Version %s\n", SERVER_VERSION); /* * If a script file was specified then just source that file * and quit. */ if (fileName != NULL) { result = Tcl_EvalFile(interp, fileName); if (result != TCL_OK) { fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", interp->result); exit(1); } exit(0); } /* * Process commands from stdin until there's an end-of-file. */ gotPartial = 0; Tcl_DStringInit(&command); while (1) { clearerr(stdin); if (!gotPartial) { puts("tkWWW:"); fflush(stdout); } if (fgets(buffer, 1000, stdin) == NULL) { if (!gotPartial) { exit(0); } buffer[0] = 0; } cmd = Tcl_DStringAppend(&command, buffer, -1); if ((buffer[0] != 0) && !Tcl_CommandComplete(cmd)) { gotPartial = 1; continue; } gotPartial = 0; result = Tcl_RecordAndEval(interp, cmd, 0); Tcl_DStringFree(&command); if (result != TCL_OK) { fprintf(stdout, "Error: %s\n", interp->result); } else if (*interp->result != 0) { printf("%s\n", interp->result); } } } intf(stderr, "HTBrowse: This platform does not support getwd() or getcwd()\n"); #endif /* has no getcwd */ #else /* has getwd */ { char wd[MAXPATHLEN]; extern char * getwd(); char * result = getwd(wd); if (result) { StrAllocCat(current_address, wd); } else { fprintf(stderr, "HTBrowse: Can't read working directory.\n"); } } #endif #ifdef vms StrAllocCat(current_address, "default.html"); #else StrAllocCat(current_address, "/defauWWW/TkWWW/Server/TkWWWMain6.c1006640070060000000000000403605435621401012761 037777777777 1 0 /* * tclTest.c -- * * Test driver for TCL. * * Copyright 1987-1991 Regents of the University of California * All rights reserved. * * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this * software and its documentation for any purpose and without * fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright * notice appears in all copies. The University of California * makes no representations about the suitability of this * software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without * express or implied warranty. */ /* This file has been heavily modified for use with the tkWWW.server * program. */ #include #include #include #include /* Get prototypes */ #ifdef __STDC__ #include #define _PROTO(x) x #else extern int exit(); #define _PROTO(x) () #endif /* Recognize init_tkWWW */ extern void init_tkWWW _PROTO((Tcl_Interp *)); int quitFlag = 0; int main() { char line[1000], *cmd; int result, gotPartial; char *prompt = "tkWWW:"; /* Intialize interpreter and buffer */ Tcl_Interp *interp = Tcl_CreateInterp(); Tcl_CmdBuf buffer = Tcl_CreateCmdBuf(); /* Add tkWWW commands */ init_tkWWW(interp); /* Put out the header */ printf("tkWWW Server Version %s\n", SERVER_VERSION); gotPartial = 0; while (1) { clearerr(stdin); if (!gotPartial) { puts(prompt); fflush(stdout); } if (fgets(line, 1000, stdin) == NULL) { if (!gotPartial) exit(0); line[0] = 0; } cmd = Tcl_AssembleCmd(buffer, line); if (!cmd) { gotPartial = 1; continue; } gotPartial = 0; result = Tcl_RecordAndEval(interp, cmd, 0); if (result == TCL_OK) { if (*interp->result) puts(interp->result); if (quitFlag) { Tcl_DeleteInterp(interp); Tcl_DeleteCmdBuf(buffer); exit(0); } } else { fputs("Error", stdout); if (result != TCL_ERROR) printf(" %d", result); if (*interp->result) { fputs(": ", stdout); fputs(interp->result, stdout); } fputs("\n", stdout); } } } _presentation->converter == HTTkDisplay) return TRUE; return FALSE; } PRIVATE int HtSetSuffixCmd(dummy, interp, argc, argv) ClientData dummy; Tcl_Interp *interp; int argc; char **argv; { float priority; HtCheckArgc(4, 5, "HtSetSuffix"); priority = (argc==4) ? 1.0 : atof(argv[4]); HTSetSuffix(argv[1], argv[2], argv[3], priority); return (TCL_OK); } /* Add tkWWW commands to a tcl interpreter init_tkWWW(interp) ** ------------- */ void initWWW/TkWWW/Server/TkWWWTest.tcl1006640070060000000000000523605435573417013306 037777777777 1 0 # tkWWW tk interface to World Wide Web # Copyright (C) 1992 Joseph Wang (joe@athena.mit.edu) # # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or # (at your option) any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. # ******* The Home Page set tkWWWHomePage file:/afs/athena.mit.edu/course/other/cdsdev/html/welcome.html proc go {w} { HtLoad [HtParseName [lindex [HtGetReference $w] 1]] show_text } proc back {} { HtBacktrack show_text } proc home {} { global tkWWWHomePage HtLoad $tkWWWHomePage } proc find {w} { HtFind $w show_text } proc show_text {} { set file [open /tmp/output w+] puts $file [HtGetText] close $file exec more /tmp/output } proc show_source {} { set file [open /tmp/output w+] puts $file [HtGetSource] close $file exec more /tmp/output } proc load_suffixes {list} { foreach item $list { eval HtSetSuffix $item } } proc load_presentations {list} { foreach item $list { eval HtSetConversionToFrontEnd $item } } set suffix_list { { ".mime" "www/mime" 1.0 } { ".PS" "application/postscript" 0.8 } { ".eps" "application/postscript" 0.8 } { ".ai" "application/postscript" 0.5 } { ".ps" "application/postscript" 0.8 } { ".html" "text/html" 1.0 } { ".c" "text/plain" 0.5 } { ".h" "text/plain" 0.5 } { ".m" "text/plain" 0.5 } { ".txt" "text/plain" 0.5 } { ".rtf" "application/x-rtf" 1.0 } { ".snd" "audio/basic" 1.0 } { ".bin" "application/octet-stream" 1.0 } { ".Z" "application/x-compressed" 1.0 } { ".gif" "image/gif" 1.0 } { ".tiff" "image/x-tiff" 1.0 } { ".jpg" "image/jpeg" 1.0 } { ".JPG" "image/jpeg" 1.0 } { ".JPEG" "image/jpeg" 1.0 } { ".jpeg" "image/jpeg" 1.0 } { ".MPEG" "video/mpeg" 1.0 } { ".mpg" "video/mpeg" 1.0 } { ".MPG" "video/mpeg" 1.0 } { ".mpeg" "video/mpeg" 1.0 } { ".tex" "application/tex" 1.0} { ".latex" "application/latex" 1.0} { ".texi" "application/texinfo" 1.0} { ".dvi" "application/dvi" 1.0} } load_suffixes $suffix_list set foo [home] E OF THIS SOFTWARE AND ITS DOCUMENTATION, EVEN IF THE UNIVERSITY OF * CALIFORNIA HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. * * THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTIES, * INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY * AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE SOFTWARE PROVIDED HEREUNWWW/TkWWW/Server/Version.make1006640070060000000000000002505435573421013225 037777777777 1 0 SERVER_VERSION = 0.9 (); #define _PROTO(x) () #endif /* Recognize init_tkWWW */ extern void init_tkWWW _PROTO((Tcl_Interp *)); /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * main -- * * This is the main program for a Tcl-based shell that reads * Tcl commands from standard input. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: * Can be almost arbitrary, depending on what the Tcl commands do. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */WWW/TkWWW/Tcl/0407750070060000000000000000005442250546007410 5 0 1 0 WWW/TkWWW/Tcl/bitmap/0407750070060000000000000000005442250536010663 5 0 1 0 WWW/TkWWW/Tcl/bitmap/error1006640070060000000000000155605253215364012554 037777777777 1 0 #define error_width 32 #define error_height 32 static char error_bits[] = { 0x00, 0xf0, 0x07, 0x00, 0x00, 0xfe, 0x3f, 0x00, 0x80, 0xff, 0xff, 0x00, 0xc0, 0xff, 0xff, 0x01, 0xe0, 0x0f, 0xf8, 0x03, 0xf0, 0x03, 0xe0, 0x07, 0xf8, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x0f, 0x7c, 0x00, 0xe0, 0x1f, 0x3c, 0x00, 0xf0, 0x1f, 0x3e, 0x00, 0xf8, 0x3e, 0x1e, 0x00, 0x7c, 0x3c, 0x1e, 0x00, 0x3e, 0x3c, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x1f, 0x78, 0x0f, 0x80, 0x0f, 0x78, 0x0f, 0xc0, 0x07, 0x78, 0x0f, 0xe0, 0x03, 0x78, 0x0f, 0xf0, 0x01, 0x78, 0x0f, 0xf8, 0x00, 0x78, 0x0f, 0x7c, 0x00, 0x78, 0x1e, 0x3e, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x1e, 0x1f, 0x00, 0x3c, 0xbe, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x3e, 0xfc, 0x07, 0x00, 0x1e, 0xfc, 0x03, 0x00, 0x1f, 0xf8, 0x01, 0x80, 0x0f, 0xf0, 0x03, 0xe0, 0x07, 0xe0, 0x0f, 0xf8, 0x03, 0xc0, 0xff, 0xff, 0x01, 0x80, 0xff, 0xff, 0x00, 0x00, 0xfe, 0x3f, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0x07, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00}; irectory.\n"); } } #endif #ifdef vms StrAllocCat(current_address, "default.html"); #else StrAllocCat(current_address, "/defauWWW/TkWWW/Tcl/bitmap/information1006640070060000000000000160005253215367013741 037777777777 1 0 #define information_width 32 #define information_height 32 static char information_bits[] = { 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00}; terp *)); int quitFlag = 0; int main() { char line[1000], *cmd; int result, gotPartial; char *prompt = "tkWWW:"; /* InWWW/TkWWW/Tcl/bitmap/logo1006640070060000000000001525005325370372012360 037777777777 1 0 #define logo_width 90 #define logo_height 90 static char logo_bits[] = { 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xd8, 0xcf, 0x55, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0xff, 0x01, 0xc0, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xa0, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x2e, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xd8, 0x4f, 0x01, 0xfe, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xe7, 0xa0, 0x80, 0xff, 0xff, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x31, 0x00, 0xc4, 0xef, 0xff, 0x07, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xe0, 0x00, 0x00, 0x84, 0xef, 0xff, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x70, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0c, 0xce, 0xff, 0x3f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x7c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x9f, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3e, 0x00, 0x00, 0xfd, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x1f, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf4, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x13, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf8, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x07, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xe0, 0x09, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xe0, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xfa, 0xed, 0xff, 0xff, 0x1f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x38, 0x00, 0x7f, 0x80, 0x3f, 0x9c, 0xff, 0xff, 0x3f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x08, 0x00, 0x08, 0x80, 0x5f, 0x62, 0xff, 0xff, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0c, 0x00, 0x08, 0x80, 0x1f, 0x40, 0xf6, 0xff, 0xff, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x08, 0x00, 0xaf, 0x36, 0xe8, 0xff, 0xff, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x03, 0x00, 0x08, 0x00, 0xfa, 0x0f, 0x14, 0xfd, 0xff, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x08, 0x00, 0xff, 0x0f, 0x00, 0xfc, 0xff, 0x03, 0x00, 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0x08, 0xc0, 0xff, 0x3f, 0x0c, 0xfc, 0xff, 0x07, 0x00, 0x40, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0xff, 0xff, 0xfd, 0xff, 0xff, 0x07, 0x00, 0x40, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x20, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf2, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xf7, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf8, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xf7, 0xef, 0x1f, 0x00, 0x30, 0x00, 0x10, 0x01, 0xfc, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xef, 0x9f, 0x1f, 0x00, 0x18, 0x00, 0x90, 0x00, 0xfe, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xdf, 0xff, 0x38, 0x00, 0x18, 0x00, 0x50, 0x00, 0xfe, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xbf, 0xff, 0x38, 0x00, 0x1c, 0x00, 0x30, 0x00, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xbf, 0xff, 0x71, 0x00, 0x14, 0x00, 0x30, 0x00, 0xfe, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x7f, 0xff, 0x61, 0x00, 0x5a, 0x00, 0x50, 0x00, 0xfe, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x7f, 0xfe, 0x61, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x90, 0x01, 0xfe, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xfc, 0xc0, 0x00, 0x41, 0x00, 0x10, 0x03, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x7d, 0xc0, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x33, 0x80, 0x01, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x27, 0x00, 0x01, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x02, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x02, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xfe, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x3f, 0x00, 0x02, 0xff, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0xfe, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x3f, 0x00, 0x02, 0xff, 0x0f, 0x80, 0x20, 0xfe, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x3f, 0x00, 0x02, 0xff, 0x0f, 0x80, 0x20, 0xc0, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x1f, 0x00, 0x02, 0xff, 0x0f, 0x80, 0x24, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf8, 0xff, 0xff, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x02, 0xff, 0x1f, 0x80, 0x24, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xff, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x02, 0xff, 0x3f, 0x80, 0x2a, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xff, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x02, 0xff, 0x3f, 0x80, 0x2a, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xff, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x02, 0xff, 0x3f, 0x80, 0x2a, 0x00, 0x00, 0xe0, 0xff, 0xff, 0x07, 0x00, 0x02, 0xff, 0xff, 0x01, 0x11, 0x00, 0x00, 0xe0, 0xff, 0xff, 0x07, 0x00, 0x02, 0xff, 0xff, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xe0, 0xff, 0xff, 0x07, 0x00, 0x02, 0xff, 0xff, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xe0, 0xff, 0xff, 0x03, 0x00, 0x02, 0xff, 0xff, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x08, 0x02, 0xe0, 0xff, 0xff, 0x03, 0x00, 0x02, 0xff, 0xff, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x08, 0x02, 0xe0, 0xff, 0xff, 0x03, 0x00, 0x02, 0xff, 0xff, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x48, 0x02, 0xc0, 0xff, 0xff, 0x03, 0x00, 0x02, 0xff, 0xff, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x48, 0x02, 0xc0, 0xff, 0xff, 0x03, 0x00, 0x01, 0xff, 0xff, 0x07, 0x00, 0xa8, 0x02, 0xc0, 0xff, 0xff, 0x03, 0x00, 0x01, 0xff, 0xff, 0x03, 0x00, 0xa8, 0x02, 0x80, 0xff, 0xff, 0x41, 0x00, 0x01, 0xfa, 0xff, 0x01, 0x00, 0xa8, 0x02, 0xc0, 0xff, 0xff, 0x23, 0x00, 0x01, 0xfe, 0xff, 0x03, 0x00, 0x10, 0x01, 0xc0, 0xff, 0xff, 0x31, 0x80, 0x00, 0xf2, 0xff, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0xff, 0xff, 0x39, 0x80, 0x00, 0xf4, 0xff, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xe0, 0xff, 0x7f, 0x3c, 0x80, 0x00, 0xe4, 0xff, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0xff, 0x3f, 0x1c, 0x40, 0x00, 0xe4, 0xff, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0xff, 0x1f, 0x0c, 0x40, 0x00, 0xe8, 0xff, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0xff, 0x1f, 0x0e, 0x40, 0x00, 0xc8, 0xff, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, 0x10, 0x80, 0xff, 0x1f, 0x06, 0x20, 0x00, 0xc8, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, 0x10, 0x80, 0xff, 0x0f, 0x06, 0x20, 0x00, 0xd0, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, 0x12, 0x80, 0xff, 0x07, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, 0x90, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, 0x12, 0x80, 0xff, 0x07, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, 0xa0, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, 0x15, 0x00, 0xff, 0x03, 0x00, 0x08, 0x00, 0x20, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, 0x15, 0x00, 0xff, 0x01, 0x00, 0x08, 0x00, 0x40, 0x7e, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, 0x15, 0x00, 0xff, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x00, 0x80, 0x7e, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x08, 0x00, 0x3e, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x00, 0x80, 0x7e, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x7d, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x7a, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x34, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x78, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xe0, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x20, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x06, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0e, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x30, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x60, 0x20, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x09, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x06, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x1e, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x88, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x70, 0x00, 0x00, 0xa0, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x03, 0xfe, 0xff, 0x07, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xdc, 0xff, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xa0, 0xff, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00}; 37777777777 1 0 WWW/TkWWW/Tcl/bitmap/question1006640070060000000000000156705253215373013274 037777777777 1 0 #define question_width 32 #define question_height 32 static char question_bits[] = { 0x00, 0xff, 0x0f, 0x00, 0xc0, 0xaa, 0x3a, 0x00, 0x60, 0xfd, 0xd5, 0x00, 0xb0, 0xfe, 0xab, 0x00, 0x5c, 0xff, 0xd7, 0x00, 0xaa, 0xff, 0xaf, 0x01, 0xd6, 0xff, 0x5f, 0x03, 0xab, 0xaf, 0xbf, 0x02, 0x55, 0x57, 0x5f, 0x03, 0xab, 0xaa, 0xbe, 0x02, 0x55, 0x55, 0x5f, 0x05, 0xab, 0xaa, 0xbf, 0x06, 0x55, 0xd5, 0x5f, 0x05, 0xab, 0xea, 0xaf, 0x0e, 0x55, 0xf5, 0x57, 0x1d, 0xab, 0xfa, 0xab, 0x2a, 0x56, 0xf5, 0x55, 0x25, 0xac, 0xfa, 0xaa, 0x3e, 0x54, 0xf5, 0x55, 0x07, 0xb8, 0xfa, 0xaa, 0x02, 0x50, 0xf5, 0x55, 0x01, 0xb0, 0xaa, 0xaa, 0x00, 0x50, 0x55, 0x55, 0x00, 0xe0, 0xaa, 0xaa, 0x01, 0x40, 0xf5, 0x55, 0x01, 0xc0, 0xfa, 0xaa, 0x01, 0x40, 0xf5, 0x55, 0x01, 0xc0, 0xfa, 0xaa, 0x01, 0x40, 0x55, 0xd5, 0x00, 0xe0, 0xff, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00}; WWW/TkWWW/Tcl/bitmap/warning1006640070060000000000000156405253215375013071 037777777777 1 0 #define warning_width 32 #define warning_height 32 static char warning_bits[] = { 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x1f, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x1f, 0x00, 0x00, 0xe0, 0x3f, 0x00, 0x00, 0xe0, 0x3f, 0x00, 0x00, 0xe0, 0x3f, 0x00, 0x00, 0xe0, 0x3f, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x1f, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x1f, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x1f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x07, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x07, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x07, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x07, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x07, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x07, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x07, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00}; WWW/TkWWW/Tcl/bitmap/working1006640070060000000000000156405253215377013106 037777777777 1 0 #define working_width 32 #define working_height 32 static char working_bits[] = { 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xfc, 0xff, 0xff, 0x3f, 0x38, 0x00, 0x00, 0x1c, 0x38, 0xff, 0xff, 0x1c, 0x38, 0x01, 0x80, 0x1c, 0x38, 0x02, 0x40, 0x1c, 0x38, 0x02, 0x40, 0x1c, 0x38, 0x84, 0x21, 0x1c, 0x38, 0xc8, 0x13, 0x1c, 0x38, 0xf8, 0x1f, 0x1c, 0x38, 0xf0, 0x0f, 0x1c, 0x38, 0xe0, 0x07, 0x1c, 0x38, 0xe0, 0x07, 0x1c, 0x38, 0xc0, 0x03, 0x1c, 0x38, 0x80, 0x01, 0x1c, 0x38, 0x80, 0x01, 0x1c, 0x38, 0x80, 0x01, 0x1c, 0x38, 0x80, 0x01, 0x1c, 0x38, 0xc0, 0x03, 0x1c, 0x38, 0xa0, 0x05, 0x1c, 0x38, 0xa0, 0x05, 0x1c, 0x38, 0x90, 0x09, 0x1c, 0x38, 0x88, 0x11, 0x1c, 0x38, 0x88, 0x11, 0x1c, 0x38, 0xc4, 0x23, 0x1c, 0x38, 0xe2, 0x47, 0x1c, 0x38, 0xf2, 0x4f, 0x1c, 0x38, 0xfd, 0xbf, 0x1c, 0x38, 0xff, 0xff, 0x1c, 0x38, 0x00, 0x00, 0x1c, 0xfc, 0xff, 0xff, 0x3f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00}; 8, 0xff, 0xff, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x03, 0x00, 0x08, 0x00, 0xfa, 0x0f, 0x14, 0xfd, 0xff, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x08, 0x00, 0xff,WWW/TkWWW/Tcl/COPYRIGHT1006640070060000000000000150105435573445011516 037777777777 1 0 ## Copyright (C) 1992-1993 ## Usenet University -- New Network Academy ## Macvicar Institute for Educational Software Development ## ## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify ## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ## the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or ## (at your option) any later version. ## ## This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ## but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the ## GNU General Public License for more details. ## ## You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ## along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ## Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. ## 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x3f, 0x00, 0x02, 0xff, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0xfe, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x3f, 0x00, 0x02, 0xff, 0x0f, 0x80, 0x20, 0xfe, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x3f, 0x00, 0x02,WWW/TkWWW/Tcl/Imakefile1006640070060000000000000177305376434102012035 037777777777 1 0 #include "../tkWWW.imake" TK_WWW_PROCESS_CODE= main.tcl config.tcl TK_WWW_CODE= $(TK_WWW_PROCESS_CODE) bookmarks.tcl dialog.tcl \ edit.tcl error.tcl file.tcl help.tcl history.tcl menu.tcl \ msgdialog.tcl navigate.tcl output.tcl parse_args.tcl server.tcl \ version.tcl hypertext.tcl telnet.tcl wrapper.tcl tclIndex #if defined(tkWWWUseMhMail) CPP_USE_MH_MAIL = -DCPP_TK_WWW_USE_MH_MAIL #endif CPP_DEFINES = -DCPP_TK_WWW_SOURCE_PATH=tkWWWSourcePath \ -DCPP_TK_WWW_INSTALL_PATH=tkWWWInstallPath \ -DCPP_TK_WWW_EXTRA_PATH=tkWWWExtraPath \ -DCPP_TK_WWW_HOME_PAGE=tkWWWHomePage \ -DCPP_TK_WWW_START_PAGE=tkWWWStartPage \ $(CPP_USE_MH_MAIL) \ -DCPP_TK_WWW_TK_EXECUTABLE=tkWWWTkExecutable all:: tkWWW.script CppScriptTarget(tkWWW.script,tkWWW.cpp,$(CPP_DEFINES),$(TK_WWW_PROCESS_CODE)) CppScriptTarget(main.tcl,main.cpp,$(CPP_DEFINES),/**/) CppScriptTarget(config.tcl,config.cpp,$(CPP_DEFINES),/**/) clean:: $(RM) $(TK_WWW_PROCESS_CODE) tkWWW.script InstallScript(tkWWW,$(BINDIR)) 0, 0xWWW/TkWWW/Tcl/annotate.tcl1006640070060000000000000400505435573447012544 037777777777 1 0 ## annotation.tcl: Procedures for handling annotations ## ================ ## Copyright (C) 1993 ## Global Network Academy ## Macvicar Institute for Educational Software Development ## ## See the file COPYRIGHT for conditions ## ## The format of the annotations is that of Xmosaic by Marc Andersen ## Add annotation proc tkW3AnnotateAdd {} { set w .annotate_dialog set address [tkW3NavigateGetAddress] tkW3AnnotateCreateEditor $w " tkW3PanNewPan $address \[DLG:get_entry_value $w 2\] \ \[DLG:get_entry_value $w 1\] \[$w.text get 0.0 end\] tkW3ConfigDisplay" "" set author [exec whoami] DLG:set_entry_value .annotate_dialog 1 $author DLG:set_entry_value .annotate_dialog 2 "Annotation by $author" DLG:show . .annotate_dialog } ## Edit annotation proc tkW3AnnotateEdit {} { set w .annotate_dialog set address [tkW3NavigateGetAddress] if {[tkW3PanIsEditablePan $address]} { set list [tkW3PanGrokPanPieces $address] tkW3AnnotateCreateEditor $w " tkW3PanModifyPan [lindex $list 0] \[DLG:get_entry_value $w 2\]\ \[DLG:get_entry_value $w 1\] \[$w.text get 0.0 end\] tkW3NavigateUncache $address tkW3NavigateGoto $address" "tkW3PanDeletePan [lindex $list 0]" DLG:set_entry_value $w 1 [lindex $list 2] DLG:set_entry_value $w 2 [lindex $list 1] .annotate_dialog.text insert 0.0 [lindex $list 3] DLG:show . $w } } ## Create the annotation editor proc tkW3AnnotateCreateEditor {w command delete_command} { DLG:toplevel . $w DLG:draw_entries $w {"Annotation Author:" "Annotation Title:"} pack append $w \ [label $w.label \ -text "Please type your comments below" ] { fillx top} \ [text $w.text ] {expand fill top} DLG:draw_buttons $w [list "Annotate" "Delete" "Dismiss" "Help"] DLG:bind_button $w 1 "$command ; DLG:hide $w" DLG:bind_button $w 2 "$delete_command ; DLG:hide $w" DLG:bind_button $w 3 "DLG:hide $w" DLG:bind_button $w 4 "tkW3HelpNoHelp" } ## Display annotations proc tkW3AnnotateDisplay {} { tkW3PanDisplayAnnotations [tkW3NavigateGetAddress] } kWWW/Tcl/bitmap/question1006640070060000000000000156705253215373013274 037777777777 1 0 WWW/TkWWW/Tcl/bookmarks.tcl1006640070060000000000001032705442242062012707 037777777777 1 0 ## bookmarks.tcl tkW3 bookmarks facility ## ============== ## Copyright (C) 1992-1993 ## Global Network Academy ## Macvicar Institute for Educational Software Development ## ## See the file COPYRIGHT for conditions ## This file contains code to implement the bookmarks feature of tkW3 ## Note that the file which tkW3 uses to load and save bookmarks is a ## valid HTML file. That is to say, you can save some bookmarks into a ## file and then view that file using tkW3. ## Some of the procedures in this file refer directly to tkW3 widgets. ## (i.e. they add or remove entries from a menu and refer directly to that ## menu). That's probably bad abstraction. ## The bookmarks facility is quite rudimentary ## Conventions: ## all global visible objects in this file should begin with ## tkW3Bookmarks ## Global Variables # tkW3BookmarksList contains bookmarks in # {{title address} {title address}} format set tkW3BookmarksList {} proc tkW3BookmarksInitialize {} { } # tkW3BookmarksDefaultFile is the default file which the bookmarks are # saved in set tkW3BookmarksDefaultDirectory $env(HOME) set tkW3BookmarksDefaultFile "bookmarks.html" ## tkW3BookmarksAdd: Add a bookmark ## ----------- ## Arguments ## title - Title of the bookmark ## address - Address bookmark refers to ## ## If called with no arguments it sets title and address to current values ## No return value ## ## This procedure adds a bookmark to the list of bookmarks ## proc tkW3BookmarksAdd {{title ""} {address ""}} { global tkW3BookmarksList if {$title == "" && $address == ""} { set address [tkW3NavigateGetAddress] set title [tkW3NavigateGetTitle] } lappend tkW3BookmarksList [list $title $address] tkW3MenuMakeNodeMenu .menu.bookmarks.m.bookmarks $tkW3BookmarksList tkW3ConfigDisplay } ## tkW3BookmarksClear: clear all bookmarks ## ----------- ## No arguments ## No return value ## ## This procedure clears all of the bookmarks ## proc tkW3BookmarksClear {} { global tkW3BookmarksList set tkW3BookmarksList {} } proc tkW3BookmarksDelete {} { tkW3HelpNotAvailable } ## tkW3BookmarksLoadDialog: Brings up file dialog to load bookmarks ## ----------- ## Arguments: ## clearentries - determines if previous bookmarks should be removed ## No return value ## ## This procedure pops up a file dialog by which the user can choose a ## file to load bookmarks from. If clearentries is non-zero, tkW3 ## will forget about the old bookmarks, when it loads the new ones proc tkW3BookmarksLoadDialog {clearentries} { global fsBox env # $clearentries is expanded when this procedure is called # xfFSPath and xfFSName are not if [info exists env(HOME)] { set fsBox(path) $env(HOME) } FSBox {Load Bookmarks} "bookmarks.html" \ "tkW3BookmarksLoad \$fsBox(path)/\$fsBox(name) $clearentries" DLG:show . .fsBox } proc tkW3BookmarksSaveDialog {} { global fsBox env if [info exists env(HOME)] { set fsBox(path) $env(HOME) } FSBox {Save Bookmarks} "bookmarks.html" \ {tkW3BookmarksSave $fsBox(path)/$fsBox(name)} DLG:show . .fsBox } # Load bookmarks from file # Clear entries if clearentries is true proc tkW3BookmarksLoad {filename clearentries} { global tkW3BookmarksList set file {} # open the file # trap for errors if {[catch {open $filename r} file]} { tkW3OutputError $file return } # clear the bookmarks if {$clearentries} { tkW3BookmarksClear } # while there is stuff in the file while {[gets $file string] != -1} { # the line contains a hypertext anchor load it if {[regexp {HREF="(.*)">(.*)} $string {} address title]} { lappend tkW3BookmarksList [list $title $address] } } close $file .menu.bookmarks.m entryconfigure 0 -state normal tkW3MenuMakeNodeMenu .menu.bookmarks.m.bookmarks $tkW3BookmarksList } # save bookmarks in "filename" proc tkW3BookmarksSave {filename} { global tkW3BookmarksList if {[catch {open $filename w} file]} { tkW3OutputError $file return } puts $file "tkWWW Bookmarks File" puts $file "
    " set i 0 foreach item $tkW3BookmarksList { puts $file \ "
  • [lindex $item 0]" incr i } puts $file "
" close $file } r the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ## the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or ## (at your option) any later version. ## ## This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ## but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warWWW/TkWWW/Tcl/config.cpp1006640070060000000000004545505442250165012201 037777777777 1 0 /**/## config.tcl: configuration file for tkWWW user interface /**/## ============== /**/## Copyright (C) 1992-1993 /**/## Global Network Academy /**/## Macvicar Institute for Educational Software Development /**/## /**/## See the file COPYRIGHT for conditions /**/## Conventions: /**/## This is the only file the user should have to edit /**/## ************************* /**/## This file contains user definable parameters /**/## Do not edit config.tcl. Instead edit config.cpp and run make. /**/## ************************* /**/## ************************* /**/## The home page and the start page /**/## ************************* /**/## Get it from the environment variable WWW_HOME if possible if {[catch {set env(WWW_HOME)} home_page] != 0} { set tkW3ConfigHomePage CPP_TK_WWW_HOME_PAGE set tkW3ConfigStartPage CPP_TK_WWW_START_PAGE } { set tkW3ConfigHomePage $home_page set tkW3ConfigStartPage $home_page } set tkW3ConfigHelpRoot http://tk-www.mit.edu:8001/tk-www/help /**/## The programs that tkWWW uses set tkW3ConfigViewer(editor) emacs set tkW3ConfigViewer(terminal) xterm set tkW3ConfigViewer(printer) lpr set tkW3ConfigViewer(dvi) xdvi set tkW3ConfigViewer(image) xli set tkW3ConfigViewer(video) mpeg_play set tkW3ConfigViewer(audio) showaudio set tkW3ConfigViewer(postscript) ghostview set tkW3ConfigImageDirectView 1 /**/## The backend command tkWWW uses set tkW3ServerCommand tkWWW.server /**/## The mail command proc tkW3ConfigSendMail {to subject body} { #if CPP_TK_WWW_USE_MH_MAIL set file [open "| mhmail $to -subject \"$subject\"" w+] #else set file [open "| Mail -s \"$subject\" $to" w+] #endif puts $file $body close $file } /**/## Configure the menus set tkW3ConfigMenus { {{file "File" 0} { {"New" {tkW3EditClear .f.msg} 0} {} {"Open File..." tkW3FileLoadSource 0 } {"Open Link..." {DLG:show . .goto_dialog}} {"Open Introduction" {tkW3NavigateRecordAndGoto "http://tk-www.mit.edu:8001/tk-www/help/sources.html"}} {} {"Generate Source" tkW3EditGenerate} {"Save Text..." tkW3FileSaveText 0 } {"Reload page" tkW3NavigateReload} {} {"Find Keyword..." {DLG:show . .find_dialog} 0 ""} {"Clone Current Window" tkW3NavigateClone 1} {} {"Print" {DLG:show . .print_dialog} 0 } {"Mail" {DLG:set_entry_value .mail_dialog 2 [tkW3NavigateGetTitle]; DLG:show . .mail_dialog} } {} {"Run TCL Command" {tkW3FileRunTclCommand} 0} {} {"Close" tkW3FileQueryCloseWindow 0} {"Exit" tkW3FileQueryExit 0} }} {{edit "Edit" 0} { {"Cut" {tkW3EditCut .f.msg} 2 ""} {"Copy" {tkW3EditCopy .f.msg} 0 ""} {"Paste" {tkW3EditPaste .f.msg} 0 ""} {} {"Delete" {tkW3EditDelete .f.msg} 0} {} {"Select All" {tkW3EditSelectAll .f.msg} {} } {"Deselect All" {tkW3EditDeselectAll .f.msg} {} } {} {"Insert List Item" {tkW3EditBeginListItem .f.msg} {} ""} {"Insert Glossary Item" {tkW3EditBeginGlossary .f.msg} {} ""} {"Insert Image" {tkW3EditAddImage .f.msg} {} ""} {"Insert Paragraph Break" {tkW3EditInsertBullet .f.msg P} {} ""} {"Create link ..." {tkW3EditBeginAnchor .f.msg} {} ""} {"Change title ..." {tkW3EditQueryChangeTitle .f.msg} {} ""} }} {{option "Option" 0} { {"Change Fonts ..." {DLG:show . .font_dialog}} }} {{paragraph "Paragraph" 0} { {"Default" "tkW3EditSetParaStyle {}"} {"Heading" "cascade" {{"Heading1" "tkW3EditSetParaStyle H1" "" ""} {"Heading2" "tkW3EditSetParaStyle H2" "" ""} {"Heading3" "tkW3EditSetParaStyle H3" "" ""} {"Heading4" "tkW3EditSetParaStyle H4" "" ""} {"Heading5" "tkW3EditSetParaStyle H5" "" ""} {"Heading6" "tkW3EditSetParaStyle H6" "" ""} }} {"Address" "tkW3EditSetParaStyle ADDRESS"} {"Preformatted" "tkW3EditSetParaStyle PRE"} }} {{character "Characters" 0} { {"default" "tkW3EditSetCharStyle {}"} {"Italics" "tkW3EditSetCharStyle I"} {"Bold" "tkW3EditSetCharStyle B"} {"Underline" "tkW3EditSetCharStyle U"} {"Typewriter" "tkW3EditSetCharStyle TT"} {"Emphasis" "tkW3EditSetCharStyle EM"} {"Strong emphasis" "tkW3EditSetCharStyle STRONG"} {"Code" "tkW3EditSetCharStyle CODE"} {"Sample" "tkW3EditSetCharStyle SAMP"} {"Keyboard" "tkW3EditSetCharStyle KBD"} {"Variable" "tkW3EditSetCharStyle VAR"} {"Definition" "tkW3EditSetCharStyle DFN"} {"Citation" "tkW3EditSetCharStyle CITE"} }} {{history "History" 0} { {"Backtrack" "tkW3NavigateBacktrack" 0} {"Recall" cascade_external history} }} {{bookmarks "Bookmarks" 0} { {"Goto Bookmark" cascade_external bookmarks} {} {"Add Bookmark" tkW3BookmarksAdd 0} {"Delete Bookmark" tkW3BookmarksDelete 0} {"Load New Bookmarks..." {tkW3BookmarksLoadDialog 1} 5} {"Append Bookmarks..." {tkW3BookmarksLoadDialog 0} 1} {"Save Bookmarks..." {tkW3BookmarksSaveDialog} 0} }} {{annotate "Annotate" 0} { {"Add Annotation..." tkW3AnnotateAdd} {"Edit Annotation..." tkW3AnnotateEdit} {} {"Goto Annotation" cascade_external annotate} }} {{help "Help" 0 right} { {"Overview" "tkW3HelpGetTopic overview" 0} {"Index" "tkW3HelpGetTopic index" 0} {"Keyboard" "tkW3HelpGetTopic keyboard" 0} {"Tutorial" "tkW3HelpGetTopic tutorial" 0} {} {"About Global Network Academy" "tkW3HelpGetTopic uu-gna" 0} {"Starting information sources" "tkW3HelpGetTopic sources" 0} {} {"Send mail to developer..." "DLG:show . .send_mail_dialog" 0} {"Subscribe to mailing list tk-www@athena.mit.edu" \ "tkW3HelpAddToMailingList" } {"Unsubscribe to mailing list tk-www@athena.mit.edu" \ "tkW3HelpRemoveFromMailingList" } {} {"Using Help" "tkW3HelpGetTopic using_help" 6} {"Product Information" "tkW3HelpAbout" 0} }}} set tkW3ConfigEntries { {para "Paragraph: "} {char "Character: "} } set tkW3ConfigButtons { {home "Home" {tkW3NavigateRecordAndGoto $tkW3ConfigHomePage}} {back "Back" {tkW3NavigateBacktrack}} {find "Find" {DLG:show . .find_dialog}} {goto "Goto..." {DLG:show . .goto_dialog}} {reload "Reload" tkW3NavigateReload} {generate "Generate Source" {tkW3EditGenerate}} {clone "Clone" {tkW3NavigateClone [tkW3NavigateGetAddress]}} {close_window "Close Window" "tkW3FileQueryCloseWindow"} } set tkW3ConfigToggles { {is_index "Is Index"} {has_annotation "Has Annotations"} } proc tkW3ConfigDisplay {} { global tkW3HistoryList global tkW3BookmarksList global tkW3NavigateIsIndex if [llength $tkW3HistoryList] { .buttons.back configure -state normal .menu.history.m entryconfigure "Backtrack*" -state normal .menu.history.m entryconfigure "Recall*" -state normal } { .buttons.back configure -state disabled .menu.history.m entryconfigure "Backtrack*" -state disabled .menu.history.m entryconfigure "Recall*" -state disabled } if $tkW3NavigateIsIndex { .buttons.find configure -state normal .menu.file.m entryconfigure "Find*" -state normal .toggles.is_index select } { .buttons.find configure -state disabled .menu.file.m entryconfigure "Find*" -state disabled .toggles.is_index deselect } if [tkW3AnnotateDisplay] { .toggles.has_annotation select .menu.annotate.m entryconfigure "Goto*" -state normal } { .toggles.has_annotation deselect .menu.annotate.m entryconfigure "Goto*" -state disabled } if [llength $tkW3BookmarksList] { .menu.bookmarks.m entryconfigure "Goto*" -state normal } { .menu.bookmarks.m entryconfigure "Goto*" -state disabled } } set tkW3ConfigFileSuffixes { { ".mime" "www/mime" "8bit" 1.0 } { ".PS" "application/postscript" "8bit" 0.8 } { ".eps" "application/postscript" "8bit" 0.8 } { ".ai" "application/postscript" "8bit" 0.5 } { ".ps" "application/postscript" "8bit" 0.8 } { ".html" "text/html" "8bit" 1.0 } { ".c" "text/plain" "7bit" 0.5 } { ".h" "text/plain" "7bit" 0.5 } { ".m" "text/plain" "7bit" 0.5 } { ".txt" "text/plain" "7bit" 0.5 } { ".rtf" "application/x-rtf" "8bit" 1.0 } { ".snd" "audio/basic" "binary" 1.0 } { ".au" "audio/basic" "binary" 1.0 } { ".bin" "application/octet-stream" "binary" 1.0 } { ".dmp.Z" "image/compressed-x11-dump" "binary" 1.0} { ".dmp" "image/x11-dump" "binary" 1.0} { ".pbm.Z" "image/compressed-portable-bitmap" "binary" 1.0} { ".pbm" "image/portable-bitmap" "binary" 1.0} { ".ppm.Z" "image/compressed-portable-pixmap" "binary" 1.0} { ".ppm" "image/portable-pixmap" "binary" 1.0} { ".xbm" "image/x-bitmap" "binary" 1.0} { ".xbm.Z" "image/compressed-xbm" "binary" 1.0} { ".gif.Z" "image/compressed-gif" "binary" 1.0} { ".gif" "image/gif" "binary" 1.0 } { ".tiff" "image/x-tiff" "binary" 1.0 } { ".jpg" "image/jpeg" "binary" 1.0 } { ".JPG" "image/jpeg" "binary" 1.0 } { ".JPEG" "image/jpeg" "binary" 1.0 } { ".jpeg" "image/jpeg" "binary" 1.0 } { ".ras" "image/cmu-raster" "binary" 1.0} { ".MPEG" "video/mpeg" "binary" 1.0 } { ".mpg" "video/mpeg" "binary" 1.0 } { ".MPG" "video/mpeg" "binary" 1.0 } { ".mpeg" "video/mpeg" "binary" 1.0 } { ".tex" "application/tex" "binary" 1.0} { ".latex" "application/latex" "binary" 1.0} { ".texi" "application/texinfo" "binary" 1.0} { ".dvi" "application/dvi" "binary" 1.0} { ".tar" "archive/tar" "binary" 1.0} { ".tar.Z" "archive/compressed-tar" "binary" 1.0} { ".shar" "archive/shar" "binary" 1.0} { ".shar.Z" "archive/compressed-shar" "binary" 1.0} { ".Z" "application/x-compressed" "binary" 0.5 } { ".gz" "application/x-zipped" "binary" 0.5} { ".x11.Z" "image/compressed-x11-dump" "binary" 1.0} { ".x11" "image/x11-dump" "binary" 1.0} } proc tkW3ConfigDisplayFile {type file_name} { global tkW3ConfigViewer case $type { "image/*" { tkW3ImageDisplayFile $file_name } "video/*" { tkW3NavigatePreface {Video file To display press the button below and wait a few seconds } {Press here to show video} {Displaying video ...} \ "exec $tkW3ConfigViewer(video) $file_name &" } "audio/*" { tkW3NavigatePreface {Audio file To display press the button below and wait a few seconds } {Press here to show audio} {Displaying audio ...} \ "exec $tkW3ConfigViewer(audio) $file_name &" } {application/postscript} { tkW3NavigatePreface {Postscript file To display press the button below and wait a few seconds } {Press here to show postscript} {Displaying Postscript ...} \ "exec $tkW3ConfigViewer(postscript) $file_name &" } {application/dvi} { tkW3NavigatePreface {TeX Device Independent file To display press the button below and wait a few seconds } {Press here to show DVI file} {Displaying TeX DVI file ...} \ "exec $tkW3ConfigViewer(dvi) $file_name &" } {text/plain} { tkW3OutputSetBodyToFile $file_name } {application/x-compressed} { case [DLG:question . .graphics_dialog "Compressed File" \ "Display as text" "Display as image" "Save file as..."] { {1} {tkW3OutputSetBodyToFile "| zcat $file_name "} {2} {tkW3ImageDisplayFile $file_name} {3} {tkW3OutputSaveFileAs $file_name} } } {application/x-zipped} { case [DLG:question . .graphics_dialog "Gzip Compressed File" \ "Display as text" "Display as image" "Save file as..."] { {1} {tkW3OutputSetBodyToFile "| gunzip -c $file_name"} {2} {tkW3ImageDisplayFile $file_name} {3} {tkW3OutputSaveFileAs $file_name} } } {default} { case [DLG:question . .graphics_dialog "Unknown file type" \ "Display as text" "Display as image" "Save file as..."] { {1} {tkW3OutputSetBodyToFile $file_name} {2} {tkW3ImageDisplayFile $file_name} {3} {tkW3OutputSaveFileAs $file_name} } } } } /**/## ************************* /**/## Set options /**/## ************************* option add *background gray userDefault option add *foreground black userDefault option add *buttons*relief raised userDefault option add *buttons*borderWidth 2 userDefault option add *toggles*relief flat userDefault option add *toggles*borderWidth 2 userDefault option add *Scrollbar.foreground gray userDefault option add *Hypertext.Button.relief raised userDefault option add *Frame.relief raised userDefault option add *Frame.borderWidth 2 userDefault option add *Hypertext*background bisque userDefault option add *Text*background bisque userDefault option add *Text*wrap word userDefault option add *Text.relief sunken userDefault option add *Text.borderWidth 2 userDefault option add *Scrollbar*relief sunken userDefault /**/## ************************* /**/## Set key bindings /**/## ************************* proc GetSelection {} {# xf ignore me 7 /**/########## /**/# Procedure: GetSelection /**/# Description: get current selection /**/# Arguments: none /**/# Returns: none /**/# Sideeffects: none /**/########## /**/# the save way set xfSelection "" catch "selection get" xfSelection if {"$xfSelection" == "selection doesn't exist or form \"STRING\" not defined"} { return "" } { return $xfSelection } } bind Text {# xf ignore me 9 %W mark set insert insert-1c; %W yview -pickplace insert} bind Text {# xf ignore me 9 %W mark set insert insert+1c; %W yview -pickplace insert} bind Text {# xf ignore me 9 %W mark set insert insert-1l; %W yview -pickplace insert} bind Text {# xf ignore me 9 %W mark set insert insert+1l; %W yview -pickplace insert} bind Text {# xf ignore me 9 tk_textBackspace %W; %W yview -pickplace insert} bind Text {# xf ignore me 9 %W mark set insert "insert linestart"; %W yview -pickplace insert} bind Text {# xf ignore me 9 %W mark set insert insert-1c; %W yview -pickplace insert} bind Text {# xf ignore me 9 %W delete insert insert+1c; %W yview -pickplace insert} bind Text {# xf ignore me 9 %W mark set insert "insert lineend"; %W yview -pickplace insert} bind Text {# xf ignore me 9 %W mark set insert insert+1c; %W yview -pickplace insert} bind Text {# xf ignore me 9 %W delete "insert linestart" insert; %W yview -pickplace insert} bind Text {# xf ignore me 9 %W inser insert \t; %W yview -pickplace insert} bind Text {# xf ignore me 9 %W inser insert \n; %W yview -pickplace insert} bind Text {# xf ignore me 9 if {[%W compare insert == "insert lineend"]} { %W delete insert "insert lineend +1c" %W yview -pickplace insert } { %W delete insert "insert lineend" %W yview -pickplace insert}} bind Text {# xf ignore me 9 %W yview -pickplace insert} bind Text {# xf ignore me 9 %W inser insert \n; %W yview -pickplace insert} bind Text {# xf ignore me 9 %W mark set insert insert+1l; %W yview -pickplace insert} bind Text {# xf ignore me 9 %W inser insert \n; %W yview -pickplace insert} bind Text {# xf ignore me 9 %W mark set insert insert-1l; %W yview -pickplace insert} bind Text {# xf ignore me 9 set xfCounter [lindex [%W config -height] 4] while {$xfCounter > 0} { %W mark set insert insert-1l incr xfCounter -1 } %W yview -pickplace insert} bind Text {# xf ignore me 9 set xfCounter [lindex [%W config -height] 4] while {$xfCounter > 0} { %W mark set insert insert+1l incr xfCounter -1 } %W yview -pickplace insert} bind Text {# xf ignore me 9 catch "%W delete sel.first sel.last"} bind Text {# xf ignore me 9 %W insert insert "[GetSelection]"; %W yview -pickplace insert} bind Text {# xf ignore me 9 %W mark set insert 1.0; %W yview -pickplace insert} bind Text {# xf ignore me 9 %W mark set insert end; %W yview -pickplace insert} bind Text {# xf ignore me 9 set xfCounter [lindex [%W config -height] 4] while {$xfCounter > 0} { %W mark set insert insert-1l incr xfCounter -1 } %W yview -pickplace insert} bind Text {# xf ignore me 9 set xfCounter [lindex [%W config -height] 4] while {$xfCounter > 0} { %W mark set insert insert+1l incr xfCounter -1 } %W yview -pickplace insert} if {$tkVersion >= 3.0} { bind Entry {# xf ignore me 9 %W icursor [expr [%W index insert]+1]; tk_entrySeeCaret %W } bind Entry {# xf ignore me 9 %W icursor [expr [%W index insert]-1]; tk_entrySeeCaret %W } bind Entry {# xf ignore me 9 %W icursor 0; %W view 0} bind Entry {# xf ignore me 9 %W icursor [expr [%W index insert]-1]; tk_entrySeeCaret %W} bind Entry {# xf ignore me 9 %W delete [%W index insert]; tk_entrySeeCaret %W } bind Entry {# xf ignore me 9 %W icursor end; tk_entrySeeCaret %W} bind Entry {# xf ignore me 9 %W icursor [expr [%W index insert]+1]; tk_entrySeeCaret %W} bind Entry {# xf ignore me 9 tk_entryBackspace %W; tk_entrySeeCaret %W} bind Entry {# xf ignore me 9 %W delete 0 insert; %W view insert} bind Entry {# xf ignore me 9 %W insert insert \t; tk_entrySeeCaret %W} bind Entry {# xf ignore me 9 %W delete insert end; tk_entrySeeCaret %W} bind Entry {# xf ignore me 9 tk_entrySeeCaret %W} bind Entry {# xf ignore me 9 %W insert insert "[GetSelection]"; tk_entrySeeCaret %W} bind Entry {# xf ignore me 9 catch "%W delete sel.first sel.last"; tk_entrySeeCaret %W} bind Entry {# xf ignore me 9 %W insert insert "[GetSelection]"; tk_entrySeeCaret %W} } { bind Entry {# xf ignore me 9 %W cursor [expr [%W index cursor]+1]; tk_entrySeeCaret %W } bind Entry {# xf ignore me 9 %W cursor [expr [%W index cursor]-1]; tk_entrySeeCaret %W } bind Entry {# xf ignore me 9 %W cursor 0; %W view 0} bind Entry {# xf ignore me 9 %W cursor [expr [%W index cursor]-1]; tk_entrySeeCaret %W} bind Entry {# xf ignore me 9 %W delete [%W index cursor]; tk_entrySeeCaret %W } bind Entry {# xf ignore me 9 %W cursor end; tk_entrySeeCaret %W} bind Entry {# xf ignore me 9 %W cursor [expr [%W index cursor]+1]; tk_entrySeeCaret %W} bind Entry {# xf ignore me 9 tk_entryBackspace %W; tk_entrySeeCaret %W} bind Entry {# xf ignore me 9 %W delete 0 cursor; %W view cursor} bind Entry {# xf ignore me 9 %W insert cursor \t; tk_entrySeeCaret %W} bind Entry {# xf ignore me 9 %W delete cursor end; tk_entrySeeCaret %W} bind Entry {# xf ignore me 9 tk_entrySeeCaret %W} bind Entry {# xf ignore me 9 %W insert cursor "[GetSelection]"; tk_entrySeeCaret %W} bind Entry {# xf ignore me 9 catch "%W delete sel.first sel.last"; tk_entrySeeCaret %W} bind Entry {# xf ignore me 9 %W insert cursor "[GetSelection]"; tk_entrySeeCaret %W} } bind Entry <2> {# xf ignore me 9 %W insert cursor "[GetSelection]"; tk_entrySeeCaret %W} age/jpeg" "binary" 1.0 } { ".JPG" "image/jpeg" "binary" 1.0 } { ".JPEG" "image/jpeg" "binary" 1.0 } { ".jpeg" "image/jpeg" "binary" 1.0 } { ".ras" "image/cmu-raster" "binary" 1.0} { ".MWWW/TkWWW/Tcl/dialog.tcl1006640070060000000000007360505375560761012204 037777777777 1 0 # Program: template # Description: file selector box # Author: $__author$ # Source: $__self$ # Version: $__version$ # Date: $__ctime$ # State: $__state$ # # $__Log$ # # $__Header$ proc FSBoxInitialize {} { global fsBox set fsBox(activeBackground) "" set fsBox(activeForeground) "" set fsBox(background) "" set fsBox(font) "" set fsBox(foreground) "" set fsBox(scrollActiveForeground) "" set fsBox(scrollBackground) "" set fsBox(scrollForeground) "" set fsBox(scrollSide) left set fsBox(showPixmap) 0 set fsBox(name) "" set fsBox(path) [pwd] set fsBox(pattern) * set fsBox(all) 0 set fsBox(button) 0 set fsBox(extensions) 0 set fsBox(internalPath) [pwd] } proc FSBox {{fsBoxMessage "Select file:"} {fsBoxFileName ""} {fsBoxActionOk ""} {fsBoxActionCancel ""}} { ########## # Procedure: FSBox # Description: show file selector box # Arguments: fsBoxMessage - the text to display # fsBoxFileName - a file name that should be selected # fsBoxActionOk - the action that should be performed on ok # fsBoxActionCancel - the action that should be performed on cancel # Returns: the filename that was selected, or nothing # Sideeffects: none ########## # # global fsBox(activeBackground) - active background color # global fsBox(activeForeground) - active foreground color # global fsBox(background) - background color # global fsBox(font) - text font # global fsBox(foreground) - foreground color # global fsBox(extensions) - scan directory for extensions # global fsBox(scrollActiveForeground) - scrollbar active background color # global fsBox(scrollBackground) - scrollbar background color # global fsBox(scrollForeground) - scrollbar foreground color # global fsBox(scrollSide) - side where scrollbar is located global fsBox set tmpButtonOpt "" set tmpFrameOpt "" set tmpMessageOpt "" set tmpScaleOpt "" set tmpScrollOpt "" if {"$fsBox(activeBackground)" != ""} { append tmpButtonOpt "-activebackground \"$fsBox(activeBackground)\" " } if {"$fsBox(activeForeground)" != ""} { append tmpButtonOpt "-activeforeground \"$fsBox(activeForeground)\" " } if {"$fsBox(background)" != ""} { append tmpButtonOpt "-background \"$fsBox(background)\" " append tmpFrameOpt "-background \"$fsBox(background)\" " append tmpMessageOpt "-background \"$fsBox(background)\" " } if {"$fsBox(font)" != ""} { append tmpButtonOpt "-font \"$fsBox(font)\" " append tmpMessageOpt "-font \"$fsBox(font)\" " } if {"$fsBox(foreground)" != ""} { append tmpButtonOpt "-foreground \"$fsBox(foreground)\" " append tmpMessageOpt "-foreground \"$fsBox(foreground)\" " } if {"$fsBox(scrollActiveForeground)" != ""} { append tmpScrollOpt "-activeforeground \"$fsBox(scrollActiveForeground)\" " } if {"$fsBox(scrollBackground)" != ""} { append tmpScrollOpt "-background \"$fsBox(scrollBackground)\" " } if {"$fsBox(scrollForeground)" != ""} { append tmpScrollOpt "-foreground \"$fsBox(scrollForeground)\" " } set fsBox(name) $fsBoxFileName if {$fsBox(showPixmap)} { set fsBox(path) [string trimleft $fsBox(path) @] } if {"$fsBox(path)" != "" && [file exists $fsBox(path)] && [file isdirectory $fsBox(path)]} { set fsBox(internalPath) $fsBox(path) } { if {"$fsBox(internalPath)" == "" || ![file exists $fsBox(internalPath)]} { set fsBox(internalPath) [pwd] } } # build widget structure # start build of toplevel if {"[info commands XFDestroy]" != ""} { catch {XFDestroy .fsBox} } { catch {destroy .fsBox} } toplevel .fsBox \ -borderwidth 0 catch ".fsBox config $tmpFrameOpt" wm geometry .fsBox 350x300 wm title .fsBox {File select box} wm maxsize .fsBox 1000 1000 wm minsize .fsBox 100 100 # wm positionfrom .fsBox program wm sizefrom .fsBox user wm withdraw .fsBox # end build of toplevel label .fsBox.message1 \ -anchor c \ -relief raised \ -text "$fsBoxMessage" catch ".fsBox.message1 config $tmpMessageOpt" frame .fsBox.frame1 \ -borderwidth 0 \ -relief raised catch ".fsBox.frame1 config $tmpFrameOpt" button .fsBox.frame1.ok \ -text "OK" \ -command " global fsBox set fsBox(name) \[.fsBox.file.file get\] if {$fsBox(showPixmap)} { set fsBox(path) @\[.fsBox.path.path get\] } { set fsBox(path) \[.fsBox.path.path get\] } set fsBox(internalPath) \[.fsBox.path.path get\] $fsBoxActionOk if {\"\[info commands XFDestroy\]\" != \"\"} { catch {XFDestroy .fsBox} } { catch {destroy .fsBox} }" catch ".fsBox.frame1.ok config $tmpButtonOpt" button .fsBox.frame1.rescan \ -text "Rescan" \ -command { global fsBox FSBoxFSShow [.fsBox.path.path get] \ [.fsBox.pattern.pattern get] $fsBox(all)} catch ".fsBox.frame1.rescan config $tmpButtonOpt" button .fsBox.frame1.cancel \ -text "Cancel" \ -command " global fsBox set fsBox(name) {} set fsBox(path) {} $fsBoxActionCancel if {\"\[info commands XFDestroy\]\" != \"\"} { catch {XFDestroy .fsBox} } { catch {destroy .fsBox} }" catch ".fsBox.frame1.cancel config $tmpButtonOpt" if {$fsBox(showPixmap)} { frame .fsBox.frame2 \ -borderwidth 0 \ -relief raised catch ".fsBox.frame2 config $tmpFrameOpt" scrollbar .fsBox.frame2.scrollbar3 \ -command {.fsBox.frame2.canvas2 xview} \ -orient {horizontal} \ -relief {raised} catch ".fsBox.frame2.scrollbar3 config $tmpScrollOpt" scrollbar .fsBox.frame2.scrollbar1 \ -command {.fsBox.frame2.canvas2 yview} \ -relief {raised} catch ".fsBox.frame2.scrollbar1 config $tmpScrollOpt" canvas .fsBox.frame2.canvas2 \ -confine {true} \ -relief {raised} \ -scrollregion {0c 0c 20c 20c} \ -width {100} \ -xscrollcommand {.fsBox.frame2.scrollbar3 set} \ -yscrollcommand {.fsBox.frame2.scrollbar1 set} catch ".fsBox.frame2.canvas2 config $tmpFrameOpt" .fsBox.frame2.canvas2 addtag currentBitmap withtag [.fsBox.frame2.canvas2 create bitmap 5 5 -anchor nw] } frame .fsBox.path \ -borderwidth 0 \ -relief raised catch ".fsBox.path config $tmpFrameOpt" frame .fsBox.path.paths \ -borderwidth 2 \ -relief raised catch ".fsBox.path.paths config $tmpFrameOpt" menubutton .fsBox.path.paths.paths \ -borderwidth 0 \ -menu ".fsBox.path.paths.paths.menu" \ -relief flat \ -text "Pathname:" catch ".fsBox.path.paths.paths config $tmpButtonOpt" menu .fsBox.path.paths.paths.menu catch ".fsBox.path.paths.paths.menu config $tmpButtonOpt" .fsBox.path.paths.paths.menu add command \ -label "[string trimright $fsBox(internalPath) {/@}]" \ -command " global fsBox FSBoxFSShow \[.fsBox.path.path get\] \ \[.fsBox.pattern.pattern get\] \$fsBox(all) .fsBox.path.path delete 0 end .fsBox.path.path insert 0 [string trimright $fsBox(internalPath) {/@}]" entry .fsBox.path.path \ -relief raised catch ".fsBox.path.path config $tmpMessageOpt" if {![IsADir $fsBox(internalPath)]} { set $fsBox(internalPath) [pwd] } .fsBox.path.path insert 0 $fsBox(internalPath) frame .fsBox.pattern \ -borderwidth 0 \ -relief raised catch ".fsBox.pattern config $tmpFrameOpt" frame .fsBox.pattern.patterns \ -borderwidth 2 \ -relief raised catch ".fsBox.pattern.patterns config $tmpFrameOpt" menubutton .fsBox.pattern.patterns.patterns \ -borderwidth 0 \ -menu ".fsBox.pattern.patterns.patterns.menu" \ -relief flat \ -text "Selection pattern:" catch ".fsBox.pattern.patterns.patterns config $tmpButtonOpt" menu .fsBox.pattern.patterns.patterns.menu catch ".fsBox.pattern.patterns.patterns.menu config $tmpButtonOpt" .fsBox.pattern.patterns.patterns.menu add checkbutton \ -label "Scan extensions" \ -variable fsBoxExtensions \ -command { global fsBox FSBoxFSShow [.fsBox.path.path get] \ [.fsBox.pattern.pattern get] $fsBox(all)} entry .fsBox.pattern.pattern \ -relief raised catch ".fsBox.pattern.pattern config $tmpMessageOpt" .fsBox.pattern.pattern insert 0 $fsBox(pattern) frame .fsBox.files \ -borderwidth 0 \ -relief raised catch ".fsBox.files config $tmpFrameOpt" scrollbar .fsBox.files.vscroll \ -relief raised \ -command ".fsBox.files.files yview" catch ".fsBox.files.vscroll config $tmpScrollOpt" scrollbar .fsBox.files.hscroll \ -orient horiz \ -relief raised \ -command ".fsBox.files.files xview" catch ".fsBox.files.hscroll config $tmpScrollOpt" listbox .fsBox.files.files \ -exportselection false \ -relief raised \ -xscrollcommand ".fsBox.files.hscroll set" \ -yscrollcommand ".fsBox.files.vscroll set" catch ".fsBox.files.files config $tmpMessageOpt" frame .fsBox.file \ -borderwidth 0 \ -relief raised catch ".fsBox.file config $tmpFrameOpt" label .fsBox.file.labelfile \ -relief raised \ -text "Filename:" catch ".fsBox.file.labelfile config $tmpMessageOpt" entry .fsBox.file.file \ -relief raised catch ".fsBox.file.file config $tmpMessageOpt" .fsBox.file.file delete 0 end .fsBox.file.file insert 0 $fsBox(name) checkbutton .fsBox.pattern.all \ -offvalue 0 \ -onvalue 1 \ -text "Show all files" \ -variable fsBox(all) \ -command { global fsBox FSBoxFSShow [.fsBox.path.path get] \ [.fsBox.pattern.pattern get] $fsBox(all)} catch ".fsBox.pattern.all config $tmpButtonOpt" FSBoxFSShow $fsBox(internalPath) $fsBox(pattern) $fsBox(all) # bindings bind .fsBox.files.files " FSBoxFSFileSelectDouble %W $fsBox(showPixmap) \{$fsBoxActionOk\} %y" bind .fsBox.files.files " FSBoxFSFileSelect %W $fsBox(showPixmap) %y" bind .fsBox.files.files " FSBoxFSFileSelect %W $fsBox(showPixmap) %y" bind .fsBox.files.files " FSBoxFSFileSelect %W $fsBox(showPixmap) %y" bind .fsBox.files.files " FSBoxFSFileSelect %W $fsBox(showPixmap) %y" bind .fsBox.path.path { FSBoxFSNameComplete path} bind .fsBox.path.path { global fsBox FSBoxFSShow [.fsBox.path.path get] \ [.fsBox.pattern.pattern get] $fsBox(all) FSBoxFSInsertPath .fsBox.file.file icursor end focus .fsBox.file.file} catch "bind .fsBox.path.path {}" bind .fsBox.path.path { .fsBox.file.file icursor end focus .fsBox.file.file} bind .fsBox.file.file { FSBoxFSNameComplete file} bind .fsBox.file.file " global fsBox set fsBox(name) \[.fsBox.file.file get\] if {$fsBox(showPixmap)} { set fsBox(path) @\[.fsBox.path.path get\] } { set fsBox(path) \[.fsBox.path.path get\] } set fsBox(internalPath) \[.fsBox.path.path get\] $fsBoxActionOk if {\"\[info commands XFDestroy\]\" != \"\"} { catch {XFDestroy .fsBox} } { catch {destroy .fsBox} }" bind .fsBox.file.file { .fsBox.path.path icursor end focus .fsBox.path.path} bind .fsBox.file.file { .fsBox.pattern.pattern icursor end focus .fsBox.pattern.pattern} bind .fsBox.pattern.pattern { global fsBox FSBoxFSShow [.fsBox.path.path get] \ [.fsBox.pattern.pattern get] $fsBox(all)} bind .fsBox.pattern.pattern { .fsBox.file.file icursor end focus .fsBox.file.file} catch "bind .fsBox.pattern.pattern {}" # packing pack append .fsBox.files \ .fsBox.files.vscroll "$fsBox(scrollSide) filly" \ .fsBox.files.hscroll {bottom fillx} \ .fsBox.files.files {left fill expand} pack append .fsBox.file \ .fsBox.file.labelfile {left} \ .fsBox.file.file {left fill expand} pack append .fsBox.frame1 \ .fsBox.frame1.ok {left fill expand} \ .fsBox.frame1.rescan {left fill expand} \ .fsBox.frame1.cancel {left fill expand} pack append .fsBox.path.paths \ .fsBox.path.paths.paths {left} pack append .fsBox.pattern.patterns \ .fsBox.pattern.patterns.patterns {left} pack append .fsBox.path \ .fsBox.path.paths {left} \ .fsBox.path.path {left fill expand} pack append .fsBox.pattern \ .fsBox.pattern.patterns {left} \ .fsBox.pattern.all {right fill} \ .fsBox.pattern.pattern {left fill expand} if {$fsBox(showPixmap)} { pack append .fsBox.frame2 \ .fsBox.frame2.scrollbar1 {left filly} \ .fsBox.frame2.canvas2 {top expand fill} \ .fsBox.frame2.scrollbar3 {top fillx} pack append .fsBox \ .fsBox.message1 {top fill} \ .fsBox.frame1 {bottom fill} \ .fsBox.pattern {bottom fill} \ .fsBox.file {bottom fill} \ .fsBox.path {bottom fill} \ .fsBox.frame2 {right fill} \ .fsBox.files {left fill expand} } { pack append .fsBox \ .fsBox.message1 {top fill} \ .fsBox.frame1 {bottom fill} \ .fsBox.pattern {bottom fill} \ .fsBox.file {bottom fill} \ .fsBox.path {bottom fill} \ .fsBox.files {left fill expand} } if {"$fsBoxActionOk" == "" && "$fsBoxActionCancel" == ""} { # wait for the box to be destroyed update idletask grab .fsBox tkwait window .fsBox if {"[string trim $fsBox(path)]" != "" || "[string trim $fsBox(name)]" != ""} { if {"[string trimleft [string trim $fsBox(name)] /]" == ""} { return [string trimright [string trim $fsBox(path)] /] } { return [string trimright [string trim $fsBox(path)] /]/[string trimleft [string trim $fsBox(name)] /] } } } } ########## # Procedure: FSBoxFSFileSelect # Description: select file name # Arguments: fsBoxW - the widget # fsBoxShowPixmap - show pixmaps # fsBoxY - the y position in the listbox # Returns: none # Sideeffects: none ########## proc FSBoxFSFileSelect {fsBoxW fsBoxShowPixmap fsBoxY} {# xf ignore me 6 global fsBox FSBoxBindSelectOne $fsBoxW $fsBoxY set fsBoxNearest [$fsBoxW nearest $fsBoxY] if {$fsBoxNearest >= 0} { set fsBoxTmpEntry [$fsBoxW get $fsBoxNearest] if {"[string index $fsBoxTmpEntry \ [expr [string length $fsBoxTmpEntry]-1]]" == "/" || "[string index $fsBoxTmpEntry \ [expr [string length $fsBoxTmpEntry]-1]]" == "@"} { set fsBoxFileName [string range $fsBoxTmpEntry 0 \ [expr [string length $fsBoxTmpEntry]-2]] if {![IsADir [string trimright $fsBox(internalPath)/$fsBoxFileName @]] && ![IsASymlink [string trimright $fsBox(internalPath)/$fsBoxFileName @]]} { set fsBoxFileName $fsBoxTmpEntry } } { if {"[string index $fsBoxTmpEntry \ [expr [string length $fsBoxTmpEntry]-1]]" == "*"} { set fsBoxFileName [string range $fsBoxTmpEntry 0 \ [expr [string length $fsBoxTmpEntry]-2]] if {![file executable $fsBox(internalPath)/$fsBoxFileName]} { set fsBoxFileName $fsBoxTmpEntry } } { set fsBoxFileName $fsBoxTmpEntry } } if {![IsADir [string trimright $fsBox(internalPath)/$fsBoxFileName @]]} { set fsBox(name) $fsBoxFileName .fsBox.file.file delete 0 end .fsBox.file.file insert 0 $fsBox(name) if {$fsBoxShowPixmap} { catch ".fsBox.frame2.canvas2 itemconfigure currentBitmap -bitmap \"@$fsBox(internalPath)/$fsBox(name)\"" } } } } ########## # Procedure: FSBoxFSFileSelectDouble # Description: select file when double clicked # Arguments: fsBoxW - the widget # fsBoxShowPixmap - show pixmaps # fsBoxAction - the action bound to the ok button # fsBoxY - the y position in the listbox # Returns: none # Sideeffects: none ########## proc FSBoxFSFileSelectDouble {fsBoxW fsBoxShowPixmap fsBoxAction fsBoxY} {# xf ignore me 6 global fsBox FSBoxBindSelectOne $fsBoxW $fsBoxY set fsBoxNearest [$fsBoxW nearest $fsBoxY] if {$fsBoxNearest >= 0} { set fsBoxTmpEntry [$fsBoxW get $fsBoxNearest] if {"$fsBoxTmpEntry" == "../"} { set fsBoxTmpEntry [string trimright [string trim $fsBox(internalPath)] "@/"] if {"$fsBoxTmpEntry" == ""} { return } FSBoxFSShow [file dirname $fsBoxTmpEntry] \ [.fsBox.pattern.pattern get] $fsBox(all) .fsBox.path.path delete 0 end .fsBox.path.path insert 0 $fsBox(internalPath) } { if {"[string index $fsBoxTmpEntry \ [expr [string length $fsBoxTmpEntry]-1]]" == "/" || "[string index $fsBoxTmpEntry \ [expr [string length $fsBoxTmpEntry]-1]]" == "@"} { set fsBoxFileName [string range $fsBoxTmpEntry 0 \ [expr [string length $fsBoxTmpEntry]-2]] if {![IsADir [string trimright $fsBox(internalPath)/$fsBoxFileName @]] && ![IsASymlink [string trimright $fsBox(internalPath)/$fsBoxFileName @]]} { set fsBoxFileName $fsBoxTmpEntry } } { if {"[string index $fsBoxTmpEntry \ [expr [string length $fsBoxTmpEntry]-1]]" == "*"} { set fsBoxFileName [string range $fsBoxTmpEntry 0 \ [expr [string length $fsBoxTmpEntry]-2]] if {![file executable $fsBox(internalPath)/$fsBoxFileName]} { set fsBoxFileName $fsBoxTmpEntry } } { set fsBoxFileName $fsBoxTmpEntry } } if {[IsADir [string trimright $fsBox(internalPath)/$fsBoxFileName @]]} { set fsBox(internalPath) "[string trimright $fsBox(internalPath) {/@}]/$fsBoxFileName" FSBoxFSShow $fsBox(internalPath) \ [.fsBox.pattern.pattern get] $fsBox(all) .fsBox.path.path delete 0 end .fsBox.path.path insert 0 $fsBox(internalPath) } { set fsBox(name) $fsBoxFileName if {$fsBoxShowPixmap} { set fsBox(path) @$fsBox(internalPath) } { set fsBox(path) $fsBox(internalPath) } if {"$fsBoxAction" != ""} { eval "global fsBox; $fsBoxAction" } if {"[info commands XFDestroy]" != ""} { catch {XFDestroy .fsBox} } { catch {destroy .fsBox} } } } } } ########## # Procedure: FSBoxFSInsertPath # Description: insert current pathname into menu # Arguments: none # Returns: none # Sideeffects: none ########## proc FSBoxFSInsertPath {} {# xf ignore me 6 global fsBox set fsBoxLast [.fsBox.path.paths.paths.menu index last] set fsBoxNewEntry [string trimright [.fsBox.path.path get] "/@"] for {set fsBoxCounter 0} {$fsBoxCounter <= $fsBoxLast} {incr fsBoxCounter 1} { if {"$fsBoxNewEntry" == \ "[lindex [.fsBox.path.paths.paths.menu entryconfigure \ $fsBoxCounter -label] 4]"} { return } } if {$fsBoxLast < 9} { .fsBox.path.paths.paths.menu add command \ -label "$fsBoxNewEntry" \ -command " global fsBox FSBoxFSShow $fsBoxNewEntry \ \[.fsBox.pattern.pattern get\] \$fsBox(all) .fsBox.path.path delete 0 end .fsBox.path.path insert 0 $fsBoxNewEntry" } { for {set fsBoxCounter 0} {$fsBoxCounter < $fsBoxLast} {incr fsBoxCounter 1} { .fsBox.path.paths.paths.menu entryconfigure \ $fsBoxCounter -label \ [lindex [.fsBox.path.paths.paths.menu entryconfigure \ [expr $fsBoxCounter+1] -label] 4] .fsBox.path.paths.paths.menu entryconfigure $fsBoxCounter \ -command " global fsBox FSBoxFSShow [lindex [.fsBox.path.paths.paths.menu entryconfigure \ [expr $fsBoxCounter+1] -label] 4] \ \[.fsBox.pattern.pattern get\] \$fsBox(all) .fsBox.path.path delete 0 end .fsBox.path.path insert 0 [lindex \ [.fsBox.path.paths.paths.menu entryconfigure \ [expr $fsBoxCounter+1] -label] 4]" } .fsBox.path.paths.paths.menu entryconfigure $fsBoxLast \ -label "$fsBoxNewEntry" .fsBox.path.paths.paths.menu entryconfigure $fsBoxCounter \ -command " global fsBox FSBoxFSShow \[.fsBox.path.path get\] \ \[.fsBox.pattern.pattern get\] \$fsBox(all) .fsBox.path.path delete 0 end .fsBox.path.path insert 0 $fsBoxNewEntry" } } ########## # Procedure: FSBoxFSNameComplete # Description: perform name completion for fs box # Arguments: fsBoxType - the type we want to complete (path or file) # Returns: none # Sideeffects: none ########## proc FSBoxFSNameComplete {fsBoxType} {# xf ignore me 6 global fsBox set fsBoxNewFile "" if {"$fsBoxType" == "path"} { set fsBoxDirName [file dirname [.fsBox.path.path get]] set fsBoxFileName [file tail [.fsBox.path.path get]] } { set fsBoxDirName [file dirname [.fsBox.path.path get]/] set fsBoxFileName [file tail [.fsBox.file.file get]] } set fsBoxNewFile "" if {[IsADir [string trimright $fsBoxDirName @]]} { catch "glob -nocomplain $fsBoxDirName/${fsBoxFileName}*" fsBoxResult foreach fsBoxCounter $fsBoxResult { if {"$fsBoxNewFile" == ""} { set fsBoxNewFile [file tail $fsBoxCounter] } { if {"[string index [file tail $fsBoxCounter] 0]" != "[string index $fsBoxNewFile 0]"} { set fsBoxNewFile "" break } set fsBoxCounter1 0 set fsBoxTmpFile1 $fsBoxNewFile set fsBoxTmpFile2 [file tail $fsBoxCounter] set fsBoxLength1 [string length $fsBoxTmpFile1] set fsBoxLength2 [string length $fsBoxTmpFile2] set fsBoxNewFile "" if {$fsBoxLength1 > $fsBoxLength2} { set fsBoxLength1 $fsBoxLength2 } while {$fsBoxCounter1 < $fsBoxLength1} { if {"[string index $fsBoxTmpFile1 $fsBoxCounter1]" == \ "[string index $fsBoxTmpFile2 $fsBoxCounter1]"} { append fsBoxNewFile [string index $fsBoxTmpFile1 $fsBoxCounter1] } { break } incr fsBoxCounter1 1 } } } } if {"$fsBoxNewFile" != ""} { if {[IsADir [string trimright $fsBoxDirName/$fsBoxNewFile @]] || ![IsAFile [string trimright $fsBoxDirName/$fsBoxNewFile @]]} { if {[IsADir [string trimright $fsBoxDirName/$fsBoxNewFile @]]} { if {"$fsBoxDirName" == "/"} { .fsBox.path.path delete 0 end .fsBox.path.path insert 0 "/[string trimright [string trim $fsBoxNewFile /] @]/" } { .fsBox.path.path delete 0 end .fsBox.path.path insert 0 "[string trimright $fsBoxDirName /]/[string trimright [string trim $fsBoxNewFile /] @]/" } FSBoxFSShow [.fsBox.path.path get] \ [.fsBox.pattern.pattern get] $fsBox(all) FSBoxFSInsertPath } { .fsBox.path.path delete 0 end .fsBox.path.path insert 0 "[string trimright $fsBoxDirName /]/[string trimright [string trim $fsBoxNewFile /] @]" } } { .fsBox.path.path delete 0 end .fsBox.path.path insert 0 "[string trimright $fsBoxDirName {@/}]/" .fsBox.file.file delete 0 end .fsBox.file.file insert 0 $fsBoxNewFile .fsBox.file.file icursor end focus .fsBox.file.file } } } ########## # Procedure: FSBoxFSShow # Description: show the file list # Arguments: fsBoxPath - the path to show # fsBoxPattern - selection pattern # fsBoxAll - show all files # Returns: none # Sideeffects: none ########## proc FSBoxFSShow {fsBoxPath fsBoxPattern fsBoxAll} {# xf ignore me 6 global fsBox set tmpButtonOpt "" if {"$fsBox(activeBackground)" != ""} { append tmpButtonOpt "-activebackground \"$fsBox(activeBackground)\" " } if {"$fsBox(activeForeground)" != ""} { append tmpButtonOpt "-activeforeground \"$fsBox(activeForeground)\" " } if {"$fsBox(background)" != ""} { append tmpButtonOpt "-background \"$fsBox(background)\" " } if {"$fsBox(font)" != ""} { append tmpButtonOpt "-font \"$fsBox(font)\" " } if {"$fsBox(foreground)" != ""} { append tmpButtonOpt "-foreground \"$fsBox(foreground)\" " } set fsBox(pattern) $fsBoxPattern if {[file exists $fsBoxPath] && [file readable $fsBoxPath] && [IsADir $fsBoxPath]} { set fsBox(internalPath) $fsBoxPath } { if {[file exists $fsBoxPath] && [file readable $fsBoxPath] && [IsAFile $fsBoxPath]} { set fsBox(internalPath) [file dirname $fsBoxPath] .fsBox.file.file delete 0 end .fsBox.file.file insert 0 [file tail $fsBoxPath] set fsBoxPath $fsBox(internalPath) } { while {"$fsBoxPath" != "" && "$fsBoxPath" != "/" && ![file isdirectory $fsBoxPath]} { set fsBox(internalPath) [file dirname $fsBoxPath] set fsBoxPath $fsBox(internalPath) } } } if {"$fsBoxPath" == ""} { set fsBoxPath "/" set fsBox(internalPath) "/" } .fsBox.path.path delete 0 end .fsBox.path.path insert 0 $fsBox(internalPath) if {[.fsBox.files.files size] > 0} { .fsBox.files.files delete 0 end } if {$fsBoxAll} { if {[catch "exec ls -F -a $fsBoxPath" fsBoxResult]} { puts stderr "$fsBoxResult" } } { if {[catch "exec ls -F $fsBoxPath" fsBoxResult]} { puts stderr "$fsBoxResult" } } set fsBoxElementList [lsort $fsBoxResult] foreach fsBoxCounter [winfo children .fsBox.pattern.patterns.patterns] { if {[string length [info commands XFDestroy]] > 0} { catch {XFDestroy $fsBoxCounter} } { catch {destroy $fsBoxCounter} } } menu .fsBox.pattern.patterns.patterns.menu catch ".fsBox.pattern.patterns.patterns.menu config $tmpButtonOpt" if {$fsBox(extensions)} { .fsBox.pattern.patterns.patterns.menu add command \ -label "*" \ -command { global fsBox set fsBox(pattern) "*" .fsBox.pattern.pattern delete 0 end .fsBox.pattern.pattern insert 0 $fsBox(pattern) FSBoxFSShow [.fsBox.path.path get] $fsBox(pattern) \ $fsBox(all)} } if {"$fsBoxPath" != "/"} { .fsBox.files.files insert end "../" } foreach fsBoxCounter $fsBoxElementList { if {[string match $fsBoxPattern $fsBoxCounter] || [IsADir [string trimright $fsBoxPath/$fsBoxCounter "/@"]]} { if {"$fsBoxCounter" != "../" && "$fsBoxCounter" != "./"} { .fsBox.files.files insert end $fsBoxCounter } } if {$fsBox(extensions)} { catch "file rootname $fsBoxCounter" fsBoxRootName catch "file extension $fsBoxCounter" fsBoxExtension set fsBoxExtension [string trimright $fsBoxExtension "/*@"] if {"$fsBoxExtension" != "" && "$fsBoxRootName" != ""} { set fsBoxInsert 1 set fsBoxLast [.fsBox.pattern.patterns.patterns.menu index last] for {set fsBoxCounter1 0} {$fsBoxCounter1 <= $fsBoxLast} {incr fsBoxCounter1 1} { if {"*$fsBoxExtension" == \ "[lindex [.fsBox.pattern.patterns.patterns.menu entryconfigure \ $fsBoxCounter1 -label] 4]"} { set fsBoxInsert 0 } } if {$fsBoxInsert} { .fsBox.pattern.patterns.patterns.menu add command \ -label "*$fsBoxExtension" \ -command " global fsBox set fsBox(pattern) \"*$fsBoxExtension\" .fsBox.pattern.pattern delete 0 end .fsBox.pattern.pattern insert 0 \$fsBox(pattern) FSBoxFSShow \[.fsBox.path.path get\] \$fsBox(pattern) \ \$fsBox(all)" } } } } if {$fsBox(extensions)} { .fsBox.pattern.patterns.patterns.menu add separator } if {$fsBox(extensions) || "[.fsBox.pattern.patterns.patterns.menu index last]" == "none"} { .fsBox.pattern.patterns.patterns.menu add checkbutton \ -label "Scan extensions" \ -variable "fsBox(extensions)" \ -command { global fsBox FSBoxFSShow [.fsBox.path.path get] \ [.fsBox.pattern.pattern get] $fsBox(all)} } } ########## # Procedure: FSBoxBindSelectOne # Description: action to select the current list item # Arguments: fsBoxW - the widget # fsBoxY - the y position in the listbox # Returns: none # Sideeffects: none ########## proc FSBoxBindSelectOne {fsBoxW fsBoxY} {# xf ignore me 6 set fsBoxNearest [$fsBoxW nearest $fsBoxY] if {$fsBoxNearest >= 0} { $fsBoxW select from $fsBoxNearest $fsBoxW select to $fsBoxNearest } } proc IsADir {pathName} { ########## # Procedure: IsADir # Description: check if name is a directory (including symbolic links) # Arguments: pathName - the path to check # Returns: 1 if its a directory, otherwise 0 # Sideeffects: none ########## if {[file isdirectory $pathName]} { return 1 } { catch "file type $pathName" fileType if {"$fileType" == "link"} { if {[catch "file readlink $pathName" linkName]} { return 0 } catch "file type $linkName" fileType while {"$fileType" == "link"} { if {[catch "file readlink $linkName" linkName]} { return 0 } } return [file isdirectory $linkName] } } return 0 } proc IsAFile {fileName} { ########## # Procedure: IsAFile # Description: check if filename is a file (including symbolic links) # Arguments: fileName - the filename to check # Returns: 1 if its a file, otherwise 0 # Sideeffects: none ########## if {[file isfile $fileName]} { return 1 } { catch "file type $fileName" fileType if {"$fileType" == "link"} { if {[catch "file readlink $fileName" linkName]} { return 0 } catch "file type $linkName" fileType while {"$fileType" == "link"} { if {[catch "file readlink $linkName" linkName]} { return 0 } } return [file isfile $linkName] } } return 0 } proc IsASymlink {fileName} { ########## # Procedure: IsASymlink # Description: check if filename is a symbolic link # Arguments: fileName - the path/filename to check # Returns: none # Sideeffects: none ########## catch "file type $fileName" fileType if {"$fileType" == "link"} { return 1 } return 0 } # eof .fsBox.path.paths.paths.menu entryconfigure $fsBoxLast \ -label "$fsBoxNewEntry" .fsBox.path.paths.paths.menu enWWW/TkWWW/Tcl/edit.tcl1006640070060000000000003651105440577344011663 037777777777 1 0 ## edit.tcl main file for tkWWW user interface ## ============== ## Copyright (C) 1992-1993 ## Global Network Academy ## Macvicar Institute for Educational Software Development ## ## See the file COPYRIGHT for conditions ## The procedures in this file are responsible for editing inside of tkWWW. ## Conventions: ## All procedures in this file begin with tkWWWEdit ## Bugs and Todo: ## Some abstraction questions # This is the style that the editor is current writing in set tkW3EditParaStyle "" set tkW3EditCharStyle "" # This is the cut buffer set tkW3EditSelection {} set tkW3EditModified 0 ## ******************** ## Initialization procedures ## ******************** proc tkW3EditInitialize {} { global tkW3EditConvert set convert_list { {"" "default"} {H1 heading1} {H2 heading2} {H3 heading3} {H4 heading4} {H5 heading5} {H6 heading6} {ADDRESS address} {PRE preformatted} {TT typewriter} {B bold} {I italics} {U underline} {EM emphasis} {STRONG "strong emphasis"} {SAMP sample} {KBD keyboard} {VAR variable} {DFN definition} {CITE citation} } foreach item $convert_list { set tkW3EditConvert([lindex $item 0]) [lindex $item 1] } tkW3EditBindText .f.msg tkW3EditDisplayStatus } set tkW3ConfigEditTk { .edit.menu.file.m delete "*Quit*" .edit.menu.file.m entryconfigure "Save" -command "tkW3EditSave" .edit.menu.edit.m add command -label "Spell Check" -command \ {ispell_text .edit.main.t} set button_list { {generate "Generate Source" "tkW3EditGenerate"} {save "Save" "tkW3EditSave"} {close "Close Window" "tkW3EditClose"} } pack append .edit \ [ tkW3OutputMakeButtons .edit.button_box $button_list] {bottom fillx} } proc tkW3EditBindText {w} { bind $w {tkW3EditInsert %W %A} bind $w {tkW3EditInsert [selection get]} bind $w <1> { set tk_priv(selectMode) char %W mark set insert @%x,%y %W mark set anchor insert if {[lindex [%W config -state] 4] == "normal"} {focus %W} tkW3EditSetStyle %W } bind $w { case $tkW3EditParaStyle { {H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6} {%W insert insert \n set tkW3EditParaStyle "" %W yview -pickplace insert tkW3EditDisplayStatus return } {PRE XMP} {%W insert insert \n} {default} {tkW3HtAddBul "P"} } %W yview -pickplace insert tkW3EditSetStyle %W } bind $w {tkW3EditBackspace %W} bind $w {tkW3EditBackspace %W} bind $w {tkW3EditBackspace %W} # need to check for case when a newline is deleted in case a tag is removed bind $w { %W delete insert %W yview -pickplace insert tkW3EditSetStyle %W } bind $w {tkW3EditMoveInsertTo %W "insert + 1 c"} bind $w {tkW3EditMoveInsertTo %W "insert + 1 c"} bind $w {tkW3EditMoveInsertTo %W "insert - 1 c"} bind $w {tkW3EditMoveInsertTo %W "insert - 1 c"} bind $w {tkW3EditMoveInsertTo %W "linestart"} bind $w {tkW3EditMoveInsertTo %W "lineend"} bind $w {tkW3EditMoveInsertTo %W "insert + 1 lines"} bind $w {tkW3EditMoveInsertTo %W "insert + 1 lines"} bind $w {tkW3EditMoveInsertTo %W "insert - 1 lines"} bind $w {tkW3EditMoveInsertTo %W "insert - 1 lines"} bind $w {tkW3EditMoveInsertTo %W "insert + 1 c wordend"} bind $w {tkW3EditMoveInsertTo %W "insert - 1 c wordstart"} } ## ******************** ## Keybinding actions ## ******************** proc tkW3EditInsert {w a} { global tkW3EditParaStyle tkW3EditCharStyle set start [$w index insert] set tags [$w tag names "insert - 1 c"] set add_tag "" set anchor_number [lsearch $tags "h*"] if {$anchor_number != -1} { lappend add_tag Anchor lappend add_tag [lindex $tags $anchor_number] } if {$tkW3EditParaStyle != ""} { lappend add_tag $tkW3EditParaStyle } if {$tkW3EditCharStyle != ""} { lappend add_tag $tkW3EditCharStyle } $w insert insert $a foreach tag [.f.msg tag names $start] { .f.msg tag remove $tag $start insert } foreach tag $add_tag { .f.msg tag add $tag $start insert } } proc tkW3EditBackspace {w} { tk_textBackspace $w $w yview -pickplace insert tkW3EditSetStyle $w } proc tkW3EditMoveInsertTo {w loc} { $w mark set insert $loc $w yview -pickplace insert tkW3EditSetStyle $w } proc tkW3EditSetStyle {w} { global tkW3EditParaStyle tkW3EditCharStyle set tags [$w tag names "insert - 1 c"] set para_tags {"H1" "H2" "H3" "H4" "H5" "H6" "PRE" "ADDRESS"} set tkW3EditParaStyle "" foreach tag $tags { if {[lsearch $para_tags $tag] != -1} { set tkW3EditParaStyle $tag } } tkW3EditDisplayStatus } proc tkW3EditDisplayStatus {} { global tkW3EditParaStyle tkW3EditCharStyle tkW3EditConvert tkW3OutputEntryPrint .style.char $tkW3EditConvert($tkW3EditCharStyle) tkW3OutputEntryPrint .style.para $tkW3EditConvert($tkW3EditParaStyle) } proc tkW3EditSetParaStyle {style} { global tkW3EditParaStyle tkW3EditTagSelected .f.msg $style set tkW3EditParaStyle $style tkW3EditDisplayStatus } proc tkW3EditSetCharStyle {style} { global tkW3EditCharStyle tkW3EditTagSelected .f.msg $style set tkW3EditCharStyle $style tkW3EditDisplayStatus } ## ******************** ## Procedures to show or hide the edit window ## ******************** proc tkW3EditOpen {} { global tkW3ConfigEditTk if {[winfo exists ".edit"]} { wm deiconify .edit } { edittkmain "" "" toplevel "" $tkW3ConfigEditTk } } proc tkW3EditClose {} { wm withdraw .edit } ## ******************** ## Save Generated HTML to a file ## ******************** proc tkW3EditSave {} { global fsBox set list [split [tkW3NavigateGetAddress] ":"] set type [lindex $list 0] set name [lindex $list 1] set file "file.html" set fsBox(path) "" if {"$type" == "file" && ![string match $name "//*"]} { set fsBox(path) [file dirname $name] set file [file tail $name] } tkW3EditClose FSBox {Save HTML} $file \ {tkW3EditOutputHTML $fsBox(path)/$fsBox(name)} DLG:show . .fsBox } proc tkW3EditOutputHTML {filename} { set file [open $filename "w"] puts $file [.edit.main.t get 1.0 end] close $file } ## ******************** ## Procedures to generate HTML in the edit window from ## stuff displayed in the display window ## ******************** proc tkW3EditGenerate {} { tkW3EditOpen tkW3EditCopyText .f.msg .edit.main.t tkW3EditCopyTags .f.msg .edit.main.t tkW3EditConvertToHTML .edit.main.t } proc tkW3EditCopyText {from to} { $to delete 1.0 end $to insert 1.0 [$from get 1.0 end] } proc tkW3EditCopyTags {from to} { foreach item [$from tag names] { set range [$from tag ranges $item] set length [llength $range] for {set i 0} {$i < $length} {incr i 2} { set j $i incr j 1 $to tag add $item [lindex $range $i] [lindex $range $j] } } } proc tkW3EditConvertToHTML {w} { global tkW3NavigateIsIndex $w mark set tmp 1.0 $w insert tmp "
\n" $w insert tmp "[tkW3NavigateGetTitle]\n" if $tkW3NavigateIsIndex { $w insert tmp "\n" } $w insert tmp "
\n" $w insert tmp "\n" tkW3EditDeleteTextWithTag $w blank tkW3EditConvertBullets $w LI "\n
  • " tkW3EditConvertBullets $w DD "\n
    " tkW3EditConvertBullets $w DT "\n
    " tkW3EditConvertBullets $w P "

    \n" tkW3EditConvertBullets $w DL.mark "\n

    " tkW3EditConvertBullets $w /DL.mark "\n
    \n" tkW3EditConvertBullets $w UL.mark "\n
      " tkW3EditConvertBullets $w /UL.mark "\n
    \n" tkW3EditConvertBullets $w MENU.mark "\n" tkW3EditConvertBullets $w /MENU.mark "\n\n" tkW3EditBreakLines $w for {set n 1} {$n < 7} {incr n} { tkW3EditDelimitTag $w H$n "" "\n" } set delimit_tags { {ADDRESS "
    \n" "
    \n"} {PRE "
    \n" "
    \n"} {CODE "" ""} {TT "" ""} {B "" ""} {I "" ""} {U "" ""} {EM "" ""} {STRONG "" ""} {SAMP "" ""} {KBD "" ""} {VAR "" ""} {DFN "" ""} {CITE "" ""} } foreach tag $delimit_tags { tkW3EditDelimitTag $w [lindex $tag 0] [lindex $tag 1] [lindex $tag 2] } tkW3EditConvertAnchors $w tkW3EditConvertImages $w $w insert end "" } proc tkW3EditConvertAnchors {w} { global tkW3HtAnchors $w mark set tmp 1.0 while {[set range [$w tag nextrange "Anchor" tmp]] != ""} { $w mark set tmp [lindex $range 1] foreach t [$w tag names [lindex $range 0]] { if [regexp {h([0-9]+)} $t {} n] { set string "" $w mark set insert [lindex $range 0] tkW3EditInsertClean $w $string $w mark set insert [$w index tmp] tkW3EditInsertClean $w "" } } } } proc tkW3EditBreakLines {w} { for {set i 1} {[$w compare $i.0 < end]} {incr i} { set chars [lindex [split [$w index "$i.0 lineend"] "."] 1] if {$chars > 80 && [$w compare "$i.80 wordstart" > "$i.0"]} { $w mark set tmp "$i.80 wordstart" if {[$w get tmp] == " "} { $w delete tmp } { $w delete "tmp - 1 char" } $w insert tmp "\n" } } } proc tkW3EditConvertBullets {w text_tag sgml_tag} { $w mark set tmp 1.0 while {[set range [$w tag nextrange $text_tag tmp]] != ""} { $w mark set tmp [lindex $range 0] $w delete tmp [lindex $range 1] $w mark set insert [$w index tmp] tkW3EditInsertClean $w $sgml_tag } } proc tkW3EditDeleteTextWithTag {w tag} { $w mark set tmp 1.0 while {[set range [$w tag nextrange $tag tmp]] != ""} { $w mark set tmp [lindex $range 0] $w delete tmp [lindex $range 1] } } proc tkW3EditDelimitTag {w tag begin end} { $w mark set tmp 1.0 while {[set range [$w tag nextrange $tag tmp]] != ""} { $w mark set tmp [lindex $range 1] $w mark set insert [lindex $range 0] tkW3EditInsertClean $w $begin $w mark set insert [$w index tmp] tkW3EditInsertClean $w $end } } proc tkW3EditInsertClean {w text} { set start [$w index insert] $w insert insert $text foreach tag [$w tag names $start] { $w tag remove $tag $start insert } } ## ******************** ## These procedure are used to edit the display window ## ******************** proc tkW3EditQueryChangeTitle {w} { DLG:entry . .change_title "Change Title Dialog" \ {"Title:"} {Change title} "tkW3EditChangeTitle" DLG:show . .change_title } proc tkW3EditChangeTitle {title} { tkW3OutputSetAddress [tkW3NavigateGetAddress] $title } proc tkW3EditClearSelection {w} { set range [$w tag ranges sel] set length [llength $range] for {set i 0} {$i < $length} {incr i 2} { set j $i incr j 1 $w tag remove sel [lindex $range $i] [lindex $range $j] } } ## tkW3EditAddAnchor ## ------------- ## Turn currently highlighted area into an anchor proc tkW3EditBeginAnchor {w {link_number ""}} { global tkW3HtAnchors if {[.f.msg tag ranges sel] != {} || $link_number != ""} { DLG:entry . .anchor_dialog "Anchor Dialog" \ {"Name:" "Href:"} {Begin} "tkW3EditAddAnchor" if {$link_number != ""} { tkW3EditClearSelection $w set name $tkW3HtAnchors(name.$link_number) set href $tkW3HtAnchors(href.$link_number) DLG:set_entry_value .anchor_dialog 1 $name DLG:set_entry_value .anchor_dialog 2 $href $w tag add sel \ [$w index h$link_number.first] \ [$w index h$link_number.last] } DLG:show . .anchor_dialog } } proc tkW3EditAddAnchor {name href} { global tkW3HtAnchors tkW3HtBeginAnc $name $href set number $tkW3HtAnchors(index) tkW3HtEndAnc if {[.f.msg tag ranges sel] != {}} { set start [.f.msg index sel.first] set finish [.f.msg index sel.last] foreach tag [.f.msg tag names $start] { if [regexp {h[0-9]+} $tag] { .f.msg tag remove $tag $start $finish } } .f.msg tag add Anchor $start $finish .f.msg tag add h$number $start $finish .f.msg tag remove sel $start $finish } } proc tkW3EditTagSelected {w tag {begin 0} {end 0}} { set list [tkW3EditClearTagsFromSelected $w] if {$list != {}} { if {$begin != 0} { $w mark set insert [lindex $list 0] } $w tag add $tag [lindex $list 0] [lindex $list 1] $w mark set insert [lindex $list 1] if {$end != 0} { tkW3HtBlankLines $begin $w mark set insert [lindex $list 1] } } } proc tkW3EditBeginListItem {w} { global tkW3EditCurrentStyle tkW3HtBuf List "\n" set start [$w index insert] tkW3HtInsert "* " ListItem set tkW3EditCurrentStyle List $w tag add $tkW3EditCurrentStyle $start insert } proc tkW3EditClearTagsFromSelected {w} { global tkW3EditCurrentStyle if {[$w tag ranges sel] != {}} { set start [$w index sel.first] set finish [$w index sel.last] foreach tag [.f.msg tag names $start] { $w tag remove $tag $start $finish } return [list $start $finish] } set tkW3EditCurrentStyle Normal return {} } proc tkW3EditCut {w} { tkW3EditCopy $w tkW3EditDelete $w } proc tkW3EditCopy {w} { global tkW3EditSelection set tkW3EditSelection [$w get sel.first sel.last] } proc tkW3EditDelete {w} { $w delete sel.first sel.last } proc tkW3EditPaste {w} { global tkW3EditSelection if {"" != [$w tag ranges sel]} { $w delete sel.first sel.last $w set mark insert sel.first } $w insert insert "$tkW3EditSelection" } proc tkW3EditClear {w} { $w delete 1.0 end } proc tkW3EditInsertBullet {w type} { global tkW3EditCurrentStyle case $type { "LI" { tkW3HtBuf offset " " tkW3HtInsert "* " ListItem } "DD" { tkW3HtInsert "* " GlossaryDefinition } "DT" { tkW3HtInsert "* " GlossaryTerm } "P" { tkW3HtInsert "\n\n" ParagraphBreak } } } proc tkW3EditSelectAll {w} { $w tag add sel 1.0 end } proc tkW3EditDeselectAll {w} { $w tag remove sel 1.0 end } proc tkW3EditCreateNewPage {page_name} { tkW3OutputSetAddress $page_name "" tkW3EditQueryChangeTitle .f.msg tkW3OutputClearBody } ## ******************** ## Procedures dealing with image tags ## ******************** proc tkW3EditConvertImages {w} { global tkW3HtImages $w mark set tmp 1.0 while {[set range [$w tag nextrange "Image" tmp]] != ""} { $w mark set tmp [lindex $range 0] foreach t [$w tag names tmp] { if [regexp {i([0-9]+)} $t {} number] { set src $tkW3HtImages($number) } } $w delete tmp [lindex $range 1] $w mark set insert [$w index tmp] tkW3EditInsertClean $w "" } } proc tkW3EditAddImage {w} { DLG:entry . .image_dialog "Image Dialog" \ {"Source:"} {Add} "tkW3HtSetImg " DLG:show . .image_dialog } proc tkW3EditChangeImage {i} { global tkW3HtImages DLG:entry . .image_dialog "Image Dialog" \ {"Source:"} {Change} "set tkW3HtImages($i) " DLG:set_entry_value .image_dialog 1 $tkW3HtImages($i) DLG:show . .image_dialog } proc tkW3EditCheckModified {} { if {$tkW3EditModified == 0} { return 1 } if {[DLG:question . .confirm_action_dialog \ "Are you sure you want to?" "Yes" "No"] == 1} { return 1 } return 0 } res to show or hide the edit window ## ******************** proc tkW3EditOpen {} { global tkW3ConfigEditTk if {[winfo exists ".edit"]} { wm deiconify .edit } { edittkmaWWW/TkWWW/Tcl/editwin.tcl1007750070060000000000012073605437773237012414 037777777777 1 0 #!/usr/local/bin/wish -f # editwin.tk - simple Tk-based text editor window # from jstools, adjusted by creilly@maths.tcd.ie to be more modular # #THIS IS ALPHA. # # Thu Jul 15 20:24:58 BST 1993 #Takes as an argument a procedure to call upon quitting and (optionally) #a piece of text to edit. #Also optionally toplevel to tell it to go to a toplevel window and #an optional title for the toplevel #It return the window name which is static for the moment. # #TODO # #Add an optional script to run so we can configure the window #to fit the look of other apps. # proc edittkmain {rv {text ""} {type "frame"} {title "Editor"} {script ""}} { if {$type == "toplevel"} { toplevel .edit wm title .edit $title } { frame .edit } global env argc argv catch {tk colormodel . color} ;# colour even on a 2-bit display global _edtkVERSION global _edtk_rv set _edtk_rv $rv set _edtkVERSION {3.2/1.0} # TO DO # abbrev fixes: # abbrev panel # maybe some heuristics for things like plurals # maybe a syntax for suffixes (e.g., commit;t -> commitment) # deal with capitalisation # site-wide default bindings file # documentation for keybindings # routine to display output of a command # problem with filename getting set when you cancel Save # for the first time on a new unnamed file # improve find panel # have find wrap around (if last time didn't match) # regex search/replace # change all # break out search and replace routines for re-use # gesture commands ###################################################################### global _edtkNAME ;# user's login name global _edtkHOME ;# user's home directory global _edtkPREFS ;# user preferences set _edtkNAME $env(USER) set _edtkHOME $env(HOME) # check for $HOME/.tk/jlibrary.tcl and read it in if it exists. # this contains library procedures. it would normally be in $tk_library, # but we check for its presence here for people who can't put things in # $tk_library. # if {[file isfile "$_edtkHOME/.tk/jlibrary.tcl"]} then { source "$_edtkHOME/.tk/jlibrary.tcl" } if {! [info exists env(PRINTER)]} {set env(PRINTER) lp} set _edtkPREFS(autoposition) 0 ;# centre dialogue boxes and alerts set _edtkPREFS(confirm) 1 ;# annoying confirmation dialogues set _edtkPREFS(textwidth) 80 ;# width of text widget set _edtkPREFS(textheight) 24 ;# height of text widget set _edtkPREFS(textwrap) char ;# none, char, word set _edtkPREFS(sabbrev) 0 ;# expands static abbrevs? set _edtkPREFS(dabbrev) 0 ;# expands dynamic abbrevs? set _edtkPREFS(autobreak) 0 ;# break long lines on ? set _edtkPREFS(autoindent) 0 ;# preserve indentation on ? global _edtkFILENAME ;# left unset, so we can ask for one if needed global _edtkCUTBUFFER set _edtkCUTBUFFER {} global _edtkABBREV ;# contains last abbrev expanded set _edtkABBREV {} global _edtkABBREV_POS ;# start of last abbrev set _edtkABBREV_POS {} global MATCH ;# contains last match found set MATCH {} global MATCH_POS ;# position last match found set MATCH_POS {} global _edtkABBREV_LIST ;# list of abbrevs read from file set _edtkABBREV_LIST {} global _edtkABBREVS ;# text-indexed array of expansions ###################################################################### foreach key {! $ & * ) - _ = + ] \} ; : ' \" , . / ? } { bind Text $key { tke_sabbrev_hook %W %W insert insert %A %W yview -pickplace insert } } ###################################################################### # bind arrow keys before reading in user's configuration, so # the user can override bindings in ~/.textbindings.tcl. bind Text { %W mark set insert {insert - 1 line} %W yview -pickplace insert } bind Text { %W mark set insert {insert + 1 line} %W yview -pickplace insert } bind Text { %W mark set insert {insert - 1 char} %W yview -pickplace insert } bind Text { %W mark set insert {insert + 1 char} %W yview -pickplace insert } ###################################################################### # read in user's text bindings. # note that M-Q M-X M-C M-V M-S M-L can't be redefined in # .edit.textbindings.tcl, because they're redefined below. # they can be redefined in .edit.edittkrc.tcl if need be. # j:source_config .textbindings.tcl $_edtkHOME ###################################################################### # some default values that can be redefined in .edit.edittkrc.tcl: # global _edtkTEXTBG; set _edtkTEXTBG white ;# Tk default background is {#4eee94} global _edtkTEXTFG; set _edtkTEXTFG black global _edtkTEXTSB; set _edtkTEXTSB black ;# selected bg; Tk default is lt blue global _edtkTEXTSF; set _edtkTEXTSF white ;# selected fg global _edtkTEXTBW; set _edtkTEXTBW 0 ;# selection border width global _edtkPREFS(textfont); set _edtkPREFS(textfont) default ; # if default, font won't be set tkW3MenuMakeMenus .edit.menu { {{file "File" 0} { {{Load ...} {cmd_load}} {{Save} {cmd_save}} {{Save As ...} {cmd_saveas}} {{Print ...} {cmd_print}} {} {{Insert File ...} {cmd_insfile}} {} {{Checkpoint} {cmd_save_checkpoint}} {{Revert to Checkpoint} {cmd_restore_checkpoint}} {} {{Preferences ...} {cmd_prefs}} {{Issue Tcl Command ...} {tkW3FileRunTclCommand}} {} {{Quit ...} {cmd_quit}} }} {{edit "Edit" 0} { {{Cut} {cmd_cut}} {{Copy} {cmd_copy}} {{Paste} {cmd_paste}} {{Insert X Selection} {cmd_xpaste}} {{Select All} {cmd_select_all}} {} {{Find ...} {cmd_find}} {{Find Again} {cmd_find_again}} {} {{Go to Line ...} {cmd_go_to_line}} {{Show Current Position ...} {cmd_current_line}} }} {{abbrev "Abbrev" 0} {}} {{pipe "Pipe" 0} { {{Format Lines with `fmt'} {tke_pipenl {fmt}}} {{Capitalise} {tke_pipe {tr \[a-z\] \[A-Z\]}}} {{Lowercase} {tke_pipe {tr \[A-Z\] \[a-z\]}}} {{Toggle Case} {tke_pipe {tr \[A-Z\]\[a-z\] \[a-z\]\[A-Z\]}}} {} {{Indent} {tke_pipenl {sed "s/^/ /"}}} {{Unindent/Unquote} {tke_pipenl {sed "s/^\[ >:|\}\] // s/^\t/ /"}}} {{Quote Email} {tke_pipenl {sed "s/^/> /"}}} {} {{Sort by ASCII Sequence} {tke_pipenl {sort}}} {{Sort Numerically} {tke_pipenl {sort -n}}} {{Sort Alphabetically} {tke_pipenl {sort -if}}} {} {{Pipe Through ...} {cmd_run_pipe}} {{Insert Output of ...} {cmd_run_command}} }} {{help "Help" 0 right} { {{About the Editor ...} {tkW3HelpGetTopic edit.about.editor}} }} } .edit.menu.abbrev.m add checkbutton -label {Static Abbreviation} \ -accelerator {[Space]} \ -variable ED_PREFS(sabbrev) -onvalue 1 -offvalue 0 .edit.menu.abbrev.m add checkbutton -label {Dynamic Abbreviation} \ -accelerator {[Tab]} \ -variable ED_PREFS(dabbrev) -onvalue 1 -offvalue 0 .edit.menu.abbrev.m add separator .edit.menu.abbrev.m add command -label {Expand Static Abbreviation} -command { cmd_sabbrev } .edit.menu.abbrev.m add command -label {Expand Dynamic Abbreviation} -command { cmd_dabbrev } .edit.menu.abbrev.m add separator .edit.menu.abbrev.m add command -label {Edit Static Abbreviations} -command { cmd_edit_abbrevs } .edit.menu.abbrev.m add command -label {Reread Static Abbreviations} -command { cmd_read_abbrevs } ###################################################################### frame .edit.main -relief flat -borderwidth 5 pack append .edit.main \ [scrollbar .edit.main.s -command {.edit.main.t yview}] {right filly} \ [text .edit.main.t -yscroll {.edit.main.s set} -setgrid true \ -width $_edtkPREFS(textwidth) -height $_edtkPREFS(textheight)] \ {right expand fill} # the following can't be redefined in the above; if you want to change # them, do so in $HOME/.edittkrc.tcl # bind .edit.main.t {set _edtkPREFS(sabbrev) [expr {! $_edtkPREFS(sabbrev)}]} bind .edit.main.t {set _edtkPREFS(dabbrev) [expr {! $_edtkPREFS(dabbrev)}]} bind .edit.main.t {cmd_run_pipe} bind .edit.main.t {cmd_run_command} bind .edit.main.t {cmd_select_all} bind .edit.main.t {cmd_copy} bind .edit.main.t {cmd_current_line} bind .edit.main.t {cmd_find} bind .edit.main.t {cmd_find_again} bind .edit.main.t {cmd_help} bind .edit.main.t {cmd_insfile} bind .edit.main.t {cmd_load} bind .edit.main.t {cmd_go_to_line} bind .edit.main.t {exec edit.tk &} bind .edit.main.t {cmd_print} bind .edit.main.t {cmd_save} bind .edit.main.t {cmd_saveas} bind .edit.main.t {tkW3FileRunTclCommand} bind .edit.main.t {cmd_paste} bind .edit.main.t {cmd_xpaste} bind .edit.main.t {cmd_cut} bind .edit.main.t {cmd_quit} bind .edit.main.t {tke_tabkey} bind .edit.main.t {%W insert insert "\t"} bind .edit.main.t {tke_spacebar} bind .edit.main.t {%W insert insert " "} bind .edit.main.t {tke_returnkey} bind .edit.main.t {%W insert insert "\n"} ###################################################################### pack append .edit .edit.menu {top fillx} pack append .edit .edit.main {top expand fill} ###################################################################### ###################################################################### ########## START OF PROCEDURE DEFINITIONS ########################## ###################################################################### ###################################################################### ###################################################################### # abbrev - set an abbreviation (used by .edit.tk/abbrevs.tcl ###################################################################### proc abbrev {{abbrev} {expansion}} { global _edtkABBREVS set _edtkABBREVS($abbrev) $expansion } ###################################################################### # tke_pipenl command - pipe selection through command (and replace) # adds a newline ###################################################################### proc tke_pipenl { command } { catch { eval exec $command << {[j:selection_if_any]} } result append result "\n" if [j:no_selection] {return 0} # save current position of selection: set selfirst [.edit.main.t index sel.first] # insert result: .edit.main.t insert sel.first $result # delete old selection: .edit.main.t delete sel.first sel.last # find end of result: set sellast [.edit.main.t index "$selfirst +[string length $result]chars"] # select result: .edit.main.t tag add sel $selfirst $sellast } ###################################################################### # tke_pipe command - pipe selection through command (and replace) # does not add a newline ###################################################################### proc tke_pipe { command } { catch { eval exec $command << {[j:selection_if_any]} } result if [j:no_selection] {return 0} # save current position of selection: set selfirst [.edit.main.t index sel.first] # insert result: .edit.main.t insert sel.first $result # delete old selection: .edit.main.t delete sel.first sel.last # find end of result: set sellast [.edit.main.t index "$selfirst +[string length $result]chars"] # select result: .edit.main.t tag add sel $selfirst $sellast } ###################################################################### # tke_read filename ?t? - "Load..." with supplied filename ###################################################################### proc tke_read { filename {t .edit.main.t}} { if {! [file exists $filename]} then { $t delete 1.0 end $t mark set insert 1.0 } else { # should do error checking set file [open $filename {r}] $t delete 1.0 end $t insert end [read $file] $t mark set insert 1.0 close $file } focus .edit.main.t } ###################################################################### # tke_write filename ?t? - write out a file ###################################################################### proc tke_write {filename {t .edit.main.t}} { # should do error checking set file [open $filename {w}] puts $file [$t get 1.0 end] nonewline close $file } ###################################################################### # tke_tabkey - do whatever tab does (abbrev, indent, whatever) ###################################################################### proc tke_tabkey {{t .edit.main.t}} { global PREFS if $PREFS(dabbrev) { if [cmd_dabbrev] {$t insert insert " "} } else { $t insert insert "\t" } } ###################################################################### # tke_spacebar - do whatever space does (abbrev, line breaking, whatever) ###################################################################### proc tke_spacebar {{t .edit.main.t}} { tke_sabbrev_hook $t $t insert insert " " tke_autobreak_hook } ###################################################################### # tke_sabbrev_hook - cmd_sabbrev if it's on ###################################################################### proc tke_sabbrev_hook {{t .edit.main.t}} { global _edtkPREFS if $_edtkPREFS(sabbrev) { cmd_sabbrev } } ###################################################################### # tke_autobreak_hook - insert a cr if line is long enough ###################################################################### proc tke_autobreak_hook {{t .edit.main.t}} { global _edtkPREFS if $_edtkPREFS(autobreak) { set length [string length [$t get {insert linestart} insert]] if {$length > ($_edtkPREFS(textwidth) - 15)} { tke_returnkey } } } ###################################################################### # tke_returnkey - do whatever return does (indentation, etc.) ###################################################################### proc tke_returnkey {{t .edit.main.t}} { tke_sabbrev_hook $t $t insert insert "\n" $t yview -pickplace insert tke_autoindent_hook } ###################################################################### # tke_autoindent_hook - insert same indentation as previous line ###################################################################### proc tke_autoindent_hook {{t .edit.main.t}} { global _edtkPREFS if $_edtkPREFS(autoindent) { set prevline [$t get {insert -1lines linestart} {insert -1lines lineend}] if [regexp "^\[ \t\]\[ \t\]*" $prevline indentation] { $t insert insert $indentation } } } ###################################################################### # cmd_prefs - preferences panel ###################################################################### proc cmd_prefs {} { global _edtkPREFS env tk_strictMotif toplevel .edit.prefs frame .edit.prefs.autoposition checkbutton .edit.prefs.autoposition.cb -relief flat -anchor w \ -text {Auto-position dialogue boxes} -variable PREFS(autoposition) frame .edit.prefs.confirm checkbutton .edit.prefs.confirm.cb -relief flat -anchor w \ -text {Confirm actions} -variable PREFS(confirm) frame .edit.prefs.motif checkbutton .edit.prefs.motif.cb -relief flat -anchor w \ -text {Strict Motif emulation} -variable tk_strictMotif frame .edit.prefs.r1 -height 2 -width 200 -borderwidth 1 -relief sunken frame .edit.prefs.autobreak checkbutton .edit.prefs.autobreak.cb -relief flat -anchor w \ -text {Break long lines with } -variable PREFS(autobreak) frame .edit.prefs.autoindent checkbutton .edit.prefs.autoindent.cb -relief flat -anchor w \ -text {Preserve indentation with } -variable PREFS(autoindent) frame .edit.prefs.r2 -height 2 -width 200 -borderwidth 1 -relief sunken frame .edit.prefs.sabbrev checkbutton .edit.prefs.sabbrev.cb -relief flat -anchor w \ -text {Expand static abbreviations with } -variable PREFS(sabbrev) frame .edit.prefs.dabbrev checkbutton .edit.prefs.dabbrev.cb -relief flat -anchor w \ -text {Expand dynamic abbreviations with } -variable PREFS(dabbrev) frame .edit.prefs.r3 -height 2 -width 200 -borderwidth 1 -relief sunken frame .edit.prefs.wrap radiobutton .edit.prefs.wrap.none -relief flat -anchor w \ -text {Don't wrap lines} -variable PREFS(textwrap) -value none radiobutton .edit.prefs.wrap.char -relief flat -anchor w \ -text {Wrap lines on character boundaries} \ -variable _edtkPREFS(textwrap) -value char radiobutton .edit.prefs.wrap.word -relief flat -anchor w \ -text {Wrap lines at word boundaries} -variable _edtkPREFS(textwrap) -value word frame .edit.prefs.r4 -height 2 -width 200 -borderwidth 1 -relief sunken frame .edit.prefs.font frame .edit.prefs.font.top label .edit.prefs.font.top.l -text {Font:} button .edit.prefs.font.top.default -width 8 -text {Default} -command { set _edtkPREFS(textfont) {default} } button .edit.prefs.font.top.choose -text {Choose .edit. .edit. .edit.} -command { set _edtkPREFS(textfont) [j:prompt_font] } frame .edit.prefs.font.bot entry .edit.prefs.font.bot.e -relief sunken -width 50 \ -textvariable _edtkPREFS(textfont) frame .edit.prefs.r5 -height 2 -width 200 -borderwidth 1 -relief sunken frame .edit.prefs.size label .edit.prefs.size.wl -text {Width:} entry .edit.prefs.size.we -relief sunken -width 3 -textvariable _edtkPREFS(textwidth) label .edit.prefs.size.hl -text {Height:} entry .edit.prefs.size.he -relief sunken -width 3 -textvariable _edtkPREFS(textheight) frame .edit.prefs.printer label .edit.prefs.printer.l -text {Printer:} entry .edit.prefs.printer.e -relief sunken -width 25 \ -textvariable env(PRINTER) frame .edit.prefs.r -height 2 -width 200 -borderwidth 1 -relief sunken frame .edit.prefs.b button .edit.prefs.b.ok -text OK -bd 4 -width 8 -command { if {$_edtkPREFS(textwidth) < 20} {set _edtkPREFS(textwidth) 20} if {$_edtkPREFS(textheight) < 4} {set _edtkPREFS(textheight) 4} .edit.main.t configure \ -width $_edtkPREFS(textwidth) \ -height $_edtkPREFS(textheight) \ -wrap $_edtkPREFS(textwrap) j:configure_font .edit.main.t $_edtkPREFS(textfont) ;# knows about `default' focus .edit.main.t destroy .edit.prefs } button .edit.prefs.b.save -text Save -width 8 -command { j:write_prefs edittkprefs.tcl .edit.prefs.b.ok invoke } pack append .edit.prefs.b \ .edit.prefs.b.ok {right padx 10 pady 10} \ .edit.prefs.b.save {right pady 10} pack append .edit.prefs.autoposition .edit.prefs.autoposition.cb {left expand fillx} pack append .edit.prefs.confirm .edit.prefs.confirm.cb {left expand fillx} pack append .edit.prefs.motif .edit.prefs.motif.cb {left expand fillx} pack append .edit.prefs.autobreak .edit.prefs.autobreak.cb {left expand fillx} pack append .edit.prefs.autoindent .edit.prefs.autoindent.cb {left expand fillx} pack append .edit.prefs.sabbrev .edit.prefs.sabbrev.cb {left expand fillx} pack append .edit.prefs.dabbrev .edit.prefs.dabbrev.cb {left expand fillx} pack append .edit.prefs.wrap \ .edit.prefs.wrap.none {top expand fillx} \ .edit.prefs.wrap.char {top expand fillx} \ .edit.prefs.wrap.word {top expand fillx} pack append .edit.prefs.font.top \ .edit.prefs.font.top.l {left} \ .edit.prefs.font.top.choose {right padx 10 pady 5} \ .edit.prefs.font.top.default {right pady 5} pack append .edit.prefs.font.bot \ .edit.prefs.font.bot.e {left padx 10 pady 5} pack append .edit.prefs.font \ .edit.prefs.font.top {top expand fillx} \ .edit.prefs.font.bot {top expand fillx} pack append .edit.prefs.size \ .edit.prefs.size.wl {left fillx} \ .edit.prefs.size.we {left} \ .edit.prefs.size.hl {left fillx} \ .edit.prefs.size.he {left} pack append .edit.prefs.printer \ .edit.prefs.printer.l {left} \ .edit.prefs.printer.e {left padx 10 pady 10} pack append .edit.prefs \ .edit.prefs.autoposition {top expand fill} \ .edit.prefs.confirm {top expand fill} \ .edit.prefs.motif {top expand fill} \ .edit.prefs.r1 {top fillx} \ .edit.prefs.autobreak {top fillx} \ .edit.prefs.autoindent {top fillx} \ .edit.prefs.r2 {top fillx} \ .edit.prefs.sabbrev {top expand fill} \ .edit.prefs.dabbrev {top expand fill} \ .edit.prefs.r3 {top fillx} \ .edit.prefs.wrap {top expand fill} \ .edit.prefs.r4 {top fillx} \ .edit.prefs.font {top fillx} \ .edit.prefs.r5 {top fillx} \ .edit.prefs.size {top expand fill} \ .edit.prefs.printer {top expand fill} \ .edit.prefs.r {top fillx} \ .edit.prefs.b {top expand fillx} j:dialogue .edit.prefs ;# position in centre of screen focus .edit.prefs bind .edit.prefs.font.bot.e {.prefs.b.ok invoke} bind .edit.prefs.size.we {.prefs.b.ok invoke} bind .edit.prefs.size.he {.prefs.b.ok invoke} bind .edit.prefs.printer.e {.prefs.b.ok invoke} bind .edit.prefs.font.bot.e {focus .edit.prefs.size.we} bind .edit.prefs.size.we {focus .edit.prefs.size.he} bind .edit.prefs.size.he {focus .edit.prefs.printer.e} bind .edit.prefs.printer.e {focus .edit.prefs.size.we} bind .edit.prefs {.prefs.b.ok invoke} bind .edit.prefs {focus .edit.prefs.font.bot.e} grab .edit.prefs tkwait window .edit.prefs } ###################################################################### # cmd_quit - quit the editor ###################################################################### proc cmd_quit {} { global _edtk_rv if {[DLG:question .edit .quit_dialog \ "Are you sure you want to quit?" "Yes" "No"] == 1} { set alpha [.edit.main.t get 1.0 end] destroy .edit $_edtk_rv $alpha } } ###################################################################### # cmd_load - read in a file ###################################################################### proc cmd_load {} { global _edtkFILENAME ;# so it can be default append _edtkFILENAME {} ;# make sure it's defined set prompt_result [j:fs {} "Load:"] if {$prompt_result != {././/CANCEL//./.}} then { set _edtkFILENAME $prompt_result tke_read $_edtkFILENAME } focus .edit.main.t } ###################################################################### # cmd_save - write out a file, using $_edtkFILENAME if defined ###################################################################### proc cmd_save {{t .edit.main.t}} { global _edtkFILENAME ;# so it can be default append _edtkFILENAME {} ;# make sure it's defined if {[string length $_edtkFILENAME] > 0} then { tke_write $_edtkFILENAME $t } else { set prompt_result [j:fs {} "Save as:"] if {$prompt_result != {././/CANCEL//./.}} then { set _edtkFILENAME $prompt_result tke_write $_edtkFILENAME $t } } focus $t } ###################################################################### # cmd_saveas - write out a file, prompting for a filename ###################################################################### proc cmd_saveas {{t .edit.main.t}} { global _edtkFILENAME ;# so it can be default append _edtkFILENAME {} ;# make sure it's defined set prompt_result [j:fs {} "Save as:"] if {$prompt_result != {././/CANCEL//./.} && \ ( ! [file exists $prompt_result] || \ [DLG:question .edit .prompt_result "File \"$prompt_result\" exists; replace it?" "Yes" "No"] == 1 )} then { set _edtkFILENAME $prompt_result tke_write $_edtkFILENAME $t } focus $t } ###################################################################### # cmd_print - print the file using lpr ###################################################################### proc cmd_print {} { if {[DLG:question .edit .print "Print using `lpr' to the default printer?" "Yes" "No"]==1} { exec lpr << [.edit.main.t get 1.0 end] } focus .edit.main.t } ###################################################################### # cmd_insfile - read in a file and insert it at the insert mark ###################################################################### proc cmd_insfile {} { set prompt_result [j:fs {} "Insert:"] if {$prompt_result != {././/CANCEL//./.}} then { .edit.main.t insert insert [exec cat $prompt_result] .edit.main.t insert insert "\n" } focus .edit.main.t } ###################################################################### # cmd_save_checkpoint - save current state ###################################################################### proc cmd_save_checkpoint {} { global CKPT__edtkTEXT global CKPT_INSERT set CKPT__edtkTEXT [.edit.main.t get 1.0 end] set CKPT_INSERT [.edit.main.t index insert] } ###################################################################### # cmd_restore_checkpoint - restore from saved state ###################################################################### proc cmd_restore_checkpoint {} { global CKPT__edtkTEXT global CKPT_INSERT if {[DLG:question .edit .abandon \ "Abandon changes since last checkpoint?" "Yes" "No"] ==1} { .edit.main.t delete 1.0 end .edit.main.t insert end $CKPT__edtkTEXT .edit.main.t mark set insert $CKPT_INSERT .edit.main.t yview -pickplace insert } } ###################################################################### # cmd_cut - delete the selection and copy it to _edtkCUTBUFFER ###################################################################### proc cmd_cut {} { global _edtkCUTBUFFER set _edtkCUTBUFFER [.edit.main.t get sel.first sel.last] .edit.main.t delete sel.first sel.last } ###################################################################### # cmd_copy - copy the selection into _edtkCUTBUFFER ###################################################################### proc cmd_copy {} { global _edtkCUTBUFFER set _edtkCUTBUFFER [.edit.main.t get sel.first sel.last] } ###################################################################### # cmd_paste - insert _edtkCUTBUFFER ###################################################################### proc cmd_paste {} { global _edtkCUTBUFFER .edit.main.t insert insert $_edtkCUTBUFFER } ###################################################################### # cmd_select_all - mark the entire text as selected ###################################################################### proc cmd_select_all {} { .edit.main.t tag add sel 1.0 end } ###################################################################### # cmd_run_pipe - prompt for a Unix command to run on the selection ###################################################################### proc cmd_run_pipe {} { global UNIX_PIPE; append UNIX_PIPE {} set prompt_result [j:prompt "Unix Filter:" $UNIX_PIPE] if {$prompt_result != {././/CANCEL//./.}} then { set UNIX_PIPE $prompt_result tke_pipenl $UNIX_PIPE } } ###################################################################### # cmd_run_command - prompt for a Unix command to insert ###################################################################### # just calls cmd_run_pipe on a zero-length selection proc cmd_run_command {} { global UNIX_COMMAND; append UNIX_COMMAND {} set prompt_result [j:prompt "Unix Command:" $UNIX_COMMAND] if {$prompt_result != {././/CANCEL//./.}} then { set UNIX_COMMAND $prompt_result catch { eval exec $UNIX_COMMAND } result if {$result != {}} { append result "\n" .edit.main.t insert insert $result } } } ###################################################################### # cmd_dabbrev - expand abbreviation before insert ###################################################################### proc cmd_dabbrev {{t .edit.main.t}} { # PROBLEM: this depends on the Text widget's notion of words. # it would be nice to be able to expand, say, $tk_l to $tk_library. global _edtkABBREV _edtkABBREV_POS MATCH MATCH_POS $t mark set abbrevstart insert while {[$t compare abbrevstart != 1.0] && [string match {[a-zA-Z0-9']} [$t get {abbrevstart - 1 char}]]} { $t mark set abbrevstart {abbrevstart -1char} } set _edtkABBREV_POS [$t index abbrevstart] ;# for dabbrev_agaiin set _edtkABBREV [$t get abbrevstart insert] set context [$t get 0.0 abbrevstart] while {1} { set matchpos [string last $_edtkABBREV $context] if {$matchpos == -1} {return 0} ;# not found $t mark set matchstart [$t index "0.0 +$matchpos chars"] if {[$t compare matchstart == {matchstart wordstart}]} { $t mark set matchend [$t index {matchstart wordend}] break ;# sort of an `until' } set context [$t get 0.0 matchstart] } set MATCH [$t get matchstart matchend] set MATCH_POS [$t index matchstart] $t delete abbrevstart insert $t insert insert $MATCH return 1 } ###################################################################### # dabbrev_again - search earlier in the text for abbrevs ###################################################################### proc dabbrev_again {{t .edit.main.t}} { # PROBLEM: this depends on the Text widget's notion of words. # it would be nice to be able to expand, say, $tk_l to $tk_library. global _edtkABBREV _edtkABBREV_POS _edtkMATCH _edtkMATCH_POS set context [$t get 0.0 $_edtkMATCH_POS] while {1} { set matchpos [string last $_edtkABBREV $context] if {$matchpos == -1} { return [sabbrev] ;# try the static table } $t mark set matchstart [$t index "0.0 +$matchpos chars"] if {[$t compare matchstart == {matchstart wordstart}]} { $t mark set matchend [$t index {matchstart wordend}] break ;# sort of an `until' } set context [$t get 0.0 matchstart] } set _edtkMATCH [$t get matchstart matchend] set _edtkMATCH_POS [$t index matchstart] $t delete $_edtkABBREV_POS insert $t insert insert $_edtkMATCH $t insert insert " " } ###################################################################### # cmd_sabbrev - look up an abbrev in a static table ###################################################################### proc cmd_sabbrev {{t .edit.main.t}} { # PROBLEM: this depends on the Text widget's notion of words. # it would be nice to be able to expand, say, $tk_l to $tk_library. # following don't really need to be global (shared with dabbrev): global _edtkABBREV _edtkABBREV_POS _edtkABBREVS $t mark set abbrevstart insert while {[$t compare abbrevstart != 1.0] && [string match {[a-zA-Z0-9']} [$t get {abbrevstart - 1 char}]]} { $t mark set abbrevstart {abbrevstart -1char} } set _edtkABBREV_POS [$t index abbrevstart] ;# for dabbrev_agaiin set _edtkABBREV [$t get abbrevstart insert] if {[info exists _edtkABBREVS($_edtkABBREV)]} { $t delete $_edtkABBREV_POS insert $t insert insert $_edtkABBREVS($_edtkABBREV) return 1 } return 0 } ###################################################################### # cmd_edit_abbrevs - edit your abbrevs file ###################################################################### proc cmd_edit_abbrevs {} { global _edtkHOME if {! [file isdirectory "$_edtkHOME/.tk"]} then { exec mkdir "$_edtkHOME/.tk" # above should have error-checking } if {! [file isfile "$_edtkHOME/.tk/abbrevs.tcl"]} then { # create it, with examples } exec edit.tk "$_edtkHOME/.tk/abbrevs.tcl" & } ###################################################################### # cmd_read_abbrevs - read abbrevs file ###################################################################### proc cmd_read_abbrevs {} { j:source_config abbrevs.tcl } ###################################################################### # cmd_find - non-modal search-and-replace panel ###################################################################### proc cmd_find {} { global _edtkSEARCHFOR ;# so it can be default append _edtkSEARCHFOR {} ;# make sure it's defined global _edtkREPLACEWITH ;# so it can be default append _edtkREPLACEWITH {} ;# make sure it's defined global _edtkFINDISACTIVE ;# only one active at a time global _edtkFINDBACKWARDS ;# search backwards from insert point global _edtkFINDCASE ;# find is case-sensitive if {! [info exists _edtkFINDBACKWARDS]} { set _edtkFINDBACKWARDS 0 } if {! [info exists _edtkFINDCASE]} { set _edtkFINDCASE 0 } if [info exists _edtkFINDISACTIVE] { wm withdraw .edit.find wm deiconify .edit.find ;# just try to make it visible focus .edit.find.t.search.e ;# and focus on the search field return 0 } set _edtkFINDISACTIVE 1 toplevel .edit.find wm title .edit.find "Find Panel" frame .edit.find.t frame .edit.find.t.search label .edit.find.t.search.l -text "Search for:" -width 16 -anchor e entry .edit.find.t.search.e -relief sunken -width 40 frame .edit.find.t.replace label .edit.find.t.replace.l -text "Replace with:" -width 16 -anchor e entry .edit.find.t.replace.e -relief sunken -width 40 frame .edit.find.t.options label .edit.find.t.options.filler -text {} -width 16 -anchor e checkbutton .edit.find.t.options.backwards -relief flat -anchor w \ -text {Backwards} -variable _edtkFINDBACKWARDS checkbutton .edit.find.t.options.case -relief flat -anchor w \ -text "Case\255sensitive" -variable _edtkFINDCASE frame .edit.find.b frame .edit.find.b.r -height 2 -width 200 -borderwidth 1 -relief sunken button .edit.find.b.search -text Search -bd 4 -width 8 -command { set _edtkREPLACEWITH [.edit.find.t.replace.e get] tke_find [set _edtkSEARCHFOR [.edit.find.t.search.e get]] } button .edit.find.b.replace -text Replace -width 8 -command { tke_replace [set _edtkREPLACEWITH [.edit.find.t.replace.e get]] tke_find [set _edtkSEARCHFOR [.edit.find.t.search.e get]] } button .edit.find.b.cancel -text Done -width 8 -command { set _edtkREPLACEWITH [.edit.find.t.replace.e get] set _edtkSEARCHFOR [.edit.find.t.search.e get] focus .edit.main.t unset _edtkFINDISACTIVE destroy .edit.find } pack append .edit.find.t.search \ .edit.find.t.search.l {left fill} \ .edit.find.t.search.e {left fill} pack append .edit.find.t.replace \ .edit.find.t.replace.l {left fill} \ .edit.find.t.replace.e {left fill} pack append .edit.find.t.options \ .edit.find.t.options.filler {left fill} \ .edit.find.t.options.backwards {left fill} \ .edit.find.t.options.case {left filly padx 20} pack append .edit.find.t \ .edit.find.t.search {top expand pady 10} \ .edit.find.t.replace {top expand} \ .edit.find.t.options {top fillx pady 10} pack append .edit.find.b \ .edit.find.b.r {top fillx} \ .edit.find.b.search {right pady 10 padx 10} \ .edit.find.b.replace {right pady 10} \ .edit.find.b.cancel {right pady 10 padx 10} pack append .edit.find \ .edit.find.t {top fill padx 10 pady 5} \ .edit.find.b {bottom fillx} .edit.find.t.search.e delete 0 end .edit.find.t.search.e insert end $_edtkSEARCHFOR .edit.find.t.replace.e delete 0 end .edit.find.t.replace.e insert end $_edtkREPLACEWITH # return or Meta-g in either field searches: bind .edit.find.t.search.e \ {.edit.find.b.search invoke} bind .edit.find.t.replace.e \ {.edit.find.b.search invoke} bind .edit.find.t.search.e \ {.edit.find.b.search invoke} bind .edit.find.t.replace.e \ {.edit.find.b.search invoke} # tab switches fields: bind .edit.find.t.search.e \ {focus .edit.find.t.replace.e} bind .edit.find.t.replace.e \ {focus .edit.find.t.search.e} # Control-C, Meta-C, and Meta-period cancel: bind .edit.find.t.search.e {.edit.find.b.cancel invoke} bind .edit.find.t.search.e {.edit.find.b.cancel invoke} bind .edit.find.t.search.e {.edit.find.b.cancel invoke} bind .edit.find.t.replace.e {.edit.find.b.cancel invoke} bind .edit.find.t.replace.e {.edit.find.b.cancel invoke} bind .edit.find.t.replace.e {.edit.find.b.cancel invoke} focus .edit.find.t.search.e } ###################################################################### # cmd_find_again - search-and-replace again ###################################################################### proc cmd_find_again {} { global _edtkSEARCHFOR ;# so it can be default append _edtkSEARCHFOR {} ;# make sure it's defined if {$_edtkSEARCHFOR == {}} { cmd_find } else { tke_find $_edtkSEARCHFOR } } ###################################################################### # tke_find string - find and select the string ###################################################################### # WARNING: since this takes a copy of the file, it could use a LOT # of memory! # should be rewritten to use a different mark than insert. proc tke_find { string } { global _edtkFINDBACKWARDS ;# search backwards from insert point global _edtkFINDCASE ;# find is case-sensitive # don't bother looking for the null string: if {$string == {}} { return 0 } if {! [info exists _edtkFINDBACKWARDS]} { set _edtkFINDBACKWARDS 0 } if {! [info exists _edtkFINDCASE]} { set _edtkFINDCASE 0 } if $_edtkFINDBACKWARDS { set lastfirst last set textpart [.edit.main.t get 0.0 {insert -1char}] set countfrom 0.0 } else { set lastfirst first set textpart [.edit.main.t get insert end] set countfrom insert } if {!$_edtkFINDCASE} { set string [string tolower $string] set textpart [string tolower $textpart] } set foundpos [string $lastfirst $string $textpart] if {$foundpos == -1} then { j:alert "Not found." return 0 } # deselect any already-selected text: catch {.main.t tag remove sel sel.first sel.last} # select the range that matched: set lastpos [expr {$foundpos + [string length $string]}] .edit.main.t tag add sel \ "$countfrom + $foundpos chars" "$countfrom + $lastpos chars" # move insert just after the match (so we can continue from there) .edit.main.t mark set insert "$countfrom + $lastpos chars" .edit.main.t yview -pickplace insert } ###################################################################### # tke_replace string - replace the selection with the string ###################################################################### # SHOULD CONFIRM THAT A SELECTION EXISTS! proc tke_replace { string } { .edit.main.t insert sel.first $string .edit.main.t mark set insert sel.first .edit.main.t delete sel.first sel.last } ###################################################################### # cmd_go_to_line - go to a particular line ######## NEED TO CHECK THAT AN INDEX WAS TYPED! ###################################################################### proc cmd_go_to_line {} { set prompt_result [j:prompt "Go to line number:"] if {$prompt_result != {././/CANCEL//./.}} then { tke_go_to_line $prompt_result } } ###################################################################### # tke_go_to_line lineno - go to a particular line ###################################################################### proc tke_go_to_line {{lineno 0}} { .edit.main.t mark set insert $lineno.0 .edit.main.t yview -pickplace insert } ###################################################################### # cmd_current_line lineno - display which line the cursor is on ###################################################################### proc cmd_current_line {} { set insertindex [split [.edit.main.t index insert] {.}] set line [lindex $insertindex 0] set column [lindex $insertindex 1] j:alert "The insertion point is at line $line, column $column." } ###################################################################### # cmd_xpaste - insert _edtkCUTBUFFER ###################################################################### proc cmd_xpaste {} { .edit.main.t insert insert [j:selection_if_any] } ###################################################################### # FINAL SETUP ###################################################################### # read in user's .edit.tk/edittkrc.tcl and .edit.tk/edittkprefs.tcl file # j:source_config .edittkrc.tcl ;# just source the file, if any j:source_config .edittkprefs.tcl ;# read prefs written by edit.tk cmd_read_abbrevs # implement user preferences (_edtkPREFS(textheight) and _edtkPREFS(textwidth) on panel): catch {.main.t configure \ -background $_edtkTEXTBG \ -foreground $_edtkTEXTFG \ -insertbackground $_edtkTEXTFG \ -selectbackground $_edtkTEXTSB \ -selectforeground $_edtkTEXTSF \ -selectborderwidth $_edtkTEXTBW \ -width $_edtkPREFS(textwidth) \ -height $_edtkPREFS(textheight) \ -wrap $_edtkPREFS(textwrap)} j:configure_font .edit.main.t $_edtkPREFS(textfont) ;# knows about `default' # process arguments, if any # .edit.main.t insert end $text if {$script != ""} {eval $script} ###################################################################### focus .edit.main.t return .edit } EV) return 1 } return 0 } WWW/TkWWW/Tcl/file.tcl1006640070060000000000000332505435573471011653 037777777777 1 0 ## file.tcl file menu items ## ============== ## Copyright (C) 1992-1993 ## Global Network Academy ## Macvicar Institute for Educational Software Development ## ## See the file COPYRIGHT for conditions proc tkW3FileInitialize {} { global tkW3ConfigViewer DLG:entry . .mail_dialog "Enter the To and Subject fields" \ {"To:" "Subject:"} "Mail" "tkW3NavigateMailText" DLG:entry . .find_dialog "Enter the keywords to find" \ {"Find Keywords:"} "Find" "tkW3NavigateFind" DLG:entry . .goto_dialog "Enter the link you wish to go to" \ {"Goto Page:"} "Goto" "tkW3NavigateRecordAndGoto" DLG:entry . .print_dialog "Enter the command to print with" \ {"Print Command:"} "Print" "tkW3NavigatePrintUsingCommand" DLG:set_entry_value .print_dialog 1 $tkW3ConfigViewer(printer) } proc tkW3FileQueryCloseWindow {} { if {[DLG:question . .close_window_dialog \ "Are you sure you want to close this window?" "Yes" "No"] == 1} { tkW3NavigateCloseThisWindow } } proc tkW3FileQueryExit {} { if {[DLG:question . .exit_dialog \ "Are you sure you want to close ALL tkWWW windows?" "Yes" "No"] == 1} { tkW3NavigateCloseAllWindows } } proc tkW3FileLoadSource {} { FSBox {Load Source} "source.html" \ {tkW3NavigateGoto file:$fsBox(path)/$fsBox(name)} DLG:show . .fsBox } proc tkW3FileSaveSource {} { FSBox {Save Source} "source.html" \ {tkW3NavigateSaveSource $fsBox(path)/$fsBox(name)} DLG:show . .fsBox } proc tkW3FileSaveText {} { FSBox {Save Text} "file.txt" \ {tkW3NavigateSaveText $fsBox(path)/$fsBox(name)} DLG:show . .fsBox } proc tkW3FileRunTclCommand {} { DLG:entry . .tcl_command "Run TCL Command" \ {"Tcl Command:"} {Run TCL Command} "eval" DLG:show . .tcl_command } lief flat -anchor w \ -text {Backwards} -variable _edtkFINDBACKWARDS checkbutton .edit.find.t.options.case -relief flat -anchor w \ -text "Case\255sensitive" -variable _edtkFINDCASE frame .edit.find.b frame .edit.find.b.r -height 2 -width 200 -borderwidth 1 -relief sunken button .edWWW/TkWWW/Tcl/font.tcl1006640070060000000000001202505437773242011677 037777777777 1 0 ## font.tcl Procedures for changing fonts ## ============== ## Copyright (C) 1992-1993 ## Global Network Academy ## Macvicar Institute for Educational Software Development ## ## See the file COPYRIGHT for conditions ## The procedures in this file are responsible for font display ## Conventions: ## All procedures in this file begin with tkW3Font set tkW3FontTimesFonts { \ {"" "-adobe-times-medium-r-*-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"H1" "-adobe-times-bold-r-normal-*-24-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"H2" "-adobe-times-bold-r-normal-*-18-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"H3" "-adobe-times-bold-r-normal-*-18-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"H4" "-adobe-times-bold-r-normal-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"H5" "-adobe-times-bold-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"H6" "-adobe-times-bold-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"ADDRESS" "-adobe-times-medium-i-normal-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"XMP" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"PRE" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"TT" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"CODE" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"SAMP" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"B" "-adobe-times-bold-r-*-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"EM" "-adobe-times-bold-r-*-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"I" "-adobe-times-medium-i-*-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} } set tkW3FontHelveticaFonts { \ {"" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-r-*-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"H1" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-r-normal-*-24-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"H2" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-r-normal-*-18-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"H3" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-r-normal-*-18-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"H4" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-r-normal-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"H5" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"H6" "-adobe-helvetica-bold-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"ADDRESS" "-adobe-helvetica-medium-o-normal-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"XMP" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"PRE" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"TT" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"CODE" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} } set tkW3FontNewCenturyFonts { \ {"" "-adobe-new century schoolbook-medium-r-*-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"H1" "-adobe-new century schoolbook-bold-r-normal-*-24-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"H2" "-adobe-new century schoolbook-bold-r-normal-*-18-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"H3" "-adobe-new century schoolbook-bold-r-normal-*-18-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"H4" "-adobe-new century schoolbook-bold-r-normal-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"H5" "-adobe-new century schoolbook-bold-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"H6" "-adobe-new century schoolbook-bold-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"ADDRESS" "-adobe-new century schoolbook-medium-i-normal-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"XMP" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"PRE" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"TT" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"CODE" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} } set tkW3FontLucidaFonts { \ {"" "-b&h-lucida-medium-r-*-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"H1" "-b&h-lucida-bold-r-normal-*-24-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"H2" "-b&h-lucida-bold-r-normal-*-18-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"H3" "-b&h-lucida-bold-r-normal-*-18-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"H4" "-b&h-lucida-bold-r-normal-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"H5" "-b&h-lucida-bold-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"H6" "-b&h-lucida-bold-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"ADDRESS" "-b&h-lucida-medium-i-normal-*-14-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"XMP" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"PRE" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"TT" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"CODE" "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} } proc tkW3FontSetTextFonts {w list} { foreach font $list { set style [lindex $font 0] if {$style == ""} { $w configure -font [lindex $font 1] } else { $w tag configure $style -font [lindex $font 1] } } $w tag configure U -underline true } proc tkW3FontInitialize {} { global tkW3FontTimesFonts global tkW3FontHelveticaFonts global tkW3FontNewCenturyFonts global tkW3FontLucidaFonts set list { {tkW3FontTimesFonts "Times (Default)"} {tkW3FontHelveticaFonts "Helvetica"} {tkW3FontNewCenturyFonts "New Century Schoolbook"} {tkW3FontLucidaFonts "Lucida Bright"} } DLG:toplevel . .font_dialog pack append .font_dialog \ [frame .font_dialog.f] top foreach item $list { pack append .font_dialog.f \ [radiobutton .font_dialog.f.[lindex $item 0] \ -text [lindex $item 1] -relief flat \ -variable font_name \ -anchor w ] {top fillx} } DLG:draw_buttons .font_dialog {"OK" "Apply" "Cancel"} DLG:bind_button .font_dialog 1 \ "tkW3FontSetTextFonts .f.msg \[set \$font_name\] DLG:hide .font_dialog" DLG:bind_button .font_dialog 2 \ "tkW3FontSetTextFonts .f.msg \[set \$font_name\]" DLG:bind_button .font_dialog 3 "DLG:hide .font_dialog" tkW3FontSetTextFonts .f.msg $tkW3FontTimesFonts } ineno - go to a particular line ###################################################################### proc tke_go_to_line {{lineno 0}} { .edit.main.t mark set insert $lineno.0 .edit.main.t yview -pickplace insert } ###################################################################### # cmd_current_line lineno - display which line the cursor is on ###################################################################### proc cmd_current_line {} { set insertindex [split [.edit.maiWWW/TkWWW/Tcl/grpan.tcl1006640070060000000000000140605435573476012046 037777777777 1 0 ## grpan.tcl Group Annotations for tkWWW user interface ## ============== ## Copyright (C) 1993 ## Global Network Academy ## Macvicar Institute for Educational Software Development ## ## See the file COPYRIGHT for conditions ## Adapted from the file w3-mosaic.el ## Copyright (C) William M. Perry (wmperry@indiana.edu) set tkW3GrpanServerName {} proc tkW3GrpanFetchAnnotations {url} { global tkW3GrpanServerName if {tkW3GrpanServerName == ""} { tkW3Error "No group annotation server defined!" return } set cmd [format "ANN_GET /url=\"%s\";=" $url] set info [eval tkW3ServerOpen [split $tkW3GrpanServerName ":"]] set response [tkW3ServerSend $cmd] } proc tkW3GrpanDeleteGroupAnnotation {url} { } proc tkW3GrpanAddGroupAnnotation {url} { } efault' # process arguments, if any # .edit.main.t insert end $text if {$script != ""} {eval $script} ###################################################################### focus .edit.main.t return .edit } EV) return 1 } return 0 } WWW/TkWWW/Tcl/help.tcl1006640070060000000000000524105440577346011664 037777777777 1 0 ## help.tcl tkW3 help facility ## ============== ## Copyright (C) 1992-1993 ## Global Network Academy ## Macvicar Institute for Educational Software Development ## ## See the file COPYRIGHT for conditions ## Conventions: ## all global visible objects in this file should begin with ## tkW3Help proc tkW3HelpInitialize {} { tkW3HelpCreateWhineDialog . .send_mail_dialog } proc tkW3HelpCreateWhineDialog {parent w} { global tkW3Version DLG:toplevel . $w DLG:draw_entries $w {To: Subject:} DLG:set_entry_value $w 1 "tk-www-bugs@athena.mit.edu" DLG:set_entry_value $w 2 "Comments on tkWWW Version $tkW3Version" pack append $w \ [label $w.label \ -text "Please type your comments below" ] { fillx top} \ [text $w.text ] {expand fill top} DLG:draw_buttons $w [list "Send Mail" "Dismiss" "Help"] DLG:bind_button $w 1 "wm withdraw $w ; tkW3ConfigSendMail \ \[DLG:get_entry_value $w 1\] \[DLG:get_entry_value $w 2\] \ \[$w.text get 0.0 end\]" DLG:bind_button $w 2 "DLG:hide $w" DLG:bind_button $w 3 "tkW3HelpNoHelp" } proc tkW3HelpNotAvailable {} { DLG:information . .not_available \ "Sorry: This feature is not available yet" "OK" } proc tkW3HelpAddToMailingList {} { tkW3OutputSetMessage "Sending request to tk-www-request@athena.mit.edu" tkW3ConfigSendMail tk-www-request@athena.mit.edu "Subscribe" "Add to list" tkW3OutputSetMessage "Request sent to tk-www-request@athena.mit.edu" } proc tkW3HelpRemoveFromMailingList {} { tkW3OutputSetMessage "Sending request to tk-www-request@athena.mit.edu" tkW3ConfigSendMail tk-www-request@athena.mit.edu "Remove" "Remove from list" tkW3OutputSetMessage "Request sent to tk-www-request@athena.mit.edu" } proc tkW3HelpGetTopic {topic} { if {$topic != "no_help"} { global tkW3ConfigHelpRoot tkW3NavigateClone $tkW3ConfigHelpRoot/$topic.html } { DLG:information . .no_help \ "Sorry: No help is available on this topic yet" "OK" } } proc tkW3HelpAbout {} { global tkW3Version global tkW3SourcePath DLG:toplevel . .information DLG:draw_icon_msg .information @$tkW3SourcePath/bitmap/logo "\ tkWWW Version $tkW3Version by Joseph Wang (joe@athena.mit.edu) Copyright \251 1992-1993 Usenet University -- Global Network Academy (UU-GNA) Macvicar Institute for Educational Software Development Under the terms of the GNU Public License Version 2.0 The tk-www mailing list is tk-www@athena.mit.edu Send subscription requests to tk-www-request@athena.mit.edu Send bug reports to tk-www-bugs@athena.mit.edu" DLG:draw_buttons .information "OK" DLG:bind_button .information 1 "DLG:destroy .information" DLG:show . .information } evelopment ## ## See the file COPYRIGHT for conditions ## The procedures in this file are responsible for font display ## Conventions: ## All procedures in this file begin with tkW3Font set tkW3FontTimesFonts { \ {"" "-adobe-times-medium-r-*-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"H1" "-adobe-times-bold-r-normal-*-24-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"H2" "-adobe-tWWW/TkWWW/Tcl/history.tcl1006640070060000000000000217405440577350012432 037777777777 1 0 ## history.tcl: history for tkWWW user interface ## ============== ## Copyright (C) 1993 ## Global Network Academy ## MacVicar Institute for Educational Software Development ## ## See the file COPYRIGHT for conditions set tkW3HistoryList {} set tkW3HistoryOldList {} proc tkW3HistoryInitialize {} { } proc tkW3HistoryRecord {title address {scroll_pos ""} {anchor ""} {ismap ""}} { global tkW3HistoryList tkW3HistoryOldList set tkW3HistoryOldList $tkW3HistoryList if {$title == {}} { set title "(Address)$address" } lappend tkW3HistoryList \ [list $title $address {} $scroll_pos $anchor $ismap] tkW3MenuMakeNodeMenu .menu.history.m.history $tkW3HistoryList } proc tkW3HistoryRestore {} { global tkW3HistoryList tkW3HistoryOldList set tkW3HistoryList $tkW3HistoryOldList } proc tkW3HistoryPop {} { global tkW3HistoryList set index [expr "[llength $tkW3HistoryList]-1"] set return_string [lindex $tkW3HistoryList $index ] incr index -1 set tkW3HistoryList [lrange $tkW3HistoryList 0 $index] tkW3MenuMakeNodeMenu .menu.history.m.history $tkW3HistoryList return $return_string } wCenturyFonts { \ {"" "-adobe-new century schoolbook-medium-r-*-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"H1" "-adobe-new century schoolbook-bold-r-normal-*-24-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"H2" "-adobe-new century schoolbook-bold-r-normal-*-18-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"H3" "-adobe-new century schoolbook-bold-r-normal-*-18-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"H4" "-adobe-new century schoolbook-bold-r-normal-*-14-*-*-*-*-WWW/TkWWW/Tcl/hypertext.tcl1007750070060000000000001411505442242067012762 037777777777 1 0 ## hypertext.tcl Procedures for processing the hypertext ## ============== ## Copyright (C) 1992-1993 ## Global Network Academy ## Macvicar Institute for Educational Software Development ## ## See the file COPYRIGHT for conditions ## Conventions: ## The procedures in this procedure have names which begin with tkW3Ht set tkW3HtMaxAnchor 0 set tkW3HtMaxImage 0 set tkW3HtNameToHnumber() bar proc tkW3HtInsert {text {list ""}} { set start [.f.msg index insert] .f.msg insert insert $text foreach tag [.f.msg tag names $start] { .f.msg tag remove $tag $start insert } foreach tag $list { .f.msg tag add $tag $start insert } } proc tkW3HtSetName {address title} { tkW3OutputSetAddress $address $title } proc tkW3HtBeginDoc {} { global tkW3HtAnchors tkW3HtImages global tkW3HtListLevel tkW3HtStyleStack tkW3NavigateIsIndex global tkW3HtNameToHnumber tkW3HtCharStyle tkW3EditModified set tkW3HtAnchors(index) 1 set tkW3HtImages(index) 1 set tkW3HtAnchors(in_anchor) 0 set tkW3HtListLevel 0 set tkW3HtStyleStack {} set tkW3HtImages(index) 1 set tkW3HtCharStyle {} set tkW3NavigateIsIndex 0 unset tkW3HtNameToHnumber set tkW3HtNameToHnumber() bar .f.msg delete 1.0 end set tkW3EditModified 0 } proc tkW3HtBeginAnc {name href} { global tkW3HtAnchors tkW3HtNameToHnumber tkW3HtMaxAnchor set i $tkW3HtAnchors(index) set tkW3HtAnchors(name.$i) $name set tkW3HtAnchors(href.$i) $href set tkW3HtNameToHnumber($name) $i set tkW3HtAnchors(in_anchor) 1 if {$tkW3HtAnchors(index) > $tkW3HtMaxAnchor} { .f.msg tag configure h$i -relief raised -borderwidth 2 -background \ [lindex [.f.msg configure -background] 4] .f.msg tag bind h$i \ "%W tag configure h$i -relief sunken update idletasks" .f.msg tag bind h$i \ "%W tag configure h$i -relief raised tkW3NavigateRecordAndGoto \$tkW3HtAnchors(href.$i)" .f.msg tag bind h$i \ "%W tag configure h$i -relief raised tkW3NavigateClone \$tkW3HtAnchors(href.$i)" .f.msg tag bind h$i \ "%W tag configure h$i -relief raised tkW3EditBeginAnchor %W $i" incr tkW3HtMaxAnchor } } proc tkW3HtEndAnc {} { global tkW3HtAnchors set tkW3HtAnchors(in_anchor) 0 incr tkW3HtAnchors(index) } proc tkW3HtAdd {string} { global tkW3HtAnchors tkW3HtStyleStack tkW3HtCharStyle set styles "" if {$tkW3HtAnchors(in_anchor) == 1} { lappend styles Anchor lappend styles h$tkW3HtAnchors(index) } lappend styles \ [lindex $tkW3HtStyleStack [expr "[llength $tkW3HtStyleStack]-1"]] if {$tkW3HtCharStyle != ""} { lappend styles $tkW3HtCharStyle } tkW3HtInsert $string $styles } proc tkW3HtBeginPar {elem} { global tkW3HtStyleStack tkW3HtListLevel lappend tkW3HtStyleStack $elem if {[regexp {^H[1-9]+$} $elem] || $elem == "ADDRESS"} { tkW3HtBlankLines 2 } if {$elem == "MENU" || $elem == "DL" || $elem == "UL" || $elem == "OL"} { incr tkW3HtListLevel tkW3HtInsert " " $elem.mark } } proc tkW3HtEndPar {elem} { global tkW3HtStyleStack tkW3HtListLevel set index [expr "[llength $tkW3HtStyleStack]-2"] set tkW3HtStyleStack [lrange $tkW3HtStyleStack 0 $index] if {[regexp {^H[1-9]+$} $elem] || $elem == "ADDRESS"} { tkW3HtBlankLines 1 } if {$elem == "MENU" || $elem == "DL" || $elem == "UL" || $elem == "OL"} { tkW3HtInsert "\n" "/$elem.mark" } if {$elem == "MENU" || $elem == "DL" || $elem == "UL" || $elem == "OL"} { incr tkW3HtListLevel -1 tkW3HtInsert "\n" "/$elem.mark" } } proc tkW3HtBeginChar {elem} { global tkW3HtCharStyle set tkW3HtCharStyle $elem } proc tkW3HtEndChar {elem} { global tkW3HtCharStyle set tkW3HtCharStyle "" } proc tkW3HtEndDoc {} { global tkW3HtImages set address [tkW3NavigateGetAddress] for {set i 1} {$i < $tkW3HtImages(index)} {incr i} { if {$tkW3HtImages($i.anchor) != ""} { set tkW3HtImages($i.anchor) \ [tkW3NavigateServerSend \ [list HtParseName $tkW3HtImages($i.anchor) $address]] } } } proc tkW3HtAddBul {type} { global tkW3HtListLevel if {$type == "P"} { tkW3HtInsert "\n\n" P return } if {$type == "DT"} { tkW3HtBlankLines 1 } tkW3HtInsert "\n" blank for {set i 1} {$i < $tkW3HtListLevel} {incr i} { tkW3HtInsert " " blank } case $type { "LI" { tkW3HtInsert "* " LI } "DD" { tkW3HtInsert " * " DD } "DT" { tkW3HtInsert "* " DT } } } proc tkW3HtSetImg {source ismap} { global tkW3HtImages tkW3HtAnchors global tkW3HtMaxImage set image_string "" tkW3HtInsert $image_string "Image i$i" if {$tkW3HtImages(index) > $tkW3HtMaxImage} { .f.msg tag configure i$i -relief raised -borderwidth 2 -background \ [lindex [.f.msg configure -background] 4] .f.msg tag bind i$i \ "%W tag configure i$i -relief sunken update idletasks" .f.msg tag bind i$i \ "%W tag configure i$i -relief raised tkW3NavigateRecordAndGoto \$tkW3HtImages($i) {} \$tkW3HtImages($i.anchor) \$tkW3HtImages($i.ismap)" .f.msg tag bind i$i \ "%W tag configure i$i -relief raised tkW3NavigateClone \$tkW3HtImages($i) \ \$tkW3HtImages($i.anchor) \$tkW3HtImages($i.ismap)" .f.msg tag bind i$i \ "%W tag configure i$i -relief raised tkW3EditChangeImage $tkW3HtImages(index)" } set tkW3HtImages($tkW3HtImages(index)) $source incr tkW3HtImages(index) } proc tkW3HtSetInd {} { global tkW3NavigateIsIndex set tkW3NavigateIsIndex 1 } proc tkW3HtBlankLines {n} { set text \ [regexp {^[ ]*$} [.f.msg get {insert linestart} {insert - 1 char lineend}]] if {!$text} { for {set i 0} {$i<$n} {incr i} { tkW3HtInsert "\n" blank } } } igSendMail tk-www-request@athena.mit.edu "Remove" "Remove from list" tkW3OutputSetMessage "Request sent to tk-www-request@athena.mit.edu" } proc tkW3HelpGetTopic {topic} { if {$topic != "no_help"} { global tkW3ConfigHelpRoot tkW3NavigateClone $tkW3ConfigHelpRoot/$topic.html } { DLG:information . .no_help \ "Sorry: No help is available on this topic yet" "OK" } } proc tkW3HelpAbout {} { global tkW3VersWWW/TkWWW/Tcl/image.tcl1006640070060000000000000434505442242070012003 037777777777 1 0 ## image.tcl Procedures for displaying images ## ============== ## Copyright (C) 1993 ## Global Network Academy ## Macvicar Institute for Educational Software Development ## ## See the file COPYRIGHT for conditions proc tkW3ImageDisplayFile {file_name} { global tkW3ConfigViewer tkW3ConfigImageDirectView if {$tkW3ConfigImageDirectView} { tkW3OutputClearBody place .f.msg.image -in .f.msg -relx 0.0 \ -rely 0.0 -relwidth 0.0 -relheight 0.0 update idletasks set output [open "| $tkW3ConfigViewer(image) \ -view -windowid [winfo id .f.msg.image] -private -at 1,1 $file_name" "r"] while {[gets $output string] != -1} { .f.msg insert insert "$string\n" update idletasks } close $output place .f.msg.image -in .f.msg -relx 0.0 \ -rely 0.0 -relwidth 1.0 -relheight 1.0 tkW3OutputSetMessage {} } { tkW3NavigatePreface {Image file To display press the button below and wait a few seconds } {Press here to show image} {Displaying image ...} \ "exec $tkW3ConfigImageViewer $file_name &" } } proc tkW3ImageHideImageWindow {} { global tkW3ConfigImageDirectView if {$tkW3ConfigImageDirectView} { tkW3ImageReleaseColorCells place forget .f.msg.image } } # This procedure frees the color cells that have been allocated so that # they can be used by other applications proc tkW3ImageReleaseColorCells {} { set window [winfo id .f.msg.image] if {"$window" != "0x0"} { global tkW3ConfigViewer set output \ [open "| $tkW3ConfigViewer(image) -windowid $window stdin > /dev/null" "w"] puts $output "P1 1 1 0" close $output } } proc tkW3ImageEnableAnchor {anchor ismap} { if {$anchor == ""} { return } if {$ismap} { bind .f.msg.image <1> "tkW3NavigateRecordAndGoto $anchor?%x,%y update" bind .f.msg.image <2> "tkW3NavigateClone $anchor?%x,%y update" tkW3OutputEntryPrint .titles.title_entry \ "Anchor map link - Press on image to show link" } { bind .f.msg.image <1> "tkW3NavigateRecordAndGoto $anchor update" bind .f.msg.image <2> "tkW3NavigateClone $anchor update" tkW3OutputEntryPrint .titles.title_entry \ "Anchor link - Press on image to show link" } } proc tkW3ImageDisableAnchor {} { bind .f.msg.image <1> "" } e-new century schoolbook-bold-r-normal-*-24-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"H2" "-adobe-new century schoolbook-bold-r-normal-*-18-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"H3" "-adobe-new century schoolbook-bold-r-normal-*-18-*-*-*-*-*-*-*"} {"H4" "-adobe-new century schoolbook-bold-r-normal-*-14-*-*-*-*-WWW/TkWWW/Tcl/jlibrary.tcl1006640070060000000000003760005437773253012557 037777777777 1 0 # jlibrary.tcl - utility procedures # # these procedures are required by # help.tk # edit.tk # browser.tk # they may be located in the file "~/.tk/jlibrary.tcl" (where they will # be source'd by those applications on startup), or in the site-wide # tk library directory, where they will be found (and loaded) by the # default tk unknown procedure. ###################################################################### ### TO DO ### more error-checking in j:fs ### fix focus on j:fs ### option for load/save? ### mkdir when saving? ### reconcile prompt_file and j:fs (in applications) ### `default' behaviour needs fixed (do we even need a default now?) ### label to show cwd? # j:selection_if_any - return selection if it exists, else {} # j:no_selection - true if there is no selection # j:source_config file ?dir? - read user preferences from a file # j:write_prefs file ?dir? - write user preferences to a file # j:dialogue w - arrange to position window w near ctr of screen # j:longest_match l - longest common initial string in list l # j:expand_filename f - expand filename prefix as much as possible # j:alert msg - this displays an alert box # j:confirm msg - this displays a Cancel/OK dialog box # j:prompt prompt default ?files? - prompt the user for information # j:prompt_file prompt default - prompt the user for a filename # j:prompt_font prompt pattern - prompt for a font (via xfontsel) # j:configure_font widget fontlist - use font from list, or default # j:fs ?buttons? ?prompt? ?default? ?dir? ?fileprompt? - file selector box # j:fs:fill_list lb - fill the listbox with files from CWD ###################################################################### # global variables: # global PREFS if {! [info exists PREFS(autoposition)]} {set PREFS(autoposition) 0} if {! [info exists PREFS(confirm)]} {set PREFS(confirm) 1} # ###################################################################### ###################################################################### # j:selection_if_any - return selection if it exists, else {} # this is from kjx@comp.vuw.ac.nz (R. James Noble) ###################################################################### proc j:selection_if_any {} { if {[catch {selection get} s]} {return ""} {return $s} } ###################################################################### # j:no_selection - true if there is no selection ###################################################################### proc j:no_selection {} { if {[catch {selection get} s]} {return 1} {return 0} } ###################################################################### # j:write_prefs file ?dir? - write user preferences to a file # file is assumed to be in env(HOME)/.tk unless dir is specified ###################################################################### proc j:write_prefs {file {dir {}}} { global PREFS env tk_strictMotif if {$dir == {}} then { set dir $env(HOME)/.tk ;# NOTE: dir created if necessary! } set PREFS(0) 1 ;# dummy to make sure PREFS is array if {! [info exists env(PRINTER)]} { set env(PRINTER) lp ;# make sure $env(PRINTER) is valid } if {! [file isdirectory $dir]} { ;# make sure directory exists exec mkdir $dir } set preffile [open "$dir/$file" w] puts $preffile "global PREFS env tk_strictMotif" foreach pref [lsort [array names PREFS]] { puts $preffile "set PREFS($pref) $PREFS($pref)" } puts $preffile "set env(PRINTER) $env(PRINTER)" puts $preffile "set tk_strictMotif $tk_strictMotif" close $preffile } ###################################################################### # j:source_config file ?dir? - read user preferences from a file # file is assumed to be in env(HOME)/.tk unless dir is specified # NOTE: this can also be used just to source an arbitrary Tcl file ###################################################################### proc j:source_config {file {dir {}}} { global PREFS env tk_strictMotif if {! [info exists env(PRINTER)]} {set env(PRINTER) lp} if {$dir == {}} then { set dir $env(HOME)/.tk } if {[file isfile "$dir/$file"]} then { source "$dir/$file" } } ###################################################################### # j:dialogue w - arrange to position window w near ctr of screen ###################################################################### proc j:dialogue { w } { global PREFS if $PREFS(autoposition) { # first, display off-screen (wm withdraw should work, but doesn't): wm geometry $w +-1000+-1000 # wm withdraw $w ;# hide the window wm transient $w . ;# tell wm not to draw a titlebar update idletasks ;# force geometry managers to run # calculate position: set wwidth [winfo reqwidth $w] set wheight [winfo reqheight $w] set swidth [winfo screenwidth $w] set sheight [winfo screenheight $w] set hpos [expr { ( $swidth - $wwidth ) / 2 }] set vpos [expr { ( $sheight - $wheight ) / 3 }] wm geometry $w +${hpos}+${vpos} update idletasks ;# force geometry managers to run wm deiconify $w ;# display window wm focus $w } } ###################################################################### # j:longest_match l - longest common initial string in list l # used by tab-expansion in filename dialogue box ###################################################################### # this needs commenting desperately proc j:longest_match { l } { case [llength $l] in { {0} { return {} } {1} { return [lindex $l 0] } } set first [lindex $l 0] set matchto [expr {[string length $first] - 1}] for {set i 1} {$i < [llength $l]} {incr i} { set current [lindex $l $i] # if they don't match up to matchto, find new matchto if { [string compare \ [string range $first 0 $matchto] \ [string range $current 0 $matchto]] } { # loop, decreasing matchto until the strings match that far for {} \ {[string compare \ [string range $first 0 $matchto] \ [string range $current 0 $matchto]] } \ {incr matchto -1 } \ {} ;# don't need to do anything in body } ;# end if they didn't already match up to matchto } ;# end for each element in list if {$matchto < 0} then { return {} } else { return [string range $first 0 $matchto] } } ###################################################################### # j:expand_filename f - expand filename prefix as much as possible # (for use in file dialogue boxes) ###################################################################### # note: if the filename has *, ?, or [...] in it, they will be used # as part of the globbing pattern. i declare this a feature. proc j:expand_filename { f } { set expansion [j:longest_match [glob -nocomplain "${f}*"]] if {$expansion == ""} {return $f} # make sure it doesn't already end in "/" set expansion [string trimright $expansion "/"] if [file isdirectory $expansion] {append expansion "/"} return $expansion } ###################################################################### # j:alert msg - this displays an alert box ###################################################################### proc j:alert { msg } { set old_focus [focus] ;# so we can restore original focus toplevel .alert message .alert.msg -width 300 -anchor w -text $msg frame .alert.r -height 2 -width 200 -borderwidth 1 -relief sunken frame .alert.b button .alert.b.ok -text OK -bd 4 -width 8 -command { destroy .alert } pack append .alert.b .alert.b.ok {right padx 10 pady 10} pack append .alert \ .alert.msg {top fill expand padx 10} \ .alert.b {bottom fill} \ .alert.r {bottom fillx} j:dialogue .alert ;# position in centre of screen focus .alert bind .alert {.alert.b.ok invoke} grab .alert tkwait window .alert focus $old_focus } ###################################################################### # j:prompt prompt default ?files? - prompt the user for information # if "files" is the third argument, will expand filenames ###################################################################### proc j:prompt { {prompt "Enter a value:"} {default ""} {files ""}} { global prompt_result set old_focus [focus] ;# so we can restore original focus toplevel .pr message .pr.msg -width 300 -anchor w -text $prompt entry .pr.field -relief sunken -width 40 frame .pr.b -relief sunken frame .pr.b.r -height 2 -width 200 -borderwidth 1 -relief sunken button .pr.b.ok -text OK -bd 4 -width 8 -command { set prompt_result [.pr.field get] destroy .pr } # return a sentinel value on cancel: button .pr.b.cancel -text Cancel -width 8 -command { set prompt_result {././/CANCEL//./.} destroy .pr } pack append .pr.b \ .pr.b.r {top fillx} \ .pr.b.ok {right padx 10 pady 10} \ .pr.b.cancel {right pady 10} pack append .pr \ .pr.msg {top fill expand padx 10} \ .pr.field {top padx 10 pady 10} \ .pr.b {bottom fillx} .pr.field delete 0 end .pr.field insert end $default j:dialogue .pr ;# position in centre of screen bind .pr.field {.pr.b.ok invoke} bind .pr.field {.pr.b.cancel invoke} bind .pr.field {.pr.b.cancel invoke} bind .pr.field {.pr.b.cancel invoke} if {$files == "files"} { bind .pr.field { set f [%W get] %W delete 0 end %W insert end [j:expand_filename $f] } } focus .pr.field grab .pr tkwait window .pr focus $old_focus return $prompt_result } ###################################################################### # j:prompt_file prompt default - prompt for a filename # will expand filenames ###################################################################### proc j:prompt_file { {prompt "File name:"} {default ""} } { return [j:prompt $prompt $default {files}] } ###################################################################### # j:prompt_font prompt pattern - prompt for a font (via xfontsel) # `prompt' argument currently ignored. # usage of xfontsel (`quit' button) not obvious! ###################################################################### proc j:prompt_font { {prompt "Font:"} {pattern "*"} } { return [exec xfontsel -pattern $pattern -print] } ###################################################################### # j:configure_font widget fontlist - use font from list, or default ###################################################################### proc j:configure_font {widget fontlist} { foreach font $fontlist { # try to use each font, until one is successful: if {$font == {default}} { set font [option get $widget Tk Font] if {$font == {}} {set font {*-courier-medium-r-normal--12-120-*}} } if {! [catch {$widget configure -font $font}]} {return} } } ###################################################################### # j:fs ?buttons? ?prompt? ?default? ?fileprompt? - file selector box ###################################################################### # PROBLEM - shouldn't rely on cd - could affect rest of app proc j:fs {{buttons {ok cancel home}} \ {prompt {Choose a file:}} \ {default {}} \ {fileprompt {File:}}} { global prompt_result env global fs_defaultbutton if {$buttons == {}} {set buttons {ok cancel home}} set file [file tail $default] ;# may end up {} set dir [file dirname $default] ;# may end up . if {![file isdirectory $dir]} { set dir . } set fs_defaultbutton [lindex $buttons 0] set prompt_result $file set old_focus [focus] ;# so we can restore original focus if [winfo exists .fs] { destroy .fs } cd $dir toplevel .fs wm minsize .fs 10 10 label .fs.prompt -anchor w -text $prompt frame .fs.r1 -height 2 -width 200 -borderwidth 1 -relief sunken frame .fs.list listbox .fs.list.lb -yscroll ".fs.list.sb set" -geometry 30x20 scrollbar .fs.list.sb -command ".fs.list.lb yview" frame .fs.r2 -height 2 -width 200 -borderwidth 1 -relief sunken frame .fs.file label .fs.file.l -text $fileprompt -anchor e entry .fs.file.e -relief sunken frame .fs.file.filler -width 10 -height 10 -relief flat frame .fs.b button .fs.b.ok -width 8 -text {OK} -command { set file [.fs.file.e get] if {[file isdirectory $file]} { cd $file ;# cd into directory, refresh list j:fs:fill_list .fs.list.lb .fs.file.e delete 0 end ;# clear filename space } else { set cwd [pwd] if {$cwd == "/"} {set cwd ""} set file [.fs.file.e get] case $file in { /* {set prompt_result $file} default {set prompt_result $cwd/$file} } destroy .fs update } } button .fs.b.gointo -width 8 -text "Go Into" -command { set file [.fs.file.e get] if {[file isdirectory $file]} { cd $file ;# cd into directory, refresh list j:fs:fill_list .fs.list.lb .fs.file.e delete 0 end ;# clear filename space } else { j:alert "\"$file\" is not a directory." } } button .fs.b.home -width 8 -text {Home} -command { cd $env(HOME) j:fs:fill_list .fs.list.lb } button .fs.b.root -width 8 -text {Root} -command { cd / j:fs:fill_list .fs.list.lb } button .fs.b.here -width 8 -text {Here} -command { set prompt_result [pwd] destroy .fs update } button .fs.b.cancel -width 8 -text {Cancel} -command { set prompt_result {././/CANCEL//./.} destroy .fs update } frame .fs.b.filler -width 10 -height 10 -relief flat pack append .fs.list \ .fs.list.lb {left expand fill} \ .fs.list.sb {left filly} pack append .fs.file \ .fs.file.l {left pady 10 padx 10} \ .fs.file.e {left expand pady 10 fillx padx 10} \ .fs.file.filler {left} # now create the buttons the caller requested: # (NEEDS ERROR CHECKING!) pack append .fs.b \ .fs.b.filler {bottom} foreach b $buttons { pack append .fs.b .fs.b.$b {bottom pady 10 padx 15} } # wider border on default button: .fs.b.$fs_defaultbutton configure -borderwidth 3 pack append .fs \ .fs.prompt {top fill} \ .fs.r1 {top fillx} \ .fs.file {bottom expand fillx} \ .fs.r2 {bottom fillx} \ .fs.b {right filly} \ .fs.list {top expand fill} j:dialogue .fs ;# position in centre of screen .fs.file.e insert end $prompt_result focus .fs.file.e bind .fs.file.e { set file [.fs.file.e get] if {$file != {} && [file isdirectory $file]} { .fs.b.gointo invoke } else { .fs.b.$fs_defaultbutton invoke } } bind .fs.file.e { ;# expand filename on set f [%W get] %W delete 0 end %W insert end [j:expand_filename $f] } bind .fs.list.lb { ;# select, and insert filename into entry %W select from [%W nearest %y] set file [lindex [selection get] 0] .fs.file.e delete 0 end .fs.file.e insert end $file } bind .fs.list.lb { ;# cd to dir or do default thing set file [lindex [j:selection_if_any] 0] if [file isdirectory $file] { .fs.b.gointo invoke } else { .fs.b.$fs_defaultbutton invoke } } # grab .fs ;# for some reason this screws up ;# "bind .fs.list.lb ..." j:fs:fill_list .fs.list.lb ;# fill the listbox for the first time tkwait window .fs focus $old_focus return $prompt_result } ###################################################################### # j:fs:fill_list lb - fill the listbox with files from CWD ###################################################################### proc j:fs:fill_list {lb} { $lb delete 0 end # add ".." to go up a level: $lb insert end ".." update # add all normal (non-dot) files: foreach i [lsort [glob -nocomplain *]] { if {[file isdirectory $i]} { $lb insert end "$i/" } else { $lb insert end $i } } # add any dot-files: foreach i [lsort [glob -nocomplain .*]] { if {$i != "." && $i != ".."} { if {[file isdirectory $i]} { $lb insert end "$i/" } else { $lb insert end $i } } } } ng range $first 0 $matchto] \ [string range $current 0 $matchto]] } \ {incr matchto -1 } \ {} WWW/TkWWW/Tcl/main.cpp1006640070060000000000000542005440577355011657 037777777777 1 0 /**/## main.tcl main file for tkWWW user interface /**/## ============== /**/## Copyright (C) 1992-1993 /**/## Global Network Academy /**/## Macvicar Institute for Educational Software Development /**/## /**/## See the file COPYRIGHT for conditions /**/## ************************* /**/## This is the main file for tkWWW /**/## Do not edit main.tcl. Instead edit main.cpp and run make. /**/## ************************* /**/## ************************* /**/## This is the directory containing the source code /**/## ************************* set tkW3SourcePath CPP_TK_WWW_SOURCE_PATH /**/## ************************* /**/## end of user defined parameters /**/## ************************* source $tkW3SourcePath/config.tcl set tkW3Version "0.9" /**/# Forbid rename for security sake rename rename "" /**/# Add the source path to the auto load table set auto_path "$tkW3SourcePath $auto_path" /**/## ************************* /**/## Parse the command line /**/## ************************* tkW3ParseArgs $argv /**/## ************************* /**/## Startup the server /**/## Do this early do that the server has time to "warm up" /**/## before we actually use it /**/## ************************* tkW3NavigateStartupServer /**/# ************************ /**/# Check for incompatibilties between frontend and backend /**/# ************************ tkW3VersionVerify $tkW3Version /**/# ************************* /**/# Window management and Interface code /**/# ************************* wm title . "tkWWW" wm minsize . 0 0 wm iconbitmap . @$tkW3SourcePath/bitmap/logo pack append . \ [ tkW3MenuMakeMenus .menu $tkW3ConfigMenus ] {top fillx} \ [ tkW3OutputMakeTitleBox .titles ] {top fillx} \ [ tkW3OutputMakeText .f ] {top expand fill } \ [ tkW3OutputMakeButtons .buttons $tkW3ConfigButtons ] {top fillx} \ [ tkW3OutputMakeEntries .style $tkW3ConfigEntries ] {top fillx } \ [ tkW3OutputMakeToggles .toggles $tkW3ConfigToggles ] {top fillx} tkW3OutputMakeScrollbars /**/## ************************* /**/## source user configuration file /**/## ************************* catch {source "$env(HOME)/.tkWWW-config"} /**/## ************************* /**/## Do initializations /**/## ************************* tkW3NavigateInitialize tkW3FontInitialize tkW3FileInitialize tkW3EditInitialize tkW3HistoryInitialize tkW3PanInitialize tkW3HelpInitialize tkW3BookmarksInitialize FSBoxInitialize /**/## ************************* /**/## GUI is created /**/## Set the welcome message and /**/## Jump to the first page /**/## ************************* if {$tkW3ParseArgsShowInfo != 0} { tkW3HelpAbout } tkW3NavigateGoto $tkW3ConfigStartPage /**/## enable image links if {$tkW3ParseArgsImages(anchor) != ""} { tkW3ImageEnableAnchor \ $tkW3ParseArgsImages(anchor) $tkW3ParseArgsImages(ismap) } %W insert end [j:expand_filename $f] } } focus .pr.field grab .pr tkwait window .pr focus $old_focus return $prompt_result } ###################################################################### # j:prompt_file prompt dWWW/TkWWW/Tcl/menu.tcl1006640070060000000000001023305442247167011672 037777777777 1 0 ## menu.tcl: make menu out of list of node names ## ============== ## Copyright (C) 1992-1993 ## Global Network Academy ## Macvicar Institue for Educational Software Development ## ## See the file COPYRIGHT for conditions ## Conventions: ## All procedures in this file begin with tkW3Menu # tkW3MenuMakeMenus # Add items to the menu bar to allow direct access of # some information # The format for the input list is # {{menuname1 title1} {{title1 address1} {title2 address2}}} # {menuname2 title2} {{title1 address1}}}} # # returns a list of menus created proc tkW3MenuMakeMenus {menubar list} { frame $menubar set menu_list "" foreach menu_item $list { set menu [lindex $menu_item 0] set menu_name $menubar.[lindex $menu 0] set menu_title [lindex $menu 1] set menu_underline [lindex $menu 2] set menu_command [lindex $menu 3] if {$menu_command == "right"} { set position "right" } { set position "left" } pack append $menubar \ [menubutton $menu_name -text $menu_title \ -menu $menu_name.m] $position if {$menu_underline != ""} { $menu_name configure -underline $menu_underline } if {"$menu_command" == "goto"} { tkW3MenuMakeNodeMenu $menu_name.m [lindex $menu_item 1] } { tkW3MenuMakeMenuPane $menu_name.m [lindex $menu_item 1] } lappend menu_list $menu_name } eval tk_menuBar $menubar $menu_list tk_bindForTraversal . return $menubar } # tkW3MenuMakeNodeMenu # make a menu from a list of titles and addresses # This is called by the bookmarks and the history utilities # the format for the input list is {{title1 address1} {title2 address2} ...} proc tkW3MenuMakeNodeMenu {menuname list} { # Destroy the menu if it exists catch {destroy $menuname} # Create a new one menu $menuname # Run through the list of titles and add menu items foreach item $list { if {$item == {}} then { $menuname add separator } else { set address [lindex $item 1] if {"$address" == "cascade_goto"} { $menuname add cascade -label "[lindex $item 0] =>" \ -menu [tkW3MenuMakeNodeMenu $menuname.m \ [lindex $item 2]] if {[lindex $item 3] != ""} { $menuname entryconfigure last \ -underline [lindex $item 3] } } else { set command [list tkW3NavigateRecordAndGoto [lindex $item 1]] set menu_text_position [ lindex $item 3 ] if {$menu_text_position != ""} { lappend command $menu_text_position } $menuname add command -label [lindex $item 0] \ -command $command if {[lindex $item 2] != ""} { $menuname entryconfigure last \ -underline [lindex $item 2] } } } } return $menuname } # tkW3MenuAddToNodeMenu # Add one entry into the node menu proc tkW3MenuAddToNodeMenu {menuname label address} { if {[catch "winfo class $menuname"]} { menu $menuname } $menuname add command -label $label \ -command [list tkW3NavigateGoto $address] } proc tkW3MenuMakeMenuPane {w menu_list} { global tk_version menu $w set tk_version_list [split $tk_version "."] foreach item $menu_list { if {[llength $item] == 0} { $w add separator } { if {"[lindex $item 1]" == "cascade_external"} { set name [lindex $item 0] if {[lindex $tk_version_list 0] <= 3 && [lindex $tk_version_list 1] <= 2} { append name " =>" } $w add cascade -label $name -menu $w.[lindex $item 2] menu $w.[lindex $item 2] } { if {"[lindex $item 1]" == "cascade"} { set name [lindex $item 0] if {[lindex $tk_version_list 0] <= 3 && [lindex $tk_version_list 1] <= 2} { append name " =>" } $w add cascade -label $name \ -menu [tkW3MenuMakeMenuPane $w.m [lindex $item 2]] } { $w add command -label [lindex $item 0] \ -command [lindex $item 1] if {[lindex $item 2] != ""} { $w entryconfigure last -underline [lindex $item 2] } if {[lindex $item 3] != ""} { $w entryconfigure last -accelerator [lindex $item 3] bind Text [lindex $item 3] [lindex $item 1] } } } } } return $w } fs.file.e bind .fs.file.e { set file [.fs.file.e get] if {$file != {} && [file isdirectory $file]} { .fs.b.gointo invoke } else { .fs.b.$fs_defaultbutton invoke } } bind .fs.file.e { ;# expand filename on set f [%W get] %W delete 0 end %W insert end [j:expand_filename $f] } binWWW/TkWWW/Tcl/msgdialog.tcl1006640070060000000000002135305435573517012704 037777777777 1 0 # USAGE: DLG: parent name message button_1 button_2 ... # # parent The name of the window to parent from # name The name to use for the toplevel of this dialog # message Message to print in the message area. # button_{1,2,3} Text to put on each button. # # # # This starts a dialog of the type indicated in . It has [1..3] # buttons, depending on how many (non-null) strings are passed. It does # a passive grab, to force the user to respond. It waits until one of # the buttons are pressed, then kills off the dialog and returns. The # return value is the number for the button which was pressed {1,2,3}. # # THIS FILE REQUIRES tk2.2 or greater. set DLGBitmapPath $tkW3SourcePath/bitmap proc DLG:information {parent w msg args} { global DLGBitmapPath DLG:build "$parent" "$w" "$msg" @$DLGBitmapPath/information "$args" } proc DLG:warning {parent w msg args} { global DLGBitmapPath DLG:build "$parent" "$w" "$msg" @$DLGBitmapPath/warning "$args" } proc DLG:error {parent w msg args} { global DLGBitmapPath DLG:build "$parent" "$w" "$msg" @$DLGBitmapPath/error "$args" } proc DLG:question {parent w msg args} { global DLGBitmapPath DLG:build "$parent" "$w" "$msg" @$DLGBitmapPath/question "$args" } proc DLG:working {parent w msg args} { global DLGBitmapPath DLG:build "$parent" "$w" "$msg" @$DLGBitmapPath/working "$args" } # Create an entry dialog # Calling arguments are # parent - dialog to be centered on # w - name of dialog # message - a list of entry labels # command_output - what to put in the command button # command - command to execute if command button is pressed proc DLG:entry {parent w title message command_output command} { DLG:toplevel $parent $w DLG:draw_entries $w $message DLG:draw_buttons $w [list "$command_output" "Dismiss" "Help"] DLG:bind_entry $w [llength $message] "DLG:invoke_button $w 1" DLG:bind_button $w 1 "DLG:hide $w eval $command \[DLG:get_entry_values $w [llength $message]\]" DLG:bind_button $w 2 "DLG:hide $w" DLG:bind_button $w 3 "tkWWWHelpNoHelp" return $w } proc DLG:listbox {parent w title list_items command_output command} { DLG:toplevel $parent $w DLG:draw_listbox $w $list_items DLG:draw_buttons $w [list "$command_output" "Dismiss" "Help"] DLG:bind_button $w 1 "DLG:hide $w eval $command \[DLG:get_listbox_highlighted $w\]" DLG:bind_button $w 2 "DLG:hide $w" DLG:bind_button $w 3 "tkWWWHelpNoHelp" return $w } # The next procedures manage the dialog boxes proc DLG:show {parent dialog} { # First update to make sure the boxes are the right size update idletask # Then we set the position and update DLG:position $parent $dialog update idletask # and now make it visible. Viola! Centered over parent. wm deiconify $dialog } proc DLG:position {parent dialog} { # Tell the WM that we'll do this ourselves. wm sizefrom $dialog user wm positionfrom $dialog user # Where is my parent and what are it's dimensions set pargeo [split [wm geometry $parent] "+x"] set parwidth [lindex $pargeo 0] set parheight [lindex $pargeo 1] set parx [lindex $pargeo 2] set pary [lindex $pargeo 3] # What are my dimensions ? set dialogwidth [winfo reqwidth $dialog] set dialogheight [winfo reqheight $dialog] # What are is the offset of the virtual window set vrootx [winfo vrootx $parent] set vrooty [winfo vrooty $parent] set dialogx [expr $parx+($parwidth-$dialogwidth)/2+$vrootx] set dialogy [expr $pary+($parheight-$dialogheight)/2+$vrooty] set maxx [expr "[winfo screenwidth $parent] - $dialogwidth"] set maxy [expr "[winfo screenheight $parent] - $dialogheight"] # Make sure it doesn't go off screen if {$dialogx < 0} { set dialogx 0 } { if {$dialogx > $maxx} { set dialogx $maxx } } if {$dialogy < 0} { set dialogy 0 } { if {$dialogy > $maxy} { set dialogy $maxy } } set dialogx [expr $dialogx-$vrootx] set dialogy [expr $dialogy-$vrooty] # Build my new position (and dimensions) wm geometry $dialog [ format "%dx%d+%d+%d" $dialogwidth $dialogheight \ $dialogx $dialogy] } proc DLG:hide {w} { wm withdraw $w } proc DLG:destroy {w} { destroy $w } # These are procedures for building the dialog boxes # You can use them to create new types of boxes # Create a toplevel window with dialog box characteristics proc DLG:toplevel {parent w {title ""}} { catch { destroy $w } toplevel $w -class Dialog # Lets the dialog window be handled like Motif dialogs by the WM wm group $w $parent wm transient $w $parent wm minsize $w 0 0 if {$title != ""} { wm title $w title } wm withdraw $w return $w } # Draw a frame with an icon and a message proc DLG:draw_icon_msg {w iconfile msg} { pack append $w \ [frame $w.msg] { top fill expand } pack append $w.msg \ [label $w.msg.icon -bitmap $iconfile] { left } \ [message $w.msg.msg -text "$msg" -justify left -aspect 1500] \ { left fill expand } } # Build a modal dialog box proc DLG:build {parent w msg iconfile blist} { set done "DLG[set w]done" global $done set $done 0 DLG:toplevel $parent $w DLG:draw_icon_msg $w $iconfile $msg DLG:draw_buttons $w $blist for {set i 1} {$i <= [llength $blist]} {incr i 1} { DLG:bind_button $w $i "global $done; set $done $i" } DLG:show $parent $w grab $parent tkwait variable $done grab release $parent DLG:destroy $w return "[set $done]" } # Draw some entries in your box proc DLG:draw_entries {w llist} { set index 1 pack append $w \ [frame $w.entry_frame -borderwidth 2 -relief raised] {top fill expand} foreach label $llist { set name ef$index pack append $w.entry_frame \ [frame $w.$name -borderwidth 5 -relief flat] {top fill expand} # Add the entry widget pack append $w.$name \ [label $w.$name.label -text "$label" ] {left fillx} \ [entry $w.$name.entry -relief sunken] { right expand fillx} incr index 1 } } # Add bindings to the entries proc DLG:bind_entry {w index binding} { bind $w.ef$index.entry $binding } # Get values from entries proc DLG:get_entry_values {w number} { set return_string "" for {set i 1} {$i <= $number} {incr i 1} { lappend return_string [$w.ef$i.entry get] } return $return_string } proc DLG:get_entry_value {w i} { $w.ef$i.entry get } # Set entry values proc DLG:set_entry_value {w index message} { $w.ef$index.entry delete 0 end $w.ef$index.entry insert 0 $message } # create a listbox proc DLG:draw_listbox {w elements} { pack append $w \ [frame $w.frame -borderwidth 5 -relief flat] {top fill expand} pack append $w.frame \ [listbox $w.list -relief sunken ] {top fill expand} foreach elem $elements { $w.list insert end $elem } } proc DLG:get_listbox_highlighted {w} { $w.list curselection } # Draw the buttons at the bottom proc DLG:draw_buttons { w blist } { pack append $w \ [frame $w.cmds] { top fill expand } # The extra frames below are to indicate current focus. But we don't # have anything to handle keyboard focus. Besides, the Motif # implementation uses a `knurled' look to the frame around buttons # in their standard dialogs and we must use two layers of frame to # implement that (see above). # # Also tried to set up stuff for keyboard focus, but it did a couple of # weird things and there isn't time to fix them now. Keyboard focus # remained wherever the last `focus' command had gone, regardless of # where the pointer focus was. This is a bug with the regular FOCUS # module as well. The cure will be to watch Enter and Leave events # to know which window the pointer is in. But this seems to be wrong # as well: What if the users configures their window manager for # a click-to-focus mode. Won't we still get Enter&Leave events # regardless of where they've clicked-to-focus? set index 1 foreach btn $blist { if {"$btn" != ""} { pack append $w.cmds \ [ frame $w.cmds.f$index -borderwidth 5 -relief flat ] \ { left fill expand } pack append $w.cmds.f$index \ [ label $w.cmds.f$index.left -text "" ] {left expand} \ [ label $w.cmds.f$index.right -text "" ] {right expand} \ [ button $w.cmds.f$index.btn -text "$btn" -anchor center] \ { left fill} # DLG:keybindings $w.cmds.f$index.btn$index \ "[lindex $btn$index 1]" } incr index 1 } } proc DLG:bind_button {w index command} { $w.cmds.f$index.btn config -command $command } proc DLG:invoke_button {w index} { $w.cmds.f$index.btn invoke } # Future expansion: For when we are able to do keyboard focus and # traversal in these things. #proc DLG:keybindings { w cmd } { # bind $w "$cmd" # bind $w "$cmd" #} enuMakeMenuPane $w.m [lindex $item 2]] } { $w add command -label [lindex $item 0] \ -command [lindex $item 1] if {[lindex $item 2] != ""} { $w entryconfigure last -underline [lindex $item 2] } if {[lindex $item 3] != ""} { WWW/TkWWW/Tcl/navigate.tcl1006640070060000000000001712505442242072012521 037777777777 1 0 ## navigate.tcl Procedures for navigation ## ============== ## Copyright (C) 1992-1993 ## Global Network Academy ## Macvicar Institute for Educational Software Development ## ## See the file COPYRIGHT for conditions ## The procedures in this file are responsible for navigation between ## different hypertext pages on World Wide Web. They are called by the ## objects in other tkWWW files in response to a user's request to ## display a WWW page. ## Conventions: ## All procedures in this file begin with tkW3Navigate set tkW3NavigateIsIndex 0 proc tkW3NavigateBacktrack {} { if {[set backpage [tkW3HistoryPop]] !={}} { tkW3NavigateGoto [lindex $backpage 1] [lindex $backpage 3] set anchor [lindex $backpage 4] if {$anchor != ""} { tkW3ImageEnableAnchor $anchor [lindex $backpage 5] } } { tkW3OutputError "Error: No pages previous to this" } } proc tkW3NavigateClone {{page ""} {anchor ""} {ismap 0}} { global tkW3SourcePath tkW3ConfigHomePage if {$page == ""} { set page [tkW3NavigateGetAddress] } tkW3OutputSetMessage "Opening New Window ..." 5000 set command [list exec tkWWW -wwwstart \ [tkW3NavigateServerSend \ [list HtParseName $page \ [tkW3NavigateGetAddress]]] \ -wwwhome $tkW3ConfigHomePage -file $tkW3SourcePath/main.tcl \ -wwwnoinfo -name tkWWW ] if {$anchor != ""} { lappend command "-wwwimageanc" lappend command $anchor if {$ismap != 0} { lappend command "-wwwimageismap" } } lappend command "&" eval $command } # This closes this tkW3 window proc tkW3NavigateCloseThisWindow {} { tkW3NavigateServerClose # Necessary to clear color map tkW3ImageReleaseColorCells # Necessary to clear name from interpreter table destroy . catch "exit" } # This closes all tkWWW windows proc tkW3NavigateCloseAllWindows {} { set self [winfo name .] foreach interp [winfo interps] { if {[regexp {tkWWW.*} $interp] && "$interp" != "$self"} { catch "send \"$interp\" {after 1 {tkW3NavigateCloseThisWindow}}" } } tkW3NavigateCloseThisWindow } ## tkW3NavigateFind: Does keyword search off current page ## ---------- ## Arguments: ## key - a space separated list of keywords ## No return value ## ## This procedure performs a keyword search off the currently displayed ## page. It works by converting the keywords and current page into a ## World Wide Web address, and then calls the procedure tkW3NavigateGoto ## and goes to that page. ## proc tkW3NavigateFind {key} { regsub -all {[ ]+} $key {+} key set address [string trim [tkW3NavigateGetAddress] " \n?"] set address [lindex [split $address "?"] 0] append address "?" $key tkW3NavigateRecordAndGoto $address } # Some abstraction barriers # Note that tcl returns the value of the last statement executed proc tkW3NavigateGetAddress {} { .titles.address_entry get } proc tkW3NavigateGetTitle {} { .titles.title_entry get } proc tkW3NavigateGoto {page {scroll_position ""}} { global tkW3NavigateIsIndex global tkW3HtNameToHnumber # Change the cursor to a busy signal and tell user we are getting file tkW3OutputCursorWait tkW3OutputSetMessage "Getting page ..." tkW3ImageHideImageWindow update idletask if {![string match "#*" $page]} { # case on the type of page # wish doesn't like comments in case statements case [set page_name \ [tkW3NavigateServerSend \ [list HtParseName $page \ [tkW3NavigateGetAddress]]]] { {telnet:* tn3270:* rlogin:*} { tkW3TelnetPage $page_name } {exec:*} { # Find the command if [regexp {^exec:(.*)} $page_name {} command] { regsub -all %20 $command " " command tkW3OutputSetAddress $page_name {} tkW3NavigatePreface "System Call Execute system command \"$command\" " {Push here to execute System Call} "Executing System Call \"$command\"..." \ "exec $command &" } } default { # if the file type if file, http, gopher, or wais we need # to load the page in from the server tkW3NavigateLoadPageFromServer $page_name } } # Set the output to the correct line if {$scroll_position != ""} { tkW3OutputSetScrollPosition $scroll_position } } { set page_name $page } # Goto to the anchor set page_tag "" regexp {#(.*)$} $page_name {} page_tag if {$page_tag != ""} { set number $tkW3HtNameToHnumber($page_tag) if {$number != ""} { .f.msg yview -pickplace h$number.first } } # Display tkW3ConfigDisplay # Clear the message and set the cursor back to normal tkW3OutputSetMessage {} tkW3OutputCursorNormal } proc tkW3NavigateLoadPageFromServer {page_name} { # Chop off the anchor regexp {^[^#]*} $page_name page_value # Load the page and get the return code # If the return code contains "Error" signal an error set return_value [tkW3NavigateServerSend [list HtLoad $page_value]] if [regexp {(^Error)} $return_value] { # Ooops there's an error # If it is a "Page Not Found" error create new page if {[regexp {Unable to acces} $return_value] && [regexp {^file:} $page_name]} { if {[DLG:question . .page_not_found "$page_name Do you wish to create?" "Yes" "No"]==1} { tkW3EditCreateNewPage $page_name } { tkW3HistoryRestore } return } # Undo any changes we have made to the history list tkW3HistoryRestore # Tell the user about the error tkW3OutputError $return_value } { # No error from backend, flip to new page # What we should get back from the backend are # commands to generate the hypertext. tkW3OutputSetMessage "Formatting page ..." update idletasks eval $return_value } } proc tkW3NavigatePreface {body_text button_text message command} { tkW3OutputClearBody tkW3HtInsert "$body_text" tkW3HtInsert "$button_text" action .f.msg tag configure action -relief raised -borderwidth 2 -background \ [lindex [.f.msg configure -background] 4] .f.msg tag bind action "%W tag configure action \ -relief sunken" .f.msg tag bind action \ "%W tag configure action -relief raised tkW3OutputSetMessage {$message} 5000 $command" } proc tkW3NavigateSaveText {filename} { set file [open $filename a+] puts $file [.f.msg get 0.0 end] close $file } proc tkW3NavigatePrintUsingCommand {command} { tkW3NavigateSaveText "| $command" } proc tkW3NavigateMailText {to subject} { tkW3ConfigSendMail $to $subject [.f.msg get 0.0 end] } # Record current address on the history list and go to the requested page proc tkW3NavigateRecordAndGoto {page {scroll ""} {anchor ""} {ismap 0}} { tkW3HistoryRecord \ [tkW3NavigateGetTitle] [tkW3NavigateGetAddress] \ [tkW3OutputGetScrollPosition] $anchor $ismap tkW3NavigateGoto $page if {$anchor != ""} { tkW3ImageEnableAnchor $anchor $ismap } } proc tkW3NavigateUncache {address} { tkW3NavigateServerSend [list HtUncache $address] } proc tkW3NavigateReload {} { set address [tkW3NavigateGetAddress] tkW3NavigateUncache $address tkW3NavigateGoto $address } proc tkW3NavigateInitialize {} { global tkW3ConfigFileSuffixes foreach i $tkW3ConfigFileSuffixes { tkW3NavigateServerSend [concat HtSetSuffix $i] } } set tkW3NavigateServerInfo "" proc tkW3NavigateStartupServer {} { global tkW3NavigateServerInfo tkW3ServerCommand set tkW3NavigateServerInfo \ [tkW3ServerOpen $tkW3ServerCommand "tkWWW:"] } proc tkW3NavigateServerSend {w} { global tkW3NavigateServerInfo tkW3ServerSend $tkW3NavigateServerInfo $w } proc tkW3NavigateServerClose {} { global tkW3NavigateServerInfo tkW3ServerClose $tkW3NavigateServerInfo } the Motif # implementation uses a `knurled' look to the frame around buttons # in their standard dialogs and we must use two layers of frame to # implement that (see above). # # Also tried to set up stuff for keyboard focus, but it did a couple of # weird things and there isn't time to fix them now. Keyboard focus # remained wherever the last `focus' command had gone, regardless of # where WWW/TkWWW/Tcl/output.tcl1006640070060000000000001035005440577360012265 037777777777 1 0 ## output.tcl: output for tkWWW user interface ## ============== ## Copyright (C) 1992-1993 ## Global Network Academy ## Macvicar Institute for Educational Software Development ## ## See the file COPYRIGHT for conditions # All output should go through these procedures proc tkW3OutputSetMessage {message {duration ""}} { tkW3OutputEntryPrint .message $message if {$duration != ""} { after $duration {tkW3OutputSetMessage {}} } } proc tkW3OutputEntryPrint {w message} { $w configure -state normal $w delete 0 end $w insert 0 $message $w configure -state disabled } proc tkW3OutputSetAddress {address title} { tkW3OutputEntryPrint .titles.address_entry $address tkW3OutputEntryPrint .titles.title_entry $title } proc tkW3OutputSetBodyToFile {filename} { tkW3OutputClearBody set file [open $filename "r"] while {[gets $file line] != -1} { .f.msg insert insert "$line\n" } close $file .f.msg tag add PRE 1.0 end } proc tkW3OutputGetScrollPosition {} { lindex [.vs get] 2 } proc tkW3OutputSetScrollPosition {value} { .f.msg yview $value } ## ************************ ## Cursor procedures ## ************************ proc tkW3OutputCursorWait {} { .f.msg configure -cursor watch } proc tkW3OutputCursorNormal {} { .f.msg configure -cursor xterm } proc tkW3OutputMakeEntries {w list} { if [winfo exists $w] { foreach child [winfo children $w] { destroy $child } } { frame $w -borderwidth 0 } foreach item $list { pack append $w \ [label $w.[lindex $item 0]_label -text [lindex $item 1]] {left} \ [entry $w.[lindex $item 0] -state disabled] {left expand fillx} } return $w } proc tkW3OutputMakeFrame {w} { if [winfo exists $w] { foreach child [winfo children $w] { destroy $child } } { frame $w -borderwidth 0 } } proc tkW3OutputMakeButtons {w list} { tkW3OutputMakeFrame $w foreach item $list { pack append $w \ [frame $w.[lindex $item 0]_frame -relief flat -borderwidth 2] \ {left fill} pack append $w.[lindex $item 0]_frame \ [button $w.[lindex $item 0] \ -text [lindex $item 1] -command [lindex $item 2]] \ {left fill} } return $w } proc tkW3OutputDoNothing {} { } proc tkW3OutputMakeToggles {w list} { tkW3OutputMakeFrame $w foreach item $list { set name [lindex $item 0] pack append $w \ [ checkbutton $w.$name -text [lindex $item 1] -variable $name] right bind $w.$name "tkW3OutputDoNothing" bind $w.$name "tkW3OutputDoNothing" bind $w.$name <1> "tkW3OutputDoNothing" bind $w.$name "tkW3OutputDoNothing" } pack append $w \ [label .message_label -text "Message:"] {left} \ [entry .message -state disabled] {left expand fillx} return $w } proc tkW3OutputMakeTitleBox {w} { tkW3OutputMakeFrame $w pack append $w \ [frame $w.address_frame -borderwidth 0] {top fillx expand} \ [frame $w.title_frame -borderwidth 0] {bottom fillx expand} pack append $w.address_frame \ [label $w.address_label -text "Document Address:"] {left} \ [entry $w.address_entry -state disabled ] {right fillx expand} pack append $w.title_frame \ [label $w.title_label -text "Document Title:"] {left} \ [entry $w.title_entry -state disabled ] {right fillx expand} return $w } proc tkW3OutputError {message {fatal 0}} { if {$fatal != 0} { DLG:error . .error $message "Close window" tkW3NavigateCloseThisWindow } { DLG:error . .error $message "OK" tkW3OutputCursorNormal } } proc tkW3OutputMakeText {w} { frame $w -relief flat -borderwidth 5 pack append $w [ text $w.msg -yscrollcommand { .vs set } \ -width 80 -height 40 ] { expand fill padx 2 pady 2 } frame $w.msg.image $w.msg.image configure -cursor crosshair return $w } proc tkW3OutputMakeScrollbars {} { pack before .f.msg \ [scrollbar .vs \ -command { .f.msg yview } -orient vertical] { right filly } } proc tkW3OutputClearBody {} { .f.msg delete 1.0 end } proc tkW3OutputSaveFileAs {file_name} { global fsBox tkW3OutputClearBody set name [file tail [tkW3NavigateGetAddress]] set fsBox(path) "" FSBox {Save File} $name \ "exec mv $file_name \$fsBox(path)/\$fsBox(name)" DLG:show . .fsBox } ns the value of the last statement executed proc tkW3NavigateGetAddress {} { .titles.address_entry get } proc tkW3NavigateGetTitle {} { .titles.title_entry get } proc tkW3NavigateGoto {page {scroll_position ""}} { global tkW3NavigateIsIndex global tkW3HtNameToHnuWWW/TkWWW/Tcl/pan.tcl1006640070060000000000001222305442247171011500 037777777777 1 0 ## pan.tcl: Procedures for handling Xmosaic personal annotations ## =============== ## Copyright (C) 1993 ## Global Network Academy ## Macvicar Institute for Educational Software Development ## ## See the file COPYRIGHT for conditions ## ## This file is a tcl translation of the procedures ## used in X Mosaic by Marc Anderssen set tkW3PanLogFormatCookieOne \ "ncsa-mosaic-personal-annotation-log-format-1" set tkW3PanAnnotationFormatOne "" set tkW3PanDefaultDirectory "$env(HOME)/.mosaic-personal-annotations" set tkW3PanLogFilename "LOG" set tkW3PanAnnotationPrefix "PAN-" ## The format of the list global tkW3PanAnnotationList ## Initialize proc tkW3PanInitialize {} { global tkW3PanDefaultDirectory global tkW3PanLogFilename tkW3PanEnsureDirectoryExists $tkW3PanDefaultDirectory tkW3PanReadLog $tkW3PanDefaultDirectory/$tkW3PanLogFilename } ## Read a Pan File proc tkW3PanReadLog {filename} { global tkW3PanLogFormatCookieOne global tkW3PanAnnotationList if {[catch "open $filename r" file] != 0} { return } gets $file line if {[string first $tkW3PanLogFormatCookieOne $line] == -1} { return } gets $file line catch {unset tkW3PanAnnotationList} while {[gets $file line] != -1} { set tkW3PanAnnotationList([lindex [split $line] 0]) \ [lrange $line 1 end] } close $file } proc tkW3PanEnsureDirectoryExists {directory} { if {![file isdirectory $directory]} { exec mkdir $directory } } proc tkW3PanIsEditablePan {url} { global tkW3AnnotationFormatOne if {[regexp {PAN-[0-9]+\.html} $url] == 1} { return 1 } { return 0 } } proc tkW3PanWriteLog {filename} { global tkW3PanLogFormatCookieOne global tkW3PanAnnotationList if [catch {open $filename "w"} file] { return } puts $file $tkW3PanLogFormatCookieOne puts $file "Personal" foreach item [array names tkW3PanAnnotationList] { puts $file "$item " nonewline foreach piece $tkW3PanAnnotationList($item) { puts $file $piece nonewline puts $file " " nonewline } puts $file "" } close $file } proc tkW3PanWritePan {filename title author text} { global tkW3PanAnnotationFormatOne if [catch "open $filename w" file] { return } puts $file "\ $tkW3PanAnnotationFormatOne\n\ $title\n\

    $title

    \n\
    $author
    \n\
    [exec date]
    \n\ _______________________________________\n\ 
    \n\
$text"
    close $file
}

proc tkW3PanNewPan {url title author text} {
    global tkW3PanAnnotationList
    global tkW3PanDefaultDirectory
    global tkW3PanLogFilename

    if {[catch {set tkW3PanAnnotationList($url)} list]} {
	set list ""
    }

# Scan through the files for an available ID
    for {set id 1} {[file exists [tkW3PanIdToFilename $id]]} {incr id 1} {}
 
    lappend list $id

    set tkW3PanAnnotationList($url) $list

    tkW3PanWriteLog $tkW3PanDefaultDirectory/$tkW3PanLogFilename
    tkW3PanWritePan [tkW3PanIdToFilename $id] $title $author $text
}

proc tkW3PanDeletePan {id} {
    global tkW3PanAnnotationList
    foreach i [array names tkW3PanAnnotationList] {
	set j [lsearch $tkW3PanAnnotationList($i) $id]
	if {j != -1} {
	    set $tkW3PanAnnotationList($i) \
		[ lreplace $tkW3PanAnnotationList($i) $j ]
	    if {[llength $tkW3PanAnnotationList($i)] == 0} {
		unset $tkW3PanAnnotationList($i)
	    }
	    exec mv [tkW3PanIdToFilename $id] \
		[format "%s/#%s%d" \
		 $tkW3PanDefaultDirectory $tkW3PanLogFilename $id]
	    break
	}
    }
}

proc tkW3PanModifyPan {id title author text} {
    tkW3PanWritePan [tkW3PanIdToFilename $id] $title $author $text
}

proc tkW3PanIdToFilename {id} {
    global tkW3PanDefaultDirectory
    global tkW3PanAnnotationPrefix

    return $tkW3PanDefaultDirectory/$tkW3PanAnnotationPrefix$id.html
}

# The next procedure returns a list of hypertext commands which 
# display the annotations
proc tkW3PanDisplayAnnotations {url} {
    global tkW3PanAnnotationList
    catch {destroy .menu.annotate.m.annotate}
    menu .menu.annotate.m.annotate
    if {[catch  {set tkW3PanAnnotationList($url)} list] == 0} {
	foreach item $list {
	    set file [open [tkW3PanIdToFilename $item] "r"]
	    gets $file line
	    gets $file title
	    gets $file line
	    gets $file line
	    gets $file date

	    regexp {(.*)} $title {} title
	    regexp {
    (.*)
    } $date {} date
	    .menu.annotate.m.annotate add command -label "$title $date" \
		-command "tkW3NavigateRecordAndGoto file:[tkW3PanIdToFilename $item]"
	}
	return 1
    }
    return 0
}

# return list: {id title author text}

proc tkW3PanGrokPanPieces {url} {
    global tkW3PanAnnotationPrefix

    regexp {:(//[^/])*(.*)} $url {} {} filename
    regexp {([0-9]+)\.html} $filename {} id

    if {[catch "open $filename r" file]} {
	return
    }
    gets $file line
    gets $file title
    gets $file line
    gets $file author
    gets $file date
    gets $file line
    gets $file line

    regexp {
    (.*)
    } $author {} author
    regexp {(.*)} $title {} title
    regexp {
    (.*)
    } $date {} date

    set text [read $file]
    close $file
    return [list $id $title $author $text]
}

cational Software Development
##
## See the file COPYRIGHT for conditions

# All output should go through these procedures

proc tkW3OutputSetMessage {message {duration ""}} {
    tkW3OutputEntryPrint .message $message
    if {$duration != ""} {
	after $duration {tkW3OutputSetMessage {}}
    }
}

proc tkW3OutputEntryPrint {w message} {
    $w configure -state norWWW/TkWWW/Tcl/parse_args.tcl1006640070060000000000000402605440577362013060 037777777777 1 0 ## parse_args.tcl - Parse command line arguments
## ==============
## Copyright (C) 1992-1993
## Global Network Academy
## Macvicar Institute for Educational Software Development
##
## See the file COPYRIGHT for conditions

set tkW3ParseArgsShowInfo 1

## tkW3ParseArgs: Parse arguments
## ----------
## On entry,
##   argv: command line to parse
## On exit,
##   none
## Side effects,
##   Resets various internal variables 

proc tkW3ParseArgs {argv} {
   global tkW3ConfigStartPage tkW3ConfigHomePage tkW3ParseArgsShowInfo
   global tkW3ParseArgsImages

   set tkW3ParseArgsImages(anchor) ""
   set tkW3ParseArgsImages(ismap) 0

   set argc [llength $argv]
   set iconic 0
   for {set i 0} {$i < $argc} { incr i 1} {
       set flag [string tolower [lindex $argv $i]]
      case  $flag in {
        {-wwwhome} {
            incr i
            if {$i < $argc} {
               set tkW3ConfigHomePage [lindex $argv $i]
            }
        }
        {-wwwstart} {
            incr i
            if {$i < $argc} {
               set tkW3ConfigStartPage [lindex $argv $i]
            }
        }
	{-wwwnoinfo} {
	    set tkW3ParseArgsShowInfo 0
	}
	{-wwwiconic} {
	    wm iconify .
	}
	{-wwwiconpos} {
	    incr i
	    if {$i < $argc} {
		set x [lindex $argv $i]
		incr i
		wm iconpos . $x [lindex $argv $i]
	    }
	}
	{-wwwgeometry} {
	    incr i
            if {$i < $argc} {
		wm geometry . [lindex $argv $i]
	   }
	}
	{-wwwimageanc} {
	    incr i
	    if {$i < $argc} {
		set tkW3ParseArgsImages(anchor) [lindex $argv $i]
	    }
	}
	{-wwwimageismap} {
	    set tkW3ParseArgsImages(ismap) 1
	}
        {-help} {
            puts stdout "\
Arguments:
   -wwwhome = Set the home page
   -wwwstart = Set the start page
   -wwwnoinfo = Start up tkWWW without showing the info window
   -wwwiconic = Start up tkWWW in iconic mode
   -wwwiconpos x y = Set tkWWW icon position
   -wwwgeometry = Set tkWWW geometry
"
            exit
        }
	{default} {
	    puts stdout "tkWWW Warning: Unknown command line flag $flag
Type \"tkWWW -help\" for valid flags"
	}
    }
  }
}
t Address:"] {left} \
	[entry $w.address_entry -state disabled ] {right fillx expand}

    pack append $w.title_frame \
	[label $w.title_label -text "Document Title:"] {left} \
	[entry $w.title_entry -state disabled ] {right fillx expand}

    return $w
}

proc tkW3OutputError {message {fatal 0}} {
   if {$fatal != 0} {
       DLG:error . .error $message "Close window"
       tkW3NavigateCloseThisWindow
   } {
       DLG:error . .error $message "OK"
       tkW3OutputCursorNormal
   }
}WWW/TkWWW/Tcl/server.tcl1006640070060000000000001041005435573532012231 037777777777 1 0 ## server.tcl - Communication with backend processes
## ==============
## Copyright (C) 1992-1993
## Global Network Academy
## Macvicar Institute for Educational Software Development
##
## See the file COPYRIGHT for conditions

## Conventions:
##   all interaction with the tkW3 server should occur through the
##     procedures in this file

## These routines depend on a structure called server info which consists
## of 
##
## {"the filehandle" "the prompt" "debug"}

## *************************
## Procedures for communicating with the tkW3 server
##    tkW3ServerOpen - opens a connection with the tkW3 server and
##       returns the opening message
##    tkW3ServerSend - sends a string to the tkW3 server
##    tkW3ServerReceive - receives a string from the tkW3 server
##    tkW3ServerClose - shuts down the tkW3 server
## *************************

## tkW3ServerOpen: Open connection with server
## ----------
## On entry,
##   exec_string: string to execute
## On exit,
##   returns info structure
## Side effects,
##   resets the variable tkW3Server

## Remember that tcl returns value of the the last statement executed in 
## a procedure

proc tkW3ServerOpen {exec_string prompt} {
   # open connection with server
   # There should be some way of figuring out if the server responds
   set tkW3Server [open "| $exec_string" w+]
   set info [list $tkW3Server $prompt 0]
   tkW3ServerReceive $info
   return $info
}

## tkW3ServerSend: Send message to tkW3 Server
## ----------
## On entry,
##   w: message to server
## On exit,
##   returns response from server
## WARNING:
##   SERVER MUST MAKE SOME SORT OF RESPONSE OR ELSE THERE WILL BE DEADLOCK

proc tkW3ServerSend {info w} {
   # Print out if debug
   if {[lindex $info 2]} {
       puts stdout $w
   }

   puts [lindex $info 0] $w
   tkW3ServerReceive $info
}

## tkW3ServerReceive: Wait for response from server
## ----------
## On exit,
##   returns response from server
## WARNING:
##   SERVER MUST MAKE SOME SORT OF RESPONSE OR ELSE THERE WILL BE DEADLOCK
##
## Note: If the prompt is set to "EOF" server will read to end of file

proc tkW3ServerReceive {info} {
  set tkW3Server [lindex $info 0]
  set tkW3ServerPrompt [lindex $info 1]
  set tkW3ServerDebug [lindex $info 2]

  set return_string ""

  # *** THIS FLUSH IS VERY IMPORTANT
  # *** If this isn't put here, you are likely to send the application
  # ***    into deadlock

  flush $tkW3Server

  # Get stuff from the server until the prompt string is detected
  # Then return everything.  WARNING.  This will freeze if the prompt
  # string is never detected

  while {1} {
      if {[gets $tkW3Server string] == -1} {
	  if {$tkW3ServerPrompt == "EOF"} { 
	      break
	  } {
	      tkW3ServerError
	  }
      }
      if {$tkW3ServerPrompt != "EOF" && \
	  [regexp $tkW3ServerPrompt $string]} {
	  break;
      }
      append return_string $string
      append return_string "\n"
  }

  # Print out if debug
  if {$tkW3ServerDebug} {
      puts stdout $return_string
  }

  # Make sure you remove newlines from the end of return string.
  # Otherwise, strange things will happen.
  # 
  # What will happen is this when you try to evaluate
  #   tkW3Goto [tkW3ParseName $page]
  # tkW3ParseName calls this procedure which returns with 
  #   file:filename.html\n\n
  # When tkW3Goto then calls this procedure with that as an arg
  # the second newline will cause two "tkW3:" prompts to appear
  # messing up the sychronoization between the GUI and the backend.

  string trim $return_string
}

## tkW3ServerClose: Close connection with server
## ----------
## Side effects:
##   Closes the pipe to the server, resets the server value

proc tkW3ServerClose {info} {
    set tkW3Server [lindex $info 0]
    if {$tkW3Server != ""} {
	# Tell the server to exit
	catch "puts $tkW3Server \"exit\""
	# Make sure the message gets there
	catch "flush $tkW3Server"
	# Close the pipe
	catch "close $tkW3Server"
    }
}

proc tkW3ServerError {} {
    tkW3OutputError "Server process no longer exists" 1
}

proc tkW3ServerSetPrompt {info prompt} {
    list [lindex $info 0] $prompt [lindex $info 2]
}

proc tkW3ServerSetDebug {info debug} {
    list [lindex $info 0] [lindex $info 1] $debug
}

proc tkW3ServerConnect {machine port} {
    set info [tkW3ServerOpen "telnet $machine $port" "Escape"]
    tkW3ServerSetPrompt $info "EOF"
}
llength $tkW3PanAnnotationList($i)] == 0} {
		unset $tkW3PanAnnotationList($i)
	    }
	    exec mv [tkW3PanIdToFilename $id] \
		[format "%s/#%s%d" \
		 $tkW3PanDefaultDirectory $tkW3PanLogFilename $id]
	    break
	}
    }
}

proc tkW3PanModifyPan WWW/TkWWW/Tcl/tclIndex1006640070060000000000001636505435573534011735 037777777777 1 0 # Tcl autoload index file: each line identifies a Tcl
# procedure and the file where that procedure is
# defined.  Generated by the "auto_mkindex" command.

tkWWWConfigSendMail config.tcl
tkWWWConfigDisplay config.tcl
tkWWWConfigDisplayFile config.tcl
GetSelection config.tcl
tkW3AnnotateAdd annotate.tcl
tkW3AnnotateEdit annotate.tcl
tkW3AnnotateCreateEditor annotate.tcl
tkW3AnnotateDisplay annotate.tcl
tkW3BookmarksInitialize bookmarks.tcl
tkW3BookmarksAdd bookmarks.tcl
tkW3BookmarksClear bookmarks.tcl
tkW3BookmarksDelete bookmarks.tcl
tkW3BookmarksLoadDialog bookmarks.tcl
tkW3BookmarksSaveDialog bookmarks.tcl
tkW3BookmarksLoad bookmarks.tcl
tkW3BookmarksSave bookmarks.tcl
FSBoxInitialize dialog.tcl
FSBox dialog.tcl
FSBoxFSFileSelect dialog.tcl
FSBoxFSFileSelectDouble dialog.tcl
FSBoxFSInsertPath dialog.tcl
FSBoxFSNameComplete dialog.tcl
FSBoxFSShow dialog.tcl
FSBoxBindSelectOne dialog.tcl
IsADir dialog.tcl
IsAFile dialog.tcl
IsASymlink dialog.tcl
tkW3EditInitialize edit.tcl
tkW3EditBindText edit.tcl
tkW3EditInsertCharacter edit.tcl
tkW3EditOpen edit.tcl
tkW3EditClose edit.tcl
tkW3EditSave edit.tcl
tkW3EditOutputHTML edit.tcl
tkW3EditGenerate edit.tcl
tkW3EditCopyText edit.tcl
tkW3EditCopyTags edit.tcl
tkW3EditConvertToHTML edit.tcl
tkW3EditConvertAnchors edit.tcl
tkW3EditBreakLines edit.tcl
tkW3EditConvertBullets edit.tcl
tkW3EditDeleteTextWithTag edit.tcl
tkW3EditDelimitTag edit.tcl
tkW3EditInsertClean edit.tcl
tkW3EditQueryChangeTitle edit.tcl
tkW3EditChangeTitle edit.tcl
tkW3EditClearSelection edit.tcl
tkW3EditBeginAnchor edit.tcl
tkW3EditAddAnchor edit.tcl
tkW3EditTagSelected edit.tcl
tkW3EditBeginListItem edit.tcl
tkW3EditClearTagsFromSelected edit.tcl
tkW3EditCut edit.tcl
tkW3EditCopy edit.tcl
tkW3EditDelete edit.tcl
tkW3EditPaste edit.tcl
tkW3EditClear edit.tcl
tkW3EditInsertBullet edit.tcl
tkW3EditSelectAll edit.tcl
tkW3EditDeselectAll edit.tcl
tkW3EditCreateNewPage edit.tcl
tkW3EditConvertImages edit.tcl
tkW3EditAddImage edit.tcl
tkW3EditChangeImage edit.tcl
tkW3FileInitialize file.tcl
tkW3FileQueryCloseWindow file.tcl
tkW3FileQueryExit file.tcl
tkW3FileLoadSource file.tcl
tkW3FileSaveSource file.tcl
tkW3FileSaveText file.tcl
tkW3FileRunTclCommand file.tcl
tkW3FontSetTextFonts font.tcl
tkW3FontInitialize font.tcl
tkW3HelpInitialize help.tcl
tkW3HelpCreateWhineDialog help.tcl
tkW3HelpNotAvailable help.tcl
tkW3HelpAddToMailingList help.tcl
tkW3HelpRemoveFromMailingList help.tcl
tkW3HelpGetTopic help.tcl
tkW3HelpAbout help.tcl
tkW3HistoryInitialize history.tcl
tkW3HistoryRecord history.tcl
tkW3HistoryRestore history.tcl
tkW3HistoryPop history.tcl
tkW3HtInsert hypertext.tcl
tkW3HtSetName hypertext.tcl
tkW3HtBeginDoc hypertext.tcl
tkW3HtBeginAnc hypertext.tcl
tkW3HtEndAnc hypertext.tcl
tkW3HtAdd hypertext.tcl
tkW3HtBeginPar hypertext.tcl
tkW3HtEndPar hypertext.tcl
tkW3HtBeginChar hypertext.tcl
tkW3HtEndChar hypertext.tcl
tkW3HtEndDoc hypertext.tcl
tkW3HtAddBul hypertext.tcl
tkW3HtSetImg hypertext.tcl
tkW3HtSetInd hypertext.tcl
tkW3HtBlankEnd hypertext.tcl
tkW3MenuMakeMenus menu.tcl
tkW3MenuMakeNodeMenu menu.tcl
tkW3MenuAddToNodeMenu menu.tcl
tkW3MenuMakeMenuPane menu.tcl
DLG:information msgdialog.tcl
DLG:warning msgdialog.tcl
DLG:error msgdialog.tcl
DLG:question msgdialog.tcl
DLG:working msgdialog.tcl
DLG:entry msgdialog.tcl
DLG:show msgdialog.tcl
DLG:position msgdialog.tcl
DLG:hide msgdialog.tcl
DLG:destroy msgdialog.tcl
DLG:toplevel msgdialog.tcl
DLG:draw_icon_msg msgdialog.tcl
DLG:build msgdialog.tcl
DLG:draw_entries msgdialog.tcl
DLG:bind_entry msgdialog.tcl
DLG:get_entry_values msgdialog.tcl
DLG:get_entry_value msgdialog.tcl
DLG:set_entry_value msgdialog.tcl
DLG:draw_listbox msgdialog.tcl
DLG:draw_buttons msgdialog.tcl
DLG:bind_button msgdialog.tcl
DLG:invoke_button msgdialog.tcl
tkW3NavigateBacktrack navigate.tcl
tkW3NavigateClone navigate.tcl
tkW3NavigateCloseThisWindow navigate.tcl
tkW3NavigateCloseAllWindows navigate.tcl
tkW3NavigateFind navigate.tcl
tkW3NavigateGetAddress navigate.tcl
tkW3NavigateGetTitle navigate.tcl
tkW3NavigateGoto navigate.tcl
tkW3NavigateLoadPageFromServer navigate.tcl
tkW3NavigatePreface navigate.tcl
tkW3NavigateSaveText navigate.tcl
tkW3NavigatePrintUsingCommand navigate.tcl
tkW3NavigateMailText navigate.tcl
tkW3NavigateSelectReference navigate.tcl
tkW3NavigateCloneReference navigate.tcl
tkW3NavigateRecordAndGoto navigate.tcl
tkW3NavigateUncache navigate.tcl
tkW3NavigateReload navigate.tcl
tkW3NavigateInitialize navigate.tcl
tkW3NavigateStartupServer navigate.tcl
tkW3NavigateServerSend navigate.tcl
tkW3NavigateServerClose navigate.tcl
tkW3OutputSetMessage output.tcl
tkW3OutputSetAddress output.tcl
tkW3OutputSetBodyToFile output.tcl
tkW3OutputGetScrollPosition output.tcl
tkW3OutputSetScrollPosition output.tcl
tkW3OutputCursorWait output.tcl
tkW3OutputCursorNormal output.tcl
tkW3OutputMakeButtons output.tcl
tkW3OutputDoNothing output.tcl
tkW3OutputMakeToggles output.tcl
tkW3OutputMakeTitleBox output.tcl
tkW3OutputError output.tcl
tkW3OutputMakeText output.tcl
tkW3OutputMakeScrollbars output.tcl
tkW3OutputClearBody output.tcl
tkW3OutputSaveFileAs output.tcl
tkW3PanInitialize pan.tcl
tkW3PanReadLog pan.tcl
tkW3PanEnsureDirectoryExists pan.tcl
tkW3PanIsEditablePan pan.tcl
tkW3PanWriteLog pan.tcl
tkW3PanWritePan pan.tcl
tkW3PanNewPan pan.tcl
tkW3PanDeletePan pan.tcl
tkW3PanModifyPan pan.tcl
tkW3PanIdToFilename pan.tcl
tkW3PanDisplayAnnotations pan.tcl
tkW3PanGrokPanPieces pan.tcl
tkW3ParseArgs parse_args.tcl
tkW3ServerOpen server.tcl
tkW3ServerSend server.tcl
tkW3ServerReceive server.tcl
tkW3ServerClose server.tcl
tkW3ServerError server.tcl
tkW3ServerSetPrompt server.tcl
tkW3ServerSetDebug server.tcl
tkW3ServerConnect server.tcl
tkW3Telnet telnet.tcl
tkW3TelnetPage telnet.tcl
tkW3VersionVerify version.tcl
edittkmain editwin.tcl
abbrev editwin.tcl
tke_pipenl editwin.tcl
tke_pipe editwin.tcl
tke_read editwin.tcl
tke_write editwin.tcl
tke_tabkey editwin.tcl
tke_spacebar editwin.tcl
tke_sabbrev_hook editwin.tcl
tke_autobreak_hook editwin.tcl
tke_returnkey editwin.tcl
tke_autoindent_hook editwin.tcl
cmd_prefs editwin.tcl
cmd_quit editwin.tcl
cmd_load editwin.tcl
cmd_save editwin.tcl
cmd_saveas editwin.tcl
cmd_print editwin.tcl
cmd_insfile editwin.tcl
cmd_save_checkpoint editwin.tcl
cmd_restore_checkpoint editwin.tcl
cmd_cut editwin.tcl
cmd_copy editwin.tcl
cmd_paste editwin.tcl
cmd_select_all editwin.tcl
cmd_run_pipe editwin.tcl
cmd_run_command editwin.tcl
cmd_dabbrev editwin.tcl
dabbrev_again editwin.tcl
cmd_sabbrev editwin.tcl
cmd_edit_abbrevs editwin.tcl
cmd_read_abbrevs editwin.tcl
cmd_find editwin.tcl
cmd_find_again editwin.tcl
tke_find editwin.tcl
tke_replace editwin.tcl
cmd_go_to_line editwin.tcl
tke_go_to_line editwin.tcl
cmd_current_line editwin.tcl
cmd_xpaste editwin.tcl
tkW3ImageDisplayFile image.tcl
tkW3ImageHideImageWindow image.tcl
tkW3ImageReleaseColorCells image.tcl
tkW3ImageEnableIsmap image.tcl
tkW3ImageDisableIsmap image.tcl
j:selection_if_any jlibrary.tcl
j:no_selection jlibrary.tcl
j:write_prefs jlibrary.tcl
j:source_config jlibrary.tcl
j:dialogue jlibrary.tcl
j:longest_match jlibrary.tcl
j:expand_filename jlibrary.tcl
j:alert jlibrary.tcl
j:confirm jlibrary.tcl
j:prompt jlibrary.tcl
j:prompt_file jlibrary.tcl
j:prompt_font jlibrary.tcl
j:configure_font jlibrary.tcl
j:fs jlibrary.tcl
j:fs:fill_list jlibrary.tcl
tkW3GrpanFetchAnnotations grpan.tcl
tkW3GrpanDeleteGroupAnnotation grpan.tcl
tkW3GrpanAddGroupAnnotation grpan.tcl
SH IS VERY IMPORTANT
  # *** If this isn't put here, you are likely to send the application
  # ***    into deadlock

  flush $tkW3Server

  # Get stuff from the server until the prompt string is detected
  # Then return everything.  WARNING.  This will freeze if theWWW/TkWWW/Tcl/telnet.tcl1006640070060000000000000215105435573536012225 037777777777 1 0 ## telnet.tcl interface with telnet
## ==============
## Copyright (C) 1992-1993 
## Global Network Academy
## Macvicar Institute for Educational Software Development
##
## See the file COPYRIGHT for conditions

proc tkW3Telnet {command host port} {
   global tkW3ConfigViewer
   if {$port=={}} {
     exec $tkW3ConfigViewer(terminal) -e $command $host &
   } {
     exec $tkW3ConfigViewer(terminal) -e $command $host $port &
   }
}

proc tkW3TelnetPage {page} {
    # Parse the page to get command user host and port
    if [regexp {([a-zA-z0-9]+)://([a-zA-Z0-9\-]+@)*([-a-zA-Z0-9\.]+)(:[0-9]+)*}  $page {} command user host port] {
	set user [string trim $user "@"] 
	set port [string trimleft $port ":"]
 
	# Put together a string to let user know what is going on
	set body_text "$command to\nhost: $host\n"
	if {$port!={}} {
	    append body_text "Port: $port\n"
	}
	if {$user!={}} {
	    append body_text "Log in as \"$user\"\n"
	}
	tkW3OutputSetAddress $page {}
	tkW3NavigatePreface $body_text "Press here to connect" \
	    {Connecting...} \
	    [format "tkW3Telnet \{%s\} \{%s\} \{%s\}" $command $host $port]
    }
}


info 1] $debug
}

proc tkW3ServerConnect {machine port} {
    set info [tkW3ServerOpen "telnet $machine $port" "Escape"]
    tkW3ServerSetPrompt $info "EOF"
}
llength $tkW3PanAnnotationList($i)] == 0} {
		unset $tkW3PanAnnotationList($i)
	    }
	    exec mv [tkW3PanIdToFilename $id] \
		[format "%s/#%s%d" \
		 $tkW3PanDefaultDirectory $tkW3PanLogFilename $id]
	    break
	}
    }
}

proc tkW3PanModifyPan WWW/TkWWW/Tcl/tkWWW.cpp1006640070060000000000000024505376434107011751 037777777777 1 0 /**/#!/bin/csh -f
set path = ($path CPP_TK_WWW_EXTRA_PATH CPP_TK_WWW_INSTALL_PATH )
CPP_TK_WWW_TK_EXECUTABLE $*:q -file CPP_TK_WWW_SOURCE_PATH/main.tcl -name tkWWW

figSendMail config.tcl
tkWWWConfigDisplay config.tcl
tkWWWConfigDisplayFile config.tcl
GetSelection config.tcl
tkW3AnnotateAdd annotate.tcl
tkW3AnnotateEdit annotate.tcl
tkW3AnnotateCreateEditor annotate.tcl
tkW3AnnotateDisplay annotate.tcl
tkW3BookmarksInitialize bookmarks.tcl
tkW3BookmarksAdd bookmarks.tcl
tkW3BookmarksClear bookmarks.tcl
tkW3WWW/TkWWW/Tcl/version.tcl1006640070060000000000000174705435573540012424 037777777777 1 0 ## version.tcl - Verify version of the server
## ==============
## Copyright (C) 1992-1993
## Global Network Academy
## Macvicar Institute for Educational Software Development
##
## See the file COPYRIGHT for conditions

## This file performs version control

## tkW3VersionVerify: Verify the version of the server
## ----------

proc tkW3VersionVerify {version} {
    set server_version [tkW3NavigateServerSend "HtVersion"]
    if ![regexp {^([0-9]+).([0-9]+)} $server_version version_num major minor] {
	puts stderr "Warning: Cannot find version of tkWWW.server"
	return;
    }
    if {$major==0 && $minor < 9} {
	puts stderr \
"Error: tkWWW frontend is incompatible with tkWWW.server\n\
frontend version: $version  server version: $server_version\n\
You must recompile the tkWWW.server"
      exit 1
   }
   if {$version_num != $version} {
      puts stderr \
"Warning: Frontend version is different from server version\n\
frontend version: $version  server version: $server_version"
   }
}     
ile.tcl
tkW3FileQueryClosWWW/TkWWW/Imakefile1006640070060000000000000023605370630041011276 037777777777 1 0 #define IHaveSubdirs
#define PassCDebugFlags

SUBDIRS = ../Library/unix.x Server Tcl

world: Makefiles all

MakeSubdirs($(SUBDIRS))
DependSubdirs($(SUBDIRS))
tEndAnc hypertext.tcl
tkW3HtAdd hypertext.tcl
tkW3HtBeginPar hypertext.tcl
tkW3HtEndPar hypertext.tcl
tkW3HtBeginChar hypertext.tcl
tkW3HtEndChar hypertext.tcl
tkW3HtEndDoc hypertext.tcl
tkW3HtAddBul hypertext.tcl
tkW3HtSetImg hypertext.tcl
tkW3HtSetInd hypertext.tcl
tkW3HtBlankEnd hypertext.tcl
tkW3MenuMakeMenus menu.tcl
tkW3MenuMakeNodeMenu menu.tcl
WWW/TkWWW/README.txt1006640070060000000000000215005442247134011167 037777777777 1 0 tkWWW Version 0.9 beta (joe@athena.mit.edu)
--------------------------------------------
WHAT IS THIS?
-------------
World Wide Web (WWW) is a hypertext project which seeks to build a
world wide network of hypertext links.  There are several different
browsers for this system including a simple tty interface.

Tk is an interpreted toolkit which allows one to build X11 applications
quickly and easily.

tkWWW is a Tk interface to (WWW).

Since the entire user interface is written in an interpreted language,
it is very easy to make modifications and extensions to the system.
tkWWW is the first X11 browser with the ability to edit HTML!!!!!

What has changed since 0.8?
---------------------------
* Much better editing user interface 
  Thanks to creilly@maths.tcd.ie and jay@bogle.eitech.com
* Recognition of character style tags
* Partial support for IMAGE tags
* Compatibility with TCL 7.0
* Compatibility with old HTTP servers


To Install
----------
In this directory

1. Edit the file "tkWWW.imake" to set system defaults
2. Look at the file "Tcl/config.cpp"
3. Type "xmkmf"
4. Type "make"
5. Type "make install"




ollPosition output.tcl
tkW3OutputCursorWait output.tcl
tkW3OutputCursorNormal output.tcl
tkW3OutputMakeButtons output.tcl
tkW3OutputDoNothing output.tcl
tkW3OutputMakeToggles output.tcl
tkW3OutputMakeTitleBox output.tcl
tkW3OutputError output.tcl
tkW3OutputMakeText output.tcl
tkW3OutputMakeScrollbars output.tcl
tkW3OutputClearBody output.tcl
tkW3OutputSaveFileAs output.tcl
tkW3PanInitialize pan.tcl
tkW3PaWWW/TkWWW/tkWWW.imake1006640070060000000000000405405435621352011531 037777777777 1 0 /*
 * Some installation notes.
 *
 * Read the file README.txt for general instructions on installing tkWWW.
 *
 * You need 3.1 or high to run tkWWW
 *
 * Before you compile tkWWW, make you have removed the compatibility files
 * from the directory tk3.2/tcl.  These are the files (such as stdlib.h,
 * strings.h) which tcl uses for its compilation.  Unfortunately, they
 * interfere with the compile of tkWWW on some platforms (notably
 * sparc's with gcc 2).
 */

#define tkWWWTkExecutable wish

/* Are you using version 6.7 of Tcl?
 */
#define tkWWWTclVersion6

/* Do you use MH mail?
 */
#define tkWWWUseMhMail

/* This is the location where the tkWWW tcl files are stored
 * IMPORTANT!!!  IMPORTANT!!!  IMPORTANT!!!
 * The installation procedure will NOT copy the tcl files into this directory 
 * so this should point to the directory in which the Tcl files of this 
 * system are unpacked in.
 */
#define tkWWWSourcePath /afs/athena.mit.edu/course/other/cdsdev/dev/joe/WWW/TkWWW/Tcl

/* This is the directory to put executables in 
 */
#define tkWWWInstallPath /afs/athena.mit.edu/course/other/cdsdev/bin

/* These are extra directories that tkWWW should be able to execute 
 * programs in.  If there is more than one directory, they should be
 * separated by spaces and enclosed in quotes.
 */
#define tkWWWExtraPath /afs/athena.mit.edu/contrib/graphics/bin/@sys

/* These are the command flags needed to find the TCL library and TCL 
 * include files
 */

#define TclLibrary -L/afs/net.mit.edu/project/tcl/lib -ltcl
#define TclInclude -I/afs/net.mit.edu/project/tcl/src/tcl6.7

/* The home and starting pages of tkWWW
 */

#define tkWWWHomePage file:/afs/athena.mit.edu/course/other/cdsdev/html/welcome.html
#define tkWWWStartPage tkWWWHomePage

/* This overrides the imake defaults 
 */
CC = gcc -fno-builtin

#ifdef UltrixArchitecture
CDEBUGFLAGS = -O3
#else
CDEBUGFLAGS = -O3 -pipe 
#endif

/* Local flags to get the compile to work at the tkWWW development site */
/* COMPATFLAGS =   -I/afs/athena.mit.edu/course/other/cdsdev/www-compat */
CCOPTIONS =

BINDIR = tkWWWInstallPath

1006640070060000000000000215105435573536012225 037777777777 1 0 WWW/TkWWW/Defaults/0407750070060000000000000000005442250520010425 5     0 1 0 WWW/Library/0407750070060000000000000000005442250612007301 5     0 1 0 WWW/Library/Implementation/0407750070060000000000000000005442250611012265 5     0 1 0 WWW/Library/Implementation/CommonMakefile1006640070060000000000002312005435572005015710 037777777777 1 0 #	Common Makefile for W3 Library Code
#	-----------------------------------
#
#	(c) CERN 1990, 1991 -- see Copyright.html for conditions
#
# This file should be invariant between systems.
#	DEPENDENCIES NOT COMPLETE @@
#
#	make		Compile and link the software (private version)
#	make install	Copy it into the system (implies make)
#	make update	Copy installed version into installed version
#	make uninstall	Unlink installed version from the system
#	make clean	Remove intermediate files
#	make cleanall	Remove intremediate files and products
#	
# Macros required to be defined already for make:
#
# CC		The C compiler
# CFLAGS	Flags for $(CC) -- except the -I which are below
# LFLAGS	Flags for ld
#
# WWW           The WWW source tree directory
#
# Macros needed for make install:
#
# LIBDIR	Directory for installed library
#______________________________________________________________________

#  If this env var is set to something else Some makes will use that instead
SHELL = /bin/sh

#	.h files are distributed but originally are made from the
#	self-documenting hypertext files.

.SUFFIXES: .h .html
.html.h:
#	- chmod +w $*.h
	www -w90 -na -to text/x-c $*.html > $*.h
#	chmod -w $*.h

# If this is actually run in a subdirectory,
#
# WWW = ../../..
# WWW = ../..	For [cernlib] build in this directory

WC = $(WWW)/Library
CMN = $(WWW)/Library/Implementation/

# Where shall we put the objects and built library?

LOB = $(WTMP)/Library/$(WWW_MACH)

# Only needed if HTWAIS.c is to be compiled. Put into your Makefile.include
#   WAIS = YES
#   WAISINC = -I../../../freeWAIS/ir
#   WAISCFLAGS = -DDIRECT_WAIS
#

# This path, if relative, is taken relative to the directory
# in which this makefile is, not the pwd.  This screws up the 
# recursive invocation
# include $(CMN)Version.make
include $(ABS)$(WWW)/Library/Implementation/Version.make

# XMOsAIC hack is only for server to cope with xmosaic kludge for mmedia
CFLAGS2 = $(CFLAGS) $(WAISCFLAGS) -I$(CMN) -DXMOSAIC_HACK

CERNLIBBIN = $(WWW)/bin

COMMON = $(LOB)/HTParse.o $(LOB)/HTAccess.o $(LOB)/HTTP.o \
	$(LOB)/HTFile.o	$(LOB)/HTBTree.o $(LOB)/HTFTP.o $(LOB)/HTTCP.o \
	$(LOB)/SGML.o $(LOB)/HTML.o $(LOB)/HTMLDTD.o $(LOB)/HTChunk.o \
	$(LOB)/HTPlain.o $(LOB)/HTWriter.o $(LOB)/HTFWriter.o \
	$(LOB)/HTMLGen.o \
	$(LOB)/HTAtom.o $(LOB)/HTAnchor.o $(LOB)/HTStyle.o \
	$(LOB)/HTList.o $(LOB)/HTString.o $(LOB)/HTAlert.o \
	$(LOB)/HTRules.o $(LOB)/HTFormat.o $(LOB)/HTInit.o $(LOB)/HTMIME.o \
	$(LOB)/HTHistory.o $(LOB)/HTNews.o $(LOB)/HTGopher.o \
	$(LOB)/HTTelnet.o $(LOB)/HTWSRC.o $(HTWAIS)

CFILES = $(CMN)HTParse.c $(CMN)HTAccess.c $(CMN)HTTP.c $(CMN)HTFile.c \
        $(CMN)HTBTree.c \
	$(CMN)HTFTP.c   $(CMN)HTTCP.c     $(CMN)SGML.c $(CMN)HTML.c	\
	$(CMN)HTMLDTD.c \
	$(CMN)HTPlain.c	$(CMN)HTWriter.c  $(CMN)HTFWriter.c \
        $(CMN)HTMLGen.c	\
	$(CMN)HTChunk.c $(CMN)HTAtom.c   $(CMN)HTAnchor.c $(CMN)HTStyle.c \
	$(CMN)HTList.c  $(CMN)HTString.c $(CMN)HTAlert.c $(CMN)HTRules.c \
	$(CMN)HTFormat.c $(CMN)HTInit.c $(CMN)HTMIME.c $(CMN)HTHistory.c \
	$(CMN)HTNews.c  $(CMN)HTGopher.c $(CMN)HTTelnet.c \
	$(CMN)HTWAIS.c  $(CMN)HTWSRC.c

HFILES = $(CMN)HTParse.h $(CMN)HTAccess.h $(CMN)HTTP.h $(CMN)HTFile.h \
	$(CMN)HTBTree.h $(CMN)HTFTP.h $(CMN)HTTCP.h \
	$(CMN)SGML.h $(CMN)HTML.h $(CMN)HTMLDTD.h $(CMN)HTChunk.h \
	$(CMN)HTPlain.h		$(CMN)HTWriter.h \
	$(CMN)HTFWriter.h 	$(CMN)HTMLGen.h	\
	$(CMN)HTStream.h \
	$(CMN)HTAtom.h $(CMN)HTAnchor.h $(CMN)HTStyle.h \
	$(CMN)HTList.h \
	$(CMN)HTString.h $(CMN)HTAlert.h $(CMN)HTRules.h \
	$(CMN)HTFormat.h $(CMN)HTInit.h \
	$(CMN)HTMIME.h $(CMN)HTHistory.h $(CMN)HTNews.h \
	$(CMN)HTGopher.h \
	$(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)tcp.h $(CMN)HText.h \
	$(CMN)HTTelnet.h \
	$(CMN)HTWAIS.h  $(CMN)HTWSRC.h

SOURCES = $(CFILES) $(HFILES) $(CMN)Version.make \
	$(CMN)CommonMakefile $(CMN)Makefile \
	$(WWW)/README.txt $(WWW)/Copyright.txt $(WWW)/BUILD $(WWW)/Makefile
SPECIFIC = $(WWW)/All/*/Makefile.include $(WWW)/All/Implementation/Makefile*


#	Library
#
#  On SGI, ranlib is unnecessary and does not exist so we ignore errors
# for that step
$(LOB)/libwww.a : $(COMMON)
	ar r $(LOB)/libwww.a $(COMMON)
	-ranlib $(LOB)/libwww.a

#	Clean up everything generatable except final products
clean :
	rm $(LOB)/*.o $(LOB)/.created
	-rmdir $(LOB)

#	Clean up everything generatable including final products

cleanall : clean
	rm $(LOB)/libwww.a

#	Install W3 library into system space (not normally necessary)

install : libwww.a
	if [ ! -r $(LIBDIR) ] mkdir $(LIBDIR)
	cp libwww.a $(LIBDIR)/libwww.a
	
uninstall :
	rm $(LIBDIR)/libwww.a

#		Distribution use only:
#		----------------------

#	Needs www version 2.4 or later to do this
inc : $(HFILES)
	echo Include files generated from hypertext.

binary : /pub/www/bin/$(WWW_MACH)/libwww_$(VC).a
	echo FTP archive binary Libray $(VC) for $(WWW_MACH) up to date.


/pub/www/bin/$(WWW_MACH)/libwww_$(VC).a : libwww.a
	-mkdir /pub/www/bin/$(WWW_MACH)
	cp libwww.a /pub/www/bin/$(WWW_MACH)/libwww_$(VC).a

#	Source Distribution:

distribute :  /pub/www/README.txt /pub/www/Copyright.txt
	(cd $(WWW)/..; WWW=WWW ABS=`pwd`/ make $(MFLAGS) \
		-f WWW/Library/Implementation/CommonMakefile \
		/pub/www/src/WWWLibrary_$(VC).tar.Z)
	echo Distribution of Library version $(VC) up to date.

/pub/www/src/WWWLibrary_$(VC).tar.Z : $(SOURCES)
	tar cf /pub/www/src/WWWLibrary_$(VC).tar \
	    $(SOURCES)  $(SPECIFIC) $(WC)/*/Makefile $(WC)/vms/descrip.mms
	compress /pub/www/src/WWWLibrary_$(VC).tar


#	Hypertext supplied in text format
#	---------------------------------

$(WWW)/README.txt : $(WWW)/../README.html
	www -n -p66 http://info.cern.ch/hypertext/README.html \
		> $(WWW)/README.txt
/pub/www/README.txt : $(WWW)/README.txt
	cp $(WWW)/README.txt /pub/www/README.txt

$(WWW)/Copyright.txt : $(WWW)/../Copyright.html
	www -n -p66 http://info.cern.ch/hypertext/Copyright.html \
		> $(WWW)/Copyright.txt
/pub/www/Copyright.txt : $(WWW)/Copyright.txt
	cp $(WWW)/Copyright.txt /pub/www/Copyright.txt

# 			Common code
#			-----------

#	Directory for object files - .created checks it exists

OE = $(LOB)/.created
$(OE) :
	if [ ! -r $(WTMP) ] ; then mkdir $(WTMP); else echo OK ; fi
	if [ ! -r $(WTMP)/Library ] ; then mkdir $(WTMP)/Library; else echo OK ; fi
	if [ ! -r $(WTMP)/Library/$(WWW_MACH) ] ; \
		then mkdir $(WTMP)/Library/$(WWW_MACH); else echo OK ; fi
	touch $@

$(LOB)/HTList.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTList.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTList.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTList.c

$(LOB)/HTAnchor.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTAnchor.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTList.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTAnchor.c

$(LOB)/HTFormat.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTFormat.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTList.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTFormat.c

$(LOB)/HTInit.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTInit.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTList.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTInit.c

$(LOB)/HTMIME.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTMIME.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTList.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTMIME.c

$(LOB)/HTHistory.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTHistory.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTList.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTHistory.c

$(LOB)/HTNews.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTNews.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTList.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTNews.c

$(LOB)/HTGopher.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTGopher.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTList.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTGopher.c

$(LOB)/HTTelnet.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTTelnet.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTTelnet.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTTelnet.c

$(LOB)/HTStyle.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTStyle.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTStyle.c

$(LOB)/HTAtom.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTAtom.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTAtom.c

$(LOB)/HTChunk.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTChunk.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTChunk.c

$(LOB)/HTString.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTString.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)Version.make
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) -DVC=\"$(VC)\" $(CMN)HTString.c

$(LOB)/HTAlert.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTAlert.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)Version.make
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) -DVC=\"$(VC)\" $(CMN)HTAlert.c

$(LOB)/HTRules.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTRules.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)Version.make
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) -DVC=\"$(VC)\" $(CMN)HTRules.c

$(LOB)/SGML.o : $(OE) $(CMN)SGML.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)SGML.c

$(LOB)/HTML.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTML.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTMLDTD.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTML.c

$(LOB)/HTMLGen.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTMLGen.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTMLDTD.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTMLGen.c

$(LOB)/HTMLDTD.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTMLDTD.c $(CMN)SGML.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTMLDTD.c

$(LOB)/HTPlain.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTPlain.c $(CMN)HTPlain.h $(CMN)HTStream.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTPlain.c

$(LOB)/HTWAIS.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTWAIS.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTList.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(WAISINC) $(CMN)HTWAIS.c

$(LOB)/HTWSRC.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTWSRC.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTList.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTWSRC.c

$(LOB)/HTWriter.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTWriter.c $(CMN)HTWriter.h $(CMN)HTStream.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTWriter.c

$(LOB)/HTFWriter.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTFWriter.c $(CMN)HTFWriter.h $(CMN)HTStream.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTFWriter.c

#	Communications & Files

$(LOB)/HTTP.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTTP.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTTP.c

$(LOB)/HTTCP.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTTCP.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTTCP.c

$(LOB)/HTFile.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTFile.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTFile.c

$(LOB)/HTBTree.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTBTree.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTBTree.c

$(LOB)/HTFTP.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTFTP.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTFTP.c

$(LOB)/HTAccess.o : $(OE)  $(CMN)HTAccess.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTAccess.c

$(LOB)/HTParse.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTParse.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTParse.c
1006640070060000000000002312005435572005015710 037777777777 1 0 WWW/Library/Implementation/HTAccess.c1006640070060000000000004232705435571573014723 037777777777 1 0 /*		Access Manager					HTAccess.c
**		==============
**
** Authors
**	TBL	Tim Berners-Lee timbl@info.cern.ch
**	JFG	Jean-Francois Groff jfg@dxcern.cern.ch
**	DD	Denis DeLaRoca (310) 825-4580  
** History
**       8 Jun 92 Telnet hopping prohibited as telnet is not secure TBL
**	26 Jun 92 When over DECnet, suppressed FTP, Gopher and News. JFG
**	 6 Oct 92 Moved HTClientHost and logfile into here. TBL
**	17 Dec 92 Tn3270 added, bug fix. DD
**	 4 Feb 93 Access registration, Search escapes bad chars TBL
**		  PARAMETERS TO HTSEARCH AND HTLOADRELATIVE CHANGED
**	28 May 93 WAIS gateway explicit if no WAIS library linked in.
**
** Bugs
**	This module assumes that that the graphic object is hypertext, as it
**	needs to select it when it has been loaded.  A superclass needs to be
**	defined which accepts select and select_anchor.
*/

#ifndef DEFAULT_WAIS_GATEWAY
#define DEFAULT_WAIS_GATEWAY "http://info.cern.ch:8001/"
#endif

/* Implements:
*/
#include "HTAccess.h"

/* Uses:
*/

#include "HTParse.h"
#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "HTML.h"		/* SCW */

#ifndef NO_RULES
#include "HTRules.h"
#endif

#include 

#include "HTList.h"
#include "HText.h"	/* See bugs above */
#include "HTAlert.h"


/*	These flags may be set to modify the operation of this module
*/
PUBLIC char * HTClientHost = 0;	/* Name of remote login host if any */
PUBLIC FILE * logfile = 0;	/* File to which to output one-liners */
PUBLIC BOOL HTSecure = NO;	/* Disable access for telnet users? */

/*	To generate other things, play with these:
*/

PUBLIC HTFormat HTOutputFormat = NULL;
PUBLIC HTStream* HTOutputStream = NULL;	/* For non-interactive, set this */ 

PRIVATE HTList * protocols = NULL;   /* List of registered protocol descriptors */


/*	Register a Protocol				HTRegisterProtocol
**	-------------------
*/

PUBLIC BOOL HTRegisterProtocol(protocol)
	HTProtocol * protocol;
{
    if (!protocols) protocols = HTList_new();
    HTList_addObject(protocols, protocol);
    return YES;
}


/*	Register all known protocols
**	----------------------------
**
**	Add to or subtract from this list if you add or remove protocol modules.
**	This routine is called the first time the protocol list is needed,
**	unless any protocols are already registered, in which case it is not called.
**	Therefore the application can override this list.
**
**	Compiling with NO_INIT prevents all known protocols from being forced
**	in at link time.
*/
#ifndef NO_INIT
PRIVATE void HTAccessInit NOARGS			/* Call me once */
{
extern HTProtocol HTTP, HTFile, HTTelnet, HTTn3270, HTRlogin;
#ifndef DECNET
extern HTProtocol HTFTP, HTNews, HTGopher;
#ifdef DIRECT_WAIS
extern HTProtocol HTWAIS;
#endif
    HTRegisterProtocol(&HTFTP);
    HTRegisterProtocol(&HTNews);
    HTRegisterProtocol(&HTGopher);
#ifdef DIRECT_WAIS
    HTRegisterProtocol(&HTWAIS);
#endif
#endif

    HTRegisterProtocol(&HTTP);
    HTRegisterProtocol(&HTFile);
    HTRegisterProtocol(&HTTelnet);
    HTRegisterProtocol(&HTTn3270);
    HTRegisterProtocol(&HTRlogin);
}
#endif


/*		Find physical name and access protocol
**		--------------------------------------
**
**
** On entry,
**	addr		must point to the fully qualified hypertext reference.
**	anchor		a pareent anchor with whose address is addr
**
** On exit,
**	returns		HT_NO_ACCESS		Error has occured.
**			HT_OK			Success
**
*/
PRIVATE int get_physical ARGS2(
	CONST char *,		addr,
	HTParentAnchor *,	anchor)
{
    char * access=0;	/* Name of access method */
    char * physical = 0;
    
#ifndef NO_RULES
    physical = HTTranslate(addr);
    if (!physical) {
	return HT_FORBIDDEN;
    }
    HTAnchor_setPhysical(anchor, physical);
    free(physical);			/* free our copy */
#else
    HTAnchor_setPhysical(anchor, addr);
#endif

    access =  HTParse(HTAnchor_physical(anchor),
    		"file:", PARSE_ACCESS);

/*	Check whether gateway access has been set up for this
**
**	This function can be replaced by the rule system above.
*/
#define USE_GATEWAYS
#ifdef USE_GATEWAYS
    {
	char * gateway_parameter, *gateway;
	gateway_parameter = (char *)malloc(strlen(access)+20);
	if (gateway_parameter == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTLoad");
	strcpy(gateway_parameter, "WWW_");
	strcat(gateway_parameter, access);
	strcat(gateway_parameter, "_GATEWAY");
	gateway = (char *)getenv(gateway_parameter); /* coerce for decstation */
	free(gateway_parameter);
	
#ifndef DIRECT_WAIS
	if (!gateway && 0==strcmp(access, "wais")) {
	    gateway = DEFAULT_WAIS_GATEWAY;
	}
#endif
	if (gateway) {
	    char * path = HTParse(addr, "",
	    	PARSE_HOST + PARSE_PATH + PARSE_PUNCTUATION);
		/* Chop leading / off to make host into part of path */
	    char * gatewayed = HTParse(path+1, gateway, PARSE_ALL);
	    free(path);
            HTAnchor_setPhysical(anchor, gatewayed);
	    free(gatewayed);
	    free(access);
	    
    	    access =  HTParse(HTAnchor_physical(anchor),
    		"http:", PARSE_ACCESS);
	}
    }
#endif



/*	Search registered protocols to find suitable one
*/
    {
	int i, n;
#ifndef NO_INIT
        if (!protocols) HTAccessInit();
#endif
	n = HTList_count(protocols);
	for (i=0; iname, access)==0) {
		HTAnchor_setProtocol(anchor, p);
		free(access);
		return (HT_OK);
	    }
	}
    }

    free(access);
    return HT_NO_ACCESS;
}


/*		Load a document
**		---------------
**
**	This is an internal routine, which has an address AND a matching
**	anchor.  (The public routines are called with one OR the other.)
**
** On entry,
**	addr		must point to the fully qualified hypertext reference.
**	anchor		a pareent anchor with whose address is addr
**
** On exit,
**	returns		<0		Error has occured.
**			HT_LOADED	Success
**			HT_NO_DATA	Success, but no document loaded.
**					(telnet sesssion started etc)
**
*/
PRIVATE int HTLoad ARGS4(
	CONST char *,		addr,
	HTParentAnchor *,	anchor,
	HTFormat,		format_out,
	HTStream *,		sink)
{
    HTProtocol* p;
    int status = get_physical(addr, anchor);
    if (status == HT_FORBIDDEN) {
        return HTLoadError(sink, 500, "Access forbidden by rule");
    }
    if (status < 0) return status;	/* Can't resolve or forbidden */
    
    p = HTAnchor_protocol(anchor);
    return (*(p->load))(HTAnchor_physical(anchor),
    			anchor, format_out, sink);
}


/*		Get a save stream for a document
**		--------------------------------
*/
PUBLIC HTStream *HTSaveStream ARGS1(HTParentAnchor *, anchor)
{
    HTProtocol * p = HTAnchor_protocol(anchor);
    if (!p) return NULL;
    
    return (*p->saveStream)(anchor);
    
}


/*		Load a document - with logging etc
**		----------------------------------
**
**	- Checks or documents already loaded
**	- Logs the access
**	- Allows stdin filter option
**	- Trace ouput and error messages
**
**    On Entry,
**	  anchor	    is the node_anchor for the document
**        full_address      The address of the document to be accessed.
**        filter            if YES, treat stdin as HTML
**
**    On Exit,
**        returns    YES     Success in opening document
**                   NO      Failure 
**
*/

PRIVATE BOOL HTLoadDocument ARGS4(
	CONST char *,		full_address,
	HTParentAnchor *,	anchor,
	HTFormat,		format_out,
	HTStream*,		sink)

{
    int	        status;
    HText *	text;

    if (TRACE) fprintf (stderr,
      "HTAccess: loading document %s\n", full_address);

    if (text=(HText *)HTAnchor_document(anchor)) {	/* Already loaded */
        if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTAccess: Document already in memory.\n");
        HText_select(text);
	return YES;
    }
    
    status = HTLoad(full_address, anchor, format_out, sink);

    
/*	Log the access if necessary
*/
    if (logfile) {
	time_t theTime;
	time(&theTime);
	fprintf(logfile, "%24.24s %s %s %s\n",
	    ctime(&theTime),
	    HTClientHost ? HTClientHost : "local",
	    status<0 ? "FAIL" : "GET",
	    full_address);
	fflush(logfile);	/* Actually update it on disk */
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "Log: %24.24s %s %s %s\n",
	    ctime(&theTime),
	    HTClientHost ? HTClientHost : "local",
	    status<0 ? "FAIL" : "GET",
	    full_address);
    }
    

    if (status == HT_LOADED) {
	if (TRACE) {
	    fprintf(stderr, "HTAccess: `%s' has been accessed.\n",
	    full_address);
	}
	return YES;
    }
    
    if (status == HT_NO_DATA) {
	if (TRACE) {
	    fprintf(stderr, 
	    "HTAccess: `%s' has been accessed, No data left.\n",
	    full_address);
	}
	return NO;
    }
    
    if (status<0) {		      /* Failure in accessing a document */
#ifdef CURSES
        user_message("Can't access `%s'", full_address);
#else
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, 
		"HTAccess: Can't access `%s'\n", full_address);
#endif
	HTLoadError(sink, 500, "Unable to access document.");
	return NO;
    }
 
    /* If you get this, then please find which routine is returning
       a positive unrecognised error code! */
 
    fprintf(stderr,
    "**** HTAccess: socket or file number returned by obsolete load routine!\n");
    fprintf(stderr,
    "**** HTAccess: Internal software error. Please mail www-bug@info.cern.ch!\n");
    exit(-6996);

} /* HTLoadDocument */



/*		Load a document from absolute name
**		---------------
**
**    On Entry,
**        addr     The absolute address of the document to be accessed.
**        filter   if YES, treat document as HTML
**
**    On Exit,
**        returns    YES     Success in opening document
**                   NO      Failure 
**
**
*/

PUBLIC BOOL HTLoadAbsolute ARGS1(CONST char *,addr)
{
   return HTLoadDocument( addr,
       		HTAnchor_parent(HTAnchor_findAddress(addr)),
       			HTOutputFormat ? HTOutputFormat : WWW_PRESENT,
			HTOutputStream);
}


/*		Load a document from absolute name to stream
**		--------------------------------------------
**
**    On Entry,
**        addr     The absolute address of the document to be accessed.
**        sink     if non-NULL, send data down this stream
**
**    On Exit,
**        returns    YES     Success in opening document
**                   NO      Failure 
**
**
*/

PUBLIC BOOL HTLoadToStream ARGS3(
		CONST char *,	addr,
		BOOL, 		filter,
		HTStream *, 	sink)
{
   return HTLoadDocument(addr,
       		HTAnchor_parent(HTAnchor_findAddress(addr)),
       			HTOutputFormat ? HTOutputFormat : WWW_PRESENT,
			sink);
}




/*		Load a document from relative name
**		---------------
**
**    On Entry,
**        relative_name     The relative address of the document
**	  		    to be accessed.
**
**    On Exit,
**        returns    YES     Success in opening document
**                   NO      Failure 
**
**
*/

PUBLIC BOOL HTLoadRelative ARGS2(
		CONST char *,		relative_name,
		HTParentAnchor *,	here)
{
    char * 		full_address = 0;
    BOOL       		result;
    char * 		mycopy = 0;
    char * 		stripped = 0;
    char *		current_address =
    				HTAnchor_address((HTAnchor*)here);

    StrAllocCopy(mycopy, relative_name);

    stripped = HTStrip(mycopy);
    full_address = HTParse(stripped,
	           current_address,
		   PARSE_ACCESS|PARSE_HOST|PARSE_PATH|PARSE_PUNCTUATION);
    result = HTLoadAbsolute(full_address);
    free(full_address);
    free(current_address);
    free(mycopy);  /* Memory leak fixed 10/7/92 -- JFG */
    return result;
}


/*		Load if necessary, and select an anchor
**		--------------------------------------
**
**    On Entry,
**        destination      	    The child or parenet anchor to be loaded.
**
**    On Exit,
**        returns    YES     Success
**                   NO      Failure 
**
*/

PUBLIC BOOL HTLoadAnchor ARGS1(HTAnchor *,destination)
{
    HTParentAnchor * parent;
    BOOL loaded = NO;
    if (!destination) return NO;	/* No link */
    
    parent  = HTAnchor_parent(destination);
    
    if (HTAnchor_document(parent) == NULL) {	/* If not alread loaded */
    						/* TBL 921202 */

        BOOL result;
        char * address = HTAnchor_address((HTAnchor*) parent);
	result = HTLoadDocument(address, parent,
		HTOutputFormat ? HTOutputFormat : WWW_PRESENT,
		HTOutputStream);
	free(address);
	if (!result) return NO;
	loaded = YES;
    }
    
    {
	HText *text = (HText*)HTAnchor_document(parent);
	if (destination != (HTAnchor *)parent) {  /* If child anchor */
	    HText_selectAnchor(text, 
		    (HTChildAnchor*)destination); /* Double display? @@ */
	} else {
	    if (!loaded) HText_select(text);
	}
    }
    return YES;
	
} /* HTLoadAnchor */


/*		Search
**		------
**  Performs a keyword search on word given by the user. Adds the keyword to 
**  the end of the current address and attempts to open the new address.
**
**  On Entry,
**       *keywords  	space-separated keyword list or similar search list
**	here		is anchor search is to be done on.
*/

PRIVATE char hex(i)
    int i;
{
    return i < 10 ? '0'+i : 'A'+ i - 10;
}

PUBLIC BOOL HTSearch ARGS2(
	CONST char *, 		keywords,
	HTParentAnchor *, 	here)
{

#define acceptable \
"1234567890abcdefghijlkmnopqrstuvwxyzABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ.-_"

    char *q, *u;
    CONST char * p, *s, *e;		/* Pointers into keywords */
    char * address = HTAnchor_address((HTAnchor*)here);
    BOOL result;
    char * escaped = malloc(strlen(keywords)*3+1);

    static CONST BOOL isAcceptable[96] =

    /*   0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F */
    {    0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1,0,0,1,1,0,	/* 2x   !"#$%&'()*+,-./	 */
         1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,	/* 3x  0123456789:;<=>?	 */
	 1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,	/* 4x  @ABCDEFGHIJKLMNO  */
	 1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,0,0,0,0,1,	/* 5X  PQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_	 */
	 0,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,	/* 6x  `abcdefghijklmno	 */
	 1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,0,0,0,0,0 };	/* 7X  pqrstuvwxyz{\}~	DEL */

    if (escaped == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTSearch");
    

/*	Convert spaces to + and hex escape unacceptable characters
*/
    for(s=keywords; *s && WHITE(*s); s++) /*scan */ ;	/* Skip white space */
    for(e = s + strlen(s); e>s && WHITE(*(e-1)) ; e--); /* Skip trailers */
    for(q=escaped, p=s; p=32 && c<=(char)127 && isAcceptable[c-32]) {
	    *q++ = (char)c;
	} else {
	    *q++ = '%';
	    *q++ = hex(c / 16);
	    *q++ = hex(c % 16);
	}
    } /* Loop over string */
    
    *q=0;
    				/* terminate escaped sctring */
    u=strchr(address, '?');		/* Find old search string */
    if (u) *u = 0;			        /* Chop old search off */

    StrAllocCat(address, "?");
    StrAllocCat(address, escaped);
    free(escaped);
    result = HTLoadRelative(address, here);
    free(address);
    
    return result;
}


/*		Search Given Indexname
**		------
**  Performs a keyword search on word given by the user. Adds the keyword to 
**  the end of the current address and attempts to open the new address.
**
**  On Entry,
**       *keywords  	space-separated keyword list or similar search list
**	*addres		is name of object search is to be done on.
*/

PUBLIC BOOL HTSearchAbsolute ARGS2(
	CONST char *, 	keywords,
	CONST char *, 	indexname)
{
    HTParentAnchor * anchor =
    	(HTParentAnchor*) HTAnchor_findAddress(indexname);
    return HTSearch(keywords, anchor);
}


/*		Generate the anchor for the home page
**		-------------------------------------
**
**	As it involves file access, this should only be done once
**	when the program first runs.
**	This is a default algorithm -- browser don't HAVE to use this.
**	But consistency betwen browsers is STRONGLY recommended!
**
**	Priority order is:
**
**		1	WWW_HOME environment variable (logical name, etc)
**		2	~/WWW/default.html
**		3	/usr/local/bin/default.html
**		4	http://info.cern.ch/default.html
**
*/
PUBLIC HTParentAnchor * HTHomeAnchor NOARGS
{
    char * my_home_document = NULL;
    char * home = (char *)getenv(LOGICAL_DEFAULT);
    char * ref;
    HTParentAnchor * anchor;
    
    if (home) {
        StrAllocCopy(my_home_document, home);
    
/* 	Someone telnets in, they get a special home.
*/
#define MAX_FILE_NAME 1024					/* @@@ */
    } else  if (HTClientHost) {			/* Telnet server */
    	FILE * fp = fopen(REMOTE_POINTER, "r");
	char * status;
	if (fp) {
	    my_home_document = (char*) malloc(MAX_FILE_NAME);
	    status = fgets(my_home_document, MAX_FILE_NAME, fp);
	    if (!status) {
	        free(my_home_document);
		my_home_document = NULL;
	    }
	    fclose(fp);
	}
	if (!my_home_document) StrAllocCopy(my_home_document, REMOTE_ADDRESS);
    }

    

#ifdef unix

    if (!my_home_document) {
	FILE * fp = NULL;
	CONST char * home =  (CONST char*)getenv("HOME");
	if (home) { 
	    my_home_document = (char *)malloc(
		strlen(home)+1+ strlen(PERSONAL_DEFAULT)+1);
	    if (my_home_document == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTLocalName");
	    sprintf(my_home_document, "%s/%s", home, PERSONAL_DEFAULT);
	    fp = fopen(my_home_document, "r");
	}
	
	if (!fp) {
	    StrAllocCopy(my_home_document, LOCAL_DEFAULT_FILE);
	    fp = fopen(my_home_document, "r");
	}
	if (fp) {
	    fclose(fp);
	} else {
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
	    "HTBrowse: No local home document ~/%s or %s\n",
	    PERSONAL_DEFAULT, LOCAL_DEFAULT_FILE);
	    free(my_home_document);
	    my_home_document = NULL;
	}
    }
#endif
    ref = HTParse( my_home_document ?	my_home_document :
				HTClientHost ? REMOTE_ADDRESS
				: LAST_RESORT,
		    "file:",
		    PARSE_ACCESS|PARSE_HOST|PARSE_PATH|PARSE_PUNCTUATION);
    if (my_home_document) {
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
	    "HTAccess: Using custom home page %s i.e. address %s\n",
	    my_home_document, ref);
	free(my_home_document);
    }
    anchor = (HTParentAnchor*) HTAnchor_findAddress(ref);
    free(ref);
    return anchor;
}


ext=(HText *)HTAnchor_document(anchor)) {	/* Already loaded */
        if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTAccess: Document already in memory.\n");
        HText_select(text);
	return YES;
    }
    
    status = HTLoad(full_address, anchor, format_out, sink);

    
/*	Log the access if necessary
*/
  WWW/Library/Implementation/HTAccess.h1006640070060000000000001523105435571712014715 037777777777 1 0 /*                                                      HTAccess:  Access manager  for libwww
                                      ACCESS MANAGER
                                             
   This module keeps a list of valid protocol (naming scheme) specifiers with associated
   access code.  It allows documents to be loaded given various combinations of
   parameters. New access protocols may be registered at any time.
   
   Part of the libwww library .
   
 */
#ifndef HTACCESS_H
#define HTACCESS_H

/*      Definition uses:
*/
#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "tcp.h"
#include "HTAnchor.h"
#include "HTFormat.h"

#ifdef SHORT_NAMES
#define HTClientHost            HTClHost
#define HTSearchAbsolute        HTSeAbso
#define HTOutputStream          HTOuStre
#define HTOutputFormat          HTOuForm
#endif

/*      Return codes from load routines:
**
**      These codes may be returned by the protocol modules,
**      and by the HTLoad routines.
**      In general, positive codes are OK and negative ones are bad.
*/

#define HT_NO_DATA -9999        /* return code: OK but no data was loaded */
                                /* Typically, other app started or forked */

/*

Default Addresses

   These control the home page selection. To mess with these for normal browses is asking
   for user confusion.
   
 */
#define LOGICAL_DEFAULT "WWW_HOME"  /* Defined to be the home page */

#ifndef PERSONAL_DEFAULT
#define PERSONAL_DEFAULT "WWW/default.html"     /* in home directory */
#endif
#ifndef LOCAL_DEFAULT_FILE
#define LOCAL_DEFAULT_FILE "/usr/local/lib/WWW/default.html"
#endif
/*  If one telnets to a www access point,
    it will look in this file for home page */
#ifndef REMOTE_POINTER
#define REMOTE_POINTER  "/etc/www-remote.url"  /* can't be file */
#endif
/* and if that fails it will use this. */
#ifndef REMOTE_ADDRESS
#define REMOTE_ADDRESS  "http://info.cern.ch/remote.html"  /* can't be file */
#endif

/* If run from telnet daemon and no -l specified, use this file:
*/
#ifndef DEFAULT_LOGFILE
#define DEFAULT_LOGFILE "/usr/adm/www-log/www-log"
#endif

/*      If the home page isn't found, use this file:
*/
#ifndef LAST_RESORT
#define LAST_RESORT     "http://info.cern.ch/default.html"
#endif


/*

Flags which may be set to control this module

 */
extern int HTDiag;                      /* Flag: load source as plain text */
extern char * HTClientHost;             /* Name or number of telnetting host */
extern FILE * logfile;                  /* File to output one-liners to */
extern BOOL HTSecure;                   /* Disable security holes? */
extern HTStream* HTOutputStream;        /* For non-interactive, set this */
extern HTFormat HTOutputFormat;         /* To convert on load, set this */



/*

Load a document from relative name

  ON ENTRY,
  
  relative_name           The relative address of the file to be accessed.
                         
  here                    The anchor of the object being searched
                         
  ON EXIT,
  
  returns    YES          Success in opening file
                         
  NO                      Failure
                         
 */
extern  BOOL HTLoadRelative PARAMS((
                CONST char *            relative_name,
                HTParentAnchor *        here));


/*

Load a document from absolute name

  ON ENTRY,
  
  addr                    The absolute address of the document to be accessed.
                         
  filter                  if YES, treat document as HTML
                         
 */

/*

  ON EXIT,
  
 */

/*

  returns YES             Success in opening document
                         
  NO                      Failure
                         
 */
extern BOOL HTLoadAbsolute PARAMS((CONST char * addr));


/*

Load a document from absolute name to a stream

  ON ENTRY,
  
  addr                    The absolute address of the document to be accessed.
                         
  filter                  if YES, treat document as HTML
                         
  ON EXIT,
  
  returns YES             Success in opening document
                         
  NO                      Failure
                         
   Note: This is equivalent to HTLoadDocument
   
 */
extern BOOL HTLoadToStream PARAMS((CONST char * addr, BOOL filter,
                                HTStream * sink));


/*

Load if necessary, and select an anchor

  ON ENTRY,
  
  destination                The child or parenet anchor to be loaded.
                         
 */

/*

  ON EXIT,
  
 */

/*

  returns YES             Success
                         
  returns NO              Failure
                         
 */



extern BOOL HTLoadAnchor PARAMS((HTAnchor * destination));


/*

Make a stream for Saving object back

  ON ENTRY,
  
  anchor                  is valid anchor which has previously beeing loaded
                         
  ON EXIT,
  
  returns                 0 if error else a stream to save the object to.
                         
 */


extern HTStream * HTSaveStream PARAMS((HTParentAnchor * anchor));


/*

Search

   Performs a search on word given by the user. Adds the search words to the end of the
   current address and attempts to open the new address.
   
  ON ENTRY,
  
  *keywords               space-separated keyword list or similar search list
                         
  here                    The anchor of the object being searched
                         
 */
extern BOOL HTSearch PARAMS((CONST char * keywords, HTParentAnchor* here));


/*

Search Given Indexname

   Performs a keyword search on word given by the user. Adds the keyword to  the end of
   the current address and attempts to open the new address.
   
  ON ENTRY,
  
  *keywords               space-separated keyword list or similar search list
                         
  *indexname              is name of object search is to be done on.
                         
 */
extern BOOL HTSearchAbsolute PARAMS((
        CONST char *    keywords,
        CONST char *    indexname));


/*

Register an access method

 */

typedef struct _HTProtocol {
        char * name;
        
        int (*load)PARAMS((
                CONST char *    full_address,
                HTParentAnchor * anchor,
                HTFormat        format_out,
                HTStream*       sink));
                
        HTStream* (*saveStream)PARAMS((HTParentAnchor * anchor));

} HTProtocol;

extern BOOL HTRegisterProtocol PARAMS((HTProtocol * protocol));


/*

Generate the anchor for the home page

 */

/*

   As it involves file access, this should only be done once when the program first runs.
   This is a default algorithm -- browser don't HAVE to use this.
   
 */
extern HTParentAnchor * HTHomeAnchor NOPARAMS;

#endif /* HTACCESS_H */
/*

   end of HTAccess  */
har *, 	indexname)
{
    HTParentAnchor * anchor =
    	(HTParentAnchor*) HTAnchor_findAddress(indexname);
    return HTSearch(keywords, anchor);
}


/*		Generate the anchor for the home page
**		-------------------------------------
**
**	As it involves file access, this should only be done once
**	when the program first runs.
**	This is a default algorithWWW/Library/Implementation/HTAlert.c1006640070060000000000000250405370616415014553 037777777777 1 0 /*	Displaying messages and getting input for LineMode Browser
**	==========================================================
**
**	REPLACE THIS MODULE with a GUI version in a GUI environment!
**
** History:
**	   Jun 92 Created May 1992 By C.T. Barker
**	   Feb 93 Simplified, portablised TBL
**
*/


#include "HTAlert.h"

#include "tcp.h"		/* for TOUPPER */
#include  		/* for toupper - should be in tcp.h */

PUBLIC void HTAlert ARGS1(CONST char *, Msg)
{
    fprintf(stderr, "WWW Alert:  %s\n", Msg);
}


PUBLIC void HTProgress ARGS1(CONST char *, Msg)
{
    fprintf(stderr, "   %s ...\n", Msg);
}


PUBLIC BOOL HTConfirm ARGS1(CONST char *, Msg)
{
  char Reply[3];
  char *URep;
  
  fprintf(stderr, "WWW: %s (y/n) ", Msg);
  fprintf(stderr, "(y/n) ");

  scanf("%3s",Reply); /* get reply, max 3 characters */
  URep=Reply;
  while (*URep)
    *URep++=TOUPPER(*URep);
    
  if ((strcmp(Reply,"YES")==0) || (strcmp(Reply,"Y")==0))
    return(YES);
  else
    return(NO);
}

/*	Prompt for answer and get text back
*/
PUBLIC char * HTPrompt ARGS2(CONST char *, Msg, CONST char *, deflt)
{
    char Tmp[200];
    char * rep = 0;
    fprintf(stderr, "WWW: %s", Msg);
    if (deflt) fprintf(stderr, "\n (RETURN for %s)\n", deflt);
    
    scanf("%199s",Tmp); /* get reply */
   
    StrAllocCopy(rep, *Tmp ? Tmp : deflt);
    return rep;
}
				HTClientHost ? REMOTE_ADDRESS
				: LAST_RESORT,
		    "file:",
		    PARSE_ACCESS|PARSE_HOST|PARSE_PATH|PARSE_PUNCTUATION);
    if (my_home_document) {
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
	  WWW/Library/Implementation/HTAlert.h1006640070060000000000000232205370616427014561 037777777777 1 0 /*  */

/*      Displaying messages and getting input for WWW Library
**      =====================================================
**
**         May 92 Created By C.T. Barker
**         Feb 93 Portablized etc TBL
*/

#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "tcp.h"

/*      Display a message and get the input
**
**      On entry,
**              Msg is the message.
**
**      On exit,
**              Return value is malloc'd string which must be freed.
*/
extern char * HTPrompt PARAMS((CONST char * Msg, CONST char * deflt));


/*      Display a message, don't wait for input
**
**      On entry,
**              The input is a list of parameters for printf.
*/
extern void HTAlert PARAMS((CONST char * Msg));


/*      Display a progress message for information (and diagnostics) only
**
**      On entry,
**              The input is a list of parameters for printf.
*/
extern void HTProgress PARAMS((CONST char * Msg));


/*      Display a message, then wait for 'yes' or 'no'.
**
**      On entry,
**              Takes a list of parameters for printf.
**
**      On exit,
**              If the user enters 'YES', returns TRUE, returns FALSE
**              otherwise.
*/
extern BOOL HTConfirm PARAMS ((CONST char * Msg));
/*

    */
o
#define HTOutputStream          HTOuStre
#define HTOutputFormat          HTOuForm
#endif

/*      Return codes from load routines:
**
**      These codes may be returned by the protocol modules,
**      and by the HTLoad routines.
**      In general, positive codes are OK and negative ones are bad.
WWW/Library/Implementation/HTAnchor.c1006640070060000000000003325405372243610014717 037777777777 1 0 /*	Hypertext "Anchor" Object				HTAnchor.c
**	==========================
**
** An anchor represents a region of a hypertext document which is linked to
** another anchor in the same or a different document.
**
** History
**
**         Nov 1990  Written in Objective-C for the NeXT browser (TBL)
**	24-Oct-1991 (JFG), written in C, browser-independant 
**	21-Nov-1991 (JFG), first complete version
**
**	(c) Copyright CERN 1991 - See Copyright.html
*/

#define HASH_SIZE 101		/* Arbitrary prime. Memory/speed tradeoff */

#include 
#include "tcp.h"
#include "HTAnchor.h"
#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "HTParse.h"

typedef struct _HyperDoc Hyperdoc;
#ifdef vms
struct _HyperDoc {
	int junk;	/* VMS cannot handle pointers to undefined structs */
};
#endif

PRIVATE HTList **adult_table=0;  /* Point to table of lists of all parents */

/*				Creation Methods
**				================
**
**	Do not use "new" by itself outside this module. In order to enforce
**	consistency, we insist that you furnish more information about the
**	anchor you are creating : use newWithParent or newWithAddress.
*/

PRIVATE HTParentAnchor * HTParentAnchor_new
  NOARGS
{
  HTParentAnchor *newAnchor = 
    (HTParentAnchor *) calloc (1, sizeof (HTParentAnchor));  /* zero-filled */
  newAnchor->parent = newAnchor;
  return newAnchor;
}

PRIVATE HTChildAnchor * HTChildAnchor_new
  NOARGS
{
  return (HTChildAnchor *) calloc (1, sizeof (HTChildAnchor));  /* zero-filled */
}


/*	Case insensitive string comparison
**	----------------------------------
** On entry,
**	s	Points to one string, null terminated
**	t	points to the other.
** On exit,
**	returns	YES if the strings are equivalent ignoring case
**		NO if they differ in more than  their case.
*/

PRIVATE BOOL equivalent
  ARGS2 (CONST char *,s, CONST char *,t)
{
  if (s && t) {  /* Make sure they point to something */
    for ( ; *s && *t ; s++, t++) {
        if (TOUPPER(*s) != TOUPPER(*t))
	  return NO;
    }
    return TOUPPER(*s) == TOUPPER(*t);
  } else
    return s == t;  /* Two NULLs are equivalent, aren't they ? */
}


/*	Create new or find old sub-anchor
**	---------------------------------
**
**	Me one is for a new anchor being edited into an existing
**	document. The parent anchor must already exist.
*/

PUBLIC HTChildAnchor * HTAnchor_findChild
  ARGS2 (HTParentAnchor *,parent, CONST char *,tag)
{
  HTChildAnchor *child;
  HTList *kids;

  if (! parent) {
    if (TRACE) printf ("HTAnchor_findChild called with NULL parent.\n");
    return NULL;
  }
  if (kids = parent->children) {  /* parent has children : search them */
    if (tag && *tag) {		/* TBL */
	while (child = HTList_nextObject (kids)) {
	    if (equivalent(child->tag, tag)) { /* Case sensitive 920226 */
		if (TRACE) fprintf (stderr,
	       "Child anchor %p of parent %p with name `%s' already exists.\n",
		    (void*)child, (void*)parent, tag);
		return child;
	    }
	}
     }  /*  end if tag is void */
  } else  /* parent doesn't have any children yet : create family */
    parent->children = HTList_new ();

  child = HTChildAnchor_new ();
  if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "new Anchor %p named `%s' is child of %p\n",
       (void*)child, (int)tag ? tag : (CONST char *)"" , (void*)parent); /* int for apollo */
  HTList_addObject (parent->children, child);
  child->parent = parent;
  StrAllocCopy(child->tag, tag);
  return child;
}


/*	Create or find a child anchor with a possible link
**	--------------------------------------------------
**
**	Create new anchor with a given parent and possibly
**	a name, and possibly a link to a _relatively_ named anchor.
**	(Code originally in ParseHTML.h)
*/
PUBLIC HTChildAnchor * HTAnchor_findChildAndLink
  ARGS4(
       HTParentAnchor *,parent,	/* May not be 0 */
       CONST char *,tag,	/* May be "" or 0 */
       CONST char *,href,	/* May be "" or 0 */
       HTLinkType *,ltype	/* May be 0 */
       )
{
  HTChildAnchor * child = HTAnchor_findChild(parent, tag);
  if (href && *href) {
    char * relative_to = HTAnchor_address((HTAnchor *) parent);
    char * parsed_address = HTParse(href, relative_to, PARSE_ALL);
    HTAnchor * dest = HTAnchor_findAddress(parsed_address);
    HTAnchor_link((HTAnchor *) child, dest, ltype);
    free(parsed_address);
    free(relative_to);
  }
  return child;
}


/*	Create new or find old named anchor
**	-----------------------------------
**
**	Me one is for a reference which is found in a document, and might
**	not be already loaded.
**	Note: You are not guaranteed a new anchor -- you might get an old one,
**	like with fonts.
*/

HTAnchor * HTAnchor_findAddress
  ARGS1 (CONST char *,address)
{
  char *tag = HTParse (address, "", PARSE_ANCHOR);  /* Anchor tag specified ? */

  /* If the address represents a sub-anchor, we recursively load its parent,
     then we create a child anchor within that document. */
  if (*tag) {
    char *docAddress = HTParse(address, "", PARSE_ACCESS | PARSE_HOST |
			                    PARSE_PATH | PARSE_PUNCTUATION);
    HTParentAnchor * foundParent =
      (HTParentAnchor *) HTAnchor_findAddress (docAddress);
    HTChildAnchor * foundAnchor = HTAnchor_findChild (foundParent, tag);
    free (docAddress);
    free (tag);
    return (HTAnchor *) foundAnchor;
  }
  
  else { /* If the address has no anchor tag, 
	    check whether we have this node */
    int hash;
    CONST char *p;
    HTList * adults;
    HTList *grownups;
    HTParentAnchor * foundAnchor;

    free (tag);
    
    /* Select list from hash table */
    for(p=address, hash=0; *p; p++)
    	hash = (hash * 3 + (*(unsigned char*)p))
    	 % HASH_SIZE;
    if (!adult_table)
        adult_table = (HTList**) calloc(HASH_SIZE, sizeof(HTList*));
    if (!adult_table[hash]) adult_table[hash] = HTList_new();
    adults = adult_table[hash];

    /* Search list for anchor */
    grownups = adults;
    while (foundAnchor = HTList_nextObject (grownups)) {
       if (equivalent(foundAnchor->address, address)) {
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "Anchor %p with address `%s' already exists.\n",
			  (void*) foundAnchor, address);
	return (HTAnchor *) foundAnchor;
      }
    }
    
    /* Node not found : create new anchor */
    foundAnchor = HTParentAnchor_new ();
    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "New anchor %p has hash %d and address `%s'\n",
    	(void*)foundAnchor, hash, address);
    StrAllocCopy(foundAnchor->address, address);
    HTList_addObject (adults, foundAnchor);
    return (HTAnchor *) foundAnchor;
  }
}


/*	Delete an anchor and possibly related things (auto garbage collection)
**	--------------------------------------------
**
**	The anchor is only deleted if the corresponding document is not loaded.
**	All outgoing links from parent and children are deleted, and this anchor
**	is removed from the sources list of all its targets.
**	We also try to delete the targets whose documents are not loaded.
**	If this anchor's source list is empty, we delete it and its children.
*/

PRIVATE void deleteLinks
  ARGS1 (HTAnchor *,me)
{
  if (! me)
    return;

  /* Recursively try to delete target anchors */
  if (me->mainLink.dest) {
    HTParentAnchor *parent = me->mainLink.dest->parent;
    HTList_removeObject (parent->sources, me);
    if (! parent->document)  /* Test here to avoid calling overhead */
      HTAnchor_delete (parent);
  }
  if (me->links) {  /* Extra destinations */
    HTLink *target;
    while (target = HTList_removeLastObject (me->links)) {
      HTParentAnchor *parent = target->dest->parent;
      HTList_removeObject (parent->sources, me);
      if (! parent->document)  /* Test here to avoid calling overhead */
	HTAnchor_delete (parent);
    }
  }
}

PUBLIC BOOL HTAnchor_delete
  ARGS1 (HTParentAnchor *,me)
{
  HTChildAnchor *child;

  /* Don't delete if document is loaded */
  if (me->document)
    return NO;

  /* Recursively try to delete target anchors */
  deleteLinks ((HTAnchor *) me);

  if (! HTList_isEmpty (me->sources)) {  /* There are still incoming links */
    /* Delete all outgoing links from children, if any */
    HTList *kids = me->children;
    while (child = HTList_nextObject (kids))
      deleteLinks ((HTAnchor *) child);
    return NO;  /* Parent not deleted */
  }

  /* No more incoming links : kill everything */
  /* First, recursively delete children */
  while (child = HTList_removeLastObject (me->children)) {
    deleteLinks ((HTAnchor *) child);
    free (child->tag);
    free (child);
  }

  /* Now kill myself */
  HTList_delete (me->children);
  HTList_delete (me->sources);
  free (me->address);
  /* Devise a way to clean out the HTFormat if no longer needed (ref count?) */
  free (me);
  return YES;  /* Parent deleted */
}


/*		Move an anchor to the head of the list of its siblings
**		------------------------------------------------------
**
**	This is to ensure that an anchor which might have already existed
**	is put in the correct order as we load the document.
*/

void HTAnchor_makeLastChild
  ARGS1(HTChildAnchor *,me)
{
  if (me->parent != (HTParentAnchor *) me) {  /* Make sure it's a child */
    HTList * siblings = me->parent->children;
    HTList_removeObject (siblings, me);
    HTList_addObject (siblings, me);
  }
}

/*	Data access functions
**	---------------------
*/

PUBLIC HTParentAnchor * HTAnchor_parent
  ARGS1 (HTAnchor *,me)
{
  return me ? me->parent : NULL;
}

void HTAnchor_setDocument
  ARGS2 (HTParentAnchor *,me, HyperDoc *,doc)
{
  if (me)
    me->document = doc;
}

HyperDoc * HTAnchor_document
  ARGS1 (HTParentAnchor *,me)
{
  return me ? me->document : NULL;
}


/* We don't want code to change an address after anchor creation... yet ?
void HTAnchor_setAddress
  ARGS2 (HTAnchor *,me, char *,addr)
{
  if (me)
    StrAllocCopy (me->parent->address, addr);
}
*/

char * HTAnchor_address
  ARGS1 (HTAnchor *,me)
{
  char *addr = NULL;
  if (me) {
    if (((HTParentAnchor *) me == me->parent) ||
    	!((HTChildAnchor *) me)->tag) {  /* it's an adult or no tag */
      StrAllocCopy (addr, me->parent->address);
    }
    else {  /* it's a named child */
      addr = malloc (2 + strlen (me->parent->address)
		     + strlen (((HTChildAnchor *) me)->tag));
      if (addr == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTAnchor_address");
      sprintf (addr, "%s#%s", me->parent->address,
	       ((HTChildAnchor *) me)->tag);
    }
  }
  return addr;
}



void HTAnchor_setFormat
  ARGS2 (HTParentAnchor *,me, HTFormat ,form)
{
  if (me)
    me->format = form;
}

HTFormat HTAnchor_format
  ARGS1 (HTParentAnchor *,me)
{
  return me ? me->format : NULL;
}



void HTAnchor_setIndex
  ARGS1 (HTParentAnchor *,me)
{
  if (me)
    me->isIndex = YES;
}

BOOL HTAnchor_isIndex
  ARGS1 (HTParentAnchor *,me)
{
  return me ? me->isIndex : NO;
}



BOOL HTAnchor_hasChildren
  ARGS1 (HTParentAnchor *,me)
{
  return me ? ! HTList_isEmpty(me->children) : NO;
}

/*	Title handling
*/
CONST char * HTAnchor_title
  ARGS1 (HTParentAnchor *,me)
{
  return me ? me->title : 0;
}

void HTAnchor_setTitle
  ARGS2(HTParentAnchor *,me, CONST char *,title)
{
  StrAllocCopy(me->title, title);
}

void HTAnchor_appendTitle
  ARGS2(HTParentAnchor *,me, CONST char *,title)
{
  StrAllocCat(me->title, title);
}

/*	Link me Anchor to another given one
**	-------------------------------------
*/

BOOL HTAnchor_link
  ARGS3(HTAnchor *,source, HTAnchor *,destination, HTLinkType *,type)
{
  if (! (source && destination))
    return NO;  /* Can't link to/from non-existing anchor */
  if (TRACE) printf ("Linking anchor %p to anchor %p\n", source, destination);
  if (! source->mainLink.dest) {
    source->mainLink.dest = destination;
    source->mainLink.type = type;
  } else {
    HTLink * newLink = (HTLink *) malloc (sizeof (HTLink));
    if (newLink == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTAnchor_link");
    newLink->dest = destination;
    newLink->type = type;
    if (! source->links)
      source->links = HTList_new ();
    HTList_addObject (source->links, newLink);
  }
  if (!destination->parent->sources)
    destination->parent->sources = HTList_new ();
  HTList_addObject (destination->parent->sources, source);
  return YES;  /* Success */
}


/*	Manipulation of links
**	---------------------
*/

HTAnchor * HTAnchor_followMainLink
  ARGS1 (HTAnchor *,me)
{
  return me->mainLink.dest;
}

HTAnchor * HTAnchor_followTypedLink
  ARGS2 (HTAnchor *,me, HTLinkType *,type)
{
  if (me->mainLink.type == type)
    return me->mainLink.dest;
  if (me->links) {
    HTList *links = me->links;
    HTLink *link;
    while (link = HTList_nextObject (links))
      if (link->type == type)
	return link->dest;
  }
  return NULL;  /* No link of me type */
}


/*	Make main link
*/
BOOL HTAnchor_makeMainLink
  ARGS2 (HTAnchor *,me, HTLink *,movingLink)
{
  /* Check that everything's OK */
  if (! (me && HTList_removeObject (me->links, movingLink)))
    return NO;  /* link not found or NULL anchor */
  else {
    /* First push current main link onto top of links list */
    HTLink *newLink = (HTLink*) malloc (sizeof (HTLink));
    if (newLink == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTAnchor_makeMainLink");
    memcpy (newLink, & me->mainLink, sizeof (HTLink));
    HTList_addObject (me->links, newLink);

    /* Now make movingLink the new main link, and free it */
    memcpy (& me->mainLink, movingLink, sizeof (HTLink));
    free (movingLink);
    return YES;
  }
}


/*	Methods List
**	------------
*/

PUBLIC HTList * HTAnchor_methods ARGS1(HTParentAnchor *, me)
{
    if (!me->methods) {
        me->methods = HTList_new();
    }
    return me->methods;
}

/*	Protocol
**	--------
*/

PUBLIC void * HTAnchor_protocol ARGS1(HTParentAnchor *, me)
{
    return me->protocol;
}

PUBLIC void HTAnchor_setProtocol ARGS2(HTParentAnchor *, me,
	void*,	protocol)
{
    me->protocol = protocol;
}

/*	Physical Address
**	----------------
*/

PUBLIC char * HTAnchor_physical ARGS1(HTParentAnchor *, me)
{
    return me->physical;
}

PUBLIC void HTAnchor_setPhysical ARGS2(HTParentAnchor *, me,
	char *,	physical)
{
    StrAllocCopy(me->physical, physical);
}
     CONST char *,tag,	/* May be "" or 0 */
       CONST char *,href,	/* May be "" or 0 */
       HTLinkType *,ltype	/* May be 0 */
       )
{
  HTChildAnchor * child = HTAnchor_findChild(parent, tag);
  if (href && *href) {
    char * relative_to = HTAnchor_address((HTAnchor *) parent);
    char * parsed_address = HTParse(href, relative_WWW/Library/Implementation/HTAnchor.h1006640070060000000000002204105435571742014726 037777777777 1 0 /*                 /Net/dxcern/userd/timbl/hypertext/WWW/Library/Implementation/HTAnchor.html
 */

/*      Hypertext "Anchor" Object                                    HTAnchor.h
**      ==========================
**
**      An anchor represents a region of a hypertext document which is linked
**      to another anchor in the same or a different document.
*/

#ifndef HTANCHOR_H
#define HTANCHOR_H

/* Version 0 (TBL) written in Objective-C for the NeXT browser */
/* Version 1 of 24-Oct-1991 (JFG), written in C, browser-independant */

#include "HTList.h"
#include "HTAtom.h"

#ifdef SHORT_NAMES
#define HTAnchor_findChild                      HTAnFiCh
#define HTAnchor_findChildAndLink               HTAnFiLi
#define HTAnchor_findAddress                    HTAnFiAd
#define HTAnchor_delete                         HTAnDele
#define HTAnchor_makeLastChild                  HTAnMaLa
#define HTAnchor_parent                         HTAnPare
#define HTAnchor_setDocument                    HTAnSeDo
#define HTAnchor_document                       HTAnDocu
#define HTAnchor_setFormat                      HTAnSeFo
#define HTAnchor_format                         HTAnForm
#define HTAnchor_setIndex                       HTAnSeIn
#define HTAnchor_isIndex                        HTAnIsIn
#define HTAnchor_address                        HTAnAddr
#define HTAnchor_hasChildren                    HTAnHaCh
#define HTAnchor_title                          HTAnTitl
#define HTAnchor_setTitle                       HTAnSeTi
#define HTAnchor_appendTitle                    HTAnApTi
#define HTAnchor_link                           HTAnLink
#define HTAnchor_followMainLink                 HTAnFoMa
#define HTAnchor_followTypedLink                HTAnFoTy
#define HTAnchor_makeMainLink                   HTAnMaMa
#define HTAnchor_setProtocol                    HTAnSePr
#define HTAnchor_protocol                       HTAnProt
#define HTAnchor_physical                       HTAnPhys
#define HTAnchor_setPhysical                    HTAnSePh
#define HTAnchor_methods                        HtAnMeth
#endif

/*                      Main definition of anchor
**                      =========================
*/

typedef struct _HyperDoc HyperDoc;  /* Ready for forward references */
typedef struct _HTAnchor HTAnchor;
typedef struct _HTParentAnchor HTParentAnchor;

/*      After definition of HTFormat: */
#include "HTFormat.h"

typedef HTAtom HTLinkType;

typedef struct {
  HTAnchor *    dest;           /* The anchor to which this leads */
  HTLinkType *  type;           /* Semantics of this link */
} HTLink;

struct _HTAnchor {              /* Generic anchor : just links */
  HTLink        mainLink;       /* Main (or default) destination of this */
  HTList *      links;          /* List of extra links from this, if any */
  /* We separate the first link from the others to avoid too many small mallocs
     involved by a list creation. Most anchors only point to one place. */
  HTParentAnchor * parent;      /* Parent of this anchor (self for adults) */
};

struct _HTParentAnchor {
  /* Common part from the generic anchor structure */
  HTLink        mainLink;       /* Main (or default) destination of this */
  HTList *      links;          /* List of extra links from this, if any */
  HTParentAnchor * parent;      /* Parent of this anchor (self) */

  /* ParentAnchor-specific information */
  HTList *      children;       /* Subanchors of this, if any */
  HTList *      sources;        /* List of anchors pointing to this, if any */
  HyperDoc *    document;       /* The document within which this is an anchor */
  char *        address;        /* Absolute address of this node */
  HTFormat      format;         /* Pointer to node format descriptor */
  BOOL          isIndex;        /* Acceptance of a keyword search */
  char *        title;          /* Title of document */

  HTList*       methods;        /* Methods available as HTAtoms */
  void *        protocol;       /* Protocol object */
  char *        physical;       /* Physical address */
};

typedef struct {
  /* Common part from the generic anchor structure */
  HTLink        mainLink;       /* Main (or default) destination of this */
  HTList *      links;          /* List of extra links from this, if any */
  HTParentAnchor * parent;      /* Parent of this anchor */

  /* ChildAnchor-specific information */
  char *        tag;            /* Address of this anchor relative to parent */
} HTChildAnchor;


/*      Create new or find old sub-anchor
**      ---------------------------------
**
**      This one is for a new anchor being edited into an existing
**      document. The parent anchor must already exist.
*/

extern HTChildAnchor * HTAnchor_findChild
  PARAMS(
     (HTParentAnchor *parent,
      CONST char *tag)
  );

/*      Create or find a child anchor with a possible link
**      --------------------------------------------------
**
**      Create new anchor with a given parent and possibly
**      a name, and possibly a link to a _relatively_ named anchor.
**      (Code originally in ParseHTML.h)
*/
extern HTChildAnchor * HTAnchor_findChildAndLink
  PARAMS((
      HTParentAnchor * parent,  /* May not be 0 */
      CONST char * tag,         /* May be "" or 0 */
      CONST char * href,        /* May be "" or 0 */
      HTLinkType * ltype        /* May be 0 */
  ));


/*      Create new or find old named anchor
**      -----------------------------------
**
**      This one is for a reference which is found in a document, and might
**      not be already loaded.
**      Note: You are not guaranteed a new anchor -- you might get an old one,
**      like with fonts.
*/

extern HTAnchor * HTAnchor_findAddress
  PARAMS(
     (CONST char * address)
     );


/*      Delete an anchor and possibly related things (auto garbage collection)
**      --------------------------------------------
**
**      The anchor is only deleted if the corresponding document is not loaded.
**      All outgoing links from parent and children are deleted, and this anchor
**      is removed from the sources list of all its targets.
**      We also try to delete the targets whose documents are not loaded.
**      If this anchor's source list is empty, we delete it and its children.
*/

extern BOOL HTAnchor_delete
  PARAMS(
     (HTParentAnchor *me)
     );


/*              Move an anchor to the head of the list of its siblings
**              ------------------------------------------------------
**
**      This is to ensure that an anchor which might have already existed
**      is put in the correct order as we load the document.
*/

extern void HTAnchor_makeLastChild
  PARAMS(
     (HTChildAnchor *me)
     );

/*      Data access functions
**      ---------------------
*/

extern HTParentAnchor * HTAnchor_parent
  PARAMS(
     (HTAnchor *me)
     );

extern void HTAnchor_setDocument
  PARAMS(
     (HTParentAnchor *me, HyperDoc *doc)
     );

extern HyperDoc * HTAnchor_document
  PARAMS(
     (HTParentAnchor *me)
     );
/* We don't want code to change an address after anchor creation... yet ?
extern void HTAnchor_setAddress
  PARAMS(
     (HTAnchor *me, char *addr)
     );
*/

/*      Returns the full URI of the anchor, child or parent
**      as a malloc'd string to be freed by the caller.
*/
extern char * HTAnchor_address
  PARAMS(
     (HTAnchor *me)
     );

extern void HTAnchor_setFormat
  PARAMS(
     (HTParentAnchor *me, HTFormat form)
     );

extern HTFormat HTAnchor_format
  PARAMS(
     (HTParentAnchor *me)
     );

extern void HTAnchor_setIndex
  PARAMS(
     (HTParentAnchor *me)
     );

extern BOOL HTAnchor_isIndex
  PARAMS(
     (HTParentAnchor *me)
     );

extern BOOL HTAnchor_hasChildren
  PARAMS(
     (HTParentAnchor *me)
     );

/*      Title handling
*/
extern CONST char * HTAnchor_title
  PARAMS(
     (HTParentAnchor *me)
     );

extern void HTAnchor_setTitle
  PARAMS(
     (HTParentAnchor *me, CONST char * title)
     );

extern void HTAnchor_appendTitle
  PARAMS(
     (HTParentAnchor *me, CONST char * title)
     );

/*      Link this Anchor to another given one
**      -------------------------------------
*/

extern BOOL HTAnchor_link
  PARAMS(
     (HTAnchor *source, HTAnchor *destination, HTLinkType *type)
     );

/*      Manipulation of links
**      ---------------------
*/

extern HTAnchor * HTAnchor_followMainLink
  PARAMS(
     (HTAnchor *me)
     );

extern HTAnchor * HTAnchor_followTypedLink
  PARAMS(
     (HTAnchor *me, HTLinkType *type)
     );

extern BOOL HTAnchor_makeMainLink
  PARAMS(
     (HTAnchor *me, HTLink *movingLink)
     );

/*      Read and write methods
**      ----------------------
*/
extern HTList * HTAnchor_methods PARAMS((HTParentAnchor *me));

/*      Protocol
**      --------
*/
extern void * HTAnchor_protocol PARAMS((HTParentAnchor * me));
extern void HTAnchor_setProtocol PARAMS((HTParentAnchor * me,
                                        void* protocol));

/*      Physical address
**      ----------------
*/
extern char * HTAnchor_physical PARAMS((HTParentAnchor * me));
extern void HTAnchor_setPhysical PARAMS((HTParentAnchor * me,
                                        char * protocol));

#endif /* HTANCHOR_H */

/*

    */
physical;
}

PUBLIC void HTAnchor_setPhysical ARGS2(HTParentAnchor *, me,
	char *,	physical)
{
    StrAllocCopy(me->physical, physical);
}
     CONST char *,tag,	/* May be "" or 0 */
       CONST char *,href,	/* May be "" or 0 */
       HTLinkType *,ltype	/* May be 0 */
       )
{
  HTChildAnchor * child = HTAnchor_findChild(parent, tag);
  if (href && *href) {
    char * relative_to = HTAnchor_address((HTAnchor *) parent);
    char * parsed_address = HTParse(href, relative_WWW/Library/Implementation/HTAtom.c1006640070060000000000000352305370616414014405 037777777777 1 0 /*			Atoms: Names to numbers			HTAtom.c
**			=======================
**
**	Atoms are names which are given representative pointer values
**	so that they can be stored more efficiently, and comparisons
**	for equality done more efficiently.
**
**	Atoms are kept in a hash table consisting of an array of linked lists.
**
** Authors:
**	TBL	Tim Berners-Lee, WorldWideWeb project, CERN
**	(c) Copyright CERN 1991 - See Copyright.html
**
*/
#define HASH_SIZE	101		/* Tunable */
#include "HTAtom.h"

#include 				/* joe@athena, TBL 921019 */
#include "HTUtils.h"

PRIVATE HTAtom * hash_table[HASH_SIZE];
PRIVATE BOOL initialised = NO;

#ifdef __STDC__
PUBLIC HTAtom * HTAtom_for(const char * string)
#else
PUBLIC HTAtom * HTAtom_for(string)
    char * string;
#endif
{
    int hash;
    CONST char * p;
    HTAtom * a;
    
    /*		First time around, clear hash table
    */
    if (!initialised) {
        int i;
	for (i=0; inext) {
	if (0==strcmp(a->name, string)) {
    	    /* if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
	    	"HTAtom: Old atom %p for `%s'\n", a, string); */
	    return a;				/* Found: return it */
	}
    }
    
    /*		Generate a new entry
    */
    a = (HTAtom *)malloc(sizeof(*a));
    if (a == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTAtom_for");
    a->name = (char *)malloc(strlen(string)+1);
    if (a->name == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTAtom_for");
    strcpy(a->name, string);
    a->next = hash_table[hash];		/* Put onto the head of list */
    hash_table[hash] = a;
/*    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTAtom: New atom %p for `%s'\n", a, string); */
    return a;
}


ocol                       HTAnProt
#define HTAnchor_physical                       HTAnPhys
#define HTAnchor_setPhysical                    HTAnSePh
#define HTAnchor_methodWWW/Library/Implementation/HTAtom.h1006640070060000000000000172705370616425014420 037777777777 1 0 /*  */

/*                      Atoms: Names to numbers                 HTAtom.h
**                      =======================
**
**      Atoms are names which are given representative pointer values
**      so that they can be stored more efficiently, and compaisons
**      for equality done more efficiently.
**
**      HTAtom_for(string) returns a representative value such that it
**      will always (within one run of the program) return the same
**      value for the same given string.
**
** Authors:
**      TBL     Tim Berners-Lee, WorldWideWeb project, CERN
**
**      (c) Copyright CERN 1991 - See Copyright.html
**
*/

#ifndef HTATOM_H
#define HTATOM_H

typedef struct _HTAtom HTAtom;
struct _HTAtom {
        HTAtom *        next;
        char *          name;
}; /* struct _HTAtom */


#ifdef __STDC__
extern HTAtom * HTAtom_for(const char * string);
#else
extern HTAtom * HTAtom_for();
#endif

#define HTAtom_name(a) ((a)->name)

#endif  /* HTATOM_H */
/*

    */
erDoc *    document;       /* The documenWWW/Library/Implementation/HTBTree.c1006640070060000000000006153305435571604014516 037777777777 1 0 /*                  Binary Tree for sorting things
**                  ==============================
**                      Author: Arthur Secret
*/


#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "HTBTree.h"
#include 
#include 

#define MAXIMUM(a,b) ((a)>(b)?(a):(b))





PUBLIC HTBTree * HTBTree_new ARGS1(HTComparer, comp)
    /*********************************************************
    ** This function returns an HTBTree with memory allocated 
    ** for it when given a mean to compare things
    */
{
    HTBTree * tree = (HTBTree *)malloc(sizeof(HTBTree));
    if (tree==NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTBTree_new");

    tree->compare = comp;
    tree->top = NULL;

    return tree;
}




PRIVATE void HTBTElement_free ARGS1(HTBTElement*, element)
    /**********************************************************
    ** This void will free the memory allocated for one element
    */
{
    if (element) {
        if (element->left != NULL)    HTBTElement_free(element->left);
	if (element->right != NULL)    HTBTElement_free(element->right);
	free(element);
    }
}

PUBLIC void HTBTree_free ARGS1(HTBTree*, tree)
    /**************************************************************
    ** This void will free the memory allocated for the whole tree
    */
{
    HTBTElement_free(tree->top);
    free(tree);
}




PRIVATE void HTBTElementAndObject_free ARGS1(HTBTElement*, element)
    /**********************************************************
    ** This void will free the memory allocated for one element
    */
{
    if (element) {     /* Just in case nothing was in the tree anyway */
        if (element->left != NULL)    HTBTElementAndObject_free(element->left);
	if (element->right != NULL)    
	    HTBTElementAndObject_free(element->right);
	free(element->object);
	free(element);
    }
}

PUBLIC void HTBTreeAndObject_free ARGS1(HTBTree*, tree)
    /**************************************************************
    ** This void will free the memory allocated for the whole tree
    */
{
    HTBTElementAndObject_free(tree->top);
    free(tree);
}




PUBLIC void HTBTree_add ARGS2(
		    HTBTree*,  tree,
		    void*,     object)
    /**********************************************************************
    ** This void is the core of HTBTree.c . It will
    **       1/ add a new element to the tree at the right place
    **          so that the tree remains sorted
    **       2/ balance the tree to be as fast as possible when reading it
    */
{
    HTBTElement * father_of_element;
    HTBTElement * added_element;
    HTBTElement * forefather_of_element;
    HTBTElement * father_of_forefather;
    BOOL father_found,top_found,first_correction;
    int depth,depth2;
        /* father_of_element is a pointer to the structure that is the father of the
        ** new object "object".
        ** added_element is a pointer to the structure that contains or will contain 
        ** the new object "object".
        ** father_of_forefather and forefather_of_element are pointers that are used
        ** to modify the depths of upper elements, when needed.
        **
        ** father_found indicates by a value NO when the future father of "object" 
        ** is found.
        ** top_found indicates by a value NO when, in case of a difference of depths
        **  < 2, the top of the tree is encountered and forbids any further try to
        ** balance the tree.
        ** first_correction is a boolean used to avoid infinite loops in cases
        ** such as:
        **
        **             3                        3
        **          4                              4
        **           5                            5
        **
        ** 3 is used here to show that it need not be the top of the tree.
        */

    /*
    ** 1/ Adding of the element to the binary tree
    */

    if (tree->top == NULL)
    {
        tree->top = (HTBTElement *)malloc(sizeof(HTBTElement));
        if (tree->top == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTBTree_add");
        tree->top->up = NULL;
        tree->top->object = object;
        tree->top->left = NULL;
        tree->top->left_depth = 0;
        tree->top->right = NULL;
        tree->top->right_depth = 0;
    }
    else
    {   
        father_found = YES;
        father_of_element = tree->top;
        added_element = NULL;
        father_of_forefather = NULL;
        forefather_of_element = NULL;      
        while (father_found)
        {
            if (tree->compare(object,father_of_element->object)<0)
	    {
                if (father_of_element->left != NULL)
                    father_of_element = father_of_element->left;
                else 
	        {
                    father_found = NO;
                    father_of_element->left = 
                        (HTBTElement *)malloc(sizeof(HTBTElement));
                    if (father_of_element->left==NULL) 
                        outofmem(__FILE__, "HTBTree_add");
                    added_element = father_of_element->left;
                    added_element->up = father_of_element;
                    added_element->object = object;
                    added_element->left = NULL;
                    added_element->left_depth = 0;
                    added_element->right = NULL;
                    added_element->right_depth = 0;
                }
   	    }
            if (tree->compare(object,father_of_element->object)>=0)
            {
                if (father_of_element->right != NULL) 
                    father_of_element = father_of_element->right;
                else 
                {  
                    father_found = NO;
                    father_of_element->right = 
                        (HTBTElement *)malloc(sizeof(HTBTElement));
                    if (father_of_element->right==NULL) 
                        outofmem(__FILE__, "HTBTree_add");
                    added_element = father_of_element->right;
                    added_element->up = father_of_element;
                    added_element->object = object;
                    added_element->left = NULL;
                    added_element->left_depth = 0;
                    added_element->right = NULL;
                    added_element->right_depth = 0;       
    	        }
            }
	}
            /*
            ** Changing of all depths that need to be changed
            */
        father_of_forefather = father_of_element;
        forefather_of_element = added_element;
        do
        {
            if (father_of_forefather->left == forefather_of_element)
            {
                depth = father_of_forefather->left_depth;
                father_of_forefather->left_depth = 1 
                            + MAXIMUM(forefather_of_element->right_depth,
                                  forefather_of_element->left_depth);
                depth2 = father_of_forefather->left_depth;
            }
            else
	    {
                depth = father_of_forefather->right_depth;
                father_of_forefather->right_depth = 1
                            + MAXIMUM(forefather_of_element->right_depth,
                                  forefather_of_element->left_depth);
                depth2 = father_of_forefather->right_depth;
            }
            forefather_of_element = father_of_forefather;
            father_of_forefather = father_of_forefather->up;
        } while ((depth != depth2) && (father_of_forefather != NULL));
        

            /*
            ** 2/ Balancing the binary tree, if necessary
            */
        top_found = YES;
        first_correction = YES;
        while ((top_found) && (first_correction))
        {
            if ((abs(father_of_element->left_depth
                      - father_of_element->right_depth)) < 2)
	    {
                if (father_of_element->up != NULL) 
                    father_of_element = father_of_element->up;
                else top_found = NO;
	    }
            else
 	    {                /* We start the process of balancing */

                first_correction = NO;
                    /* 
                    ** first_correction is a boolean used to avoid infinite 
                    ** loops in cases such as:
                    **
                    **             3                        3
                    **          4                              4
                    **           5                            5
                    **
                    ** 3 is used to show that it need not be the top of the tree
                    */


                if (father_of_element->left_depth > father_of_element->right_depth)
	        {
                    added_element = father_of_element->left;
                    father_of_element->left_depth = added_element->right_depth;
                    added_element->right_depth = 1
                                    + MAXIMUM(father_of_element->right_depth,
                                          father_of_element->left_depth);
                    if (father_of_element->up != NULL)
		    {
                        father_of_forefather = father_of_element->up;
                        forefather_of_element = added_element;
                        do 
                        {
                            if (father_of_forefather->left
                                 == forefather_of_element->up)
                            {
                                depth = father_of_forefather->left_depth;
                                father_of_forefather->left_depth = 1
                                    + MAXIMUM(forefather_of_element->left_depth,
                                          forefather_of_element->right_depth);
                                depth2 = father_of_forefather->left_depth;
			    }
                            else
			    {
                                depth = father_of_forefather->right_depth;
                                father_of_forefather->right_depth = 1
                                    + MAXIMUM(forefather_of_element->left_depth,
                                          forefather_of_element->right_depth);
                                depth2 = father_of_forefather->right_depth;
			    }
                            forefather_of_element = father_of_forefather;
                            father_of_forefather = father_of_forefather->up;
			} while ((depth != depth2) && 
				 (father_of_forefather != NULL));
                        father_of_forefather = father_of_element->up;
                        if (father_of_forefather->left == father_of_element)
	                {
                            /*
                            **                   3                       3
                            **               4                       5
                            ** When tree   5   6        becomes    7    4
                            **            7 8                          8 6
                            **
                            ** 3 is used to show that it may not be the top of the
                            ** tree.
                            */ 
                            father_of_forefather->left = added_element;
                            father_of_element->left = added_element->right;
                            added_element->right = father_of_element;
                        }
                        if (father_of_forefather->right == father_of_element)
		        {
                            /*
                            **          3                       3
                            **               4                       5
                            ** When tree   5   6        becomes    7    4
                            **            7 8                          8 6
                            **
                            ** 3 is used to show that it may not be the top of the
                            ** tree
                            */
                            father_of_forefather->right = added_element;
                            father_of_element->left = added_element->right;
                            added_element->right = father_of_element;
                        }
                        added_element->up = father_of_forefather;
		    }
                    else
		    {
                        /*
                        **
                        **               1                       2
                        ** When tree   2   3        becomes    4    1
                        **            4 5                          5 3
                        **
                        ** 1 is used to show that it is the top of the tree    
                        */
                        added_element->up = NULL;
                        father_of_element->left = added_element->right;
                        added_element->right = father_of_element;
		    }
                    father_of_element->up = added_element;
                    if (father_of_element->left != NULL)
                        father_of_element->left->up = father_of_element;
	        }
                else
	        {
                    added_element = father_of_element->right;
                    father_of_element->right_depth = added_element->left_depth;
                    added_element->left_depth = 1 + 
                            MAXIMUM(father_of_element->right_depth,
                                father_of_element->left_depth);
                    if (father_of_element->up != NULL)
		    {
                        father_of_forefather = father_of_element->up;
                        forefather_of_element = added_element;
                        do 
                        {
                            if (father_of_forefather->left == father_of_element)
                            {
                                depth = father_of_forefather->left_depth;
                                father_of_forefather->left_depth = 1
                                                 + MAXIMUM(added_element->left_depth,
                                                         added_element->right_depth);
                                depth2 = father_of_forefather->left_depth;
			    }
                            else
			    {
                                depth = father_of_forefather->right_depth;
                                father_of_forefather->right_depth = 1
                                                 + MAXIMUM(added_element->left_depth,
                                                         added_element->right_depth);
                                depth2 = father_of_forefather->right_depth;
			    }
                            father_of_forefather = father_of_forefather->up;
                            forefather_of_element = father_of_forefather;
			} while ((depth != depth2) && 
				 (father_of_forefather != NULL));
                        father_of_forefather = father_of_element->up;
                        if (father_of_forefather->left == father_of_element)
		        {
                            /*
                            **                    3                       3
                            **               4                       6
                            ** When tree   5   6        becomes    4    8
                            **                7 8                 5 7
                            **
                            ** 3 is used to show that it may not be the top of the
                            ** tree.
                            */
                            father_of_forefather->left = added_element;
                            father_of_element->right = added_element->left;
                            added_element->left = father_of_element;
                        }
                        if (father_of_forefather->right == father_of_element)
		        {
                            /*
                            **           3                      3
                            **               4                       6
                            ** When tree   5   6        becomes    4    8
                            **                7 8                 5 7
                            **
                            ** 3 is used to show that it may not be the top of the
                            ** tree
                            */
                            father_of_forefather->right = added_element;
                            father_of_element->right = added_element->left;
                            added_element->left = father_of_element;
                        }
                        added_element->up = father_of_forefather;
		    }
                    else
                    {
                        /*
                        **
                        **               1                       3
                        ** When tree   2   3        becomes    1    5
                        **                4 5                 2 4
                        **
                        ** 1 is used to show that it is the top of the tree.
                        */
                        added_element->up = NULL;
                        father_of_element->right = added_element->left;
                        added_element->left = father_of_element;
		    }
                    father_of_element->up = added_element;
                    if (father_of_element->right != NULL)
		        father_of_element->right->up = father_of_element;
		}
	    }
        }
        while (father_of_element->up != NULL)
	{
            father_of_element = father_of_element->up;
        }
        tree->top = father_of_element;
    }
}



PUBLIC HTBTElement * HTBTree_next ARGS2(
                               HTBTree*,       tree,
                               HTBTElement*,   ele)
    /**************************************************************************
    ** this function returns a pointer to the leftmost element if ele is NULL,
    ** and to the next object to the right otherways.
    ** If no elements left, returns a pointer to NULL.
    */
{
    HTBTElement * father_of_element;
    HTBTElement * father_of_forefather;

    if (ele == NULL)
    {
        father_of_element = tree->top;
        if (father_of_element != NULL)
            while (father_of_element->left != NULL)
                father_of_element = father_of_element->left;
    }
    else
    {
        father_of_element = ele;
        if (father_of_element->right != NULL)
	{
            father_of_element = father_of_element->right;
            while (father_of_element->left != NULL)
                father_of_element = father_of_element->left;
	}
        else
	{
            father_of_forefather = father_of_element->up;
	        while (father_of_forefather && 
		       (father_of_forefather->right == father_of_element))
      	        {
                    father_of_element = father_of_forefather;
		    father_of_forefather = father_of_element->up;
		}
            father_of_element = father_of_forefather;
	}
    }
#ifdef BTREE_TRACE
    /* The option -DBTREE_TRACE will give much more information
    ** about the way the process is running, for debugging matters
    */
    if (father_of_element != NULL)
    {
        printf("\nObject = %s\t",(char *)father_of_element->object);
        if (father_of_element->up != NULL)
            printf("Objet du pere = %s\n",
		   (char *)father_of_element->up->object);
        else printf("Pas de Pere\n");
        if (father_of_element->left != NULL)
            printf("Objet du fils gauche = %s\t",
		   (char *)father_of_element->left->object); 
        else printf("Pas de fils gauche\t");
        if (father_of_element->right != NULL)
            printf("Objet du fils droit = %s\n",
		   (char *)father_of_element->right->object);
        else printf("Pas de fils droit\n");
        printf("Profondeur gauche = %i\t",father_of_element->left_depth);
        printf("Profondeur droite = %i\n",father_of_element->right_depth);
        printf("      **************\n");
    }
#endif
    return father_of_element;
}


#ifdef TEST
main ()
    /******************************************************
    ** This is just a test to show how to handle HTBTree.c
    */
{
    HTBTree * tree;
    HTBTElement * next_element;
    
    tree = HTBTree_new((HTComparer)strcasecmp);
    HTBTree_add(tree,"hypertext");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Addressing");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"X11");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Tools");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Proposal.wn");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Protocols");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"NeXT");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Daemon");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Test");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Administration");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"LineMode");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"DesignIssues");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"MarkUp");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Macintosh");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Proposal.rtf.wn");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"FIND");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Paper");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Tcl");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Talks");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Architecture");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"VMSHelp");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Provider");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Archive");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"SLAC");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Project");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"News");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Viola");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Users");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"FAQ");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"WorkingNotes");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Windows");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"FineWWW");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Frame");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"XMosaic");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"People");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"All");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Curses");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Erwise");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Carl");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"MidasWWW");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"XPM");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"MailRobot");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Illustrations");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"VMClient");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"XPA");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Clients.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Library");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"CERNLIB_Distribution");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"libHTML");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"WindowsPC");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"tkWWW");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"tk2.3");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"CVS-RCS");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"DecnetSockets");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"SGMLStream");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"NextStep");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"CVSRepository_old");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"ArthurSecret");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"CVSROOT");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"HytelnetGate");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"cern.www.new.src");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Conditions");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"HTMLGate");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Makefile");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Newsgroups.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"People.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Bugs.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Summary.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"zDesignIssues.wn");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"HT.draw");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"HTandCERN.wn");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Ideas.wn");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"MarkUp.wn");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Proposal.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"SearchPanel.draw");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Comments.wn");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Xanadu.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Storinglinks.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"TheW3Book.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Talk_Feb-91.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"JFosterEntry.txt");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Summary.txt");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Bibliography.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"HTandCern.txt");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Talk.draw");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"zDesignNotes.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Link.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Status.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"http.txt");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"People.html~");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"TAGS");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"summary.txt");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Technical.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Terms.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"JANETAccess.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"People.txt");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"README.txt");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"CodingStandards.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Copyright.txt");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Status_old.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"patches~");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"RelatedProducts.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Implementation");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"History.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Makefile.bak");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Makefile.old");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Policy.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"WhatIs.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"TheProject.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Notation.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Helping.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Cyber-WWW.sit.Hqx");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Glossary.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"maketags.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"IntroCS.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Contrib");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Help.html");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"CodeManagExec");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"HT-0.1draz");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Cello");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"TOPUB");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"BUILD");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"BUILDALL");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Lynx");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"ArthurLibrary");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"RashtyClient");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"#History.html#");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"PerlServers");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"modules");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"NCSA_httpd");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"MAIL2HTML");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"core");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"EmacsWWW");
#ifdef BTREE_TRACE
    printf("\nTreeTopObject=%s\n\n",tree->top->object);
#endif
    next_element = HTBTree_next(tree,NULL);
    while (next_element != NULL)
    {
#ifndef BTREE_TRACE
        printf("The next element is %s\n",next_element->object);
#endif
        next_element = HTBTree_next(tree,next_element);
    }
    HTBTree_free (tree);
}


#endif
                         ** When tree   5   6        becomes    4    8
                            **                7 8                 5 7
                        WWW/Library/Implementation/HTBTree.h1006640070060000000000000422405435571720014514 037777777777 1 0 /*                  /Net/dxcern/userd/timbl/hypertext/WWW/Library/Implementation/HTBTree.html
                         BALANCED BINARY TREE FOR SORTING THINGS
                                             
   Tree creation, traversal and freeing.  User-supplied comparison routine.
   
   Author: Arthur Secret, CERN. Public domain.  Please mail bugs and changes to
   www-request@info.cern.ch
   
   part of libWWW
   
 */
#ifdef SHORT_NAMES
#define HTBTree_new             HTBTNew
#define HTBTree_free            HTBTFree
#define HTBTreeAndObject_free   HTBTAOFr
#define HTBTree_add             HTBTAdd
#define HTBTree_next            HTBTNext
/* #define      HTBTree_object          HTBTObje already a macro */
#endif


/*

Data structures

 */
typedef struct _HTBTree_element {
    void                        *object;        /* User object */
    struct _HTBTree_element     *up;
    struct _HTBTree_element     *left;
    int                         left_depth;
    struct _HTBTree_element     *right;
    int                         right_depth;
} HTBTElement;

typedef int (*HTComparer) PARAMS((void * a, void * b));

typedef struct _HTBTree_top {
    HTComparer                  compare;
    struct _HTBTree_element     *top;
} HTBTree;


/*

Create a binary tree given its discrimination routine

 */
extern HTBTree * HTBTree_new PARAMS((HTComparer comp));



/*

Free storage of the tree but not of the objects

 */
extern void HTBTree_free PARAMS((HTBTree* tree));



/*

Free storage of the tree and of the objects

 */
extern void HTBTreeAndObject_free PARAMS((HTBTree* tree));



/*

Add an object to a binary tree

 */

extern void HTBTree_add PARAMS((HTBTree* tree, void * object));


/*

Find user object for element

 */
#define HTBTree_object(element)  ((element)->object)


/*

Find next element in depth-first order

  ON ENTRY,
  
  ele                    if NULL, start with leftmost element. if != 0 give next object to
                         the right.
                         
  returns                Pointer to element ot NULL if none left.
                         
 */
extern HTBTElement * HTBTree_next PARAMS((HTBTree* tree, HTBTElement * ele));

/*

   end  */
    */
{
    HTBTElement * father_of_element;
    HTBTElement * father_of_forefather;

    if (ele == NULL)
    {
        father_of_element = tree->top;
        if (father_of_element != NULL)
            while (father_of_element->left != NULL)
                father_of_element = father_of_element->left;
    }
    else
    {
        father_of_element = ele;
     WWW/Library/Implementation/HTChunk.c1006640070060000000000000363505370616414014561 037777777777 1 0 /*		Chunk handling:	Flexible arrays
**		===============================
**
*/

#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "HTChunk.h"
#include 

/*	Create a chunk with a certain allocation unit
**	--------------
*/
PUBLIC HTChunk * HTChunkCreate ARGS1 (int,grow)
{
    HTChunk * ch = (HTChunk *) malloc(sizeof(HTChunk));
    if (ch == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "cretion of chunk");

    ch->data = 0;
    ch->growby = grow;
    ch->size = 0;
    ch->allocated = 0;
    return ch;
}


/*	Clear a chunk of all data
**	--------------------------
*/
PUBLIC void HTChunkClear ARGS1 (HTChunk *,ch)
{
    if (ch->data) {
	free(ch->data);
	ch->data = 0;
    }
    ch->size = 0;
    ch->allocated = 0;
}


/*	Free a chunk
**	------------
*/
PUBLIC void HTChunkFree ARGS1 (HTChunk *,ch)
{
    if (ch->data) free(ch->data);
    free(ch);
}


/*	Append a character
**	------------------
*/
PUBLIC void HTChunkPutc ARGS2 (HTChunk *,ch, char,c)
{
    if (ch->size >= ch->allocated) {
	ch->allocated = ch->allocated + ch->growby;
        ch->data = ch->data ? (char *)realloc(ch->data, ch->allocated)
			    : (char *)malloc(ch->allocated);
      if (!ch->data) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTChunkPutc");
    }
    ch->data[ch->size++] = c;
}


/*	Ensure a certain size
**	---------------------
*/
PUBLIC void HTChunkEnsure ARGS2 (HTChunk *,ch, int,needed)
{
    if (needed <= ch->allocated) return;
    ch->allocated = needed-1 - ((needed-1) % ch->growby)
    			     + ch->growby; /* Round up */
    ch->data = ch->data ? (char *)realloc(ch->data, ch->allocated)
			: (char *)malloc(ch->allocated);
    if (ch->data == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTChunkEnsure");
}


/*	Terminate a chunk
**	-----------------
*/
PUBLIC void HTChunkTerminate ARGS1 (HTChunk *,ch)
{
    HTChunkPutc(ch, (char)0);
}


/*	Append a string
**	---------------
*/
PUBLIC void HTChunkPuts ARGS2 (HTChunk *,ch, CONST char *,s)
{
    CONST char * p;
    for (p=s; *p; p++)
        HTChunkPutc(ch, *p);
}
Paper");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Tcl");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"Talks");
    HTBTree_add(tree,"ArchitecWWW/Library/Implementation/HTChunk.h1006640070060000000000000672605435571730014575 037777777777 1 0 /*                  /Net/dxcern/userd/timbl/hypertext/WWW/Library/Implementation/HTChunk.html
                                     CHUNK HANDLING:
                                     FLEXIBLE ARRAYS
                                             
   This module implements a flexible array. It is a general utility module. A chunk is a
   structure which may be extended.  These routines create and append data to chunks,
   automatically reallocating them as necessary.
   
 */
typedef struct {
        int     size;           /* In bytes                     */
        int     growby;         /* Allocation unit in bytes     */
        int     allocated;      /* Current size of *data        */
        char *  data;           /* Pointer to malloced area or 0 */
} HTChunk;


#ifdef SHORT_NAMES
#define HTChunkClear            HTChClea
#define HTChunkPutc             HTChPutc
#define HTChunkPuts             HTChPuts
#define HTChunkCreate           HTChCrea
#define HTChunkTerminate        HTChTerm
#define HTChunkEnsure           HtChEnsu
#endif


/*

Create new chunk

  ON ENTRY,
  
  growby                  The number of bytes to allocate at a time when the chunk is
                         later extended. Arbitrary but normally a trade-off time vs.
                         memory
                         
  ON EXIT,
  
  returns                 A chunk pointer to the new chunk,
                         
 */

extern HTChunk * HTChunkCreate PARAMS((int growby));


/*

Free a chunk

  ON ENTRY,
  
  ch                      A valid chunk pointer made by HTChunkCreate()
                         
  ON EXIT,
  
  ch                      is invalid and may not be used.
                         
 */

extern void HTChunkFree PARAMS((HTChunk * ch));


/*

Clear a chunk

  ON ENTRY,
  
  ch                      A valid chunk pointer made by HTChunkCreate()
                         
  ON EXIT,
  
  *ch                     The size of the chunk is zero.
                         
 */

extern void HTChunkClear PARAMS((HTChunk * ch));


/*

Ensure a chunk has a certain space in

  ON ENTRY,
  
  ch                      A valid chunk pointer made by HTChunkCreate()
                         
  s                       The size required
                         
  ON EXIT,
  
  *ch                     Has size at least s
                         
 */

extern void HTChunkEnsure PARAMS((HTChunk * ch, int s));


/*

Append a character to a  chunk

  ON ENTRY,
  
  ch                      A valid chunk pointer made by HTChunkCreate()
                         
  c                      The character to be appended
                         
  ON EXIT,
  
  *ch                    Is one character bigger
                         
 */
extern void HTChunkPutc PARAMS((HTChunk * ch, char c));

/*

Append a string to a  chunk

  ON ENTRY,
  
  ch                      A valid chunk pointer made by HTChunkCreate()
                         
  str                     Tpoints to a zero-terminated string to be appended
                         
  ON EXIT,
  
  *ch                     Is bigger by strlen(str)
                         
 */


extern void HTChunkPuts PARAMS((HTChunk * ch, const char *str));


/*

Append a zero character to a  chunk

 */

/*

  ON ENTRY,
  
  ch                      A valid chunk pointer made by HTChunkCreate()
                         
  ON EXIT,
  
  *ch                     Is one character bigger
                         
 */


extern void HTChunkTerminate PARAMS((HTChunk * ch));

/*

   end  */
    HTBTree_add(tree,"EmacsWWW");
#ifdef BWWW/Library/Implementation/HTFTP.c1006640070060000000000006327705435571604014155 037777777777 1 0 /*			File Transfer Protocol (FTP) Client
**			for a WorldWideWeb browser
**			===================================
**
**	A cache of control connections is kept.
**
** Note: Port allocation
**
**	It is essential that the port is allocated by the system, rather
**	than chosen in rotation by us (POLL_PORTS), or the following
**	problem occurs.
**
**	It seems that an attempt by the server to connect to a port which has
**	been used recently by a listen on the same socket, or by another
**	socket this or another process causes a hangup of (almost exactly)
**	one minute. Therefore, we have to use a rotating port number.
**	The problem remains that if the application is run twice in quick
**	succession, it will hang for what remains of a minute.
**
** Authors
**	TBL	Tim Berners-lee 
**	DD	Denis DeLaRoca 310 825-4580 
** History:
**	 2 May 91	Written TBL, as a part of the WorldWideWeb project.
**	15 Jan 92	Bug fix: close() was used for NETCLOSE for control soc
**	10 Feb 92	Retry if cached connection times out or breaks
**	 8 Dec 92	Bug fix 921208 TBL after DD
**	17 Dec 92	Anon FTP password now just WWWuser@ suggested by DD
**			fails on princeton.edu!
**
** Options:
**	LISTEN		We listen, the other guy connects for data.
**			Otherwise, other way round, but problem finding our
**			internet address!
**
** Bugs:
**	No binary mode! Always uses ASCII! 
*/

#define LISTEN		/* @@@@ Test */

/*
BUGS:	@@@  	Limit connection cache size!
		Error reporting to user.
		400 & 500 errors are acked by user with windows.
		Use configuration file for user names
		Prompt user for password
		
**		Note for portablility this version does not use select() and
**		so does not watch the control and data channels at the
**		same time.
*/		

#include "HTFTP.h"	/* Implemented here */

#define CR   FROMASCII('\015')	/* Must be converted to ^M for transmission */
#define LF   FROMASCII('\012')	/* Must be converted to ^J for transmission */

#define REPEAT_PORT	/* Give the port number for each file */
#define REPEAT_LISTEN	/* Close each listen socket and open a new one */

/* define POLL_PORTS		 If allocation does not work, poll ourselves.*/
#define LISTEN_BACKLOG 2	/* Number of pending connect requests (TCP)*/

#define FIRST_TCP_PORT	1024	/* Region to try for a listening port */
#define LAST_TCP_PORT	5999	

#define LINE_LENGTH 256
#define COMMAND_LENGTH 256

#include "HTParse.h"
#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "tcp.h"
#include "HTTCP.h"
#include "HTAnchor.h"
#include "HTFile.h"	/* For HTFileFormat() */
#include "HTBTree.h"
#include "HTChunk.h"
#ifndef IPPORT_FTP
#define IPPORT_FTP	21
#endif

#ifdef REMOVED_CODE
extern char *malloc();
extern void free();
extern char *strncpy();
#endif

typedef struct _connection {
    struct _connection *	next;	/* Link on list 	*/
    u_long			addr;	/* IP address		*/
    int				socket;	/* Socket number for communication */
    BOOL			binary; /* Binary mode? */
} connection;

#ifndef NIL
#define NIL 0
#endif

/*		Hypertext object building machinery
*/
#include "HTML.h"

#define PUTC(c) (*targetClass.put_character)(target, c)
#define PUTS(s) (*targetClass.put_string)(target, s)
#define START(e) (*targetClass.start_element)(target, e, 0, 0)
#define END(e) (*targetClass.end_element)(target, e)
#define END_TARGET (*targetClass.end_document)(target)
#define FREE_TARGET (*targetClass.free)(target)
struct _HTStructured {
	CONST HTStructuredClass *	isa;
	/* ... */
};


/*	Module-Wide Variables
**	---------------------
*/
PRIVATE connection * connections =0;	/* Linked list of connections */
PRIVATE char    response_text[LINE_LENGTH+1];/* Last response from NewsHost */
PRIVATE connection * control;		/* Current connection */
PRIVATE int	data_soc = -1;		/* Socket for data transfer =invalid */

#ifdef POLL_PORTS
PRIVATE	unsigned short	port_number = FIRST_TCP_PORT;
#endif

#ifdef LISTEN
PRIVATE int     master_socket = -1;	/* Listening socket = invalid	*/
PRIVATE char	port_command[255];	/* Command for setting the port */
PRIVATE fd_set	open_sockets; 		/* Mask of active channels */
PRIVATE int	num_sockets;  		/* Number of sockets to scan */
#else
PRIVATE	unsigned short	passive_port;	/* Port server specified for data */
#endif


#define NEXT_CHAR HTGetChararcter()	/* Use function in HTFormat.c */

#define DATA_BUFFER_SIZE 2048
PRIVATE char data_buffer[DATA_BUFFER_SIZE];		/* Input data buffer */
PRIVATE char * data_read_pointer;
PRIVATE char * data_write_pointer;
#define NEXT_DATA_CHAR next_data_char()


/*	Procedure: Read a character from the data connection
**	----------------------------------------------------
*/
PRIVATE char next_data_char
NOARGS
{
    int status;
    if (data_read_pointer >= data_write_pointer) {
	status = NETREAD(data_soc, data_buffer, DATA_BUFFER_SIZE);
	/* Get some more data */
	if (status <= 0) return (char)-1;
	data_write_pointer = data_buffer + status;
	data_read_pointer = data_buffer;
    }
#ifdef NOT_ASCII
    {
        char c = *data_read_pointer++;
	return FROMASCII(c);
    }
#else
    return *data_read_pointer++;
#endif
}


/*	Close an individual connection
**
*/
#ifdef __STDC__
PRIVATE int close_connection(connection * con)
#else
PRIVATE int close_connection(con)
    connection *con;
#endif
{
    connection * scan;
    int status = NETCLOSE(con->socket);
    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "FTP: Closing control socket %d\n", con->socket);
    if (connections==con) {
        connections = con->next;
	return status;
    }
    for(scan=connections; scan; scan=scan->next) {
        if (scan->next == con) {
	    scan->next = con->next;	/* Unlink */
	    if (control==con) control = (connection*)0;
	    return status;
	} /*if */
    } /* for */
    return -1;		/* very strange -- was not on list. */
}


/*	Execute Command and get Response
**	--------------------------------
**
**	See the state machine illustrated in RFC959, p57. This implements
**	one command/reply sequence.  It also interprets lines which are to
**	be continued, which are marked with a "-" immediately after the
**	status code.
**
**	Continuation then goes on until a line with a matching reply code
**	an a space after it.
**
** On entry,
**	con	points to the connection which is established.
**	cmd	points to a command, or is NIL to just get the response.
**
**	The command is terminated with the CRLF pair.
**
** On exit,
**	returns:  The first digit of the reply type,
**		  or negative for communication failure.
*/
#ifdef __STDC__
PRIVATE int response(char * cmd)
#else
PRIVATE int response(cmd)
    char * cmd;
#endif
{
    int result;				/* Three-digit decimal code */
    int	continuation_response = -1;
    int status;
    
    if (!control) {
          if(TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "FTP: No control connection set up!!\n");
	  return -99;
    }
    
    if (cmd) {
    
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "  Tx: %s", cmd);

#ifdef NOT_ASCII
	{
	    char * p;
	    for(p=cmd; *p; p++) {
	        *p = TOASCII(*p);
	    }
	}
#endif 
	status = NETWRITE(control->socket, cmd, (int)strlen(cmd));
	if (status<0) {
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, 
	    	"FTP: Error %d sending command: closing socket %d\n",
		status, control->socket);
	    close_connection(control);
	    return status;
	}
    }

    do {
	char *p = response_text;
	for(;;) {  
	    if (((*p++=NEXT_CHAR) == LF)
			|| (p == &response_text[LINE_LENGTH])) {
		char continuation;
		*p++=0;			/* Terminate the string */
		if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "    Rx: %s", response_text);
		sscanf(response_text, "%d%c", &result, &continuation);
		if  (continuation_response == -1) {
			if (continuation == '-')  /* start continuation */
			    continuation_response = result;
		} else { 	/* continuing */
			if (continuation_response == result
				&& continuation == ' ')
			    continuation_response = -1;	/* ended */
		}	
		break;	    
	    } /* if end of line */
	    
	    if (*(p-1) < 0) {
		if(TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "Error on rx: closing socket %d\n",
		    control->socket);
		strcpy(response_text, "000 *** TCP read error on response\n");
	        close_connection(control);
	    	return -1;	/* End of file on response */
	    }
	} /* Loop over characters */

    } while (continuation_response != -1);
    
    if (result==421) {
	if(TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "FTP: They close so we close socket %d\n",
	    control->socket);
	close_connection(control);
	return -1;
    }
    return result/100;
}


/*	Get a valid connection to the host
**	----------------------------------
**
** On entry,
**	arg	points to the name of the host in a hypertext address
** On exit,
**	returns	<0 if error
**		socket number if success
**
**	This routine takes care of managing timed-out connections, and
**	limiting the number of connections in use at any one time.
**
**	It ensures that all connections are logged in if they exist.
**	It ensures they have the port number transferred.
*/
PRIVATE int get_connection ARGS1 (CONST char *,arg)
{
    struct sockaddr_in soc_address;	/* Binary network address */
    struct sockaddr_in* sin = &soc_address;

    char * username=0;
    char * password=0;
    
    if (!arg) return -1;		/* Bad if no name sepcified	*/
    if (!*arg) return -1;		/* Bad if name had zero length	*/

/*  Set up defaults:
*/
    sin->sin_family = AF_INET;	    		/* Family, host order  */
    sin->sin_port = htons(IPPORT_FTP);	    	/* Well Known Number    */

    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "FTP: Looking for %s\n", arg);

/* Get node name:
*/
    {
	char *p1 = HTParse(arg, "", PARSE_HOST);
	char *p2 = strrchr(p1, '@');	/* user? */
	char * pw;
	if (p2) {
	    username = p1;
	    *p2=0;			/* terminate */
	    p1 = p2+1;			/* point to host */
	    pw = strchr(username, ':');
	    if (pw) {
	        *pw++ = 0;
		password = pw;
	    }
	}
	if (HTParseInet(sin, p1)) { free(p1); return -1;} /* TBL 920622 */

        if (!username) free(p1);
    } /* scope of p1 */

        
/*	Now we check whether we already have a connection to that port.
*/

    {
	connection * scan;
	for (scan=connections; scan; scan=scan->next) {
	    if (sin->sin_addr.s_addr == scan->addr) {
	  	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, 
		"FTP: Already have connection for %d.%d.%d.%d.\n",
		    (int)*((unsigned char *)(&scan->addr)+0),
		    (int)*((unsigned char *)(&scan->addr)+1),
		    (int)*((unsigned char *)(&scan->addr)+2),
		    (int)*((unsigned char *)(&scan->addr)+3));
		if (username) free(username);
		return scan->socket;		/* Good return */
	    } else {
	  	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, 
		"FTP: Existing connection is %d.%d.%d.%d\n",
		    (int)*((unsigned char *)(&scan->addr)+0),
		    (int)*((unsigned char *)(&scan->addr)+1),
		    (int)*((unsigned char *)(&scan->addr)+2),
		    (int)*((unsigned char *)(&scan->addr)+3));
	    }
	}
    }

   
/*	Now, let's get a socket set up from the server:
*/      
    {
        int status;
	connection * con = (connection *)malloc(sizeof(*con));
	if (con == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "get_connection");
	con->addr = sin->sin_addr.s_addr;	/* save it */
	con->binary = NO;
	status = socket(AF_INET, SOCK_STREAM, IPPROTO_TCP);
	if (status<0) {
	    (void) HTInetStatus("socket");
	    free(con);
	    if (username) free(username);
	    return status;
	}
	con->socket = status;

    	status = connect(con->socket, (struct sockaddr*)&soc_address,
	 sizeof(soc_address));
        if (status<0){
	    (void) HTInetStatus("connect");
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, 
	    	"FTP: Unable to connect to remote host for `%s'.\n",
	    	arg);
	    NETCLOSE(con->socket);
	    free(con);
	    if (username) free(username);
	    return status;			/* Bad return */
	}
	
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "FTP connected, socket %d\n", con->socket);
	control = con;			/* Current control connection */
	con->next = connections;	/* Link onto list of good ones */
	connections = con;
        HTInitInput(con->socket);/* Initialise buffering for contron connection */


/*	Now we log in		Look up username, prompt for pw.
*/
	{
	    int status = response(NIL);	/* Get greeting */
	    
	    if (status == 2) {		/* Send username */
	        char * command;
		if (username) {
		    command = (char*)malloc(10+strlen(username)+2+1);
		    if (command == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "get_connection");
		    sprintf(command, "USER %s%c%c", username, CR, LF);
		} else {
		    command = (char*)malloc(25);
		    if (command == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "get_connection");
		    sprintf(command, "USER anonymous%c%c", CR, LF);
	        }
		status = response(command);
		free(command);
	    }
	    if (status == 3) {		/* Send password */
	        char * command;
		if (password) {
		    command = (char*)malloc(10+strlen(password)+2+1);
		    if (command == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "get_connection");
		    sprintf(command, "PASS %s%c%c", password, CR, LF);
		} else {
		    char * user = getenv("USER");
		    CONST char *host = HTHostName();
		    if (!user) user = "WWWuser";
		    /* If not fully qualified, suppress it as ftp.uu.net
		       prefers a blank to a bad name */
		    if (!strchr(host, '.')) host = "";

		    command = (char*)malloc(20+strlen(host)+2+1);
		    if (command == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "get_connection");
		    sprintf(command,
		    "PASS %s@%s%c%c", user ? user : "WWWuser",
		    host, CR, LF); /*@@*/
	        }
		status = response(command);
		free(command);
	    }
            if (username) free(username);

	    if (status == 3) {
	        char temp[80];
		sprintf(temp, "ACCT noaccount%c%c", CR, LF);
		status = response(temp);
	    }
	    if (status !=2) {
	        if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "FTP: Login fail: %s", response_text);
	    	if (control) close_connection(control);
	        return -1;		/* Bad return */
	    }
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "FTP: Logged in.\n");
	}

/*	Now we inform the server of the port number we will listen on
*/
#ifndef REPEAT_PORT
	{
	    int status = response(port_command);
	    if (status !=2) {
	    	if (control) close_connection(control);
	        return -status;		/* Bad return */
	    }
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "FTP: Port defined.\n");
	}
#endif
	return con->socket;			/* Good return */
    } /* Scope of con */
}


#ifdef LISTEN

/*	Close Master (listening) socket
**	-------------------------------
**
**
*/
#ifdef __STDC__
PRIVATE int close_master_socket(void)
#else
PRIVATE int close_master_socket()
#endif
{
    int status;
    FD_CLR(master_socket, &open_sockets);
    status = NETCLOSE(master_socket);
    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "FTP: Closed master socket %d\n", master_socket);
    master_socket = -1;
    if (status<0) return HTInetStatus("close master socket");
    else return status;
}


/*	Open a master socket for listening on
**	-------------------------------------
**
**	When data is transferred, we open a port, and wait for the server to
**	connect with the data.
**
** On entry,
**	master_socket	Must be negative if not set up already.
** On exit,
**	Returns		socket number if good
**			less than zero if error.
**	master_socket	is socket number if good, else negative.
**	port_number	is valid if good.
*/
#ifdef __STDC__
PRIVATE int get_listen_socket(void)
#else
PRIVATE int get_listen_socket()
#endif
{
    struct sockaddr_in soc_address;	/* Binary network address */
    struct sockaddr_in* sin = &soc_address;
    int new_socket;			/* Will be master_socket */
    
    
    FD_ZERO(&open_sockets);	/* Clear our record of open sockets */
    num_sockets = 0;
    
#ifndef REPEAT_LISTEN
    if (master_socket>=0) return master_socket;  /* Done already */
#endif

/*  Create internet socket
*/
    new_socket = socket(AF_INET, SOCK_STREAM, IPPROTO_TCP);
	
    if (new_socket<0)
	return HTInetStatus("socket for master socket");
    
    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "FTP: Opened master socket number %d\n", new_socket);
    
/*  Search for a free port.
*/
    sin->sin_family = AF_INET;	    /* Family = internet, host order  */
    sin->sin_addr.s_addr = INADDR_ANY; /* Any peer address */
#ifdef POLL_PORTS
    {
        unsigned short old_port_number = port_number;
	for(port_number=old_port_number+1;;port_number++){ 
	    int status;
	    if (port_number > LAST_TCP_PORT)
		port_number = FIRST_TCP_PORT;
	    if (port_number == old_port_number) {
		return HTInetStatus("bind");
	    }
	    soc_address.sin_port = htons(port_number);
	    if ((status=bind(new_socket,
		    (struct sockaddr*)&soc_address,
			    /* Cast to generic sockaddr */
		    sizeof(soc_address))) == 0)
		break;
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, 
	    	"TCP bind attempt to port %d yields %d, errno=%d\n",
		port_number, status, errno);
	} /* for */
    }
#else
    {
        int status;
	int address_length = sizeof(soc_address);
	status = getsockname(control->socket,
			(struct sockaddr *)&soc_address,
			 &address_length);
	if (status<0) return HTInetStatus("getsockname");
	CTRACE(tfp, "FTP: This host is %s\n",
	    HTInetString(sin));
	
	soc_address.sin_port = 0;	/* Unspecified: please allocate */
	status=bind(new_socket,
		(struct sockaddr*)&soc_address,
			/* Cast to generic sockaddr */
		sizeof(soc_address));
	if (status<0) return HTInetStatus("bind");
	
	address_length = sizeof(soc_address);
	status = getsockname(new_socket,
			(struct sockaddr*)&soc_address,
			&address_length);
	if (status<0) return HTInetStatus("getsockname");
    }
#endif    

    CTRACE(tfp, "FTP: bound to port %d on %s\n",
    		(int)ntohs(sin->sin_port),
		HTInetString(sin));

#ifdef REPEAT_LISTEN
    if (master_socket>=0)
        (void) close_master_socket();
#endif    
    
    master_socket = new_socket;
    
/*	Now we must find out who we are to tell the other guy
*/
    (void)HTHostName(); 	/* Make address valid - doesn't work*/
    sprintf(port_command, "PORT %d,%d,%d,%d,%d,%d%c%c",
		    (int)*((unsigned char *)(&sin->sin_addr)+0),
		    (int)*((unsigned char *)(&sin->sin_addr)+1),
		    (int)*((unsigned char *)(&sin->sin_addr)+2),
		    (int)*((unsigned char *)(&sin->sin_addr)+3),
		    (int)*((unsigned char *)(&sin->sin_port)+0),
		    (int)*((unsigned char *)(&sin->sin_port)+1),
		    CR, LF);


/*	Inform TCP that we will accept connections
*/
    if (listen(master_socket, 1)<0) {
	master_socket = -1;
	return HTInetStatus("listen");
    }
    CTRACE(tfp, "TCP: Master socket(), bind() and listen() all OK\n");
    FD_SET(master_socket, &open_sockets);
    if ((master_socket+1) > num_sockets) num_sockets=master_socket+1;

    return master_socket;		/* Good */

} /* get_listen_socket */
#endif



/*	Read a directory into an hypertext object from the data socket
**	--------------------------------------------------------------
**
** On entry,
**	anchor		Parent anchor to link the this node to
**	address		Address of the directory
** On exit,
**	returns		HT_LOADED if OK
**			<0 if error.
*/
PRIVATE int read_directory
ARGS4 (
  HTParentAnchor *,		parent,
  CONST char *,			address,
  HTFormat,			format_out,
  HTStream *,			sink )
{
    HTStructured* target = HTML_new(parent, format_out, sink);
    HTStructuredClass targetClass;
    char *filename = HTParse(address, "", PARSE_PATH + PARSE_PUNCTUATION);

    char c = 0;

    char *lastpath;  /* prefix for link, either "" (for root) or xxx  */
    char *entry;   /* pointer into lastpath to bit after last slash */

    targetClass = *(target->isa);

    HTDirTitles(target, (HTAnchor*)parent);
  
    data_read_pointer = data_write_pointer = data_buffer;

    if (*filename == 0)  /* Empty filename : use root */
        strcpy (lastpath, "/");
    else 
    {
        char * p = strrchr(filename, '/');  /* find lastslash */
        lastpath = (char*)malloc(strlen(p));
	if (!lastpath) outofmem(__FILE__, "read_directory");
        strcpy(lastpath, p+1);    /* take slash off the beginning */
    }
    free (filename);

   
    {
        HTBTree * bt = HTBTree_new((HTComparer)strcasecomp);
        char c;
	HTChunk * chunk = HTChunkCreate(128);
	START(HTML_DIR);
	for (c=0; c!=(char)EOF;)   /* For each entry in the directory */
	{
	    char * filename = NULL;
	    char * p = entry;
	    HTChunkClear(chunk);
	    /*   read directory entry
	     */
	    for(;;) {                 /* Read in one line as filename */
		c = NEXT_DATA_CHAR;
		if (c == '\r' || c == LF) {    /* Terminator? */ 
		    if (chunk->size != 0)   /* got some text */
		      break;                /* finish getting one entry */
		  } else if (c == (char)EOF) {
		    break;             /* End of file */
		  } else {
		    HTChunkPutc(chunk, c);
		  }
            }
	    HTChunkTerminate(chunk);
	    if (c == (char) EOF && chunk->size == 1)  /* 1 means empty: includes terminating 0 */
	        break;
            if(TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTFTP: file name in %s is %s\n", lastpath, chunk->data);
	    StrAllocCopy(filename, chunk->data);
	    HTBTree_add(bt,filename); /* sort filename in the tree bt */

	}  /* next entry */
        HTChunkFree(chunk);

	/* Run through tree printing out in order 
	 */
	{
	    HTBTElement * ele;
	    for (ele = HTBTree_next(bt, NULL);
		 ele != NULL;
		 ele = HTBTree_next(bt, ele))
	    {
	        START(HTML_LI);
		HTDirEntry(target, lastpath, (char *)HTBTree_object(ele));
	    }
	}
	END(HTML_DIR);
	END_TARGET;
	FREE_TARGET;
	HTBTreeAndObject_free(bt);
    }

    if (lastpath) free(lastpath);
    return response(NIL) == 2 ? HT_LOADED : -1;
}


/*	Retrieve File from Server
**	-------------------------
**
** On entry,
**	name		WWW address of a file: document, including hostname
** On exit,
**	returns		Socket number for file if good.
**			<0 if bad.
*/
PUBLIC int HTFTPLoad
ARGS4 (
  CONST char *,			name,
  HTParentAnchor *,		anchor,
  HTFormat,			format_out,
  HTStream *,			sink
)
{
    BOOL isDirectory = NO;
    int status;
    int retry;			/* How many times tried? */
    HTFormat format;
    
    for (retry=0; retry<2; retry++) {	/* For timed out/broken connections */
    
	status = get_connection(name);
	if (status<0) return status;

#ifdef LISTEN
	status = get_listen_socket();
	if (status<0) return status;
    
#ifdef REPEAT_PORT
/*	Inform the server of the port number we will listen on
*/
	{
	    status = response(port_command);
	    if (status !=2) {		/* Could have timed out */
		if (status<0) continue;		/* try again - net error*/
		return -status;			/* bad reply */
	    }
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "FTP: Port defined.\n");
	}
#endif
#else	/* Use PASV */
/*	Tell the server to be passive
*/
	{
	    char *p;
	    int reply, h0, h1, h2, h3, p0, p1;	/* Parts of reply */
	    status = response("PASV%c%c", CR, LF);
	    if (status !=2) {
		if (status<0) continue;		/* retry or Bad return */
		return -status;			/* bad reply */
	    }
	    for(p=response_text; *p; p++)
		if ((*p<'0')||(*p>'9')) *p = ' ';	/* Keep only digits */
	    status = sscanf(response_text, "%d%d%d%d%d%d%d",
		    &reply, &h0, &h1, &h2, &h3, &p0, &p1);
	    if (status<5) {
		if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "FTP: PASV reply has no inet address!\n");
		return -99;
	    }
	    passive_port = (p0<<8) + p1;
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "FTP: Server is listening on port %d\n",
		    passive_port);
	}

/*	Open connection for data:
*/
	{
	    struct sockaddr_in soc_address;
	    int status = socket(AF_INET, SOCK_STREAM, IPPROTO_TCP);
	    if (status<0) {
		(void) HTInetStatus("socket for data socket");
		return status;
	    }
	    data_soc = status;
	    
	    soc_address.sin_addr.s_addr = control->addr;
	    soc_address.sin_port = htons(passive_port);
	    soc_address.sin_family = AF_INET;	    /* Family, host order  */
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,  
		"FTP: Data remote address is port %d, inet %d.%d.%d.%d\n",
			(unsigned int)ntohs(soc_address.sin_port),
			(int)*((unsigned char *)(&soc_address.sin_addr)+0),
			(int)*((unsigned char *)(&soc_address.sin_addr)+1),
			(int)*((unsigned char *)(&soc_address.sin_addr)+2),
			(int)*((unsigned char *)(&soc_address.sin_addr)+3));
    
	    status = connect(data_soc, (struct sockaddr*)&soc_address,
		    sizeof(soc_address));
	    if (status<0){
		(void) HTInetStatus("connect for data");
		NETCLOSE(data_soc);
		return status;			/* Bad return */
	    }
	    
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "FTP data connected, socket %d\n", data_soc);
	}
#endif /* use PASV */
	status = 0;
        break;	/* No more retries */

    } /* for retries */
    if (status<0) return status;	/* Failed with this code */
    
/*	Ask for the file:
*/    
    {
        char *filename = HTParse(name, "", PARSE_PATH + PARSE_PUNCTUATION);
	char command[LINE_LENGTH+1];
	BOOL binary;
	HTAtom * encoding;
	if (!*filename) StrAllocCopy(filename, "/");
	format = HTFileFormat(filename, &encoding);
	binary = (encoding != HTAtom_for("8bit")
		  && encoding != HTAtom_for("7bit"));
        if (binary != control->binary) {
	    char * mode = binary ? "I" : "A";
	    sprintf(command, "TYPE %s%c%c", mode, CR, LF);
	    status = response(command);
	    if (status != 2) return -status;
	    control->binary = binary;
	}
	sprintf(command, "RETR %s%c%c", filename, CR, LF);
	status = response(command);
	if (status != 1) {  /* Failed : try to CWD to it */
	  sprintf(command, "CWD %s%c%c", filename, CR, LF);
	  status = response(command);
	  if (status == 2) {  /* Successed : let's NAME LIST it */
	    isDirectory = YES;
	    sprintf(command, "NLST%c%c", CR, LF);
	    status = response (command);
	  }
	}
	free(filename);
	if (status != 1) return -status;		/* Action not started */
    }

#ifdef LISTEN
/*	Wait for the connection
*/
    {
	struct sockaddr_in soc_address;
        int	soc_addrlen=sizeof(soc_address);
	status = accept(master_socket,
			(struct sockaddr *)&soc_address,
			&soc_addrlen);
	if (status<0)
	    return HTInetStatus("accept");
	CTRACE(tfp, "TCP: Accepted new socket %d\n", status);
	data_soc = status;
    }
#else
/* @@ */
#endif
    if (isDirectory) {
	return read_directory (anchor, name, format_out, sink);
      /* returns HT_LOADED or error */
    } else {
	HTParseSocket(format, format_out,
		anchor, data_soc, sink);
		
	HTInitInput(control->socket);
	/* Reset buffering to control connection DD 921208 */
    
	status = NETCLOSE(data_soc);
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "FTP: Closing data socket %d\n", data_soc);
	if (status<0) (void) HTInetStatus("close");	/* Comment only */
	data_soc = -1;	/* invalidate it */
	
	status = response(NIL);		/* Pick up final reply */
	if (status!=2) return HTLoadError(sink, 500, response_text);

	return HT_LOADED;
    }       
} /* open_file_read */
t_number = FIRST_TCP_PORT;
	    if (port_number == old_port_number) {
		return HTInetStatus("bind");
	    }
	    soc_address.sin_port = htons(port_number);
	    if ((status=bind(new_socket,
		    (struct sockaddr*)&soc_address,
			    /* Cast to generic sockaddr */
		    sizeof(soc_address))) == 0)
		break;
	    if (TRAWWW/Library/Implementation/HTFTP.h1006640070060000000000000161405435571720014144 037777777777 1 0 /*                                                               FTP access module for libwww
                                   FTP ACCESS FUNCTIONS
                                             
   This isn't really  a valid protocol module -- it is lumped together with HTFile . That
   could be changed easily.
   
   Author: Tim Berners-Lee. Public Domain. Please mail changes to timbl@info.cern.ch
   
 */
#ifndef HTFTP_H
#define HTFTP_H

#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "HTAnchor.h"
#include "HTStream.h"

/*

Retrieve File from Server

  ON EXIT,
  
  returns                 Socket number for file if good.<0 if bad.
                         
 */
extern int HTFTPLoad PARAMS
((
  CONST char *          name,
  HTParentAnchor *      anchor,
  HTFormat              format_out,
  HTStream*             sink
));


/*

Return Host Name

 */
extern CONST char * HTHostName NOPARAMS;

#endif

/*

   end  */
    (int)*((unsigned char *)(&sin->sin_addr)+3),
		    (int)*((unsigned char *)(&sin->sin_port)+0),
		    (int)*((unWWW/Library/Implementation/HTFWriter.c1006640070060000000000001111105435571631015062 037777777777 1 0 /*		FILE WRITER				HTFWrite.h
**		===========
**
**	This version of the stream object just writes to a C file.
**	The file is assumed open and left open.
**
**	Bugs:
**		strings written must be less than buffer size.
*/

#include "HTFWriter.h"

#include "HTFormat.h"
#include "HTAlert.h"
#include "HTFile.h"

/*		Stream Object
**		------------
*/

struct _HTStream {
	CONST HTStreamClass *	isa;
	
	FILE *			fp;
	char * 			end_command;
	char * 			remove_command;
};


/*_________________________________________________________________________
**
**			A C T I O N 	R O U T I N E S
**  Bug:
**	All errors are ignored.
*/

/*	Character handling
**	------------------
*/

PRIVATE void HTFWriter_put_character ARGS2(HTStream *, me, char, c)
{
    putc(c, me->fp);
}



/*	String handling
**	---------------
**
**	Strings must be smaller than this buffer size.
*/
PRIVATE void HTFWriter_put_string ARGS2(HTStream *, me, CONST char*, s)
{
    fputs(s, me->fp);
}


/*	Buffer write.  Buffers can (and should!) be big.
**	------------
*/
PRIVATE void HTFWriter_write ARGS3(HTStream *, me, CONST char*, s, int, l)
{
    fwrite(s, 1, l, me->fp); 
}




/*	Free an HTML object
**	-------------------
**
**	Note that the SGML parsing context is freed, but the created
**	object is not,
**	as it takes on an existence of its own unless explicitly freed.
*/
PRIVATE void HTFWriter_free ARGS1(HTStream *, me)
{
    fflush(me->fp);
    if (me->end_command) {		/* Temp file */
    	fclose(me->fp);
        HTProgress(me->end_command);	/* Tell user what's happening */
	system(me->end_command);
	free (me->end_command);
	if (me->remove_command) {
	    system(me->remove_command);
	    free(me->remove_command);
	}
    }

    free(me);
}

/*	End writing
*/

PRIVATE void HTFWriter_end_document ARGS1(HTStream *, me)
{
    fflush(me->fp);
}



/*	Structured Object Class
**	-----------------------
*/
PRIVATE CONST HTStreamClass HTFWriter = /* As opposed to print etc */
{		
	"FileWriter",
	HTFWriter_free,
	HTFWriter_end_document,
	HTFWriter_put_character, 	HTFWriter_put_string,
	HTFWriter_write
}; 


/*	Subclass-specific Methods
**	-------------------------
*/

PUBLIC HTStream* HTFWriter_new ARGS1(FILE *, fp)
{
    HTStream* me;
    
    if (!fp) return NULL;

    me = (HTStream*)malloc(sizeof(*me));
    if (me == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTML_new");
    me->isa = &HTFWriter;       

    me->fp = fp;
    me->end_command = NULL;
    me->remove_command = NULL;

    return me;
}

/*	Make system command from template
**	---------------------------------
**
**	See mailcap spec for description of template.
*/
/* @@ to be written.  sprintfs will do for now.  */


/*	Take action using a system command
**	----------------------------------
**
**	originally from Ghostview handling by Marc Andreseen.
**	Creates temporary file, writes to it, executes system command
**	on end-document.  The suffix of the temp file can be given
**	in case the application is fussy, or so that a generic opener can
**	be used.
*/
PUBLIC HTStream* HTSaveAndExecute ARGS3(
	HTPresentation *,	pres,
	HTParentAnchor *,	anchor,	/* Not used */
	HTStream *,		sink)	/* Not used */

#ifdef unix
#define REMOVE_COMMAND "/bin/rm -f %s\n"
#endif
#ifdef VMS
#define REMOVE_COMMAND "delete/noconfirm/nolog %s.."
#endif

#ifdef REMOVE_COMMAND
{
    char *fnam;
    CONST char * suffix;
    
    HTStream* me;
    
    me = (HTStream*)malloc(sizeof(*me));
    if (me == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "Save and execute");
    me->isa = &HTFWriter;  
    
    /* Save the file under a suitably suffixed name */
    
    suffix = HTFileSuffix(pres->rep);

    fnam = (char *)malloc (L_tmpnam + 16 + strlen(suffix));
    tmpnam (fnam);
    if (suffix) strcat(fnam, suffix);
    
    me->fp = fopen (fnam, "w");
    if (!me->fp) {
	HTAlert("Can't open temporary file!");
        free(fnam);
	free(me);
	return NULL;
    }

/*	Make command to process file
*/
    me->end_command = (char *)malloc (
    			(strlen (pres->command) + 10+ 3*strlen(fnam))
    			 * sizeof (char));
    if (me == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "SaveAndExecute");
    
    sprintf (me->end_command, pres->command, fnam, fnam, fnam);

    me->remove_command = NULL;	/* If needed, put into end_command */
#ifdef NOPE
/*	Make command to delete file
*/ 
    me->remove_command = (char *)malloc (
    			(strlen (REMOVE_COMMAND) + 10+ strlen(fnam))
    			 * sizeof (char));
    if (me == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "SaveAndExecute");
    
    sprintf (me->remove_command, REMOVE_COMMAND, fnam);
#endif

    free (fnam);
    return me;
}

#else	/* can do remove */
{ return NULL; }
#endif


/*	Format Converter using system command
**	-------------------------------------
*/
void) HTInetStatus("socket for data socket");
		return status;
	    }
	    data_soc = status;
	    
	    soc_address.sin_addr.s_addr = control->addr;
	    soc_address.sin_port = htons(passive_port);
	    soc_address.sin_family = AF_INET;	    /* Family, host order  */
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,  
		"FTP: Data remote address is port %d, inet %d.%d.%d.%d\n",
			(unsigned int)ntohs(soc_address.sin_port),
			(int)*((unsigned char *)(&sWWW/Library/Implementation/HTFWriter.h1006640070060000000000000133105435571734015076 037777777777 1 0 /*                /Net/dxcern/userd/timbl/hypertext/WWW/Library/Implementation/HTFWriter.html
                                      C FILE WRITER
                                             
   It is useful to have both FWriter and Writer for environments in which fdopen() doesn't
   exist for example.
   
 */
#ifndef HTFWRITE_H
#define HTFWRITE_H

#include "HTStream.h"
#include 
#include "HTFormat.h"

#ifdef SHORT_NAMES
#define HTFWriter_new   HTFWnew
#endif

extern HTStream * HTFWriter_new PARAMS((FILE * fp));

extern HTStream * HTSaveAndExecute PARAMS((
        HTPresentation *        pres,
        HTParentAnchor *        anchor, /* Not used */
        HTStream *              sink));

#endif
/*

   end  */
nary;
	}
	sprintf(command, "RETR %s%c%c", filename, CR, LF);
	status = response(command);
	if (status != 1) {  /* Failed : try to CWD to it */
	  sprintf(command, "CWD %s%c%c", filename, CR, LF);
	  status = response(command);
	  if (status == 2) {  /* Successed : let's NAME LIST it */
	    isDWWW/Library/Implementation/HTFile.c1006640070060000000000006723105435571601014372 037777777777 1 0 /*			File Access				HTFile.c
**			===========
**
**	This is unix-specific code in general, with some VMS bits.
**	These are routines for file access used by browsers.
**
** History:
**	   Feb 91	Written Tim Berners-Lee CERN/CN
**	   Apr 91	vms-vms access included using DECnet syntax
**	26 Jun 92 (JFG) When running over DECnet, suppressed FTP.
**			Fixed access bug for relative names on VMS.
**
** Bugs:
**	FTP: Cannot access VMS files from a unix machine.
**      How can we know that the
**	target machine runs VMS?
*/

#include "HTFile.h"		/* Implemented here */


#define INFINITY 512		/* file name length @@ FIXME */
#define MULTI_SUFFIX ".multi"   /* Extension for scanning formats */

#include "HTUtils.h"

#include "HTParse.h"
#include "tcp.h"
#include "HTTCP.h"
#ifndef DECNET
#include "HTFTP.h"
#endif
#include "HTAnchor.h"
#include "HTAtom.h"
#include "HTWriter.h"
#include "HTFWriter.h"
#include "HTInit.h"
#include "HTBTree.h"

typedef struct _HTSuffix {
	char *		suffix;
	HTAtom *	rep;
	HTAtom *	encoding;
	float		quality;
} HTSuffix;


#ifdef USE_DIRENT		/* Set this for Sys V systems */
#define STRUCT_DIRENT struct dirent
#else
#define STRUCT_DIRENT struct direct
#endif

#include "HTML.h"		/* For directory object building */

#define PUTC(c) (*target->isa->put_character)(target, c)
#define PUTS(s) (*target->isa->put_string)(target, s)
#define START(e) (*target->isa->start_element)(target, e, 0, 0)
#define END(e) (*target->isa->end_element)(target, e)
#define END_TARGET (*target->isa->end_document)(target)
#define FREE_TARGET (*target->isa->free)(target)
struct _HTStructured {
	CONST HTStructuredClass *	isa;
	/* ... */
};


/*                   Controlling globals
**
*/

PUBLIC int HTDirAccess = HT_DIR_OK;
PUBLIC int HTDirReadme = HT_DIR_README_TOP;

PRIVATE char *HTMountRoot = "/Net/";		/* Where to find mounts */
#ifdef vms
PRIVATE char *HTCacheRoot = "/WWW$SCRATCH/";   /* Where to cache things */
#else
PRIVATE char *HTCacheRoot = "/tmp/W3_Cache_";   /* Where to cache things */
#endif

/* PRIVATE char *HTSaveRoot  = "$(HOME)/WWW/";*/    /* Where to save things */


/*	Suffix registration
*/

PRIVATE HTList * HTSuffixes = 0;
PRIVATE HTSuffix no_suffix = { "*", NULL, NULL, 1.0 };
PRIVATE HTSuffix unknown_suffix = { "*.*", NULL, NULL, 1.0};


/*	Define the representation associated with a file suffix
**	-------------------------------------------------------
**
**	Calling this with suffix set to "*" will set the default
**	representation.
**	Calling this with suffix set to "*.*" will set the default
**	representation for unknown suffix files which contain a ".".
*/
PUBLIC void HTSetSuffix ARGS4(
	CONST char *,	suffix,
	CONST char *,	representation,
	CONST char *,	encoding,
	float,		value)
{
    
    HTSuffix * suff;
    
    if (strcmp(suffix, "*")==0) suff = &no_suffix;
    else if (strcmp(suffix, "*.*")==0) suff = &unknown_suffix;
    else {
	suff = (HTSuffix*) calloc(1, sizeof(HTSuffix));
	if (suff == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTSetSuffix");
	
	if (!HTSuffixes) HTSuffixes = HTList_new();
	HTList_addObject(HTSuffixes, suff);
	
	StrAllocCopy(suff->suffix, suffix);
    }

    suff->rep = HTAtom_for(representation);
    
    {
    	char * enc = NULL;
	char * p;
	StrAllocCopy(enc, encoding);
	for (p=enc; *p; p++) *p = TOLOWER(*p);
	suff->encoding = HTAtom_for(encoding);
    }
    
    suff->quality = value;
}




#ifdef vms
/*	Convert unix-style name into VMS name
**	-------------------------------------
**
** Bug:	Returns pointer to static -- non-reentrant
*/
PRIVATE char * vms_name(CONST char * nn, CONST char * fn)
{

/*	We try converting the filename into Files-11 syntax. That is, we assume
**	first that the file is, like us, on a VMS node. We try remote
**	(or local) DECnet access. Files-11, VMS, VAX and DECnet
**	are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corporation. 
**	The node is assumed to be local if the hostname WITHOUT DOMAIN
**	matches the local one. @@@
*/
    static char vmsname[INFINITY];	/* returned */
    char * filename = (char*)malloc(strlen(fn)+1);
    char * nodename = (char*)malloc(strlen(nn)+2+1);	/* Copies to hack */
    char *second;		/* 2nd slash */
    char *last;			/* last slash */
    
    char * hostname = HTHostName();

    if (!filename || !nodename) outofmem(__FILE__, "vms_name");
    strcpy(filename, fn);
    strcpy(nodename, "");	/* On same node? Yes if node names match */
    {
        char *p, *q;
        for (p=hostname, q=nn; *p && *p!='.' && *q && *q!='.'; p++, q++){
	    if (TOUPPER(*p)!=TOUPPER(*q)) {
	        strcpy(nodename, nn);
		q = strchr(nodename, '.');	/* Mismatch */
		if (q) *q=0;			/* Chop domain */
		strcat(nodename, "::");		/* Try decnet anyway */
		break;
	    }
	}
    }

    second = strchr(filename+1, '/');		/* 2nd slash */
    last = strrchr(filename, '/');	/* last slash */
        
    if (!second) {				/* Only one slash */
	sprintf(vmsname, "%s%s", nodename, filename + 1);
    } else if(second==last) {		/* Exactly two slashes */
	*second = 0;		/* Split filename from disk */
	sprintf(vmsname, "%s%s:%s", nodename, filename+1, second+1);
	*second = '/';	/* restore */
    } else { 				/* More than two slashes */
	char * p;
	*second = 0;		/* Split disk from directories */
	*last = 0;		/* Split dir from filename */
	sprintf(vmsname, "%s%s:[%s]%s",
		nodename, filename+1, second+1, last+1);
	*second = *last = '/';	/* restore filename */
	for (p=strchr(vmsname, '['); *p!=']'; p++)
	    if (*p=='/') *p='.';	/* Convert dir sep.  to dots */
    }
    free(nodename);
    free(filename);
    return vmsname;
}


#endif /* vms */



/*	Send README file
**
**  If a README file exists, then it is inserted into the document here.
*/

#ifdef GOT_READ_DIR
PRIVATE void do_readme ARGS2(HTStructured *, target, CONST char *, localname)
{ 
    FILE * fp;
    char * readme_file_name = 
	malloc(strlen(localname)+ 1 + strlen(HT_DIR_README_FILE) + 1);
    strcpy(readme_file_name, localname);
    strcat(readme_file_name, "/");
    strcat(readme_file_name, HT_DIR_README_FILE);
    
    fp = fopen(readme_file_name,  "r");
    
    if (fp) {
	HTStructuredClass targetClass;
	
	targetClass =  *target->isa;	/* (Can't init agregate in K&R) */
	START(HTML_PRE);
	for(;;){
	    char c = fgetc(fp);
	    if (c == (char)EOF) break;
	    switch (c) {
	    	case '&':
		case '<':
		case '>':
			PUTC('&');
			PUTC('#');
			PUTC((char)(c / 10));
			PUTC((char) (c % 10));
			PUTC(';');
			break;
/*	    	case '\n':
			PUTC('\r');    
Bug removed thanks to joe@athena.mit.edu */			
		default:
			PUTC(c);
	    }
	}
	END(HTML_PRE);
	fclose(fp);
    } 
}
#endif


/*	Make the cache file name for a W3 document
**	------------------------------------------
**	Make up a suitable name for saving the node in
**
**	E.g.	/tmp/WWW_Cache_news/1234@cernvax.cern.ch
**		/tmp/WWW_Cache_http/crnvmc/FIND/xx.xxx.xx
**
** On exit,
**	returns	a malloc'ed string which must be freed by the caller.
*/
PUBLIC char * HTCacheFileName ARGS1(CONST char *,name)
{
    char * access = HTParse(name, "", PARSE_ACCESS);
    char * host = HTParse(name, "", PARSE_HOST);
    char * path = HTParse(name, "", PARSE_PATH+PARSE_PUNCTUATION);
    
    char * result;
    result = (char *)malloc(
	    strlen(HTCacheRoot)+strlen(access)
	    +strlen(host)+strlen(path)+6+1);
    if (result == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTCacheFileName");
    sprintf(result, "%s/WWW/%s/%s%s", HTCacheRoot, access, host, path);
    free(path);
    free(access);
    free(host);
    return result;
}


/*	Open a file for write, creating the path
**	----------------------------------------
*/
#ifdef NOT_IMPLEMENTED
PRIVATE int HTCreatePath ARGS1(CONST char *,path)
{
    return -1;
}
#endif

/*	Convert filenames between local and WWW formats
**	-----------------------------------------------
**	Make up a suitable name for saving the node in
**
**	E.g.	$(HOME)/WWW/news/1234@cernvax.cern.ch
**		$(HOME)/WWW/http/crnvmc/FIND/xx.xxx.xx
**
** On exit,
**	returns	a malloc'ed string which must be freed by the caller.
*/
PUBLIC char * HTLocalName ARGS1(CONST char *,name)
{
    char * access = HTParse(name, "", PARSE_ACCESS);
    char * host = HTParse(name, "", PARSE_HOST);
    char * path = HTParse(name, "", PARSE_PATH+PARSE_PUNCTUATION);
    
    HTUnEscape(path);	/* Interpret % signs */
    
    if (0==strcmp(access, "file")) {
        free(access);	
	if ((0==strcasecomp(host, HTHostName())) ||
	    (0==strcasecomp(host, "localhost")) || !*host) {
	    free(host);
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "Node `%s' means path `%s'\n", name, path);
	    return(path);
	} else {
	    char * result = (char *)malloc(
	    			strlen("/Net/")+strlen(host)+strlen(path)+1);
              if (result == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTLocalName");
	    sprintf(result, "%s%s%s", "/Net/", host, path);
	    free(host);
	    free(path);
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "Node `%s' means file `%s'\n", name, result);
	    return result;
	}
    } else {  /* other access */
	char * result;
        CONST char * home =  (CONST char*)getenv("HOME");
	if (!home) home = "/tmp"; 
	result = (char *)malloc(
		strlen(home)+strlen(access)+strlen(host)+strlen(path)+6+1);
      if (result == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTLocalName");
	sprintf(result, "%s/WWW/%s/%s%s", home, access, host, path);
	free(path);
	free(access);
	free(host);
	return result;
    }
}


/*	Make a WWW name from a full local path name
**
** Bugs:
**	At present, only the names of two network root nodes are hand-coded
**	in and valid for the NeXT only. This should be configurable in
**	the general case.
*/

PUBLIC char * WWW_nameOfFile ARGS1 (CONST char *,name)
{
    char * result;
#ifdef NeXT
    if (0==strncmp("/private/Net/", name, 13)) {
	result = (char *)malloc(7+strlen(name+13)+1);
	if (result == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "WWW_nameOfFile");
	sprintf(result, "file://%s", name+13);
    } else
#endif
    if (0==strncmp(HTMountRoot, name, 5)) {
	result = (char *)malloc(7+strlen(name+5)+1);
	if (result == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "WWW_nameOfFile");
	sprintf(result, "file://%s", name+5);
    } else {
        result = (char *)malloc(7+strlen(HTHostName())+strlen(name)+1);
	if (result == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "WWW_nameOfFile");
	sprintf(result, "file://%s%s", HTHostName(), name);
    }
    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "File `%s'\n\tmeans node `%s'\n", name, result);
    return result;
}


/*	Determine a suitable suffix, given the representation
**	-----------------------------------------------------
**
** On entry,
**	rep	is the atomized MIME style representation
**
** On exit,
**	returns	a pointer to a suitable suffix string if one has been
**		found, else "".
*/
PUBLIC CONST char * HTFileSuffix ARGS1(HTAtom*, rep)
{
    HTSuffix * suff;
    int n;
    int i;

#ifndef NO_INIT    
    if (!HTSuffixes) HTFileInit();
#endif
    n = HTList_count(HTSuffixes);
    for(i=0; irep == rep) {
	    return suff->suffix;		/* OK -- found */
	}
    }
    return "";		/* Dunno */
}


/*	Determine file format from file name
**	------------------------------------
**
**	This version will return the representation and also set
**	a variable for the encoding.
**
**	It will handle for example  x.txt, x.txt,Z, x.Z
*/

PUBLIC HTFormat HTFileFormat ARGS2 (
			CONST char *,	filename,
			HTAtom **,	pencoding)

{
    HTSuffix * suff;
    int n;
    int i;
    int lf = strlen(filename);

#ifndef NO_INIT    
    if (!HTSuffixes) HTFileInit();
#endif
    *pencoding = NULL;
    n = HTList_count(HTSuffixes);
    for(i=0; isuffix);
	if ((ls <= lf) && 0==strcmp(suff->suffix, filename + lf - ls)) {
	    int j;
	    *pencoding = suff->encoding;
	    if (suff->rep) return suff->rep;		/* OK -- found */
	    
	    for(j=0; jsuffix);
		if ((ls <= lf) && 0==strncmp(
			suff->suffix, filename + lf - ls -ls2, ls2)) {
		    if (suff->rep) return suff->rep;
		}
	    }
	    
	}
    }
    
    /* defaults tree */
    
    suff = strchr(filename, '.') ? 	/* Unknown suffix */
    	 ( unknown_suffix.rep ? &unknown_suffix : &no_suffix)
	 : &no_suffix;
	 
    /* set default encoding unless found with suffix already */
    if (!*pencoding) *pencoding = suff->encoding ? suff->encoding
				    : HTAtom_for("binary");
    return suff->rep ? suff->rep : WWW_BINARY;
}


/*	Determine value from file name
**	------------------------------
**
*/

PUBLIC float HTFileValue ARGS1 (CONST char *,filename)

{
    HTSuffix * suff;
    int n;
    int i;
    int lf = strlen(filename);

#ifndef NO_INIT    
    if (!HTSuffixes) HTFileInit();
#endif
    n = HTList_count(HTSuffixes);
    for(i=0; isuffix);
	if ((ls <= lf) && 0==strcmp(suff->suffix, filename + lf - ls)) {
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "File: Value of %s is %.3f\n",
			       filename, suff->quality);
	    return suff->quality;		/* OK -- found */
	}
    }
    return 0.3;		/* Dunno! */
}


/*	Determine write access to a file
**	--------------------------------
**
** On exit,
**	return value	YES if file can be accessed and can be written to.
**
** Bugs:
**	1.	No code for non-unix systems.
**	2.	Isn't there a quicker way?
*/

#ifdef vms
#define NO_GROUPS
#endif
#ifdef NO_UNIX_IO
#define NO_GROUPS
#endif
#ifdef PCNFS
#define NO_GROUPS
#endif

PUBLIC BOOL HTEditable ARGS1 (CONST char *,filename)
{
#ifdef NO_GROUPS
    return NO;		/* Safe answer till we find the correct algorithm */
#else
    int 	groups[NGROUPS];	
    uid_t	myUid;
    int		ngroups;			/* The number of groups  */
    struct stat	fileStatus;
    int		i;
        
    if (stat(filename, &fileStatus))		/* Get details of filename */
    	return NO;				/* Can't even access file! */

    ngroups = getgroups(NGROUPS, groups);	/* Groups to which I belong  */
    myUid = geteuid();				/* Get my user identifier */

    if (TRACE) {
        int i;
	fprintf(stderr, 
	    "File mode is 0%o, uid=%d, gid=%d. My uid=%d, %d groups (",
    	    (unsigned int) fileStatus.st_mode, fileStatus.st_uid,
	    fileStatus.st_gid,
	    myUid, ngroups);
	for (i=0; i strlen(MULTI_SUFFIX))
	   && (0==strcmp(localname + strlen(localname) - strlen(MULTI_SUFFIX),
	                  MULTI_SUFFIX))) {
	    DIR *dp;

	    STRUCT_DIRENT * dirbuf;
	    float best = NO_VALUE_FOUND;	/* So far best is bad */
	    HTFormat best_rep = NULL;	/* Set when rep found */
	    STRUCT_DIRENT best_dirbuf;	/* Best dir entry so far */

	    char * base = strrchr(localname, '/');
	    int baselen;

	    if (!base || base == localname) goto forget_multi;
	    *base++ = 0;		/* Just got directory name */
	    baselen = strlen(base)- strlen(MULTI_SUFFIX);
	    base[baselen] = 0;	/* Chop off suffix */

	    dp = opendir(localname);
	    if (!dp) {
forget_multi:
		free(localname);
		return HTLoadError(sink, 500,
			"Multiformat: directory scan failed.");
	    }
	    
	    while (dirbuf = readdir(dp)) {
			/* while there are directory entries to be read */
		if (dirbuf->d_ino == 0) continue;
				/* if the entry is not being used, skip it */
		
		if (dirbuf->d_namlen > baselen &&      /* Match? */
		    !strncmp(dirbuf->d_name, base, baselen)) {	
		    HTFormat rep = HTFileFormat(dirbuf->d_name, &encoding);
		    float value = HTStackValue(rep, format_out,
		    				HTFileValue(dirbuf->d_name),
						0.0  /* @@@@@@ */);
		    if (value != NO_VALUE_FOUND) {
		        if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
				"HTFile: value of presenting %s is %f\n",
				HTAtom_name(rep), value);
			if  (value > best) {
			    best_rep = rep;
			    best = value;
			    best_dirbuf = *dirbuf;
		       }
		    }	/* if best so far */ 		    
		 } /* if match */  
		    
	    } /* end while directory entries left to read */
	    closedir(dp);
	    
	    if (best_rep) {
		format = best_rep;
		base[-1] = '/';		/* Restore directory name */
		base[0] = 0;
		StrAllocCat(localname, best_dirbuf.d_name);
		goto open_file;
		
	    } else { 			/* If not found suitable file */
		free(localname);
		return HTLoadError(sink, 403,	/* List formats? */
		   "Could not find suitable representation for transmission.");
	    }
	    /*NOTREACHED*/
	} /* if multi suffix */
/*
**	Check to see if the 'localname' is in fact a directory.  If it is
**	create a new hypertext object containing a list of files and 
**	subdirectories contained in the directory.  All of these are links
**      to the directories or files listed.
**      NB This assumes the existance of a type 'STRUCT_DIRENT', which will
**      hold the directory entry, and a type 'DIR' which is used to point to
**      the current directory being read.
*/
	
	
	if (stat(localname,&dir_info) == -1) {     /* get file information */
	                               /* if can't read file information */
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTFile: can't stat %s\n", localname);

	}  else {		/* Stat was OK */
		

	    if (((dir_info.st_mode) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR) {
		/* if localname is a directory */	

		HTStructured* target;		/* HTML object */
		HTStructuredClass targetClass;

		DIR *dp;
		STRUCT_DIRENT * dirbuf;
		
		char * logical;
		char * tail;
		
		BOOL present[HTML_A_ATTRIBUTES];
		
		char * tmpfilename = NULL;
		struct stat file_info;
		
		if (TRACE)
		    fprintf(stderr,"%s is a directory\n",localname);
			
/*	Check directory access.
**	Selective access means only those directories containing a
**	marker file can be browsed
*/
		if (HTDirAccess == HT_DIR_FORBID) {
		    free(localname);
		    return HTLoadError(sink, 403,
		    "Directory browsing is not allowed.");
		}


		if (HTDirAccess == HT_DIR_SELECTIVE) {
		    char * enable_file_name = 
			malloc(strlen(localname)+ 1 +
			 strlen(HT_DIR_ENABLE_FILE) + 1);
		    strcpy(enable_file_name, localname);
		    strcat(enable_file_name, "/");
		    strcat(enable_file_name, HT_DIR_ENABLE_FILE);
		    if (stat(enable_file_name, &file_info) != 0) {
			free(localname);
			return HTLoadError(sink, 403,
			"Selective access is not enabled for this directory");
		    }
		}

 
		dp = opendir(localname);
		if (!dp) {
		    free(localname);
		    return HTLoadError(sink, 403, "This directory is not readable.");
		}


 /*	Directory access is allowed and possible
 */
		logical = HTAnchor_address((HTAnchor*)anchor);
		tail = strrchr(logical, '/') +1;	/* last part or "" */
		
		target = HTML_new(anchor, format_out, sink);
		targetClass = *target->isa;	/* Copy routine entry points */
		    
  		{ int i;
			for(i=0; id_ino == 0)
				  /* if the entry is not being used, skip it */
			    continue;
		    

				/* if the current entry is parent directory */
			if ((*(dirbuf->d_name)=='.') ||
				(*(dirbuf->d_name)==','))
			    continue;    /* skip those files whose name begins
					    with '.' or ',' */

			dirname = (HTBTElement *)malloc(
					strlen(dirbuf->d_name) + 2);
			if (dirname == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__,"DirRead");
			StrAllocCopy(tmpfilename,localname);
			if (strcmp(localname,"/")) 

					/* if filename is not root directory */
			    StrAllocCat(tmpfilename,"/"); 


			StrAllocCat(tmpfilename,dirbuf->d_name);
			stat(tmpfilename, &file_info);
			if (((file_info.st_mode) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
		                sprintf((char *)dirname,"D%s",dirbuf->d_name);
			else sprintf((char *)dirname,"F%s",dirbuf->d_name);
			    /* D & F to have first directories, then files */
			HTBTree_add(bt,dirname); /* Sort dirname in the tree bt */
		    }

		    /*    Run through tree printing out in order
		     */
		    {
		        HTBTElement * next_element = HTBTree_next(bt,NULL);
			    /* pick up the first element of the list */
			char state;
			    /* I for initial (.. file),
			       D for directory file,
			       F for file */
			
			state = 'I';

			while (next_element != NULL)
		        {
			    StrAllocCopy(tmpfilename,localname);
			    if (strcmp(localname,"/")) 

					/* if filename is not root directory */
			        StrAllocCat(tmpfilename,"/"); 

			    StrAllocCat(tmpfilename,
					(char *)HTBTree_object(next_element)+1);
			    /* append the current entry's filename to the path */
			    HTSimplify(tmpfilename);
			    /* Output the directory entry */
			    if (strcmp((char *)
					     (HTBTree_object(next_element)),"D.."))
			    {			    
				if (state != *(char *)(HTBTree_object(next_element))) 
				{
				    if (state == 'D')
				        END(HTML_DIR);
				    state = *(char *)
				        (HTBTree_object(next_element))=='D'?'D':'F';
				    START(HTML_H2);
				    PUTS(state == 'D'?"Subdirectories:":"Files");
				    END(HTML_H2);
				    START(HTML_DIR);
				}
			        START(HTML_LI);
			    }
			    HTDirEntry(target, tail,
				       (char*)HTBTree_object(next_element) +1);

			    next_element = HTBTree_next(bt,next_element);
			        /* pick up the next element of the list; 
				 if none, return NULL*/
			}
			if (state == 'I')
			{
			    START(HTML_P);
			    PUTS("Empty Directory");
			}
			else
			    END(HTML_DIR);
		    }

		        /* end while directory entries left to read */
		    closedir(dp);
		    free(logical);
		    free(tmpfilename);
		    HTBTreeAndObject_free(bt);

		    if (HTDirReadme == HT_DIR_README_BOTTOM)
			  do_readme(target, localname);
		    END_TARGET;
		    FREE_TARGET;
		    free(localname);
		    return HT_LOADED;	/* document loaded */
		}

	    } /* end if localname is directory */
	
	} /* end if file stat worked */
	
/* End of directory reading section
*/
#endif
open_file:
	{
	    FILE * fp = fopen(localname,"r");
	    if(TRACE) fprintf (stderr, "HTFile: Opening `%s' gives %p\n",
				localname, (void*)fp);
	    if (fp) {		/* Good! */
		if (HTEditable(localname)) {
		    HTAtom * put = HTAtom_for("PUT");
		    HTList * methods = HTAnchor_methods(anchor);
		    if (HTList_indexOf(methods, put) == (-1)) {
			HTList_addObject(methods, put);
		    }
		}
		free(localname);
		HTParseFile(format, format_out, anchor, fp, sink);
		fclose(fp);
		return HT_LOADED;
	    }  /* If succesfull open */
	}    /* scope of fp */
    }  /* local unix file system */    
#endif
#endif

#ifndef DECNET
/*	Now, as transparently mounted access has failed, we try FTP.
*/
    {
	if (strcmp(nodename, HTHostName())!=0)
	    return HTFTPLoad(addr, anchor, format_out, sink);
    }
#endif

/*	All attempts have failed.
*/
    {
    	if (TRACE)
    	printf("Can't open `%s', errno=%d\n", addr, errno);
	return HTLoadError(sink, 403, "Can't access requested file.");
    }
    
 
}

/*		Protocol descriptors
*/
PUBLIC HTProtocol HTFTP  = { "ftp", HTLoadFile, 0 };
PUBLIC HTProtocol HTFile = { "file", HTLoadFile, HTFileSaveStream };
;
    nodename=HTParse(newname, "", PARSE_HOST);
    free(newname);
    
    format = HTFileFormat(filename, &encoding);


#ifdef vms
/* Assume that the file is in Unix-style syntax if it contains a '/'
   after the leading one @@ */
    {
	char * vmsname = strchr(filename + 1, '/') ?
	  vms_name(nodename, filename) : filename + 1;
	fd = open(vmsname, O_RDOWWW/Library/Implementation/HTFile.h1006640070060000000000001100105435571715014365 037777777777 1 0 /*                                                                      File access in libwww
                                       FILE ACCESS
                                             
   These are routines for local file access used by WWW browsers and servers. Implemented
   by HTFile.c.
   
   If the file is not a local file, then we pass it on to HTFTP in case it can be reached
   by FTP.
   
 */
#ifndef HTFILE_H
#define HTFILE_H

#include "HTFormat.h"
#include "HTAccess.h"
#include "HTML.h"               /* SCW */



/*

Controlling globals

   These flags control how directories and files are represented as hypertext, and are
   typically set by the application from command line options, etc.
   
 */
extern int HTDirAccess;         /* Directory access level */

#define HT_DIR_FORBID           0       /* Altogether forbidden */
#define HT_DIR_SELECTIVE        1       /* If HT_DIR_ENABLE_FILE exists */
#define HT_DIR_OK               2       /* Any accesible directory */

#define HT_DIR_ENABLE_FILE      ".www_browsable" /* If exists, can browse */

extern int HTDirReadme;         /* Include readme files in listing? */
                                        /* Values: */
#define HT_DIR_README_NONE      0       /* No */
#define HT_DIR_README_TOP       1       /* Yes, first */
#define HT_DIR_README_BOTTOM    2       /* Yes, at the end */

#define HT_DIR_README_FILE              "README"


/*

Convert filenames between local and WWW formats

 */
extern char * HTLocalName PARAMS((CONST char * name));


/*

Make a WWW name from a full local path name

 */
extern char * WWW_nameOfFile PARAMS((const char * name));


/*

Generate the name of a cache file

 */
extern char * HTCacheFileName PARAMS((CONST char * name));


/*

Output directory titles

   This is (like the next one) used by HTFTP. It is common code to generate the title and
   heading 1 and the parent directory link for any anchor.
   
 */
extern void HTDirTitles PARAMS((
        HTStructured *  target,
        HTAnchor *      anchor));

/*

Output a directory entry

   This is used by HTFTP.c for example -- it is a common routine for generating a linked
   directory entry.
   
 */
extern void HTDirEntry PARAMS((
        HTStructured *  target,         /* in which to put the linked text */
        CONST char *    tail,           /* last part of directory name */
        CONST char *    entry));        /* name of this entry */

/*

HTSetSuffix: Define the representation for a file suffix

   This defines a mapping between local file suffixes and file content types and
   encodings.
   
  ON ENTRY,
  
  suffix                  includes the "." if that is important (normally, yes!)
                         
  representation          is MIME-style content-type
                         
  encoding                is MIME-style content-transfer-encoding (8bit, 7bit, etc)
                         
  quality                 an a priori judgement of the quality of such files (0.0..1.0)
                         
 */
/* Example:   HTSetSuffix(".ps", "application/postscript", "8bit", 1.0);
**
*/

extern void HTSetSuffix PARAMS((
        CONST char *    suffix,
        CONST char *    representation,
        CONST char *    encoding,
        float           quality));
        

/*

HTFileFormat: Get Representation and Encoding from file name

  ON EXIT,
  
  return                 The represntation it imagines the file is in
                         
  *pEncoding             The encoding (binary, 7bit, etc). See HTSetSuffix.
                         
 */
extern HTFormat HTFileFormat PARAMS((
                CONST char *    filename,
                HTAtom **       pEncoding));


/*

Determine file value from file name

 */


extern float HTFileValue PARAMS((
                CONST char * filename));


/*

Determine write access to a file

  ON EXIT,
  
  return value            YES if file can be accessed and can be written to.
                         
 */

/*

  BUGS
  
   Isn't there a quicker way?
   
 */


extern BOOL HTEditable PARAMS((CONST char * filename));


/*

Determine a suitable suffix, given the representation

  ON ENTRY,
  
  rep                     is the atomized MIME style representation
                         
  ON EXIT,
  
  returns                 a pointer to a suitable suffix string if one has been found,
                         else NULL.
                         
 */
extern CONST char * HTFileSuffix PARAMS((
                HTAtom* rep));



/*

The Protocols

 */
extern HTProtocol HTFTP, HTFile;

#endif /* HTFILE_H */

/*

   end of HTFile  */
		tail = strrchr(logical, '/') +1;	/* last part or "" */
		
		target = HTML_new(anchor, format_out, sink);
		targetClass = *target->isa;	/* Copy routine entry points */
		    
  		{ int i;
			for(i=0; irep = HTAtom_for(representation);
    pres->rep_out = WWW_PRESENT;		/* Fixed for now ... :-) */
    pres->converter = HTSaveAndExecute;		/* Fixed for now ...     */
    pres->quality = quality;
    pres->secs = secs;
    pres->secs_per_byte = secs_per_byte;
    pres->rep = HTAtom_for(representation);
    pres->command = 0;
    StrAllocCopy(pres->command, command);
    
    if (!HTPresentations) HTPresentations = HTList_new();
    
    if (strcmp(representation, "*")==0) {
        if (default_presentation) free(default_presentation);
	default_presentation = pres;
    } else {
        HTList_addObject(HTPresentations, pres);
    }
}


/*	Define a built-in function for a content-type
**	---------------------------------------------
*/
PUBLIC void HTSetConversion ARGS6(
	CONST char *, representation_in,
	CONST char *, representation_out,
	HTConverter*,	converter,
	float,	quality,
	float,	secs, 
	float,	secs_per_byte
){

    HTPresentation * pres = (HTPresentation *)malloc(sizeof(HTPresentation));
    if (pres == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTSetPresentation");
    
    pres->rep = HTAtom_for(representation_in);
    pres->rep_out = HTAtom_for(representation_out);
    pres->converter = converter;
    pres->command = NULL;		/* Fixed */
    pres->quality = quality;
    pres->secs = secs;
    pres->secs_per_byte = secs_per_byte;
    pres->command = 0;
    
    if (!HTPresentations) HTPresentations = HTList_new();
    
    if (strcmp(representation_in, "*")==0) {
        if (default_presentation) free(default_presentation);
	default_presentation = pres;
    } else {
        HTList_addObject(HTPresentations, pres);
    }
}



/*	File buffering
**	--------------
**
**	The input file is read using the macro which can read from
**	a socket or a file.
**	The input buffer size, if large will give greater efficiency and
**	release the server faster, and if small will save space on PCs etc.
*/
#define INPUT_BUFFER_SIZE 4096		/* Tradeoff */
PRIVATE char input_buffer[INPUT_BUFFER_SIZE];
PRIVATE char * input_pointer;
PRIVATE char * input_limit;
PRIVATE int input_file_number;


/*	Set up the buffering
**
**	These routines are public because they are in fact needed by
**	many parsers, and on PCs and Macs we should not duplicate
**	the static buffer area.
*/
PUBLIC void HTInitInput ARGS1 (int,file_number)
{
    input_file_number = file_number;
    input_pointer = input_limit = input_buffer;
}


PUBLIC char HTGetChararcter NOARGS
{
    char ch;
    do {
	if (input_pointer >= input_limit) {
	    int status = NETREAD(
		    input_file_number, input_buffer, INPUT_BUFFER_SIZE);
	    if (status <= 0) {
		if (status == 0) return (char)EOF;
		if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
		    "HTFormat: File read error %d\n", status);
		return (char)EOF; /* -1 is returned by UCX at end of HTTP link */
	    }
	    input_pointer = input_buffer;
	    input_limit = input_buffer + status;
	}
	ch = *input_pointer++;
    } while (ch == (char) 13); /* Ignore ASCII carriage return */
    
    return FROMASCII(ch);
}

/*	Stream the data to an ouput file as binary
*/
PUBLIC int HTOutputBinary ARGS2( int, 		input,
				  FILE *, 	output)
{
    do {
	    int status = NETREAD(
		    input, input_buffer, INPUT_BUFFER_SIZE);
	    if (status <= 0) {
		if (status == 0) return 0;
		if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
		    "HTFormat: File read error %d\n", status);
		return 2;			/* Error */
	    }
	    fwrite(input_buffer, sizeof(char), status, output);
    } while (YES);
}


/*		Create a filter stack
**		---------------------
**
**	If a wildcard match is made, a temporary HTPresentation
**	structure is made to hold the destination format while the
**	new stack is generated. This is just to pass the out format to
**	MIME so far.  Storing the format of a stream in the stream might
**	be a lot neater.
*/
PUBLIC HTStream * HTStreamStack ARGS4(
	HTFormat,		format_in,
	HTFormat,		rep_out,
	HTStream*,		sink,
	HTParentAnchor*,	anchor)
{
    HTAtom * wildcard = HTAtom_for("*");
    HTPresentation temp;
    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
    	"HTFormat: Constructing stream stack for %s to %s\n",
	HTAtom_name(format_in),	
	HTAtom_name(rep_out));
		
    if (rep_out == WWW_SOURCE ||
    	rep_out == format_in) return sink;

    if (!HTPresentations) HTFormatInit();	/* set up the list */
    
    {
	int n = HTList_count(HTPresentations);
	int i;
	HTPresentation * pres;
	for(i=0; irep == format_in) {
	        if (pres->rep_out == rep_out)
	            return (*pres->converter)(pres, anchor, sink);
		if (pres->rep_out == wildcard) {
		    temp = *pres;/* make temp conversion to needed fmt */
		    temp.rep_out = rep_out;		/* yuk */
	            return (*pres->converter)(&temp, anchor, sink);
		}
	    }
	}
    }
    
#ifdef XMOSAIC_HACK
    return sink;
#else
    return NULL;
#endif
}
	

/*		Find the cost of a filter stack
**		-------------------------------
**
**	Must return the cost of the same stack which StreamStack would set up.
**
** On entry,
**	length	The size of the data to be converted
*/
PUBLIC float HTStackValue ARGS4(
	HTFormat,		format_in,
	HTFormat,		rep_out,
	float,			initial_value,
	long int,		length)
{
    HTAtom * wildcard = HTAtom_for("*");

    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
    	"HTFormat: Evaluating stream stack for %s worth %.3f to %s\n",
	HTAtom_name(format_in),	initial_value,
	HTAtom_name(rep_out));
		
    if (rep_out == WWW_SOURCE ||
    	rep_out == format_in) return 0.0;

    if (!HTPresentations) HTFormatInit();	/* set up the list */
    
    {
	int n = HTList_count(HTPresentations);
	int i;
	HTPresentation * pres;
	for(i=0; irep == format_in && (
	    		pres->rep_out == rep_out ||
			pres->rep_out == wildcard)) {
	        float value = initial_value * pres->quality;
		if (HTMaxSecs != 0.0)
		value = value - (length*pres->secs_per_byte + pres->secs)
			                 /HTMaxSecs;
		return value;
	    }
	}
    }
    
    return -1e30;		/* Really bad */

}
	

/*	Push data from a socket down a stream
**	-------------------------------------
**
**   This routine is responsible for creating and PRESENTING any
**   graphic (or other) objects described by the file.
**
**   The file number given is assumed to be a TELNET stream ie containing
**   CRLF at the end of lines which need to be stripped to LF for unix
**   when the format is textual.
**
*/
PUBLIC void HTCopy ARGS2(
	int,			file_number,
	HTStream*,		sink)
{
    HTStreamClass targetClass;    
    
/*	Push the data down the stream
**
*/
    targetClass = *(sink->isa);	/* Copy pointers to procedures */
    
    /*	Push binary from socket down sink
    */
    for(;;) {
	int status = NETREAD(
		file_number, input_buffer, INPUT_BUFFER_SIZE);
	if (status <= 0) {
	    if (status == 0) break;
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
		"HTFormat: Read error, read returns %d\n", status);
	    break;
	}
	
#ifdef NOT_ASCII
	{
	    char * p;
	    for(p = input_buffer; p < input_buffer+status; p++) {
		*p = FROMASCII(*p);
	    }
	}
#endif

	(*targetClass.put_block)(sink, input_buffer, status);
    } /* next bufferload */
	
}



/*	Push data from a file pointer down a stream
**	-------------------------------------
**
**   This routine is responsible for creating and PRESENTING any
**   graphic (or other) objects described by the file.
**
**
*/
PUBLIC void HTFileCopy ARGS2(
	FILE *,			fp,
	HTStream*,		sink)
{
    HTStreamClass targetClass;    
    
/*	Push the data down the stream
**
*/
    targetClass = *(sink->isa);	/* Copy pointers to procedures */
    
    /*	Push binary from socket down sink
    */
    for(;;) {
	int status = fread(
	       input_buffer, 1, INPUT_BUFFER_SIZE, fp);
	if (status == 0) { /* EOF or error */
	    if (ferror(fp) == 0) break;
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
		"HTFormat: Read error, read returns %d\n", ferror(fp));
	    break;
	}
	(*targetClass.put_block)(sink, input_buffer, status);
    } /* next bufferload */
	
}




/*	Push data from a socket down a stream STRIPPING CR
**	--------------------------------------------------
**
**   This routine is responsible for creating and PRESENTING any
**   graphic (or other) objects described by the socket.
**
**   The file number given is assumed to be a TELNET stream ie containing
**   CRLF at the end of lines which need to be stripped to LF for unix
**   when the format is textual.
**
*/
PUBLIC void HTCopyNoCR ARGS2(
	int,			file_number,
	HTStream*,		sink)
{
    HTStreamClass targetClass;    
    
/*	Push the data, ignoring CRLF, down the stream
**
*/
    targetClass = *(sink->isa);	/* Copy pointers to procedures */

/*	Push text from telnet socket down sink
**
**	@@@@@ To push strings could be faster? (especially is we
**	cheat and don't ignore CR! :-}
*/  
    HTInitInput(file_number);
    for(;;) {
	char character;
	character = HTGetChararcter();
	if (character == (char)EOF) break;
	(*targetClass.put_character)(sink, character);           
    }
}



/*	Parse a socket given format and file number
**
**   This routine is responsible for creating and PRESENTING any
**   graphic (or other) objects described by the file.
**
**   The file number given is assumed to be a TELNET stream ie containing
**   CRLF at the end of lines which need to be stripped to LF for unix
**   when the format is textual.
**
*/
PUBLIC int HTParseSocket ARGS5(
	HTFormat,		format_in,
	HTFormat,		format_out,
	HTParentAnchor *,	anchor,
	int,			file_number,
	HTStream*,		sink)
{
    HTStream * stream;
    HTStreamClass targetClass;    

    stream = HTStreamStack(format_in,
			format_out,
	 		sink , anchor);
    
    if (!stream) {
        char buffer[1024];	/* @@@@@@@@ */
	sprintf(buffer, "Sorry, can't convert from %s to %s.",
		HTAtom_name(format_in), HTAtom_name(format_out));
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTFormat: %s\n", buffer);
        return HTLoadError(sink, 501, buffer);
    }
    
/*	Push the data, ignoring CRLF if necessary, down the stream
**
**
**   @@  Bug:  This decision ought to be made based on "encoding"
**   rather than on format.  @@@  When we handle encoding.
**   The current method smells anyway.
*/
    targetClass = *(stream->isa);	/* Copy pointers to procedures */
    if (format_in == WWW_BINARY || HTOutputSource
        || strstr(HTAtom_name(format_in), "image/")
	|| strstr(HTAtom_name(format_in), "video/")) { /* @@@@@@ */
        HTCopy(file_number, stream);
    } else {   /* ascii text with CRLFs :-( */
        HTCopyNoCR(file_number, stream);
    }
    (*targetClass.end_document)(stream);
    (*targetClass.free)(stream);
    
    return HT_LOADED;
}



/*	Parse a file given format and file pointer
**
**   This routine is responsible for creating and PRESENTING any
**   graphic (or other) objects described by the file.
**
**   The file number given is assumed to be a TELNET stream ie containing
**   CRLF at the end of lines which need to be stripped to LF for unix
**   when the format is textual.
**
*/
PUBLIC int HTParseFile ARGS5(
	HTFormat,		format_in,
	HTFormat,		format_out,
	HTParentAnchor *,	anchor,
	FILE *,			fp,
	HTStream*,		sink)
{
    HTStream * stream;
    HTStreamClass targetClass;    

    stream = HTStreamStack(format_in,
			format_out,
	 		sink , anchor);
    
    if (!stream) {
        char buffer[1024];	/* @@@@@@@@ */
	sprintf(buffer, "Sorry, can't convert from %s to %s.",
		HTAtom_name(format_in), HTAtom_name(format_out));
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTFormat(in HTParseFile): %s\n", buffer);
        return HTLoadError(sink, 501, buffer);
    }
    
/*	Push the data down the stream
**
**
**   @@  Bug:  This decision ought to be made based on "encoding"
**   rather than on format.  @@@  When we handle encoding.
**   The current method smells anyway.
*/
    targetClass = *(stream->isa);	/* Copy pointers to procedures */
    HTFileCopy(fp, stream);
    (*targetClass.end_document)(stream);
    (*targetClass.free)(stream);
    
    return HT_LOADED;
}



hich can read from
**	a socket or a file.
**	The input buffer size, if large will give greater efficiency and
**	release the server faster,WWW/Library/Implementation/HTFormat.h1006640070060000000000002264405435571755014761 037777777777 1 0 /*                                            HTFormat: The format manager in the WWW Library
                            MANAGE DIFFERENT DOCUMENT FORMATS
                                             
   Here we describe the functions of the HTFormat module which handles conversion between
   different data representations.  (In MIME parlance, a representation is known as a
   content-type. In WWW  the term "format" is often used as it is shorter).
   
   This module is implemented by HTFormat.c . This hypertext document is used to generate
   the HTFormat.h inlude file.  Part of the WWW library.
   
Preamble

 */
#ifndef HTFORMAT_H
#define HTFORMAT_H

#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "HTStream.h"
#include "HTAtom.h"
#include "HTList.h"

#ifdef SHORT_NAMES
#define HTOutputSource HTOuSour
#define HTOutputBinary HTOuBina
#endif

/*

The HTFormat type

   We use the HTAtom object for holding representations. This allows faster manipulation
   (comparison and copying) that if we stayed with strings.
   
 */
typedef HTAtom * HTFormat;
                        
/*

   These macros (which used to be constants) define some basic internally referenced
   representations.  The www/xxx ones are of course not MIME standard.
   
   www/source  is an output format which leaves the input untouched. It is useful for
   diagnostics, and for users who want to see the original, whatever it is.
   
 */
                        /* Internal ones */
#define WWW_SOURCE HTAtom_for("www/source")     /* Whatever it was originally*/

/*

   www/present represents the user's perception of the document.  If you convert to
   www/present, you present the material to the user.
   
 */
#define WWW_PRESENT HTAtom_for("www/present")   /* The user's perception */

/*

   The message/rfc822 format means a MIME message or a plain text message with no MIME
   header. This is what is returned by an HTTP server.
   
 */
#define WWW_MIME HTAtom_for("www/mime")         /* A MIME message */
/*

   www/print is like www/present except it represents a printed copy.
   
 */
#define WWW_PRINT HTAtom_for("www/print")       /* A printed copy */

#define WWW_PLAINTEXT   HTAtom_for("text/plain")
#define WWW_POSTSCRIPT  HTAtom_for("application/postscript")
#define WWW_RICHTEXT    HTAtom_for("application/rtf")
#define WWW_HTML        HTAtom_for("text/html")
#define WWW_BINARY      HTAtom_for("application/binary")

/*

   We must include the following file after defining HTFormat, to which it makes
   reference.
   
   The HTEncoding type
   
   typedef HTAtom* HTEncoding;
   
   The following are values for the MIME types:
   
   #define WWW_ENC_7BIT
   
   #define WWW_ENC_8BIT
   
   #define WWW_ENC_BINARY
   
   We also add
   
 */
#include "HTAnchor.h"

/*

The HTPresentation and HTConverter types

   This HTPresentation structure represents a possible conversion algorithm from one
   format to annother.  It includes a pointer to a conversion routine. The conversion
   routine returns a stream to which data should be fed. See also HTStreamStack which
   scans the list of registered converters and calls one. See the initialisation module
   for a list of conversion routines.
   
 */
typedef struct _HTPresentation HTPresentation;

typedef HTStream * HTConverter PARAMS((
        HTPresentation *        pres,
        HTParentAnchor *        anchor,
        HTStream *              sink));
        
struct _HTPresentation {
        HTAtom* rep;            /* representation name atmoized */
        HTAtom* rep_out;        /* resulting representation */
        HTConverter *converter; /* The routine to gen the stream stack */
        char *  command;        /* MIME-format string */
        float   quality;        /* Between 0 (bad) and 1 (good) */
        float   secs;
        float   secs_per_byte;
};

/*

   The list of presentations is kept by this module.  It is also scanned by modules which
   want to know the set of formats supported. for example.
   
 */
extern HTList * HTPresentations;

/*

HTSetPresentation: Register a system command to present a format

  ON ENTRY,
  
  rep                     is the MIME - style format name
                         
  command                 is the MAILCAP - style command template
                         
  quality                 A degradation faction 0..1
                         
  maxbytes                A limit on the length acceptable as input (0 infinite)
                         
  maxsecs                 A limit on the time user will wait (0 for infinity)
                         
 */
extern void HTSetPresentation PARAMS((
        CONST char * representation,
        CONST char * command,
        float   quality,
        float   secs,
        float   secs_per_byte
));


/*

HTSetConversion:   Register a converstion routine

  ON ENTRY,
  
  rep_in                  is the content-type input
                         
  rep_out                 is the resulting content-type
                         
  converter               is the routine to make the stream to do it
                         
 */

extern void HTSetConversion PARAMS((
        CONST char *    rep_in,
        CONST char *    rep_out,
        HTConverter *   converter,
        float           quality,
        float           secs,
        float           secs_per_byte
));


/*

HTStreamStack:   Create a stack of streams

   This is the routine which actually sets up the conversion. It currently checks only for
   direct conversions, but multi-stage conversions are forseen. It takes a stream into
   which the output should be sent in the final format, builds the conversion stack, and
   returns a stream into which the data in the input format should be fed.  The anchor is
   passed because hypertxet objects load information into the anchor object which
   represents them.
   
 */
extern HTStream * HTStreamStack PARAMS((
        HTFormat                format_in,
        HTFormat                format_out,
        HTStream*               stream_out,
        HTParentAnchor*         anchor));

/*

HTStackValue: Find the cost of a filter stack

   Must return the cost of the same stack which HTStreamStack would set up.
   
  ON ENTRY,
  
  format_in               The fomat of the data to be converted
                         
  format_out              The format required
                         
  initial_value           The intrinsic "value" of the data before conversion on a scale
                         from 0 to 1
                         
  length                  The number of bytes expected in the input format
                         
 */
extern float HTStackValue PARAMS((
        HTFormat                format_in,
        HTFormat                rep_out,
        float                   initial_value,
        long int                length));

#define NO_VALUE_FOUND  -1e20           /* returned if none found */

/*

HTCopy:  Copy a socket to a stream

   This is used by the protocol engines to send data down a stream, typically one which
   has been generated by HTStreamStack.
   
 */
extern void HTCopy PARAMS((
        int                     file_number,
        HTStream*               sink));

        
/*

HTFileCopy:  Copy a file to a stream

   This is used by the protocol engines to send data down a stream, typically one which
   has been generated by HTStreamStack. It is currently called by HTParseFile
   
 */
extern void HTFileCopy PARAMS((
        FILE*                   fp,
        HTStream*               sink));

        
/*

HTCopyNoCR: Copy a socket to a stream, stripping CR characters.

   It is slower than HTCopy .
   
 */

extern void HTCopyNoCR PARAMS((
        int                     file_number,
        HTStream*               sink));


/*

Clear input buffer and set file number

   This routine and the one below provide simple character input from sockets. (They are
   left over from the older architecure and may not be used very much.)  The existence of
   a common routine and buffer saves memory space in small implementations.
   
 */
extern void HTInitInput PARAMS((int file_number));

/*

Get next character from buffer

 */
extern char HTGetChararcter NOPARAMS;


/*

HTParseSocket: Parse a socket given its format

   This routine is called by protocol modules to load an object.  uses HTStreamStack and
   the copy routines above.  Returns HT_LOADED if succesful, <0 if not.
   
 */
extern int HTParseSocket PARAMS((
        HTFormat        format_in,
        HTFormat        format_out,
        HTParentAnchor  *anchor,
        int             file_number,
        HTStream*       sink));

/*

HTParseFile: Parse a File through a file pointer

   This routine is called by protocols modules to load an object. uses HTStreamStack and
   HTFileCopy .  Returns HT_LOADED if succesful, <0 if not.
   
 */
extern int HTParseFile PARAMS((
        HTFormat        format_in,
        HTFormat        format_out,
        HTParentAnchor  *anchor,
        FILE            *fp,
        HTStream*       sink));

/*

HTFormatInit: Set up default presentations and conversions

   These are defined in HTInit.c or HTSInit.c if these have been replaced. If you don't
   call this routine, and you don't define any presentations, then this routine will
   automatically be called the first time a conversion is needed. However, if you
   explicitly add some conversions (eg using HTLoadRules) then you may want also to
   explicitly call this to get the defaults as well.
   
 */
extern void HTFormatInit NOPARAMS;

/*

Epilogue

 */
extern BOOL HTOutputSource;     /* Flag: shortcut parser */
#endif

/*

   end  */
e input buffer size, if large will give greater efficiency and
**	release the server faster,WWW/Library/Implementation/HTGopher.c1006640070060000000000002662605370616417014745 037777777777 1 0 /*			GOPHER ACCESS				HTGopher.c
**			=============
**
** History:
**	26 Sep 90	Adapted from other accesses (News, HTTP) TBL
**	29 Nov 91	Downgraded to C, for portable implementation.
*/

/* Implements:
*/
#include "HTGopher.h"

#define CR	    FROMASCII('\015')	/* Carriage return */
#define LF 	    FROMASCII('\012')	/* ASCII line feed
				   (sometimes \n is CR on Mac) */

#define GOPHER_PORT 70		/* See protocol spec */
#define BIG 1024		/* Bug */
#define LINE_LENGTH 256		/* Bug */

/*	Gopher entity types:
*/
#define GOPHER_TEXT		'0'
#define GOPHER_MENU		'1'
#define GOPHER_CSO		'2'
#define GOPHER_ERROR		'3'
#define GOPHER_MACBINHEX	'4'
#define GOPHER_PCBINHEX		'5'
#define GOPHER_UUENCODED	'6'
#define GOPHER_INDEX		'7'
#define GOPHER_TELNET		'8'
#define GOPHER_GIF              'g'
#define GOPHER_HTML		'h'		/* HTML */
#define GOPHER_IMAGE            'I'
#define GOPHER_DUPLICATE	'+'
#define GOPHER_WWW		'w'		/* W3 address */

#include 
#include "HTUtils.h"		/* Coding convention macros */
#include "tcp.h"


#include "HTParse.h"
#include "HTFormat.h"
#include "HTTCP.h"

/*		Hypertext object building machinery
*/
#include "HTML.h"

#define PUTC(c) (*targetClass.put_character)(target, c)
#define PUTS(s) (*targetClass.put_string)(target, s)
#define START(e) (*targetClass.start_element)(target, e, 0, 0)
#define END(e) (*targetClass.end_element)(target, e)
#define END_TARGET (*targetClass.end_document)(target)
#define FREE_TARGET (*targetClass.free)(target)
struct _HTStructured {
	CONST HTStructuredClass *	isa;
	/* ... */
};

PRIVATE HTStructured *target;			/* the new hypertext */
PRIVATE HTStructuredClass targetClass;		/* Its action routines */


#ifdef NeXTStep
#include 
#define GOPHER_PROGRESS(foo)
#else
#define GOPHER_PROGRESS(foo) fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", (foo))
#endif

#define NEXT_CHAR HTGetChararcter()



/*	Module-wide variables
*/
PRIVATE int s;					/* Socket for GopherHost */



/*	Matrix of allowed characters in filenames
**	-----------------------------------------
*/

PRIVATE BOOL acceptable[256];
PRIVATE BOOL acceptable_inited = NO;

PRIVATE void init_acceptable NOARGS
{
    unsigned int i;
    char * good = 
      "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789./-_$";
    for(i=0; i<256; i++) acceptable[i] = NO;
    for(;*good; good++) acceptable[(unsigned int)*good] = YES;
    acceptable_inited = YES;
}

PRIVATE CONST char hex[17] = "0123456789abcdef";

/*	Decdoe one hex character
*/

PRIVATE char from_hex ARGS1(char, c)
{
    return 		  (c>='0')&&(c<='9') ? c-'0'
			: (c>='A')&&(c<='F') ? c-'A'+10
			: (c>='a')&&(c<='f') ? c-'a'+10
			:		       0;
}



/*	Paste in an Anchor
**	------------------
**
**	The title of the destination is set, as there is no way
**	of knowing what the title is when we arrive.
**
** On entry,
**	HT 	is in append mode.
**	text 	points to the text to be put into the file, 0 terminated.
**	addr	points to the hypertext refernce address 0 terminated.
*/
PRIVATE void write_anchor ARGS2(CONST char *,text, CONST char *,addr)
{


    
    BOOL present[HTML_A_ATTRIBUTES];
    CONST char * value[HTML_A_ATTRIBUTES];
    
    int i;
    
    for (i=0; i> 4];
			    *q++ = hex[(TOASCII(*p)) & 15];
			}
		    }
		    *q++ = 0;			/* terminate address */
		}
		PUTS("        "); /* Prettier JW/TBL */
		write_anchor(name, address);

	    } else { /* parse error */
	        if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
			"HTGopher: Bad menu item.\n");
		PUTS(line);

	    } /* parse error */
	    
	    p = line;	/* Start again at beginning of line */
	    
	} /* if end of line */
	
    } /* Loop over characters */
	
    END(HTML_MENU);
    END_TARGET;
    FREE_TARGET;
    
    return;
}

/*	Display a Gopher Index document
**	-------------------------------
*/

PRIVATE void display_index ARGS2 (
	CONST char *,	arg,
	HTParentAnchor *,anAnchor)
{
    
    START(HTML_H1);
    PUTS(arg);
    END(HTML_H1);
    
    PUTS("\nPlease enter words to search for.\n");
	
    if (!HTAnchor_title(anAnchor))
    	HTAnchor_setTitle(anAnchor, arg);
    
    END_TARGET;
    FREE_TARGET;
    return;
}


/*		De-escape a selector into a command
**		-----------------------------------
**
**	The % hex escapes are converted. Otheriwse, the string is copied.
*/
PRIVATE void de_escape ARGS2(char *, command, CONST char *, selector)
{
    CONST char * p = selector;
    char * q = command;
	if (command == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTLoadGopher");
    while (*p) {		/* Decode hex */
	if (*p == HEX_ESCAPE) {
	    char c;
	    unsigned int b;
	    p++;
	    c = *p++;
	    b =   from_hex(c);
	    c = *p++;
	    if (!c) break;	/* Odd number of chars! */
	    *q++ = FROMASCII((b<<4) + from_hex(c));
	} else {
	    *q++ = *p++;	/* Record */
	}
    }
    *q++ = 0;	/* Terminate command */

}


/*		Load by name					HTLoadGopher
**		============
**
**	 Bug:	No decoding of strange data types as yet.
**
*/
PUBLIC int HTLoadGopher ARGS4(
	CONST char *,		arg,
	HTParentAnchor *,	anAnchor,
	HTFormat,		format_out,
	HTStream*,		sink)
{
    char *command;			/* The whole command */
    int status;				/* tcp return */
    char gtype;				/* Gopher Node type */
    char * selector;			/* Selector string */
 
    struct sockaddr_in soc_address;	/* Binary network address */
    struct sockaddr_in* sin = &soc_address;
    
    if (!acceptable_inited) init_acceptable();
    
    if (!arg) return -3;		/* Bad if no name sepcified	*/
    if (!*arg) return -2;		/* Bad if name had zero length	*/
    
    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTGopher: Looking for %s\n", arg);
    
    
/*  Set up defaults:
*/
    sin->sin_family = AF_INET;	    		/* Family, host order  */
    sin->sin_port = htons(GOPHER_PORT);	    	/* Default: new port,  */

    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTTPAccess: Looking for %s\n", arg);

/* Get node name and optional port number:
*/
    {
	char *p1 = HTParse(arg, "", PARSE_HOST);
	int status = HTParseInet(sin, p1);
        free(p1);
        if (status) return status;   /* Bad */
    }
    
/* Get entity type, and selector string.
*/        
    {
	char * p1 = HTParse(arg, "", PARSE_PATH|PARSE_PUNCTUATION);
        gtype = '1';		/* Default = menu */
	selector = p1;
	if ((*selector++=='/') && (*selector)) {	/* Skip first slash */
	    gtype = *selector++;			/* Pick up gtype */
	}
	if (gtype == GOPHER_INDEX) {
	    char * query;
            HTAnchor_setIndex(anAnchor);	/* Search is allowed */
	    query = strchr(selector, '?');	/* Look for search string */
	    if (!query || !query[1]) {		/* No search required */
		target = HTML_new(anAnchor, format_out, sink);
		targetClass = *target->isa;
		display_index(arg, anAnchor);	/* Display "cover page" */
		return 1;			/* Local function only */
	    }
	    *query++ = 0;			/* Skip '?' 	*/
	    command = malloc(strlen(selector)+ 1 + strlen(query)+ 2 + 1);
              if (command == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTLoadGopher");
	      
	    de_escape(command, selector);	/* Bug fix TBL 921208 */

	    strcat(command, "\t");
	  
	    {					/* Remove plus signs 921006 */
	    	char *p;
		for (p=query; *p; p++) {
		    if (*p == '+') *p = ' ';
		}
	    }
	    strcat(command, query);
	    
	} else {				/* Not index */
	    command = command = malloc(strlen(selector)+2+1);
	    de_escape(command, selector);
	}
	free(p1);
    }
    
    {
	char * p = command + strlen(command);
	*p++ = CR;		/* Macros to be correct on Mac */
	*p++ = LF;
	*p++ = 0;
	/* strcat(command, "\r\n");	*/	/* CR LF, as in rfc 977 */
    }

/*	Set up a socket to the server for the data:
*/      
    s = socket(AF_INET, SOCK_STREAM, IPPROTO_TCP);
    status = connect(s, (struct sockaddr*)&soc_address, sizeof(soc_address));
    if (status<0){
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTTPAccess: Unable to connect to remote host for `%s'.\n",
	    arg);
	free(command);
	return HTInetStatus("connect");
    }
    
    HTInitInput(s);		/* Set up input buffering */
    
    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTGopher: Connected, writing command `%s' to socket %d\n", command, s);
    
#ifdef NOT_ASCII
    {
    	char * p;
	for(p = command; *p; p++) {
	    *p = TOASCII(*p);
	}
    }
#endif

    status = NETWRITE(s, command, (int)strlen(command));
    free(command);
    if (status<0){
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTGopher: Unable to send command.\n");
	    return HTInetStatus("send");
    }

/*	Now read the data from the socket:
*/    
    switch (gtype) {
    
    case GOPHER_HTML :
    	HTParseSocket(WWW_HTML, format_out, anAnchor, s, sink);
	break;

    case GOPHER_GIF:
    case GOPHER_IMAGE:
    	HTParseSocket(HTAtom_for("image/gif"), 
			   format_out, anAnchor, s, sink);
  	break;
    case GOPHER_MENU :
    case GOPHER_INDEX :
	target = HTML_new(anAnchor, format_out, sink);
	targetClass = *target->isa;
        parse_menu(arg, anAnchor);
	break;
	    	
    case GOPHER_TEXT :
    default:			/* @@ parse as plain text */
     	HTParseSocket(WWW_PLAINTEXT, format_out, anAnchor, s, sink);
	break;
	
    } /* switch(gtype) */

    NETCLOSE(s);
    return HT_LOADED;
}

PUBLIC HTProtocol HTGopher = { "gopher", HTLoadGopher, NULL };

)
#define FREE_TARGET (*targetClass.free)(target)
struct _HTStructured {
	CONST HTStructuredClass *	isa;
	WWW/Library/Implementation/HTGopher.h1006640070060000000000000067405370616430014740 037777777777 1 0 /*  */

/*                      GOPHER ACCESS                           HTGopher.h
**                      =============
**
** History:
**       8 Jan 92       Adapted from HTTP TBL
*/

#ifndef HTGOPHER_H
#define HTGOPHER_H

#include "HTAccess.h"
#include "HTAnchor.h"

/* extern int HTLoadGopher PARAMS((const char *arg,
        HTParentAnchor * anAnchor,
        int diag));
*/
extern HTProtocol HTGopher;

#endif /* HTGOPHER_H */
/*

    */
om_hex ARGS1(char, c)
{
    return 		  (c>='0')&&(c<='9') ? c-'0'
		WWW/Library/Implementation/HTHistory.c1006640070060000000000000741305372243627015154 037777777777 1 0 #include "HTHistory.h"

#include "tcp.h"		/* for standard io */

static HTList * history;	/* List of visited anchors */


/*				Navigation
**				==========
*/

/*		Record the jump to an anchor
**		----------------------------
*/

void HTHistory_record
  ARGS1 (HTAnchor *,destination)
{
  if (destination) {
    if (! history)
      history = HTList_new();
    HTList_addObject (history, destination);
  }
}

/*		Go back in history (find the last visited node)
**		------------------
*/

HTAnchor * HTHistory_backtrack
  NOARGS  /* FIXME: Should we add a `sticky' option ? */
{
  if (HTHistory_canBacktrack())
    HTList_removeLastObject (history);
  return HTList_lastObject (history);  /* is Home if can't backtrack */
}

BOOL HTHistory_canBacktrack
  NOARGS
{
  return (HTList_objectAt (history, 1) != NULL);
}

/*		Browse through references in the same parent node
**		-------------------------------------------------
**
**	Take the n-th child's link after or before the one we took to get here.
**	Positive offset means go towards most recently added children.
*/

HTAnchor * HTHistory_moveBy
 ARGS1 (int,offset)
{
  HTAnchor * last = HTList_objectAt (history, 1);
  if (! last)
    return NULL;  /* No last visited node */
  if (last != (HTAnchor *) last->parent) {  /* Was a child */
    HTList * kids = last->parent->children;
    int i = HTList_indexOf (kids, last); 
    HTAnchor * nextOne = HTList_objectAt (kids, i - offset);
    if (nextOne) {
      HTAnchor * destination = HTAnchor_followMainLink (nextOne);
      if (destination) {
	HTList_removeLastObject (history);
	HTList_removeLastObject (history);
	HTList_addObject (history, nextOne);
	HTList_addObject (history, destination);
      }
      return destination;
    } else {
      if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, 
      		"HTHistory_moveBy: offset by %+d goes out of list %p.\n",
		offset, (void*)kids);
      return NULL;
    }
  } else {  /* Was a parent */
    return NULL;  /* FIXME we could possibly follow the next link... */
  }
}

BOOL HTHistory_canMoveBy
 ARGS1 (int,offset)
{
  HTAnchor * last = HTList_objectAt (history, 1);
  if (! last)
    return NO;  /* No last visited node */
  if (last != (HTAnchor *) last->parent) {  /* Was a child */
    HTList * kids = last->parent->children;
    int i = HTList_indexOf (kids, last); 
    return (HTList_objectAt (kids, i - offset) != NULL);
  } else {  /* Was a parent */
    return NO;  /* FIXME we could possibly follow the next link... */
  }
}


/*				Retrieval
**				=========
*/

/*		Read numbered visited anchor (1 is the oldest)
**		----------------------------
*/

HTAnchor * HTHistory_read
  ARGS1 (int,number)
{
  return HTList_objectAt (history, HTList_count (history) - number);
}


/*		Recall numbered visited anchor (1 is the oldest)
**		------------------------------
**	This reads the anchor and stores it again in the list, except if last.
*/

HTAnchor * HTHistory_recall
  ARGS1 (int,number)
{
  HTAnchor * destination =
    HTList_objectAt (history, HTList_count (history) - number);
  if (destination && destination != HTList_lastObject (history))
    HTList_addObject (history, destination);
  return destination;
}

/*		Number of Anchors stored
**		------------------------
**
**	This is needed in order to check the validity of certain commands
**	for menus, etc.
(not needed for now. Use canBacktrack, etc.)
int HTHistory_count
  NOARGS
{
  return HTList_count (history);
}
*/

/*		Change last history entry
**		-------------------------
**
**	Sometimes we load a node by one anchor but leave by a different
**	one, and it is the one we left from which we want to remember.
*/

void HTHistory_leavingFrom
  ARGS1 (HTAnchor *,anchor)
{
  if (HTList_removeLastObject (history))
    HTList_addObject (history, anchor);
  else
    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTHistory_leavingFrom: empty history !\n");
}
*, selector)
{
    CONST char * p = selector;
    char * q = command;
	if (command == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTLoadGopher");
    while (*p) {		/* Decode hex */
	if (*p == HEX_ESCAPE) {
	    char c;
	    unsigned int b;
	    p++;
	    c = *p++WWW/Library/Implementation/HTHistory.h1006640070060000000000000541605370616430015154 037777777777 1 0 /*  */

#ifndef HTHISTORY_H
#define HTHISTORY_H

#include "HTAnchor.h"

#ifdef SHORT_NAMES
#define HTHistory_record                HTHiReco
#define HTHistory_backtrack             HTHiBack
#define HTHistory_canBacktrack          HTHiCaBa
#define HTHistory_moveBy                HTHiMoBy
#define HTHistory_canMoveBy             HTHiCaMo
#define HTHistory_read                  HTHiRead
#define HTHistory_recall                HTHiReca
#define HTHistory_count                 HTHiCoun
#define HTHistory_leavingFrom           HTHiLeFr
#endif

/*                              Navigation
**                              ==========
*/

/*              Record the jump to an anchor
**              ----------------------------
*/

extern void HTHistory_record
  PARAMS(
    (HTAnchor * destination)
  );

/*              Go back in history (find the last visited node)
**              ------------------
*/

extern HTAnchor * HTHistory_backtrack
  NOPARAMS;  /* FIXME: Should we add a `sticky' option ? */

extern BOOL HTHistory_canBacktrack
  NOPARAMS;

/*              Browse through references in the same parent node
**              -------------------------------------------------
**
**      Take the n-th child's link after or before the one we took to get here.
**      Positive offset means go towards most recently added children.
*/

extern HTAnchor * HTHistory_moveBy
  PARAMS(
     (int offset)
     );

extern BOOL HTHistory_canMoveBy
  PARAMS(
     (int offset)
     );

#define HTHistory_next (HTHistory_moveBy (+1))
#define HTHistory_canNext (HTHistory_canMoveBy (+1))
#define HTHistory_previous (HTHistory_moveBy (-1))
#define HTHistory_canPrevious (HTHistory_canMoveBy (-1))


/*                              Retrieval
**                              =========
*/

/*              Read numbered visited anchor (1 is the oldest)
**              ----------------------------
*/

extern HTAnchor * HTHistory_read
  PARAMS(
    (int number)
  );

/*              Recall numbered visited anchor (1 is the oldest)
**              ------------------------------
**      This reads the anchor and stores it again in the list, except if last.
*/

extern HTAnchor * HTHistory_recall
  PARAMS(
    (int number)
  );

/*              Number of Anchors stored
**              ------------------------
**
**      This is needed in order to check the validity of certain commands
**      for menus, etc.
(not needed for now. Use canBacktrack, etc.)
extern int HTHistory_count NOPARAMS;
*/

/*              Change last history entry
**              -------------------------
**
**      Sometimes we load a node by one anchor but leave by a different
**      one, and it is the one we left from which we want to remember.
*/
extern void HTHistory_leavingFrom
  PARAMS(
    (HTAnchor * anchor)
  );

#endif /* HTHISTORY_H */
/*

    */
E) fprintf(stderr, "HTGopher: Connected, writing command `%s' to socket %d\n", command, s);
    
#ifdef NOT_ASCII
    {
    	char * p;
	for(p = command; *p; p++) {
	    *p = TOASCII(*p);
	}
    }
#endif

    status = NETWRITE(s, command, (intWWW/Library/Implementation/HTInit.c1006640070060000000000000724005435571663014420 037777777777 1 0 /*		Configuration-specific Initialialization	HTInit.c
**		----------------------------------------
*/

/*	Define a basic set of suffixes and presentations
**	------------------------------------------------
*/

/* Implements:
*/
#include "HTInit.h"

#include "HTML.h"
#include "HTPlain.h"
#include "HTMLGen.h"
#include "HTFile.h"
#include "HTFormat.h"
#include "HTMIME.h"
#include "HTWSRC.h"

PUBLIC void HTFormatInit NOARGS
{
#ifdef NeXT
  HTSetPresentation("application/postscript", "open %s",	1.0, 2.0, 0.0);
  HTSetPresentation("image/x-tiff", 		"open %s", 	1.0, 2.0, 0.0);
  HTSetPresentation("audio/basic", 		"open %s", 	1.0, 2.0, 0.0);
  HTSetPresentation("*", 			"open %s", 	1.0, 0.0, 0.0);
#else
 if (getenv("DISPLAY")) {	/* Must have X11 */
  HTSetPresentation("application/postscript", "ghostview %s",	1.0, 3.0, 0.0);
  HTSetPresentation("image/gif", 		"xv %s", 	1.0, 3.0, 0.0);
  HTSetPresentation("image/x-tiff", 		"xv %s", 	1.0, 3.0, 0.0);
  HTSetPresentation("image/jpeg", 		"xv %s", 	1.0, 3.0, 0.0);
 }
#endif
 HTSetConversion("www/mime",  "*",  	     HTMIMEConvert, 	1.0, 0.0, 0.0);
 HTSetConversion("application/x-wais-source",
 		      "*",  	     HTWSRCConvert, 	1.0, 0.0, 0.0);
 HTSetConversion("text/html", "text/x-c",    HTMLToC, 	        0.5, 0.0, 0.0);
 HTSetConversion("text/html", "text/plain",  HTMLToPlain, 	0.5, 0.0, 0.0);
 HTSetConversion("text/html", "www/present", HTMLPresent, 	1.0, 0.0, 0.0);
 HTSetConversion("text/plain", "text/html",  HTPlainToHTML,	1.0, 0.0, 0.0);
 HTSetConversion("text/plain", "www/present", HTPlainPresent,	1.0, 0.0, 0.0);
}



/*	Define a basic set of suffixes
**	------------------------------
**
**	The LAST suffix for a type is that used for temporary files
**	of that type.
**	The quality is an apriori bias as to whether the file should be
**	used.  Not that different suffixes can be used to represent files
**	which are of the same format but are originals or regenerated,
**	with different values.
*/

#ifndef NO_INIT
PUBLIC void HTFileInit NOARGS
{
    HTSetSuffix(".mime","www/mime", "8bit", 1.0); /* Internal -- MIME is not recursive? */
    
    HTSetSuffix(".PS",	"application/postscript", "8bit", 0.8);
    HTSetSuffix(".eps",	"application/postscript", "8bit", 0.8);
    HTSetSuffix(".ai",	"application/postscript", "8bit", 0.5);	/* Adobe illustator */
    HTSetSuffix(".ps",	"application/postscript", "8bit", 0.8);

    HTSetSuffix(".execme.csh", "application/x-csh", "7bit", 0.5);
    
    HTSetSuffix(".html","text/html", "8bit", 1.0);	/* Jumping the gun a little */

    HTSetSuffix(".c",	"text/plain", "7bit", 0.5);
    HTSetSuffix(".h",	"text/plain", "7bit", 0.5);		/* html better */
    HTSetSuffix(".m",	"text/plain", "7bit", 0.5);		/* Objective-C code */
    HTSetSuffix(".txt", "text/plain", "7bit", 0.5);

    HTSetSuffix(".rtf",	"application/x-rtf", "8bit", 1.0);

    HTSetSuffix(".src",	"application/x-wais-source", "7bit", 1.0);
    
    HTSetSuffix(".snd", "audio/basic", "binary", 1.0);
    
    HTSetSuffix(".bin",	"application/octet-stream", "binary", 1.0);	/* @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ */

    HTSetSuffix(".Z",	"application/x-compressed", "binary", 1.0);	/* @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ */
    
    HTSetSuffix(".gif", "image/gif", "binary", 1.0);

    HTSetSuffix(".tiff","image/x-tiff", "binary", 1.0);
    
    HTSetSuffix(".jpg", "image/jpeg", "binary", 1.0);
    HTSetSuffix(".JPG", "image/jpeg", "binary", 1.0);
    HTSetSuffix(".JPEG","image/jpeg", "binary", 1.0);
    HTSetSuffix(".jpeg","image/jpeg", "binary", 1.0);
    
    HTSetSuffix(".MPEG","video/mpeg", "binary", 1.0);
    HTSetSuffix(".mpg","video/mpeg", "binary", 1.0);
    HTSetSuffix(".MPG","video/mpeg", "binary", 1.0);
    HTSetSuffix(".mpeg","video/mpeg", "binary", 1.0);

}
#endif /* NO_INIT */

on);
      }
      return destination;
    } else {
      if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, 
      		"HTHistory_moveBy: offset by %+d goes out of list %p.\n",
		offset, (void*)kids);
      return NULL;
    }
  } else {  /* Was a parent */
    return NULL;  /* FIXME we could possibly follow the next link... */
  }
}

BOOL HTHistory_canMoveBy
 ARGS1 (int,offsWWW/Library/Implementation/HTInit.h1006640070060000000000000064505370616427014423 037777777777 1 0 /*  */

/*              Initialisation module                   HTInit.h
**
**      This module resisters all the plug&play software modules which
**      will be used in the program.  This is for a browser.
**
**      To override this, just copy it and link in your version
**      befoe you link with the library.
*/

#include "HTUtils.h"

extern void HTFormatInit NOPARAMS;
extern void HTFileInit NOPARAMS;
/*

    */
tAt (history, HTList_count (history) - number);
  if (destination && destination != HTList_WWW/Library/Implementation/HTList.c1006640070060000000000000516705370616415014427 037777777777 1 0 /*	A small List class					      HTList.c
**	==================
**
**	A list is represented as a sequence of linked nodes of type HTList.
**	The first node is a header which contains no object.
**	New nodes are inserted between the header and the rest of the list.
*/

#include "HTList.h"

#include 				/* joe@athena, TBL 921019 */

HTList * HTList_new NOARGS
{
  HTList *newList = (HTList *)malloc (sizeof (HTList));
  if (newList == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTList_new");
  newList->object = NULL;
  newList->next = NULL;
  return newList;
}

void HTList_delete ARGS1(HTList *,me)
{
  HTList *current;
  while (current = me) {
    me = me->next;
    free (current);
  }
}

void HTList_addObject ARGS2(HTList *,me, void *,newObject)
{
  if (me) {
    HTList *newNode = (HTList *)malloc (sizeof (HTList));
    if (newNode == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTList_addObject");
    newNode->object = newObject;
    newNode->next = me->next;
    me->next = newNode;
  }
  else
    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
        "HTList: Trying to add object %p to a nonexisting list\n",
		       newObject);
}

BOOL HTList_removeObject ARGS2(HTList *,me, void *,oldObject)
{
  if (me) {
    HTList *previous;
    while (me->next) {
      previous = me;
      me = me->next;
      if (me->object == oldObject) {
	previous->next = me->next;
	free (me);
	return YES;  /* Success */
      }
    }
  }
  return NO;  /* object not found or NULL list */
}

void * HTList_removeLastObject ARGS1 (HTList *,me)
{
  if (me && me->next) {
    HTList *lastNode = me->next;
    void * lastObject = lastNode->object;
    me->next = lastNode->next;
    free (lastNode);
    return lastObject;
  } else  /* Empty list */
    return NULL;
}

void * HTList_removeFirstObject ARGS1 (HTList *,me)
{
  if (me && me->next) {
    HTList * prevNode;
    void *firstObject;
    while (me->next) {
      prevNode = me;
      me = me->next;
    }
    firstObject = me->object;
    prevNode->next = NULL;
    free (me);
    return firstObject;
  } else  /* Empty list */
    return NULL;
}

int HTList_count ARGS1 (HTList *,me)
{
  int count = 0;
  if (me)
    while (me = me->next)
      count++;
  return count;
}

int HTList_indexOf ARGS2(HTList *,me, void *,object)
{
  if (me) {
    int position = 0;
    while (me = me->next) {
      if (me->object == object)
	return position;
      position++;
    }
  }
  return -1;  /* Object not in the list */
}

void * HTList_objectAt ARGS2 (HTList *,me, int,position)
{
  if (position < 0)
    return NULL;
  if (me) {
    while (me = me->next) {
      if (position == 0)
	return me->object;
      position--;
    }
  }
  return NULL;  /* Reached the end of the list */
}
ious (HTHistory_canMoveBy (-1))


/*                              Retrieval
**                              =========
*/

/*              Read numbered visited anchor (1 is the oldest)
**              ----------------------------
*/

extern HTAnchor * HTHistory_read
  PARAMS(
    (int number)
  );

/*              Recall numbered visited anchor (1 is the oldest)
**              ------------WWW/Library/Implementation/HTList.h1006640070060000000000000347405370616426014435 037777777777 1 0 /*  */

/*              List object
**
**      The list object is a generic container for storing collections
**      of things in order.
*/
#ifndef HTLIST_H
#define HTLIST_H

#include "HTUtils.h"  /* for BOOL type and PARAMS and ARGS*/

typedef struct _HTList HTList;

struct _HTList {
  void * object;
  HTList * next;
};

#ifdef SHORT_NAMES
#define HTList_new                      HTLiNew
#define HTList_delete                   HTLiDele
#define HTList_addObject                HTLiAdOb
#define HTList_removeObject             HTLiReOb
#define HTList_removeLastObject         HTLiReLa
#define HTList_removeFirstObject        HTLiReFi
#define HTList_count                    HTLiCoun
#define HTList_indexOf                  HTLiInOf
#define HTList_objectAt                 HTLiObAt
#endif

extern HTList * HTList_new NOPARAMS;
extern void     HTList_delete PARAMS((HTList *me));

/*      Add object to START of list
*/
extern void     HTList_addObject PARAMS((HTList *me, void *newObject));


extern BOOL     HTList_removeObject PARAMS((HTList *me, void *oldObject));
extern void *   HTList_removeLastObject PARAMS((HTList *me));
extern void *   HTList_removeFirstObject PARAMS((HTList *me));
#define         HTList_isEmpty(me) (me ? me->next == NULL : YES)
extern int      HTList_count PARAMS((HTList *me));
extern int      HTList_indexOf PARAMS((HTList *me, void *object));
#define         HTList_lastObject(me) \
  (me && me->next ? me->next->object : NULL)
extern void *   HTList_objectAt PARAMS((HTList *me, int position));

/* Fast macro to traverse the list. Call it first with copy of list header :
   it returns the first object and increments the passed list pointer.
   Call it with the same variable until it returns NULL. */
#define HTList_nextObject(me) \
  (me && (me = me->next) ? me->object : NULL)

#endif /* HTLIST_H */
/*

    */

  HTSetPresentation("image/gif", 		"xv %s", 	1.0, 3.0, 0.0);
  HTSetPresentation("image/x-tiff", 		"xv %s", 	1.0, 3.0, 0.0);
  HTSetPresentation("image/jpeg", 		"xv %s", 	1.0, 3.0, 0.0);
 }
#endiWWW/Library/Implementation/HTMIME.c1006640070060000000000001635305435571666014254 037777777777 1 0 /*			MIME Message Parse			HTMIME.c
**			==================
**
**	This is RFC 1341-specific code.
**	The input stream pushed into this parser is assumed to be
**	stripped on CRs, ie lines end with LF, not CR LF.
**	(It is easy to change this except for the body part where
**	conversion can be slow.)
**
** History:
**	   Feb 92	Written Tim Berners-Lee, CERN
**
*/
#include "HTMIME.h"		/* Implemented here */
#include "HTAlert.h"


/*		MIME Object
**		-----------
*/

typedef enum _MIME_state {
	BEGINNING_OF_LINE,
	CONTENT_T,
	CONTENT_TRANSFER_ENCODING,
	CONTENT_TYPE,
	SKIP_GET_VALUE,		/* Skip space then get value */
	GET_VALUE,		/* Get value till white space */
	JUNK_LINE,		/* Ignore the rest of this folded line */
	NEWLINE,		/* Just found a LF .. maybe continuation */
	CHECK,			/* check against check_pointer */
	MIME_TRANSPARENT,	/* put straight through to target ASAP! */
	MIME_IGNORE		/* ignore entire file */
	/* TRANSPARENT and IGNORE are defined as stg else in _WINDOWS */
} MIME_state;

#define VALUE_SIZE 128		/* @@@@@@@ Arbitrary? */
struct _HTStream {
	CONST HTStreamClass *	isa;
	
	MIME_state		state;		/* current state */
	MIME_state		if_ok;		/* got this state if match */
	MIME_state		field;		/* remember which field */
	MIME_state		fold_state;	/* state on a fold */
	CONST char *		check_pointer;	/* checking input */
	
	char *			value_pointer;	/* storing values */
	char 			value[VALUE_SIZE];
	
	HTParentAnchor *	anchor;		/* Given on creation */
	HTStream *		sink;		/* Given on creation */
	
	char *			boundary;	/* For multipart */
	
	HTFormat		encoding;	/* Content-Transfer-Encoding */
	HTFormat		format;		/* Content-Type */
	HTStream *		target;		/* While writing out */
	HTStreamClass		targetClass;
	
	HTAtom *		targetRep;	/* Converting into? */
};


/*_________________________________________________________________________
**
**			A C T I O N 	R O U T I N E S
*/

/*	Character handling
**	------------------
**
**	This is a FSM parser which is tolerant as it can be of all
**	syntax errors.  It ignores field names it does not understand,
**	and resynchronises on line beginnings.
*/

PRIVATE void HTMIME_put_character ARGS2(HTStream *, me, char, c)
{
    switch(me->state) {

    case MIME_IGNORE:
    	return;
	
    case MIME_TRANSPARENT:
    	(*me->targetClass.put_character)(me->target, c);	/* MUST BE FAST */
	return;

    case NEWLINE:
	if (c != '\n' && WHITE(c)) {		/* Folded line */
	    me->state = me->fold_state;	/* pop state before newline */
	    break;
	}
	
	/*	else Falls through */
	
    case BEGINNING_OF_LINE:
        switch(c) {
	case 'c':
	case 'C':
	    me->check_pointer = "ontent-t";
	    me->if_ok = CONTENT_T;
	    me->state = CHECK;
	    break;
	case '\n':			/* Blank line: End of Header! */
	    {
	        if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
			"HTMIME: MIME content type is %s, converting to %s\n",
			HTAtom_name(me->format), HTAtom_name(me->targetRep));
		me->target = HTStreamStack(me->format, me->targetRep,
	 		me->sink , me->anchor);
		if (!me->target) {
		    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "MIME: Can't translate! ** \n");
		    me->target = me->sink;	/* Cheat */
		}
		if (me->target) {
		    me->targetClass = *me->target->isa;
		/* Check for encoding and select state from there @@ */
		
		    me->state = MIME_TRANSPARENT; /* From now push straigh through */
		} else {
		    me->state = MIME_IGNORE;		/* What else to do? */
		}
	    }
	    break;
	    
	default:
	   goto bad_field_name;
	   break;
	   
	} /* switch on character */
        break;
	
    case CHECK:				/* Check against string */
        if (TOLOWER(c) == *(me->check_pointer)++) {
	    if (!*me->check_pointer) me->state = me->if_ok;
	} else {		/* Error */
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
	    	"HTMIME: Bad character `%c' found where `%s' expected\n",
		c, me->check_pointer - 1);
	    goto bad_field_name;
	}
	break;
	
    case CONTENT_T:
        switch(c) {
	case 'r':
	case 'R':
	    me->check_pointer = "ansfer-encoding:";
	    me->if_ok = CONTENT_TRANSFER_ENCODING;
	    me->state = CHECK;
	    break;
	    
	case 'y':
	case 'Y':
	    me->check_pointer = "pe:";
	    me->if_ok = CONTENT_TYPE;
	    me->state = CHECK;
	    break;
	    
	default:
	    goto bad_field_name;
	    
	} /* switch on character */
	break;
	
    case CONTENT_TYPE:
    case CONTENT_TRANSFER_ENCODING:
        me->field = me->state;		/* remember it */
	me->state = SKIP_GET_VALUE;
				/* Fall through! */
    case SKIP_GET_VALUE:
    	if (c == '\n') {
	   me->fold_state = me->state;
	   me->state = NEWLINE;
	   break;
	}
	if (WHITE(c)) break;	/* Skip white space */
	
	me->value_pointer = me->value;
	me->state = GET_VALUE;   
	/* Fall through to store first character */
	
    case GET_VALUE:
    	if (WHITE(c)) {			/* End of field */
	    *me->value_pointer = 0;
	    switch (me->field) {
	    case CONTENT_TYPE:
	        me->format = HTAtom_for(me->value);
		break;
	    case CONTENT_TRANSFER_ENCODING:
	        me->encoding = HTAtom_for(me->value);
		break;
	    default:		/* Should never get here */
	    	break;
	    }
	} else {
	    if (me->value_pointer < me->value + VALUE_SIZE - 1) {
	        *me->value_pointer++ = c;
		break;
	    } else {
	        goto value_too_long;
	    }
	}
	/* Fall through */
	
    case JUNK_LINE:
        if (c == '\n') {
	    me->state = NEWLINE;
	    me->fold_state = me->state;
	}
	break;
	
	
    } /* switch on state*/
    
    return;
    
value_too_long:
    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
    	"HTMIME: *** Syntax error. (string too long)\n");
    
bad_field_name:				/* Ignore it */
    me->state = JUNK_LINE;
    return;
    
}



/*	String handling
**	---------------
**
**	Strings must be smaller than this buffer size.
*/
PRIVATE void HTMIME_put_string ARGS2(HTStream *, me, CONST char*, s)
{
    CONST char * p;
    if (me->state == MIME_TRANSPARENT)		/* Optimisation */
        (*me->targetClass.put_string)(me->target,s);
    else if (me->state != MIME_IGNORE)
        for (p=s; *p; p++) HTMIME_put_character(me, *p);
}


/*	Buffer write.  Buffers can (and should!) be big.
**	------------
*/
PRIVATE void HTMIME_write ARGS3(HTStream *, me, CONST char*, s, int, l)
{
    CONST char * p;
    if (me->state == MIME_TRANSPARENT)		/* Optimisation */
        (*me->targetClass.put_block)(me->target, s, l);
    else
        for (p=s; p < s+l; p++) HTMIME_put_character(me, *p);
}




/*	Free an HTML object
**	-------------------
**
*/
PRIVATE void HTMIME_free ARGS1(HTStream *, me)
{
    if (me->target) (*me->targetClass.free)(me->target);
    free(me);
}

/*	End writing
*/

PRIVATE void HTMIME_end_document ARGS1(HTStream *, me)
{
    if (me->target) (*me->targetClass.end_document)(me->target);
}



/*	Structured Object Class
**	-----------------------
*/
PUBLIC CONST HTStreamClass HTMIME =
{		
	"MIMEParser",
	HTMIME_free,
	HTMIME_end_document,
	HTMIME_put_character, 	HTMIME_put_string,
	HTMIME_write
}; 


/*	Subclass-specific Methods
**	-------------------------
*/

PUBLIC HTStream* HTMIMEConvert ARGS3(
	HTPresentation *,	pres,
	HTParentAnchor *,	anchor,
	HTStream *,		sink)
{
    HTStream* me;
    
    me = malloc(sizeof(*me));
    if (me == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTML_new");
    me->isa = &HTMIME;       

    me->sink = sink;
    me->anchor = anchor;
    me->target = NULL;
    me->state = BEGINNING_OF_LINE;
    me->format = WWW_PLAINTEXT;
    me->targetRep = pres->rep_out;
    me->boundary = 0;		/* Not set yet */
    return me;
}


37777777777 1 0 WWW/Library/Implementation/HTMIME.h1006640070060000000000000070305370616430014234 037777777777 1 0 /*  */

/*              MIME Parser                     HTMIME.h
**              -----------
**
**   The MIME parser stream presents a MIME document.
**
**
*/

#ifndef HTMIME_H
#define HTMIME_H

#include "HTStream.h"
#include "HTAnchor.h"

extern HTStream * HTMIMEConvert PARAMS((HTPresentation * pres,
                                        HTParentAnchor * anchor,
                                        HTStream * sink));


#endif




/*

    */
TList *me, void *newObject));


extern BOOL     HTList_removeWWW/Library/Implementation/HTML.c1006640070060000000000005751405435571620014027 037777777777 1 0 /*		Structured stream to Rich hypertext converter
**		============================================
**
**	This generates of a hypertext object.  It converts from the
**	structured stream interface fro HTMl events into the style-
**	oriented iunterface of the HText.h interface.  This module is
**	only used in clients and shouldnot be linked into servers.
**
**	Override this module if making a new GUI browser.
**
*/
#include "HTML.h"

/* #define CAREFUL		 Check nesting here notreally necessary */

#include 
#include 

#include "HTAtom.h"
#include "HTChunk.h"
#include "HText.h"
#include "HTStyle.h"

#include "HTAlert.h"
#include "HTMLGen.h"
#include "HTParse.h"

extern HTStyleSheet * styleSheet;	/* Application-wide */

/*	Module-wide style cache
*/
PRIVATE int 		got_styles = 0;
PRIVATE HTStyle *styles[HTML_ELEMENTS];
PRIVATE HTStyle *default_style;


/*		HTML Object
**		-----------
*/
#define MAX_NESTING 20		/* Should be checked by parser */

typedef struct _stack_element {
        HTStyle *	style;
	int		tag_number;
} stack_element;

struct _HTStructured {
    CONST HTStructuredClass * 	isa;
    HTParentAnchor * 		node_anchor;
    HText * 			text;

    HTStream*			target;			/* Output stream */
    HTStreamClass		targetClass;		/* Output routines */

    HTChunk 			title;		/* Grow by 128 */
    
    char *			comment_start;	/* for literate programming */
    char *			comment_end;

    HTTag *			current_tag;
    BOOL			style_change;
    HTStyle *			new_style;
    HTStyle *			old_style;
    BOOL			in_word;  /* Have just had a non-white char */
    stack_element 	stack[MAX_NESTING];
    stack_element 	*sp;		/* Style stack pointer */
};

struct _HTStream {
    CONST HTStreamClass *	isa;
    /* .... */
};

/*		Forward declarations of routines
*/
PRIVATE void get_styles NOPARAMS;


PRIVATE void actually_set_style PARAMS((HTStructured * me));
PRIVATE void change_paragraph_style PARAMS((HTStructured * me, HTStyle * style));

/*	Style buffering avoids dummy paragraph begin/ends.
*/
#define UPDATE_STYLE if (me->style_change) { actually_set_style(me); }


#ifdef OLD_CODE
/* The following accented characters are from peter Flynn, curia project */

/* these ifdefs don't solve the problem of a simple terminal emulator
** with a different character set to the client machine. But nothing does,
** except looking at the TERM setting */


        { "ocus" , "&" },       /* for CURIA */
#ifdef IBMPC
        { "aacute" , "\240" },	/* For PC display */
        { "eacute" , "\202" },
        { "iacute" , "\241" },
        { "oacute" , "\242" },
        { "uacute" , "\243" },
        { "Aacute" , "\101" },
        { "Eacute" , "\220" },
        { "Iacute" , "\111" },
        { "Oacute" , "\117" },
        { "Uacute" , "\125" },
#else
        { "aacute" , "\341" },	/* Works for openwindows -- Peter Flynn */
        { "eacute" , "\351" },
        { "iacute" , "\355" },
        { "oacute" , "\363" },
        { "uacute" , "\372" },
        { "Aacute" , "\301" },
        { "Eacute" , "\310" },
        { "Iacute" , "\315" },
        { "Oacute" , "\323" },
        { "Uacute" , "\332" }, 
#endif
	{ 0,	0 }  /* Terminate list */
};
#endif


/* 	Entity values -- for ISO Latin 1 local representation
**
**	This MUST match exactly the table referred to in the DTD!
*/
static char * ISO_Latin1[] = {
  	"\306",	/* capital AE diphthong (ligature) */ 
  	"\301",	/* capital A, acute accent */ 
  	"\302",	/* capital A, circumflex accent */ 
  	"\300",	/* capital A, grave accent */ 
  	"\305",	/* capital A, ring */ 
  	"\303",	/* capital A, tilde */ 
  	"\304",	/* capital A, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  	"\307",	/* capital C, cedilla */ 
  	"\320",	/* capital Eth, Icelandic */ 
  	"\311",	/* capital E, acute accent */ 
  	"\312",	/* capital E, circumflex accent */ 
  	"\310",	/* capital E, grave accent */ 
  	"\313",	/* capital E, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  	"\315",	/* capital I, acute accent */ 
  	"\316",	/* capital I, circumflex accent */ 
  	"\314",	/* capital I, grave accent */ 
  	"\317",	/* capital I, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  	"\321",	/* capital N, tilde */ 
  	"\323",	/* capital O, acute accent */ 
  	"\324",	/* capital O, circumflex accent */ 
  	"\322",	/* capital O, grave accent */ 
  	"\330",	/* capital O, slash */ 
  	"\325",	/* capital O, tilde */ 
  	"\326",	/* capital O, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  	"\336",	/* capital THORN, Icelandic */ 
  	"\332",	/* capital U, acute accent */ 
  	"\333",	/* capital U, circumflex accent */ 
  	"\331",	/* capital U, grave accent */ 
  	"\334",	/* capital U, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  	"\335",	/* capital Y, acute accent */ 
  	"\341",	/* small a, acute accent */ 
  	"\342",	/* small a, circumflex accent */ 
  	"\346",	/* small ae diphthong (ligature) */ 
  	"\340",	/* small a, grave accent */ 
  	"\046",	/* ampersand */ 
  	"\345",	/* small a, ring */ 
  	"\343",	/* small a, tilde */ 
  	"\344",	/* small a, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  	"\347",	/* small c, cedilla */ 
  	"\351",	/* small e, acute accent */ 
  	"\352",	/* small e, circumflex accent */ 
  	"\350",	/* small e, grave accent */ 
  	"\360",	/* small eth, Icelandic */ 
  	"\353",	/* small e, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  	"\076",	/* greater than */ 
  	"\355",	/* small i, acute accent */ 
  	"\356",	/* small i, circumflex accent */ 
  	"\354",	/* small i, grave accent */ 
  	"\357",	/* small i, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  	"\074",	/* less than */ 
  	"\361",	/* small n, tilde */ 
  	"\363",	/* small o, acute accent */ 
  	"\364",	/* small o, circumflex accent */ 
  	"\362",	/* small o, grave accent */ 
  	"\370",	/* small o, slash */ 
  	"\365",	/* small o, tilde */ 
  	"\366",	/* small o, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  	"\337",	/* small sharp s, German (sz ligature) */ 
  	"\376",	/* small thorn, Icelandic */ 
  	"\372",	/* small u, acute accent */ 
  	"\373",	/* small u, circumflex accent */ 
  	"\371",	/* small u, grave accent */ 
  	"\374",	/* small u, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  	"\375",	/* small y, acute accent */ 
  	"\377",	/* small y, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
};


/* 	Entity values -- for NeXT local representation
**
**	This MUST match exactly the table referred to in the DTD!
**
*/
static char * NeXTCharacters[] = {
  	"\341",	/* capital AE diphthong (ligature) 	*/ 
  	"\202",	/* capital A, acute accent		*/ 
  	"\203",	/* capital A, circumflex accent 	*/ 
  	"\201",	/* capital A, grave accent 		*/ 
  	"\206",	/* capital A, ring 			*/ 
  	"\204",	/* capital A, tilde 			*/ 
  	"\205",	/* capital A, dieresis or umlaut mark	*/ 
  	"\207",	/* capital C, cedilla 			*/ 
  	"\220",	/* capital Eth, Icelandic 		*/ 
  	"\211",	/* capital E, acute accent 				*/ 
  	"\212",	/* capital E, circumflex accent 			*/ 
  	"\210",	/* capital E, grave accent 				*/ 
  	"\213",	/* capital E, dieresis or umlaut mark 			*/ 
  	"\215",	/* capital I, acute accent 				*/ 
  	"\216",	/* capital I, circumflex accent 	these are	*/ 
  	"\214",	/* capital I, grave accent		ISO -100 hex	*/ 
  	"\217",	/* capital I, dieresis or umlaut mark			*/ 
  	"\221",	/* capital N, tilde 					*/ 
  	"\223",	/* capital O, acute accent 				*/ 
  	"\224",	/* capital O, circumflex accent 			*/ 
  	"\222",	/* capital O, grave accent 				*/ 
  	"\351",	/* capital O, slash 		'cept this */ 
  	"\225",	/* capital O, tilde 					*/ 
  	"\226",	/* capital O, dieresis or umlaut mark			*/ 
  	"\234",	/* capital THORN, Icelandic */ 
  	"\230",	/* capital U, acute accent */ 
  	"\231",	/* capital U, circumflex accent */ 
  	"\227",	/* capital U, grave accent */ 
  	"\232",	/* capital U, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  	"\233",	/* capital Y, acute accent */ 
  	"\326",	/* small a, acute accent */ 
  	"\327",	/* small a, circumflex accent */ 
  	"\361",	/* small ae diphthong (ligature) */ 
  	"\325",	/* small a, grave accent */ 
  	"\046",	/* ampersand */ 
  	"\332",	/* small a, ring */ 
  	"\330",	/* small a, tilde */ 
  	"\331",	/* small a, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  	"\333",	/* small c, cedilla */ 
  	"\335",	/* small e, acute accent */ 
  	"\336",	/* small e, circumflex accent */ 
  	"\334",	/* small e, grave accent */ 
  	"\346",	/* small eth, Icelandic 	*/ 
  	"\337",	/* small e, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  	"\076",	/* greater than */ 
  	"\342",	/* small i, acute accent */ 
  	"\344",	/* small i, circumflex accent */ 
  	"\340",	/* small i, grave accent */ 
  	"\345",	/* small i, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  	"\074",	/* less than */ 
  	"\347",	/* small n, tilde */ 
  	"\355",	/* small o, acute accent */ 
  	"\356",	/* small o, circumflex accent */ 
  	"\354",	/* small o, grave accent */ 
  	"\371",	/* small o, slash */ 
  	"\357",	/* small o, tilde */ 
  	"\360",	/* small o, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  	"\373",	/* small sharp s, German (sz ligature) */ 
  	"\374",	/* small thorn, Icelandic */ 
  	"\363",	/* small u, acute accent */ 
  	"\364",	/* small u, circumflex accent */ 
  	"\362",	/* small u, grave accent */ 
  	"\366",	/* small u, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  	"\367",	/* small y, acute accent */ 
  	"\375",	/* small y, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
};

/* 	Entity values -- for IBM/PC Code Page 850 (International)
**
**	This MUST match exactly the table referred to in the DTD!
**
*/
/* @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ TBD */



/*		Set character set
**		----------------
*/

PRIVATE char** p_entity_values = ISO_Latin1;	/* Pointer to translation */

PUBLIC void HTMLUseCharacterSet ARGS1(HTMLCharacterSet, i)
{
    p_entity_values = (i == HTML_NEXT_CHARS) ? NeXTCharacters
    					     : ISO_Latin1;
}


/*		Flattening the style structure
**		------------------------------
**
On the NeXT, and on any read-only browser, it is simpler for the text to have
a sequence of styles, rather than a nested tree of styles. In this
case we have to flatten the structure as it arrives from SGML tags into
a sequence of styles.
*/

/*		If style really needs to be set, call this
*/
PRIVATE void actually_set_style ARGS1(HTStructured *, me)
{
    if (!me->text) {			/* First time through */
	    me->text = HText_new2(me->node_anchor, me->target);
	    HText_beginAppend(me->text);
	    HText_setStyle(me->text, me->new_style);
	    me->in_word = NO;
    } else {
	    HText_setStyle(me->text, me->new_style);
    }
    me->old_style = me->new_style;
    me->style_change = NO;
}

/*      If you THINK you need to change style, call this
*/

PRIVATE void change_paragraph_style ARGS2(HTStructured *, me, HTStyle *,style)
{
    if (me->new_style!=style) {
    	me->style_change = YES;
	me->new_style = style;
    }
    me->in_word = NO;
}

/*_________________________________________________________________________
**
**			A C T I O N 	R O U T I N E S
*/

/*	Character handling
**	------------------
*/
PRIVATE void HTML_put_character ARGS2(HTStructured *, me, char, c)
{

    switch (me->sp[0].tag_number) {
    case HTML_COMMENT:
    	break;					/* Do Nothing */
	
    case HTML_TITLE:	
    	HTChunkPutc(&me->title, c);
	break;

	
    case HTML_LISTING:				/* Litteral text */
    case HTML_XMP:
    case HTML_PLAINTEXT:
    case HTML_PRE:
/*	We guarrantee that the style is up-to-date in begin_litteral
*/
    	HText_appendCharacter(me->text, c);
	break;
	
    default:					/* Free format text */
	if (me->style_change) {
	    if ((c=='\n') || (c==' ')) return;	/* Ignore it */
	    UPDATE_STYLE;
	}
	if (c=='\n') {
	    if (me->in_word) {
		HText_appendCharacter(me->text, ' ');
		me->in_word = NO;
	    }
	} else {
	    HText_appendCharacter(me->text, c);
	    me->in_word = YES;
	}
    } /* end switch */
}



/*	String handling
**	---------------
**
**	This is written separately from put_character becuase the loop can
**	in some cases be promoted to a higher function call level for speed.
*/
PRIVATE void HTML_put_string ARGS2(HTStructured *, me, CONST char*, s)
{

    switch (me->sp[0].tag_number) {
    case HTML_COMMENT:
    	break;					/* Do Nothing */
	
    case HTML_TITLE:	
    	HTChunkPuts(&me->title, s);
	break;

	
    case HTML_LISTING:				/* Litteral text */
    case HTML_XMP:
    case HTML_PLAINTEXT:
    case HTML_PRE:

/*	We guarrantee that the style is up-to-date in begin_litteral
*/
    	HText_appendText(me->text, s);
	break;
	
    default:					/* Free format text */
        {
	    CONST char *p = s;
	    if (me->style_change) {
		for (; *p && ((*p=='\n') || (*p==' ')); p++)  ;  /* Ignore leaders */
		if (!*p) return;
		UPDATE_STYLE;
	    }
	    for(; *p; p++) {
		if (me->style_change) {
		    if ((*p=='\n') || (*p==' ')) continue;  /* Ignore it */
		    UPDATE_STYLE;
		}
		if (*p=='\n') {
		    if (me->in_word) {
			HText_appendCharacter(me->text, ' ');
			me->in_word = NO;
		    }
		} else {
		    HText_appendCharacter(me->text, *p);
		    me->in_word = YES;
		}
	    } /* for */
	}
    } /* end switch */
}


/*	Buffer write
**	------------
*/
PRIVATE void HTML_write ARGS3(HTStructured *, me, CONST char*, s, int, l)
{
    CONST char* p;
    CONST char* e = s+l;
    for (p=s; snode_anchor,				/* parent */
		present[HTML_A_NAME] ? value[HTML_A_NAME] : 0,	/* Tag */
		present[HTML_A_HREF] ? href : 0,		/* Addresss */
		present[HTML_A_TYPE] && value[HTML_A_TYPE] ? 
			(HTLinkType*)HTAtom_for(value[HTML_A_TYPE])
			    			: 0);
	    
	    if (present[HTML_A_TITLE] && value[HTML_A_TITLE]) {
	        HTParentAnchor * dest = 
		    HTAnchor_parent(
			HTAnchor_followMainLink((HTAnchor*)source)
				    );
		if (!HTAnchor_title(dest))
			HTAnchor_setTitle(dest, value[HTML_A_TITLE]);
	    }
	    UPDATE_STYLE;
	    HText_beginAnchor(me->text, source);
	}
    	break;
	
    case HTML_TITLE:
        HTChunkClear(&me->title);
	break;
	
    case HTML_NEXTID:
    	/* if (present[NEXTID_N] && value[NEXTID_N])
		HText_setNextId(me->text, atoi(value[NEXTID_N])); */
    	break;
	
    case HTML_ISINDEX:
   	HTAnchor_setIndex(me->node_anchor);
	break;
	
    case HTML_P:
	UPDATE_STYLE;
	HText_appendParagraph(me->text);
	me->in_word = NO;
	break;

    case HTML_DL:
        change_paragraph_style(me, present && present[DL_COMPACT]
    		? styles[HTML_DLC]
		: styles[HTML_DL]);
	break;
	
    case HTML_DT:
        if (!me->style_change) {
	    HText_appendParagraph(me->text);
	    me->in_word = NO;
	}
	break;
	
    case HTML_DD:
        UPDATE_STYLE;
	HTML_put_character(me, '\t');	/* Just tab out one stop */
	me->in_word = NO;
	break;

    case HTML_UL:
    case HTML_OL:
    case HTML_MENU:
    case HTML_DIR:
	change_paragraph_style(me, styles[element_number]);
	break;
	
    case HTML_LI:
        UPDATE_STYLE;
	if (me->sp[0].tag_number != HTML_DIR)
	    HText_appendParagraph(me->text);
	else
	    HText_appendCharacter(me->text, '\t');	/* Tab @@ nl for UL? */
	me->in_word = NO;
	break;
	
    case HTML_LISTING:				/* Litteral text */
    case HTML_XMP:
    case HTML_PLAINTEXT:
    case HTML_PRE:
	change_paragraph_style(me, styles[element_number]);
	UPDATE_STYLE;
    	if (me->comment_end)
    	    HText_appendText(me->text, me->comment_end);
	break;

    case HTML_HTML:			/* Ignore these altogether */
    case HTML_HEAD:
    case HTML_BODY:
    
    case HTML_IMG:			/* Images -- ignore */
    
    case HTML_TT:			/* Physical character highlighting */
    case HTML_B:			/* Currently ignored */
    case HTML_I:
    case HTML_U:
    
    case HTML_EM:			/* Logical character highlighting */
    case HTML_STRONG:			/* Currently ignored */
    case HTML_CODE:
    case HTML_SAMP:
    case HTML_KBD:
    case HTML_VAR:
    case HTML_DFN:
    case HTML_CITE:
    	break;
	
    case HTML_H1:			/* paragraph styles */
    case HTML_H2:
    case HTML_H3:
    case HTML_H4:
    case HTML_H5:
    case HTML_H6:
    case HTML_H7:
    case HTML_ADDRESS:
    case HTML_BLOCKQUOTE:
    	change_paragraph_style(me, styles[element_number]);	/* May be postponed */
	break;

    } /* end switch */

    if (HTML_dtd.tags[element_number].contents!= SGML_EMPTY) {
        if (me->sp == &me->stack) {
	    fprintf(stderr, "HTML: ****** Maximum nesting of %d exceded!\n",
	    MAX_NESTING); 
	    return;
	}
    	--(me->sp);
	me->sp[0].style = me->new_style;	/* Stack new style */
	me->sp[0].tag_number = element_number;
    }	
}


/*		End Element
**		-----------
**
*/
/*	When we end an element, the style must be returned to that
**	in effect before that element.  Note that anchors (etc?)
**	don't have an associated style, so that we must scan down the
**	stack for an element with a defined style. (In fact, the styles
**	should be linked to the whole stack not just the top one.)
**	TBL 921119
**
**	We don't turn on "CAREFUL" check because the parser produces
**	(internal code errors apart) good nesting. The parser checks
**	incoming code errors, not this module.
*/
PRIVATE void HTML_end_element ARGS2(HTStructured *, me, int , element_number)
{
#ifdef CAREFUL			/* parser assumed to produce good nesting */
    if (element_number != me->sp[0].tag_number) {
        fprintf(stderr, "HTMLText: end of element %s when expecting end of %s\n",
		HTML_dtd.tags[element_number].name,
		HTML_dtd.tags[me->sp->tag_number].name);
		/* panic */
    }
#endif
    
    me->sp++;				/* Pop state off stack */
    
    switch(element_number) {

    case HTML_A:
	UPDATE_STYLE;
	HText_endAnchor(me->text);
	break;

    case HTML_TITLE:
        HTChunkTerminate(&me->title);
    	HTAnchor_setTitle(me->node_anchor, me->title.data);
	break;
	
    case HTML_LISTING:				/* Litteral text */
    case HTML_XMP:
    case HTML_PLAINTEXT:
    case HTML_PRE:
    	if (me->comment_start)
    	    HText_appendText(me->text, me->comment_start);
	/* Fall through */
	
    default:
    
	change_paragraph_style(me, me->sp->style);	/* Often won't really change */
	break;
	
    } /* switch */
}


/*		Expanding entities
**		------------------
*/
/*	(In fact, they all shrink!)
*/

PRIVATE void HTML_put_entity ARGS2(HTStructured *, me, int, entity_number)
{
    HTML_put_string(me, ISO_Latin1[entity_number]);	/* @@ Other representations */
}



/*	Free an HTML object
**	-------------------
**
** If the document is empty, the text object will not yet exist.
   So we could in fact abandon creating the document and return
   an error code.  In fact an empty document is an important type
   of document, so we don't.
**
**	If non-interactive, everything is freed off.   No: crashes -listrefs
**	Otherwise, the interactive object is left.	
*/
PUBLIC void HTML_free ARGS1(HTStructured *, me)
{
    UPDATE_STYLE;		/* Creates empty document here! */
    if (me->comment_end)
		HTML_put_string(me,me->comment_end);
    HText_endAppend(me->text);

    if (me->target) {
        (*me->targetClass.end_document)(me->target);
        (*me->targetClass.free)(me->target);
/*	HText_free(me->text);	*/		/* @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ */
    }
    free(me);
}


PRIVATE void HTML_end_document ARGS1(HTStructured *, me)

{			/* Obsolete */
}


/*	Get Styles from style sheet
**	---------------------------
*/
PRIVATE void get_styles NOARGS
{
    got_styles = YES;
    
    default_style =		HTStyleNamed(styleSheet, "Normal");

    styles[HTML_H1] =		HTStyleNamed(styleSheet, "Heading1");
    styles[HTML_H2] =		HTStyleNamed(styleSheet, "Heading2");
    styles[HTML_H3] =		HTStyleNamed(styleSheet, "Heading3");
    styles[HTML_H4] =		HTStyleNamed(styleSheet, "Heading4");
    styles[HTML_H5] =		HTStyleNamed(styleSheet, "Heading5");
    styles[HTML_H6] =		HTStyleNamed(styleSheet, "Heading6");
    styles[HTML_H7] =		HTStyleNamed(styleSheet, "Heading7");

    styles[HTML_DL] =		HTStyleNamed(styleSheet, "Glossary");
    styles[HTML_UL] =
    styles[HTML_OL] =		HTStyleNamed(styleSheet, "List");
    styles[HTML_MENU] =		HTStyleNamed(styleSheet, "Menu");
    styles[HTML_DIR] =		HTStyleNamed(styleSheet, "Dir");    
    styles[HTML_DLC] =		HTStyleNamed(styleSheet, "GlossaryCompact");
    styles[HTML_ADDRESS]=	HTStyleNamed(styleSheet, "Address");
    styles[HTML_BLOCKQUOTE]=	HTStyleNamed(styleSheet, "BlockQuote");
    styles[HTML_PLAINTEXT] =
    styles[HTML_XMP] =		HTStyleNamed(styleSheet, "Example");
    styles[HTML_PRE] =		HTStyleNamed(styleSheet, "Preformatted");
    styles[HTML_LISTING] =	HTStyleNamed(styleSheet, "Listing");
}
/*				P U B L I C
*/

/*	Structured Object Class
**	-----------------------
*/
PUBLIC CONST HTStructuredClass HTMLPresentation = /* As opposed to print etc */
{		
	"text/html",
	HTML_free,
	HTML_end_document,
	HTML_put_character, 	HTML_put_string,  HTML_write,
	HTML_start_element, 	HTML_end_element,
	HTML_put_entity
}; 


/*		New Structured Text object
**		--------------------------
**
**	The strutcured stream can generate either presentation,
**	or plain text, or HTML.
*/
PUBLIC HTStructured* HTML_new ARGS3(
	HTParentAnchor *, 	anchor,
	HTFormat,		format_out,
	HTStream*,		stream)
{

    HTStructured * me;
    
    if (format_out != WWW_PLAINTEXT && format_out != WWW_PRESENT) {
        HTStream * intermediate = HTStreamStack(WWW_HTML, format_out,
		stream, anchor);
	if (intermediate) return HTMLGenerator(intermediate);
        fprintf(stderr, "** Internal error: can't parse HTML to %s\n",
       		HTAtom_name(format_out));
	exit (-99);
    }

    me = (HTStructured*) malloc(sizeof(*me));
    if (me == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTML_new");

    if (!got_styles) get_styles();

    me->isa = &HTMLPresentation;
    me->node_anchor =  anchor;
    me->title.size = 0;
    me->title.growby = 128;
    me->title.allocated = 0;
    me->title.data = 0;
    me->text = 0;
    me->style_change = YES; /* Force check leading to text creation */
    me->new_style = default_style;
    me->old_style = 0;
    me->sp = me->stack + MAX_NESTING - 1;
    me->sp->tag_number = -1;				/* INVALID */
    me->sp->style = default_style;			/* INVALID */
    
    me->comment_start = NULL;
    me->comment_end = NULL;
    me->target = stream;
    if (stream) me->targetClass = *stream->isa;	/* Copy pointers */
    
    return (HTStructured*) me;
}


/*	HTConverter for HTML to plain text
**	----------------------------------
**
**	This will convert from HTML to presentation or plain text.
*/
PUBLIC HTStream* HTMLToPlain ARGS3(
	HTPresentation *,	pres,
	HTParentAnchor *,	anchor,	
	HTStream *,		sink)
{
    return SGML_new(&HTML_dtd, HTML_new(anchor, pres->rep_out, sink));
}


/*	HTConverter for HTML to C code
**	------------------------------
**
**	C copde is like plain text but all non-preformatted code
**	is commented out.
**	This will convert from HTML to presentation or plain text.
*/
PUBLIC HTStream* HTMLToC ARGS3(
	HTPresentation *,	pres,
	HTParentAnchor *,	anchor,	
	HTStream *,		sink)
{
    
    HTStructured * html;
    
    (*sink->isa->put_string)(sink, "/* ");	/* Before even title */
    html = HTML_new(anchor, WWW_PLAINTEXT, sink);
    html->comment_start = "/* ";
    html->comment_end = " */\n";	/* Must start in col 1 for cpp */
/*    HTML_put_string(html,html->comment_start); */
    return SGML_new(&HTML_dtd, html);
}


/*	Presenter for HTML
**	------------------
**
**	This will convert from HTML to presentation or plain text.
**
**	Override this if you have a windows version
*/
#ifndef GUI
PUBLIC HTStream* HTMLPresent ARGS3(
	HTPresentation *,	pres,
	HTParentAnchor *,	anchor,	
	HTStream *,		sink)
{
    return SGML_new(&HTML_dtd, HTML_new(anchor, WWW_PRESENT, NULL));
}
#endif


/*	Record error message as a hypertext object
**	------------------------------------------
**
**	The error message should be marked as an error so that
**	it can be reloaded later.
**	This implementation just throws up an error message
**	and leaves the document unloaded.
**	A smarter implementation would load an error document,
**	marking at such so that it is retried on reload.
**
** On entry,
**	sink 	is a stream to the output device if any
**	number	is the HTTP error number
**	message	is the human readable message.
**
** On exit,
**	returns	a negative number to indicate lack of success in the load.
*/

PUBLIC int HTLoadError ARGS3(
	HTStream *, 	sink,
	int,		number,
	CONST char *,	message)
{
    HTAlert(message);		/* @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ */
    return -number;
} 

 atoi(value[NEXTID_N])); */
    	break;
	
    case HTML_ISINDEX:
   	HTAnchor_setIndex(me->node_anchor);
	break;
	
    case HTML_P:
	UPDATE_STYLE;
	HText_appendParagraph(me->text);WWW/Library/Implementation/HTML.h1006640070060000000000000366105435571724014033 037777777777 1 0 /*                                                     HTML to rich text converter for libwww
                             THE HTML TO RTF OBJECT CONVERTER
                                             
 */
#ifndef HTML_H
#define HTML_H

#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "HTAnchor.h"
#include "HTMLDTD.h"

#ifdef SHORT_NAMES
#define HTMLPresentation        HTMLPren
#define HTMLPresent             HTMLPres
#endif

extern CONST HTStructuredClass HTMLPresentation;

/*

HTConverter to present HTML

 */
PUBLIC HTStream* HTMLToPlain PARAMS((
        HTPresentation *        pres,
        HTParentAnchor *        anchor,
        HTStream *              sink));

PUBLIC HTStream* HTMLToC PARAMS((
        HTPresentation *        pres,
        HTParentAnchor *        anchor,
        HTStream *              sink));

PUBLIC HTStream* HTMLPresent PARAMS((
        HTPresentation *        pres,
        HTParentAnchor *        anchor,
        HTStream *              sink));

extern HTStructured* HTML_new PARAMS((
        HTParentAnchor * anchor,
        HTFormat        format_out,
        HTStream *      target));

/*      Names for selected internal representations:
*/
typedef enum _HTMLCharacterSet {
        HTML_ISO_LATIN1,
        HTML_NEXT_CHARS,
        HTML_PC_CP950
} HTMLCharacterSet;

extern void HTMLUseCharacterSet PARAMS((HTMLCharacterSet i));

/*

Record error message as a hypertext object

   The error message should be marked as an error so that it can be reloaded later. This
   implementation just throws up an error message and leaves the document unloaded.
   
 */
/* On entry,
**      sink    is a stream to the output device if any
**      number  is the HTTP error number
**      message is the human readable message.
** On exit,
**      a retrun code like HT_LOADED if object exists else 60; 0
*/

PUBLIC int HTLoadError PARAMS((
        HTStream *      sink,
        int             number,
        CONST char *    message));

#endif

/*

    */
(In fact, the styles
**	should be linked to the whole stack not just the top onWWW/Library/Implementation/HTMLDTD.c1006640070060000000000001514705435571623014362 037777777777 1 0 /*		Our Static DTD for HTML
**		-----------------------
*/

/* Implements:
*/

#include "HTMLDTD.h"

/* 	Entity Names
**	------------
**
**	This table must be matched exactly with ALL the translation tables
*/
static CONST char* entities[] = {
  "AElig",	/* capital AE diphthong (ligature) */ 
  "Aacute",	/* capital A, acute accent */ 
  "Acirc",	/* capital A, circumflex accent */ 
  "Agrave",	/* capital A, grave accent */ 
  "Aring",	/* capital A, ring */ 
  "Atilde",	/* capital A, tilde */ 
  "Auml",	/* capital A, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  "Ccedil",	/* capital C, cedilla */ 
  "ETH",	/* capital Eth, Icelandic */ 
  "Eacute",	/* capital E, acute accent */ 
  "Ecirc",	/* capital E, circumflex accent */ 
  "Egrave",	/* capital E, grave accent */ 
  "Euml",	/* capital E, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  "Iacute",	/* capital I, acute accent */ 
  "Icirc",	/* capital I, circumflex accent */ 
  "Igrave",	/* capital I, grave accent */ 
  "Iuml",	/* capital I, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  "Ntilde",	/* capital N, tilde */ 
  "Oacute",	/* capital O, acute accent */ 
  "Ocirc",	/* capital O, circumflex accent */ 
  "Ograve",	/* capital O, grave accent */ 
  "Oslash",	/* capital O, slash */ 
  "Otilde",	/* capital O, tilde */ 
  "Ouml",	/* capital O, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  "THORN",	/* capital THORN, Icelandic */ 
  "Uacute",	/* capital U, acute accent */ 
  "Ucirc",	/* capital U, circumflex accent */ 
  "Ugrave",	/* capital U, grave accent */ 
  "Uuml",	/* capital U, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  "Yacute",	/* capital Y, acute accent */ 
  "aacute",	/* small a, acute accent */ 
  "acirc",	/* small a, circumflex accent */ 
  "aelig",	/* small ae diphthong (ligature) */ 
  "agrave",	/* small a, grave accent */ 
  "amp",	/* ampersand */ 
  "aring",	/* small a, ring */ 
  "atilde",	/* small a, tilde */ 
  "auml",	/* small a, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  "ccedil",	/* small c, cedilla */ 
  "eacute",	/* small e, acute accent */ 
  "ecirc",	/* small e, circumflex accent */ 
  "egrave",	/* small e, grave accent */ 
  "eth",	/* small eth, Icelandic */ 
  "euml",	/* small e, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  "gt",		/* greater than */ 
  "iacute",	/* small i, acute accent */ 
  "icirc",	/* small i, circumflex accent */ 
  "igrave",	/* small i, grave accent */ 
  "iuml",	/* small i, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  "lt",		/* less than */ 
  "ntilde",	/* small n, tilde */ 
  "oacute",	/* small o, acute accent */ 
  "ocirc",	/* small o, circumflex accent */ 
  "ograve",	/* small o, grave accent */ 
  "oslash",	/* small o, slash */ 
  "otilde",	/* small o, tilde */ 
  "ouml",	/* small o, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  "szlig",	/* small sharp s, German (sz ligature) */ 
  "thorn",	/* small thorn, Icelandic */ 
  "uacute",	/* small u, acute accent */ 
  "ucirc",	/* small u, circumflex accent */ 
  "ugrave",	/* small u, grave accent */ 
  "uuml",	/* small u, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
  "yacute",	/* small y, acute accent */ 
  "yuml",	/* small y, dieresis or umlaut mark */ 
};

#define HTML_ENTITIES 65


/*		Attribute Lists
**		---------------
**
**	Lists must be in alphatbetical order by attribute name
**	The tag elements contain the number of attributes
*/
static attr no_attr[] = 
	{{ 0 }};

static attr a_attr[] = {			/* Anchor attributes */
	{ "HREF"},
	{ "NAME" },				/* Should be ID */
	{ "TITLE" },
	{ "TYPE" },
	{ "URN" },
	{ 0 }	/* Terminate list */
};	

static attr img_attr[] = {			/* Anchor attributes */
	{ "SRC"},
	{ 0 }	/* Terminate list */
};	

static attr list_attr[] = {
	{ "COMPACT"},
	{ 0 }	/* Terminate list */
};

static attr glossary_attr[] = {
	{ "COMPACT" },
	{ 0 }	/* Terminate list */
};

static attr nextid_attr[] = {
	{ "N" }
};


/*	Elements
**	--------
**
**	Must match definitions in HTMLDTD.html!
**	Must be in alphabetical order.
**
**    Name, 	Attributes, 		content
*/
static HTTag tags[HTML_ELEMENTS] = {
    { "A"	, a_attr,	HTML_A_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_MIXED },
    { "ADDRESS"	, no_attr,	0,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "B"	, no_attr,	0,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "BODY"	, no_attr,	0,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "BLOCKQUOTE", no_attr,	0,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "CITE"	, no_attr,	0,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "CODE"	, no_attr,	0,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "COMMENT",  no_attr,	0,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "DD"	, no_attr,	0,		SGML_EMPTY },
    { "DFN"	, no_attr,	0,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "DIR"	, list_attr,	1,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "DL"	, glossary_attr,1,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "DLC"	, glossary_attr,1,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "DT"	, no_attr,	0,		SGML_EMPTY },
    { "EM"	, no_attr,	0,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "HEAD"	, no_attr,	0,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "H1"	, no_attr,	0,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "H2"	, no_attr,	0,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "H3"	, no_attr,	0,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "H4"	, no_attr,	0,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "H5"	, no_attr,	0,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "H6"	, no_attr,	0,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "H7"	, no_attr,	0,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "HTML"	, no_attr,	0,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "I"	, no_attr,	0,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "IMG"     , img_attr,	0,		SGML_EMPTY },
    { "ISINDEX" , no_attr,	0,		SGML_EMPTY },
    { "KBD"	, no_attr,	0,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "LI"	, list_attr,	1,		SGML_EMPTY },
    { "LINK"	, a_attr,	HTML_A_ATTRIBUTES,	SGML_EMPTY },
    { "LISTING"	, no_attr,	0,		SGML_LITTERAL },
    { "NEXTID"  , nextid_attr,	1,		SGML_EMPTY },
    { "MENU"	, list_attr,	1,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "OL"	, list_attr,	1,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "P"	, no_attr,	0,		SGML_EMPTY },
    { "PLAINTEXT", no_attr,	0,		SGML_LITTERAL },
    { "PRE"	, no_attr,	0,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "SAMP"	, no_attr,	0,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "STRONG"	, no_attr,	0,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "TITLE", 	  no_attr,	0,		SGML_CDATA },
    { "TT"	, no_attr,	0,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "U"	, no_attr,	0,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "UL"	, list_attr,	1,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "VAR"	, no_attr,	0,		SGML_MIXED },
    { "XMP"	, no_attr,	0,		SGML_LITTERAL },
};


PUBLIC CONST SGML_dtd HTML_dtd = {
	tags,
	HTML_ELEMENTS,
	entities,
	sizeof(entities)/sizeof(char**)
};

/*	Utility Routine: useful for people building HTML objects */

/*	Start anchor element
**	--------------------
**
**	It is kinda convenient to have a particulr routine for
**	starting an anchor element, as everything else for HTML is
**	simple anyway.
*/
struct _HTStructured {
    HTStructuredClass * isa;
	/* ... */
};

PUBLIC void HTStartAnchor ARGS3(HTStructured *, obj,
		CONST char *,  name,
		CONST char *,  href)
{
    BOOL		present[HTML_A_ATTRIBUTES];
    CONST char*		value[HTML_A_ATTRIBUTES];
    
    {
    	int i;
    	for(i=0; iisa->start_element)(obj, HTML_A , present, value);

}

s	a negative number to indicate lack of success in the load.
*/

PUBLIC int HTLoadError ARGS3(
	HTStream *, 	sink,
	int,		number,
	CONST char *,	message)
{
    HTAlert(message);		/* @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ */
    return -number;
} 

 atoi(value[NEXTID_N])); */
    	break;
	
    case HTML_ISINDEX:
   	HTAnchor_setIndex(me->node_anchor);
	break;
	
    case HTML_P:
	UPDATE_STYLE;
	HText_appendParagraph(me->text);WWW/Library/Implementation/HTMLDTD.h1006640070060000000000000501005435571726014357 037777777777 1 0 /*                                               The HTML DTD -- software interface in libwww
                              HTML DTD - SOFTWARE INTERFACE
                                             
   SGML purists should excuse the use of the term "DTD" in this file to represent
   DTD-related information which is not exactly a DTD itself.
   
   The C modular structure doesn't work very well here, as the dtd is partly in the .h and
   partly in the .c which are not very independent.  Tant pis.
   
 */
#ifndef HTMLDTD_H
#define HTMLDTD_H

#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "SGML.h"

/*

Element Numbers

 */

/*

   Must Match all tables by element! These include tables in HTMLDTD.c and code in HTML.c
   .
   
 */
typedef enum _HTMLElement {
        HTML_A,         HTML_ADDRESS,
        HTML_B,         HTML_BLOCKQUOTE,        HTML_BODY,
        HTML_CITE,      HTML_CODE,      HTML_COMMENT,
        HTML_DD,        HTML_DFN,       HTML_DIR,
        HTML_DL,        HTML_DLC,       HTML_DT,
        HTML_EM,
        HTML_HEAD,
        HTML_H1,        HTML_H2,        HTML_H3,
        HTML_H4,        HTML_H5,        HTML_H6,        HTML_H7,
        HTML_HTML,
        HTML_I,         HTML_IMG,       HTML_ISINDEX,
        HTML_KBD,
        HTML_LI,        HTML_LINK,      HTML_LISTING,
        HTML_NEXTID,    HTML_MENU,
        HTML_OL,        HTML_P,         HTML_PLAINTEXT, HTML_PRE,
        HTML_SAMP,      HTML_STRONG,
        HTML_TITLE,     HTML_TT,
        HTML_U,         HTML_UL,
        HTML_VAR,       HTML_XMP } HTMLElement;

#define HTML_ELEMENTS 45

/*

Attribute numbers

 */

/*

   Identifier is HTML__. These must match the tables in HTML.c!
   
 */
#define HTML_A_HREF             0
#define HTML_A_NAME             1
#define HTML_A_TITLE            2
#define HTML_A_TYPE             3
#define HTML_A_URN              4
#define HTML_A_ATTRIBUTES       5

#define DL_COMPACT 0

#define HTML_IMG_SRC            0

#define NEXTID_N 0

extern CONST SGML_dtd HTML_dtd;


/*

Start anchor element

   It is kinda convenient to have a particulr routine for starting an anchor element, as
   everything else for HTML is simple anyway.
   
  ON ENTRY
  
   targetstream poinst to a structured stream object.
   
   name and href point to attribute strings or are NULL if the attribute is to be omitted.
   
 */
extern void HTStartAnchor PARAMS((
                HTStructured * targetstream,
                CONST char *    name,
                CONST char *    href));


#endif /* HTMLDTD_H */

/*

   End of module definition  */
Static DTD for HTML
**		-----------------------
*/

/* Implements:
*/

#include "HTMLDTD.h"

/* 	Entity Names
**	------------
**
**	This table must be matched exactly with ALL the translation tables
*/
static CONST char* entities[] = {
  "AElig",	/* capital AE diphthong (ligature) */ 
  "Aacute",	/* capital A, acute accent */ 
  "Acirc",	/* capital A, circumflex accent */ 
  "Agrave",	/* capital A, grave accent */ 
  "Aring",	/* capital A, ring */ 
  "Atilde",	/* capital A, tilde */ 
  "Auml",	/* caWWW/Library/Implementation/HTMLGen.c1006640070060000000000001205305435571633014452 037777777777 1 0 /*		HTML Generator
**		==============
**
**	This version of the HTML object sends HTML markup to the output stream.
**
** Bugs:	Line wrapping is not done at all.
**		All data handled as PCDATA.
**		Should convert old XMP, LISTING and PLAINTEXT to PRE.
**
**	It is not obvious to me right now whether the HEAD should be generated
**	from the incomming data or the anchor.  Currently itis from the former
**	which is cleanest.
*/

/* Implements:
*/
#include "HTMLGen.h"

#include 
#include "HTMLDTD.h"
#include "HTStream.h"
#include "SGML.h"
#include "HTFormat.h"

#define PUTC(c) (*me->targetClass.put_character)(me->target, c)
#define PUTS(s) (*me->targetClass.put_string)(me->target, s)
#define PUTB(s,l) (*me->targetClass.put_block)(me->target, s, l)

/*		HTML Object
**		-----------
*/

struct _HTStream {
	CONST HTStreamClass *		isa;	
	HTStream * 			target;
	HTStreamClass			targetClass;	/* COPY for speed */
};

struct _HTStructured {
	CONST HTStructuredClass *	isa;
	HTStream * 			target;
	HTStreamClass			targetClass;	/* COPY for speed */
};


/*	Character handling
**	------------------
*/
PRIVATE void HTMLGen_put_character ARGS2(HTStructured *, me, char, c)
{
    PUTC(c);
}



/*	String handling
**	---------------
*/
PRIVATE void HTMLGen_put_string ARGS2(HTStructured *, me, CONST char*, s)
{
    PUTS(s);
}

PRIVATE void HTMLGen_write ARGS3(HTStructured *, me, CONST char*, s, int, l)
{
    PUTB(s,l);
}


/*	Start Element
**	-------------
*/
PRIVATE void HTMLGen_start_element ARGS4(
	HTStructured *, 	me,
	int,			element_number,
	CONST BOOL*,	 	present,
	CONST char **,		value)
{
    int i;

    HTTag * tag = &HTML_dtd.tags[element_number];
    PUTC('<');
    PUTS(tag->name);
    if (present) for (i=0; i< tag->number_of_attributes; i++) {
        if (present[i]) {
	    PUTC(' ');
	    PUTS(tag->attributes[i].name);
	    if (value[i]) {
	 	PUTS("=\"");
		PUTS(value[i]);
		PUTC('"');
	    }
	}
    }
    PUTC('>');
}


/*		End Element
**		-----------
**
*/
/*	When we end an element, the style must be returned to that
**	in effect before that element.  Note that anchors (etc?)
**	don't have an associated style, so that we must scan down the
**	stack for an element with a defined style. (In fact, the styles
**	should be linked to the whole stack not just the top one.)
**	TBL 921119
*/
PRIVATE void HTMLGen_end_element ARGS2(HTStructured *, me,
			int , element_number)
{
    PUTS("');
}


/*		Expanding entities
**		------------------
**
*/

PRIVATE void HTMLGen_put_entity ARGS2(HTStructured *, me, int, entity_number)
{
    PUTC('&');
    PUTS(HTML_dtd.entity_names[entity_number]);
    PUTC(';');
}



/*	Free an HTML object
**	-------------------
**
**	Note that the SGML parsing context is freed, but the created object is not,
**	as it takes on an existence of its own unless explicitly freed.
*/
PRIVATE void HTMLGen_free ARGS1(HTStructured *, me)
{
    (*me->targetClass.free)(me->target);	/* ripple through */
    free(me);
}



PRIVATE void HTMLGen_end_document ARGS1(HTStructured *, me)
{
    PUTC('\n');		/* Make sure ends with newline for sed etc etc */
    (*me->targetClass.end_document)(me->target);
}


PRIVATE void PlainToHTML_end_document ARGS1(HTStructured *, me)
{
    PUTS("
    \n");/* Make sure ends with newline for sed etc etc */ (*me->targetClass.end_document)(me->target); } /* Structured Object Class ** ----------------------- */ PRIVATE CONST HTStructuredClass HTMLGeneration = /* As opposed to print etc */ { "text/html", HTMLGen_free, HTMLGen_end_document, HTMLGen_put_character, HTMLGen_put_string, HTMLGen_write, HTMLGen_start_element, HTMLGen_end_element, HTMLGen_put_entity }; /* Subclass-specific Methods ** ------------------------- */ PUBLIC HTStructured * HTMLGenerator ARGS1(HTStream *, output) { HTStructured* me = (HTStructured*)malloc(sizeof(*me)); if (me == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTMLGenerator"); me->isa = &HTMLGeneration; me->target = output; me->targetClass = *me->target->isa; /* Copy pointers to routines for speed*/ return me; } /* Stream Object Class ** ------------------- ** ** This object just converts a plain text stream into HTML ** It is officially a structured strem but only the stream bits exist. ** This is just the easiest way of typecasting all the routines. */ PRIVATE CONST HTStructuredClass PlainToHTMLConversion = { "plaintexttoHTML", HTMLGen_free, PlainToHTML_end_document, HTMLGen_put_character, HTMLGen_put_string, HTMLGen_write, NULL, /* Structured stuff */ NULL, NULL }; /* HTConverter from plain text to HTML Stream ** ------------------------------------------ */ PUBLIC HTStream* HTPlainToHTML ARGS3( HTPresentation *, pres, HTParentAnchor *, anchor, HTStream *, sink) { HTStream* me = (HTStream*)malloc(sizeof(*me)); if (me == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "PlainToHTML"); me->isa = (HTStreamClass*) &PlainToHTMLConversion; me->target = sink; me->targetClass = *me->target->isa; /* Copy pointers to routines for speed*/ PUTS("\n
    \n");
    return me;
}


tured {
    HTStructuredClass * isa;
	/* ... */
};

PUBLIC void HTStartAnchor ARGS3(HTStructured *, obj,
		CONST char *,  name,
		CONST char *,  href)
{
    BOOL		present[HTML_A_ATTRIBUTES];
    CONST char*		value[HTML_A_ATTRIBUTES];
    
    {
    	int i;
    	for(i=0; i
#include "HTUtils.h"		/* Coding convention macros */
#include "tcp.h"

#include "HTML.h"
#include "HTParse.h"
#include "HTFormat.h"

struct _HTStructured {
	CONST HTStructuredClass *	isa;
	/* ... */
};

#ifdef NeXTStep
#include 
#define NEWS_PROGRESS(foo)
#else
#define NEWS_PROGRESS(foo) fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", (foo))
#endif


#define NEXT_CHAR HTGetChararcter()
#define LINE_LENGTH 512			/* Maximum length of line of ARTICLE etc */
#define GROUP_NAME_LENGTH	256	/* Maximum length of group name */


/*	Module-wide variables
*/
PUBLIC char * HTNewsHost;
PRIVATE struct sockaddr_in soc_address;		/* Binary network address */
PRIVATE int s;					/* Socket for NewsHost */
PRIVATE char response_text[LINE_LENGTH+1];	/* Last response */
/* PRIVATE HText *	HT;	*/		/* the new hypertext */
PRIVATE HTStructured * target;			/* The output sink */
PRIVATE HTStructuredClass targetClass;		/* Copy of fn addresses */
PRIVATE HTParentAnchor *node_anchor;		/* Its anchor */
PRIVATE int	diagnostic;			/* level: 0=none 2=source */


#define PUTC(c) (*targetClass.put_character)(target, c)
#define PUTS(s) (*targetClass.put_string)(target, s)
#define START(e) (*targetClass.start_element)(target, e, 0, 0)
#define END(e) (*targetClass.end_element)(target, e)

PUBLIC CONST char * HTGetNewsHost NOARGS
{
	return HTNewsHost;
}

PUBLIC void HTSetNewsHost ARGS1(CONST char *, value)
{
	StrAllocCopy(HTNewsHost, value);
}

/*	Initialisation for this module
**	------------------------------
**
**	Except on the NeXT, we pick up the NewsHost name from
**
**	1.	Environment variable NNTPSERVER
**	2.	File SERVER_FILE
**	3.	Compilation time macro DEFAULT_NEWS_HOST
**	4.	Default to "news"
**
**	On the NeXT, we pick up the NewsHost name from, in order:
**
**	1.	WorldWideWeb default "NewsHost"
**	2.	Global default "NewsHost"
**	3.	News default "NewsHost"
**	4.	Compilation time macro DEFAULT_NEWS_HOST
**	5.	Default to "news"
*/
PRIVATE BOOL initialized = NO;
PRIVATE BOOL initialize NOARGS
{
    CONST struct hostent  *phost;	  /* Pointer to host - See netdb.h */
    struct sockaddr_in* sin = &soc_address;

        
/*  Set up defaults:
*/
    sin->sin_family = AF_INET;	    	/* Family = internet, host order  */
    sin->sin_port = htons(NEWS_PORT);   /* Default: new port,    */

/*   Get name of Host
*/
#ifdef NeXTStep
    if ((HTNewsHost = NXGetDefaultValue("WorldWideWeb","NewsHost"))==0)
        if ((HTNewsHost = NXGetDefaultValue("News","NewsHost")) == 0)
	    HTNewsHost = DEFAULT_NEWS_HOST;
#else
    if (getenv("NNTPSERVER")) {
        StrAllocCopy(HTNewsHost, (char *)getenv("NNTPSERVER"));
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTNews: NNTPSERVER defined as `%s'\n",
		HTNewsHost);
    } else {
        char server_name[256];
        FILE* fp = fopen(SERVER_FILE, "r");
        if (fp) {
	    if (fscanf(fp, "%s", server_name)==1) {
	        StrAllocCopy(HTNewsHost, server_name);
		if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
		"HTNews: File %s defines news host as `%s'\n",
		        SERVER_FILE, HTNewsHost);
	    }
	    fclose(fp);
	}
    }
    if (!HTNewsHost) HTNewsHost = DEFAULT_NEWS_HOST;
#endif

    if (*HTNewsHost>='0' && *HTNewsHost<='9') {   /* Numeric node address: */
	sin->sin_addr.s_addr = inet_addr((char *)HTNewsHost); /* See arpa/inet.h */

    } else {		    /* Alphanumeric node name: */
	phost=gethostbyname((char*)HTNewsHost);	/* See netdb.h */
	if (!phost) {
#ifdef NeXTStep
	    NXRunAlertPanel(NULL, "Can't find news host name `%s'.",
	    	NULL, NULL, NULL, HTNewsHost);
#else
	    fprintf(stderr,
	      "HTNews: Can't find news host `%s'.\n",HTNewsHost);
	    fprintf(stderr,
"  Please see online documentation for instructions to set the news host.\n");
#endif
	    CTRACE(tfp,
	      "HTNews: Can't find news host `%s'.\n",HTNewsHost);
	    return NO;  /* Fail */
	}
	memcpy(&sin->sin_addr, phost->h_addr, phost->h_length);
    }

    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,  
	"HTNews: Parsed address as port %4x, inet %d.%d.%d.%d\n",
		(unsigned int)ntohs(sin->sin_port),
		(int)*((unsigned char *)(&sin->sin_addr)+0),
		(int)*((unsigned char *)(&sin->sin_addr)+1),
		(int)*((unsigned char *)(&sin->sin_addr)+2),
		(int)*((unsigned char *)(&sin->sin_addr)+3));

    s = -1;		/* Disconnected */
    
    return YES;
}



/*	Send NNTP Command line to remote host & Check Response
**	------------------------------------------------------
**
** On entry,
**	command	points to the command to be sent, including CRLF, or is null
**		pointer if no command to be sent.
** On exit,
**	Negative status indicates transmission error, socket closed.
**	Positive status is an NNTP status.
*/


PRIVATE int response ARGS1(CONST char *,command)
{
    int result;    
    char * p = response_text;
    if (command) {
        int status;
	int length = strlen(command);
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "NNTP command to be sent: %s", command);
#ifdef NOT_ASCII
	{
	    CONST char  * p;
	    char 	* q;
	    char ascii[LINE_LENGTH+1];
	    for(p = command, q=ascii; *p; p++, q++) {
		*q = TOASCII(*p);
	    }
            status = NETWRITE(s, ascii, length);
	}
#else
        status = NETWRITE(s, command, length);
#endif
	if (status<0){
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
	        "HTNews: Unable to send command. Disconnecting.\n");
	    NETCLOSE(s);
	    s = -1;
	    return status;
	} /* if bad status */
    } /* if command to be sent */
    
    for(;;) {  
	if (((*p++=NEXT_CHAR) == LF)
	                || (p == &response_text[LINE_LENGTH])) {
	    *p++=0;				/* Terminate the string */
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "NNTP Response: %s\n", response_text);
	    sscanf(response_text, "%d", &result);
	    return result;	    
	} /* if end of line */
	
	if (*(p-1) < 0) {
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
	    	"HTNews: EOF on read, closing socket %d\n", s);
	    NETCLOSE(s);	/* End of file, close socket */
	    return s = -1;	/* End of file on response */
	}
    } /* Loop over characters */
}


/*	Case insensitive string comparisons
**	-----------------------------------
**
** On entry,
**	template must be already un upper case.
**	unknown may be in upper or lower or mixed case to match.
*/
PRIVATE BOOL match ARGS2 (CONST char *,unknown, CONST char *,template)
{
    CONST char * u = unknown;
    CONST char * t = template;
    for (;*u && *t && (TOUPPER(*u)==*t); u++, t++) /* Find mismatch or end */ ;
    return (BOOL)(*t==0);		/* OK if end of template */
}

/*	Find Author's name in mail address
**	----------------------------------
**
** On exit,
**	THE EMAIL ADDRESS IS CORRUPTED
**
** For example, returns "Tim Berners-Lee" if given any of
**	" Tim Berners-Lee  "
**  or	" tim@online.cern.ch ( Tim Berners-Lee ) "
*/
PRIVATE char * author_name ARGS1 (char *,email)
{
    char *s, *e;
    
    if ((s=strchr(email,'(')) && (e=strchr(email, ')')))
        if (e>s) {
	    *e=0;			/* Chop off everything after the ')'  */
	    return HTStrip(s+1);	/* Remove leading and trailing spaces */
	}
	
    if ((s=strchr(email,'<')) && (e=strchr(email, '>')))
        if (e>s) {
	    strcpy(s, e+1);		/* Remove <...> */
	    return HTStrip(email);	/* Remove leading and trailing spaces */
	}
	
    return HTStrip(email);		/* Default to the whole thing */

}

/*	Start anchor element
**	--------------------
*/
PRIVATE void start_anchor ARGS1(CONST char *,  href)
{
    BOOL		present[HTML_A_ATTRIBUTES];
    CONST char*		value[HTML_A_ATTRIBUTES];
    
    {
    	int i;
    	for(i=0; i' 
*/
PRIVATE void write_anchor ARGS2(CONST char *,text, CONST char *,addr)
{
    char href[LINE_LENGTH+1];
		
    {
    	CONST char * p;
	strcpy(href,"news:");
	for(p=addr; *p && (*p!='>') && !WHITE(*p) && (*p!=','); p++);
        strncat(href, addr, p-addr);	/* Make complete hypertext reference */
    }
    
    start_anchor(href);
    PUTS(text);
    END(HTML_A);
}


/*	Write list of anchors
**	---------------------
**
**	We take a pointer to a list of objects, and write out each,
**	generating an anchor for each.
**
** On entry,
**	HT 	has a selection of zero length at the end.
**	text 	points to a comma or space separated list of addresses.
** On exit,
**	*text	is NOT any more chopped up into substrings.
*/
PRIVATE void write_anchors ARGS1 (char *,text)
{
    char * start = text;
    char * end;
    char c;
    for (;;) {
        for(;*start && (WHITE(*start)); start++);  /* Find start */
	if (!*start) return;			/* (Done) */
        for(end=start; *end && (*end!=' ') && (*end!=','); end++);/* Find end */
	if (*end) end++;	/* Include comma or space but not NULL */
	c = *end;
	*end = 0;
	write_anchor(start, start);
	*end = c;
	start = end;			/* Point to next one */
    }
}

/*	Abort the connection					abort_socket
**	--------------------
*/
PRIVATE void abort_socket NOARGS
{
    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
	    "HTNews: EOF on read, closing socket %d\n", s);
    NETCLOSE(s);	/* End of file, close socket */
    PUTS("Network Error: connection lost");
    PUTC('\n');
    s = -1;		/* End of file on response */
    return;
}

/*	Read in an Article					read_article
**	------------------
**
**
**	Note the termination condition of a single dot on a line by itself.
**	RFC 977 specifies that the line "folding" of RFC850 is not used, so we
**	do not handle it here.
**
** On entry,
**	s	Global socket number is OK
**	HT	Global hypertext object is ready for appending text
*/       
PRIVATE void read_article NOARGS
{

    char line[LINE_LENGTH+1];
    char *references=NULL;			/* Hrefs for other articles */
    char *newsgroups=NULL;			/* Newsgroups list */
    char *p = line;
    BOOL done = NO;
    
/*	Read in the HEADer of the article:
**
**	The header fields are either ignored, or formatted and put into the
**	 Text.
*/
    if (!diagnostic) {
        (*targetClass.start_element)(target, HTML_ADDRESS, 0, 0);
	while(!done){
	    char ch = *p++ = NEXT_CHAR;
	    if (ch==(char)EOF) {
		abort_socket();	/* End of file, close socket */
	    	return;		/* End of file on response */
	    }
	    if ((ch == LF) || (p == &line[LINE_LENGTH])) {
		*--p=0;				/* Terminate the string */
		if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "H %s\n", line);

		if (line[0]=='.') {	
		    if (line[1]<' ') {		/* End of article? */
			done = YES;
			break;
		    }
		
		} else if (line[0]<' ') {
		    break;		/* End of Header? */
		} else if (match(line, "SUBJECT:")) {
		    END(HTML_ADDRESS);
		    START(HTML_TITLE);			/** Uuugh! @@@ */
		    PUTS(line+8);
		    END(HTML_TITLE);
		    START(HTML_ADDRESS);
		    (*targetClass.start_element)(target, HTML_H1 , 0, 0);
		    PUTS(line+8);
		    (*targetClass.end_element)(target, HTML_H1);
		    (*targetClass.start_element)(target, HTML_ADDRESS , 0, 0);
		} else if (match(line, "DATE:")
			|| match(line, "FROM:")
			|| match(line, "ORGANIZATION:")) {
		    strcat(line, "\n");
		    PUTS(strchr(line,':')+1);
		} else if (match(line, "NEWSGROUPS:")) {
		    StrAllocCopy(newsgroups, HTStrip(strchr(line,':')+1));
		    
		} else if (match(line, "REFERENCES:")) {
		    StrAllocCopy(references, HTStrip(strchr(line,':')+1));
		    
		} /* end if match */
		p = line;			/* Restart at beginning */
	    } /* if end of line */
	} /* Loop over characters */
	(*targetClass.end_element)(target, HTML_ADDRESS);
    
	if (newsgroups || references) {
	    (*targetClass.start_element)(target, HTML_DLC , 0, 0);
	    if (newsgroups) {
	        (*targetClass.start_element)(target, HTML_DT , 0, 0);
		PUTS("Newsgroups:");
	        (*targetClass.start_element)(target, HTML_DD , 0, 0);
		write_anchors(newsgroups);
		free(newsgroups);
	    }
	    
	    if (references) {
	        (*targetClass.start_element)(target, HTML_DT , 0, 0);
		PUTS("References:");
	        (*targetClass.start_element)(target, HTML_DD , 0, 0);
		write_anchors(references);
		free(references);
	    }
	    (*targetClass.end_element)(target, HTML_DLC);
	}
	PUTS("\n\n\n");
	
    }
    
/*	Read in the BODY of the Article:
*/
    (*targetClass.start_element)(target, HTML_PRE , 0, 0);

    p = line;
    while(!done){
	char ch = *p++ = NEXT_CHAR;
	if (ch==(char)EOF) {
	    abort_socket();	/* End of file, close socket */
	    return;		/* End of file on response */
	}
	if ((ch == LF) || (p == &line[LINE_LENGTH])) {
	    *p++=0;				/* Terminate the string */
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "B %s", line);
	    if (line[0]=='.') {
		if (line[1]<' ') {		/* End of article? */
		    done = YES;
		    break;
		} else {			/* Line starts with dot */
		    PUTS(&line[1]);	/* Ignore first dot */
		}
	    } else {

/*	Normal lines are scanned for buried references to other articles.
**	Unfortunately, it will pick up mail addresses as well!
*/
		char *l = line;
		char * p;
		while (p=strchr(l, '<')) {
		    char *q  = strchr(p,'>');
		    char *at = strchr(p, '@');
		    if (q && at && at */
		} 
		PUTS( l);	/* Last bit of the line */
	    } /* if not dot */
	    p = line;				/* Restart at beginning */
	} /* if end of line */
    } /* Loop over characters */
    
    (*targetClass.end_element)(target, HTML_PRE);
}


/*	Read in a List of Newsgroups
**	----------------------------
*/
/*
**	Note the termination condition of a single dot on a line by itself.
**	RFC 977 specifies that the line "folding" of RFC850 is not used, so we
**	do not handle it here.
*/        
PRIVATE void read_list NOARGS
{

    char line[LINE_LENGTH+1];
    char *p;
    BOOL done = NO;
    
/*	Read in the HEADer of the article:
**
**	The header fields are either ignored, or formatted and put into the
**	Text.
*/
    (*targetClass.start_element)(target, HTML_H1 , 0, 0);
    PUTS( "Newsgroups");
    (*targetClass.end_element)(target, HTML_PRE);
    p = line;
    (*targetClass.start_element)(target, HTML_MENU , 0, 0);
    while(!done){
	char ch = *p++ = NEXT_CHAR;
	if (ch==(char)EOF) {
	    abort_socket();	/* End of file, close socket */
	    return;		/* End of file on response */
	}
	if ((ch == LF) || (p == &line[LINE_LENGTH])) {
	    *p++=0;				/* Terminate the string */
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "B %s", line);
    	    (*targetClass.start_element)(target, HTML_LI , 0, 0);
	    if (line[0]=='.') {
		if (line[1]<' ') {		/* End of article? */
		    done = YES;
		    break;
		} else {			/* Line starts with dot */
		    PUTS( &line[1]);
		}
	    } else {

/*	Normal lines are scanned for references to newsgroups.
*/
		char group[LINE_LENGTH];
		int first, last;
		char postable;
		if (sscanf(line, "%s %d %d %c", group, &first, &last, &postable)==4)
		    write_anchor(line, group);
		else
		    PUTS(line);
	    } /* if not dot */
	    p = line;			/* Restart at beginning */
	} /* if end of line */
    } /* Loop over characters */
    (*targetClass.end_element)(target, HTML_MENU);
}


/*	Read in a Newsgroup
**	-------------------
**	Unfortunately, we have to ask for each article one by one if we
**	want more than one field.
**
*/
PRIVATE void read_group ARGS3(
  CONST char *,groupName,
  int,first_required,
  int,last_required
)
{
    char line[LINE_LENGTH+1];
    char author[LINE_LENGTH+1];
    char subject[LINE_LENGTH+1];
    char *p;
    BOOL done;

    char buffer[LINE_LENGTH];
    char *reference=0;			/* Href for article */
    int art;				/* Article number WITHIN GROUP */
    int status, count, first, last;	/* Response fields */
					/* count is only an upper limit */

    sscanf(response_text, " %d %d %d %d", &status, &count, &first, &last);
    if(TRACE) printf("Newsgroup status=%d, count=%d, (%d-%d) required:(%d-%d)\n",
    			status, count, first, last, first_required, last_required);
    if (last==0) {
        PUTS( "\nNo articles in this group.\n");
	return;
    }
    
#define FAST_THRESHOLD 100	/* Above this, read IDs fast */
#define CHOP_THRESHOLD 50	/* Above this, chop off the rest */

    if (first_required last)) last_required = last;
    
    if (last_required<=first_required) {
        PUTS( "\nNo articles in this range.\n");
	return;
    }

    if (last_required-first_required+1 > MAX_CHUNK) {	/* Trim this block */
        first_required = last_required-CHUNK_SIZE+1;
    }
    if (TRACE) printf (
    "    Chunk will be (%d-%d)\n", first_required, last_required);

/*	Set window title
*/
    sprintf(buffer, "Newsgroup %s,  Articles %d-%d",
    		groupName, first_required, last_required);
    START(HTML_TITLE);
    PUTS(buffer);
    END(HTML_TITLE);

/*	Link to earlier articles
*/
    if (first_required>first) {
    	int before;			/* Start of one before */
	if (first_required-MAX_CHUNK <= first) before = first;
	else before = first_required-CHUNK_SIZE;
    	sprintf(buffer, "%s/%d-%d", groupName, before, first_required-1);
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "    Block before is %s\n", buffer);
	PUTS( " (");
	start_anchor(buffer);
	PUTS("Earlier articles");
	END(HTML_A);
	PUTS( "...)\n");
    }
    
    done = NO;

/*#define USE_XHDR*/
#ifdef USE_XHDR
    if (count>FAST_THRESHOLD)  {
        sprintf(buffer,
	"\nThere are about %d articles currently available in %s, IDs as follows:\n\n",
		count, groupName); 
        PUTS(buffer);
        sprintf(buffer, "XHDR Message-ID %d-%d%c%c", first, last, CR, LF);
	status = response(buffer);
	if (status==221) {

	    p = line;
	    while(!done){
		char ch = *p++ = NEXT_CHAR;
		if (ch==(char)EOF) {
		    abort_socket();	/* End of file, close socket */
		    return;		/* End of file on response */
		}
		if ((ch == '\n') || (p == &line[LINE_LENGTH])) {
		    *p++=0;				/* Terminate the string */
		    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "X %s", line);
		    if (line[0]=='.') {
			if (line[1]<' ') {		/* End of article? */
			    done = YES;
			    break;
			} else {			/* Line starts with dot */
			    	/* Ignore strange line */
			}
		    } else {
	
	/*	Normal lines are scanned for references to articles.
	*/
			char * space = strchr(line, ' ');
			if (space++)
			    write_anchor(space, space);
		    } /* if not dot */
		    p = line;			/* Restart at beginning */
		} /* if end of line */
	    } /* Loop over characters */

	    /* leaving loop with "done" set */
	} /* Good status */
    };
#endif

/*	Read newsgroup using individual fields:
*/
    if (!done) {
        if (first==first_required && last==last_required)
		PUTS("\nAll available articles in ");
        else PUTS( "\nArticles in ");
	PUTS(groupName);
	START(HTML_MENU);
	for(art=first_required; art<=last_required; art++) {
    
/*#define OVERLAP*/
#ifdef OVERLAP
/* With this code we try to keep the server running flat out by queuing just
** one extra command ahead of time. We assume (1) that the server won't abort
** if it gets input during output, and (2) that TCP buffering is enough for the
** two commands. Both these assumptions seem very reasonable. However, we HAVE
** had a hangup with a loaded server.
*/
	    if (art==first_required) {
		if (art==last_required) {
			sprintf(buffer, "HEAD %d%c%c", art, CR, LF);	/* Only one */
			status = response(buffer);
		    } else {					/* First of many */
			sprintf(buffer, "HEAD %d%c%cHEAD %d%c%c",
				art, CR, LF, art+1, CR, LF);
			status = response(buffer);
		    }
	    } else if (art==last_required) {			/* Last of many */
		    status = response(NULL);
	    } else {						/* Middle of many */
		    sprintf(buffer, "HEAD %d%c%c", art+1, CR, LF);
		    status = response(buffer);
	    }
	    
#else	/* NOT OVERLAP */
	    sprintf(buffer, "HEAD %d%c%c", art, CR, LF);
	    status = response(buffer);
#endif	/* NOT OVERLAP */

	    if (status == 221) {	/* Head follows - parse it:*/
    
		p = line;				/* Write pointer */
		done = NO;
		while(!done){
		    char ch = *p++ = NEXT_CHAR;
		    if (ch==(char)EOF) {
			abort_socket();	/* End of file, close socket */
			return;		/* End of file on response */
		    }
		    if ((ch == LF)
			|| (p == &line[LINE_LENGTH]) ) {
		    
			*--p=0;		/* Terminate  & chop LF*/
			p = line;		/* Restart at beginning */
			if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "G %s\n", line);
			switch(line[0]) {
    
			case '.':
			    done = (line[1]<' ');	/* End of article? */
			    break;
    
			case 'S':
			case 's':
			    if (match(line, "SUBJECT:"))
				strcpy(subject, line+9);/* Save subject */
			    break;
    
			case 'M':
			case 'm':
			    if (match(line, "MESSAGE-ID:")) {
				char * addr = HTStrip(line+11) +1; /* Chop < */
				addr[strlen(addr)-1]=0;		/* Chop > */
				StrAllocCopy(reference, addr);
			    }
			    break;
    
			case 'f':
			case 'F':
			    if (match(line, "FROM:")) {
				char * p;
				strcpy(author,
					author_name(strchr(line,':')+1));
				p = author + strlen(author) - 1;
				if (*p==LF) *p = 0;	/* Chop off newline */
			    }
			    break;
				    
			} /* end switch on first character */
		    } /* if end of line */
		} /* Loop over characters */
    
		START(HTML_LI);
		sprintf(buffer, "\"%s\" - %s", subject, author);
		if (reference) {
		    write_anchor(buffer, reference);
		    free(reference);
		    reference=0;
		} else {
		    PUTS(buffer);
		}
		
    
/*	 indicate progress!   @@@@@@
*/
    
	    } /* If good response */
	} /* Loop over article */	    
    } /* If read headers */
    END(HTML_MENU);
    START(HTML_P);
    
/*	Link to later articles
*/
    if (last_required		Same article
**		xxxxx			News group (no "@")
**		group/n1-n2		Articles n1 to n2 in group
*/        
	group_wanted = (strchr(arg, '@')==0) && (strchr(arg, '*')==0);
	list_wanted  = (strchr(arg, '@')==0) && (strchr(arg, '*')!=0);

	/* p1 = HTParse(arg, "", PARSE_PATH | PARSE_PUNCTUATION); */
	/* Don't use HTParse because news: access doesn't follow traditional
	   rules. For instance, if the article reference contains a '#',
	   the rest of it is lost -- JFG 10/7/92, from a bug report */
 	if (!strncasecomp (arg, "news:", 5))
	  p1 = arg + 5;  /* Skip "news:" prefix */
	if (list_wanted) {
	    strcpy(command, "LIST ");
	} else if (group_wanted) {
	    char * slash = strchr(p1, '/');
	    strcpy(command, "GROUP ");
	    first = 0;
	    last = 0;
	    if (slash) {
		*slash = 0;
		strcpy(groupName, p1);
		*slash = '/';
		(void) sscanf(slash+1, "%d-%d", &first, &last);
	    } else {
		strcpy(groupName, p1);
	    }
	    strcat(command, groupName);
	} else {
	    strcpy(command, "ARTICLE ");
	    if (strchr(p1, '<')==0) strcat(command,"<");
	    strcat(command, p1);
	    if (strchr(p1, '>')==0) strcat(command,">");
	}

        {
	    char * p = command + strlen(command);
	    *p++ = CR;		/* Macros to be correct on Mac */
	    *p++ = LF;
	    *p++ = 0;
	    /* strcat(command, "\r\n");	*/	/* CR LF, as in rfc 977 */
	}
    } /* scope of p1 */
    
    if (!*arg) return NO;			/* Ignore if no name */

    
/*	Make a hypertext object with an anchor list.
*/       
    node_anchor = anAnchor;
    target = HTML_new(anAnchor, format_out, stream);
    targetClass = *target->isa;	/* Copy routine entry points */
    
    	
/*	Now, let's get a stream setup up from the NewsHost:
*/       
    for(retries=0;retries<2; retries++){
    
        if (s<0) {
            NEWS_PROGRESS("Connecting to NewsHost ...");
	    s = socket(AF_INET, SOCK_STREAM, IPPROTO_TCP);
	    status = connect(s, (struct sockaddr*)&soc_address, sizeof(soc_address));
	    if (status<0){
		char message[256];
	        NETCLOSE(s);
		s = -1;
		if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTNews: Unable to connect to news host.\n");
/*		if (retries<=1) continue;   WHY TRY AGAIN ? 	*/
#ifdef NeXTStep
		NXRunAlertPanel(NULL,
    		    "Could not access newshost %s.",
		    NULL,NULL,NULL,
		    HTNewsHost);
#else
		fprintf(stderr, "Could not access newshost %s\n",
		    HTNewsHost);
#endif
		sprintf(message,
"\nCould not access %s.\n\n (Check default WorldWideWeb NewsHost ?)\n",
		    HTNewsHost);
		
		PUTS(message);
		(*targetClass.end_document)(target);
		return YES;
	    } else {
		if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTNews: Connected to news host %s.\n",
				HTNewsHost);
		HTInitInput(s);		/* set up buffering */
		if ((response(NULL) / 100) !=2) {
			NETCLOSE(s);
			s = -1;
#ifdef NeXTStep
			NXRunAlertPanel("News access",
			    "Could not retrieve information:\n   %s.",
			    NULL,NULL,NULL,
			    response_text);
#endif
			START(HTML_TITLE);
			PUTS("News host response");
			END(HTML_TITLE);
			PUTS("Sorry, could not retrieve information: ");
			PUTS(response_text);
			(*targetClass.end_document)(target);
			return YES;
		}
	    }
	} /* If needed opening */
	
	/* @@@@@@@@@@@@@@Tell user something's happening */
	
	status = response(command);
	if (status<0) break;
	if ((status/ 100) !=2) {
/*	    NXRunAlertPanel("News access", response_text,
	    	NULL,NULL,NULL);
*/
	    
	    PUTS(response_text);
	    (*targetClass.end_document)(target);
	    NETCLOSE(s);
	    s = -1;
/* return HT; -- no:the message might be "Timeout-disconnected" left over */
	    continue;	/*	Try again */
	}
  
/*	Load a group, article, etc
*/
        
	
	if (list_wanted) read_list();
	else if (group_wanted) read_group(groupName, first, last);
        else read_article();

	(*targetClass.end_document)(target);
	(*targetClass.free)(target);
	return HT_LOADED;
	
    } /* Retry loop */
    
    
    PUTS("Sorry, could not load requested news.\n");
    (*targetClass.end_document)(target);
    
/*    NXRunAlertPanel(NULL, "Sorry, could not load `%s'.",
	    NULL,NULL,NULL, arg);No -- message earlier wil have covered it */

    return HT_LOADED;
}

PUBLIC HTProtocol HTNews = { "news", HTLoadNews, NULL };
HUNK <= firWWW/Library/Implementation/HTNews.h1006640070060000000000000130505370616430014420 037777777777 1 0 /*                                  Network News Transfer protocol module for the WWW library
                                          HTNEWS
                                             
 */
/* History:
**      26 Sep 90       Written TBL in Objective-C
**      29 Nov 91       Downgraded to C, for portable implementation.
*/

#ifndef HTNEWS_H
#define HTNEWS_H

#include "HTAccess.h"
#include "HTAnchor.h"
/* extern int HTLoadNews PARAMS((const char *arg,
        HTParentAnchor * anAnchor,
        int diag));
*/
extern HTProtocol HTNews;

extern void HTSetNewsHost PARAMS((CONST char *value));
extern CONST char * HTGetNewsHost NOPARAMS;
extern char * HTNewsHost;

#endif /* HTNEWS_H */


/*

   tbl  */
anned for references to articles.
	*/
			char * space = strchr(line, ' ');
			if (space++)
			    write_anchor(space, space);
		    } /* if not dot */
		    p = line;			/* Restart at beginning */
		} /* if end of line */
	    } /* Loop over characters */

	    /* leaving loop with "done" set */
	} /* Good status *WWW/Library/Implementation/HTParse.c1006640070060000000000003001005435571570014553 037777777777 1 0 /*		Parse HyperText Document Address		HTParse.c
**		================================
*/

#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "HTParse.h"
#include "tcp.h"

#define HEX_ESCAPE '%'

struct struct_parts {
	char * access;
	char * host;
	char * absolute;
	char * relative;
/*	char * search;		no - treated as part of path */
	char * anchor;
};


/*	Strip white space off a string
**	------------------------------
**
** On exit,
**	Return value points to first non-white character, or to 0 if none.
**	All trailing white space is OVERWRITTEN with zero.
*/

#ifdef __STDC__
char * HTStrip(char * s)
#else
char * HTStrip(s)
	char *s;
#endif
{
#define SPACE(c) ((c==' ')||(c=='\t')||(c=='\n')) 
    char * p=s;
    for(p=s;*p;p++);		        /* Find end of string */
    for(p--;p>=s;p--) {
    	if(SPACE(*p)) *p=0;	/* Zap trailing blanks */
	else break;
    }
    while(SPACE(*s))s++;	/* Strip leading blanks */
    return s;
}


/*	Scan a filename for its consituents
**	-----------------------------------
**
** On entry,
**	name	points to a document name which may be incomplete.
** On exit,
**      absolute or relative may be nonzero (but not both).
**	host, anchor and access may be nonzero if they were specified.
**	Any which are nonzero point to zero terminated strings.
*/
#ifdef __STDC__
PRIVATE void scan(char * name, struct struct_parts *parts)
#else
PRIVATE void scan(name, parts)
    char * name;
    struct struct_parts *parts;
#endif
{
    char * after_access;
    char * p;
    int length = strlen(name);
    
    parts->access = 0;
    parts->host = 0;
    parts->absolute = 0;
    parts->relative = 0;
    parts->anchor = 0;
    
    after_access = name;
    for(p=name; *p; p++) {
	if (*p==':') {
		*p = 0;
		parts->access = name;	/* Access name has been specified */
		after_access = p+1;
	}
	if (*p=='/') break;
	if (*p=='#') break;
    }
    
    for(p=name+length-1; p>=name; p--) {
	if (*p =='#') {
	    parts->anchor=p+1;
	    *p=0;				/* terminate the rest */
	}
    }
    p = after_access;
    if (*p=='/'){
	if (p[1]=='/') {
	    parts->host = p+2;		/* host has been specified 	*/
	    *p=0;			/* Terminate access 		*/
	    p=strchr(parts->host,'/');	/* look for end of host name if any */
	    if(p) {
	        *p=0;			/* Terminate host */
	        parts->absolute = p+1;		/* Root has been found */
	    }
	} else {
	    parts->absolute = p+1;		/* Root found but no host */
	}	    
    } else {
        parts->relative = (*after_access) ? after_access : 0;	/* zero for "" */
    }

    /* Access specified but no host: the anchor was not really one
       e.g. news:j462#36487@foo.bar -- JFG 10/7/92, from bug report */
    if (parts->access && ! parts->host && parts->anchor) {
      *(parts->anchor - 1) = '#';  /* Restore the '#' in the address */
      parts->anchor = 0;
    }

#ifdef NOT_DEFINED	/* search is just treated as part of path */
    {
        char *p = relative ? relative : absolute;
	if (p) {
	    char * q = strchr(p, '?');	/* Any search string? */
	    if (q) {
	    	*q = 0;			/* If so, chop that off. */
		parts->search = q+1;
	    }
	}
    }
#endif
} /*scan */    


/*	Parse a Name relative to another name
**	-------------------------------------
**
**	This returns those parts of a name which are given (and requested)
**	substituting bits from the related name where necessary.
**
** On entry,
**	aName		A filename given
**      relatedName     A name relative to which aName is to be parsed
**      wanted          A mask for the bits which are wanted.
**
** On exit,
**	returns		A pointer to a malloc'd string which MUST BE FREED
*/
#ifdef __STDC__
char * HTParse(const char * aName, const char * relatedName, int wanted)
#else
char * HTParse(aName, relatedName, wanted)
    char * aName;
    char * relatedName;
    int wanted;
#endif

{
    char * result = 0;
    char * return_value = 0;
    int len;
    char * name = 0;
    char * rel = 0;
    char * p;
    struct struct_parts given, related;
    
    /* Make working copies of input strings to cut up:
    */
    len = strlen(aName)+strlen(relatedName)+10;
    result=(char *)malloc(len);		/* Lots of space: more than enough */
    if (result == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTParse");
    
    StrAllocCopy(name, aName);
    StrAllocCopy(rel, relatedName);
    
    scan(name, &given);
    scan(rel,  &related); 
    result[0]=0;		/* Clear string  */
    if (wanted & PARSE_ACCESS)
        if (given.access|| related.access) {
	    strcat(result, given.access ? given.access : related.access);
	    if(wanted & PARSE_PUNCTUATION) strcat(result, ":");
	}
	
    if (given.access && related.access)	/* If different, inherit nothing. */
        if (strcmp(given.access, related.access)!=0) {
	    related.host=0;
	    related.absolute=0;
	    related.relative=0;
	    related.anchor=0;
	}
	
    if (wanted & PARSE_HOST)
        if(given.host || related.host) {
	    if(wanted & PARSE_PUNCTUATION) strcat(result, "//");
	    strcat(result, given.host ? given.host : related.host);
	}
	
    if (given.host && related.host)  /* If different hosts, inherit no path. */
        if (strcmp(given.host, related.host)!=0) {
	    related.absolute=0;
	    related.relative=0;
	    related.anchor=0;
	}
	
    if (wanted & PARSE_PATH) {
        if(given.absolute) {				/* All is given */
	    if(wanted & PARSE_PUNCTUATION) strcat(result, "/");
	    strcat(result, given.absolute);
	} else if(related.absolute) {	/* Adopt path not name */
	    strcat(result, "/");
	    strcat(result, related.absolute);
	    if (given.relative) {
		p = strchr(result, '?');	/* Search part? */
		if (!p) p=result+strlen(result)-1;
		for (; *p!='/'; p--);	/* last / */
		p[1]=0;					/* Remove filename */
		strcat(result, given.relative);		/* Add given one */
		HTSimplify (result);
	    }
	} else if(given.relative) {
	    strcat(result, given.relative);		/* what we've got */
	} else if(related.relative) {
	    strcat(result, related.relative);
	} else {  /* No inheritance */
	    strcat(result, "/");
	}
    }
		
    if (wanted & PARSE_ANCHOR)
        if(given.anchor || related.anchor) {
	    if(wanted & PARSE_PUNCTUATION) strcat(result, "#");
	    strcat(result, given.anchor ? given.anchor : related.anchor);
	}
    free(rel);
    free(name);
    
    StrAllocCopy(return_value, result);
    free(result);
    return return_value;		/* exactly the right length */
}


/*	        Simplify a filename
//		-------------------
//
// A unix-style file is allowed to contain the seqeunce xxx/../ which may be
// replaced by "" , and the seqeunce "/./" which may be replaced by "/".
// Simplification helps us recognize duplicate filenames.
//
//	Thus, 	/etc/junk/../fred 	becomes	/etc/fred
//		/etc/junk/./fred	becomes	/etc/junk/fred
//
//      but we should NOT change
//		http://fred.xxx.edu/../..
//
//	or	../../albert.html
*/
#ifdef __STDC__
void HTSimplify(char * filename)
#else
void HTSimplify(filename)
    char * filename;
#endif

{
    char * p;
    char * q;
    if (filename[0] && filename[1])	/* Bug fix 12 Mar 93 TBL */
     for(p=filename+2; *p; p++) {
        if (*p=='/') {
	    if ((p[1]=='.') && (p[2]=='.') && (p[3]=='/' || !p[3] )) {
		for (q=p-1; (q>=filename) && (*q!='/'); q--); /* prev slash */
		if (q[0]=='/' && 0!=strncmp(q, "/../", 4)
			&&!(q-1>filename && q[-1]=='/')) {
	            strcpy(q, p+3);	/* Remove  /xxx/..	*/
		    if (!*filename) strcpy(filename, "/");
		    p = q-1;		/* Start again with prev slash 	*/
		} else {			/*   xxx/.. leave it!	*/
#ifdef BUG_CODE
		    strcpy(filename, p[3] ? p+4 : p+3); /* rm  xxx/../	*/
		    p = filename;		/* Start again */
#endif
		}
	    } else if ((p[1]=='.') && (p[2]=='/' || !p[2])) {
	        strcpy(p, p+2);			/* Remove a slash and a dot */
	    }
	}
    }
}


/*		Make Relative Name
**		------------------
**
** This function creates and returns a string which gives an expression of
** one address as related to another. Where there is no relation, an absolute
** address is retured.
**
**  On entry,
**	Both names must be absolute, fully qualified names of nodes
**	(no anchor bits)
**
**  On exit,
**	The return result points to a newly allocated name which, if
**	parsed by HTParse relative to relatedName, will yield aName.
**	The caller is responsible for freeing the resulting name later.
**
*/
#ifdef __STDC__
char * HTRelative(const char * aName, const char *relatedName)
#else
char * HTRelative(aName, relatedName)
   char * aName;
   char * relatedName;
#endif
{
    char * result = 0;
    CONST char *p = aName;
    CONST char *q = relatedName;
    CONST char * after_access = 0;
    CONST char * path = 0;
    CONST char * last_slash = 0;
    int slashes = 0;
    
    for(;*p; p++, q++) {	/* Find extent of match */
    	if (*p!=*q) break;
	if (*p==':') after_access = p+1;
	if (*p=='/') {
	    last_slash = p;
	    slashes++;
	    if (slashes==3) path=p;
	}
    }
    
    /* q, p point to the first non-matching character or zero */
    
    if (!after_access) {			/* Different access */
        StrAllocCopy(result, aName);
    } else if (slashes<3){			/* Different nodes */
    	StrAllocCopy(result, after_access);
    } else if (slashes==3){			/* Same node, different path */
        StrAllocCopy(result, path);
    } else {					/* Some path in common */
        int levels= 0;
        for(; *q && (*q!='#'); q++)  if (*q=='/') levels++;
	result = (char *)malloc(3*levels + strlen(last_slash) + 1);
      if (result == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTRelative");
	result[0]=0;
	for(;levels; levels--)strcat(result, "../");
	strcat(result, last_slash+1);
    }
    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HT: `%s' expressed relative to\n    `%s' is\n   `%s'.",
    		aName, relatedName, result);
    return result;
}


/*		Escape undesirable characters using %		HTEscape()
**		-------------------------------------
**
**	This function takes a pointer to a string in which
**	some characters may be unacceptable unescaped.
**	It returns a string which has these characters
**	represented by a '%' character followed by two hex digits.
**
**	Unlike HTUnEscape(), this routine returns a malloced string.
*/

PRIVATE CONST unsigned char isAcceptable[96] =

/*	Bit 0		xalpha		-- see HTFile.h
**	Bit 1		xpalpha		-- as xalpha but with plus.
**	Bit 3 ...	path		-- as xpalphas but with /
*/
    /*   0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F */
    {    0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,7,6,0,7,7,4,	/* 2x   !"#$%&'()*+,-./	 */
         7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,0,0,0,0,0,0,	/* 3x  0123456789:;<=>?	 */
	 7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,	/* 4x  @ABCDEFGHIJKLMNO  */
	 7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,0,0,0,0,7,	/* 5X  PQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_	 */
	 0,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,	/* 6x  `abcdefghijklmno	 */
	 7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,0,0,0,0,0 };	/* 7X  pqrstuvwxyz{\}~	DEL */

PRIVATE char *hex = "0123456789ABCDEF";

PUBLIC char * HTEscape ARGS2 (CONST char *, str,
	unsigned char, mask)
{
#define ACCEPTABLE(a)	( a>=32 && a<128 && ((isAcceptable[a-32]) & mask))
    CONST char * p;
    char * q;
    char * result;
    int unacceptable = 0;
    for(p=str; *p; p++)
        if (!ACCEPTABLE((unsigned char)TOASCII(*p)))
		unacceptable++;
    result = (char *) malloc(p-str + unacceptable+ unacceptable + 1);
    if (result == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTEscape");
    for(q=result, p=str; *p; p++) {
    	unsigned char a = TOASCII(*p);
	if (!ACCEPTABLE(a)) {
	    *q++ = HEX_ESCAPE;	/* Means hex commming */
	    *q++ = hex[a >> 4];
	    *q++ = hex[a & 15];
	}
	else *q++ = *p;
    }
    *q++ = 0;			/* Terminate */
    return result;
}


/*		Decode %xx escaped characters			HTUnEscape()
**		-----------------------------
**
**	This function takes a pointer to a string in which some
**	characters may have been encoded in %xy form, where xy is
**	the acsii hex code for character 16x+y.
**	The string is converted in place, as it will never grow.
*/

PRIVATE char from_hex ARGS1(char, c)
{
    return  c >= '0' && c <= '9' ?  c - '0' 
    	    : c >= 'A' && c <= 'F'? c - 'A' + 10
    	    : c - 'a' + 10;	/* accept small letters just in case */
}

PUBLIC char * HTUnEscape ARGS1( char *, str)
{
    char * p = str;
    char * q = str;
    while(*p) {
        if (*p == HEX_ESCAPE) {
	    p++;
	    if (*p) *q = from_hex(*p++) * 16;
	    if (*p) *q = FROMASCII(*q + from_hex(*p++));
	    q++;
	} else {
	    *q++ = *p++; 
	}
    }
    
    *q++ = 0;
    return str;
    
} /* HTUnEscape */


= p+2;		/* host has been specified 	*/
	    *p=0;			/* Terminate access 		*/
	    p=strchr(parts->host,'/');	/* look for end of host name if any */
	    if(p) {
	        *p=0;			/* Terminate host */
	        parts->absolute = p+1;		/* Root has been found */
	    }
	} else {
	    parts->absolute = p+1;		/* Root found but no host */
	}	    
    } else {
        parts->relative = (*after_access) ? after_access : 0;	/* zero for "" */
    }

    /* Access specified but no host: the anchor was not really WWW/Library/Implementation/HTParse.h1006640070060000000000000745405435571710014574 037777777777 1 0 /*                                                   HTParse:  URL parsing in the WWW Library
                                         HTPARSE
                                             
   This module of the WWW library contains code to parse URLs and various related things.
   Implemented by HTParse.c .
   
 */
#ifndef HTPARSE_H
#define HTPARSE_H
#include "HTUtils.h"

/*

   The following are flag bits which may be ORed together to form a number to give the
   'wanted' argument to HTParse.
   
 */
#define PARSE_ACCESS            16
#define PARSE_HOST               8
#define PARSE_PATH               4
#define PARSE_ANCHOR             2
#define PARSE_PUNCTUATION        1
#define PARSE_ALL               31


/*

HTParse:  Parse a URL relative to another URL

   This returns those parts of a name which are given (and requested) substituting bits
   from the related name where necessary.
   
  ON ENTRY
  
  aName                   A filename given
                         
  relatedName             A name relative to which aName is to be parsed
                         
  wanted                  A mask for the bits which are wanted.
                         
  ON EXIT,
  
  returns                 A pointer to a malloc'd string which MUST BE FREED
                         
 */

extern char * HTParse  PARAMS((const char * aName, const char * relatedName, int wanted));


/*

HTStrip: Strip white space off a string

  ON EXIT
  
   Return value points to first non-white character, or to 0 if none.
   
   All trailing white space is OVERWRITTEN with zero.
   
 */
#ifdef __STDC__
extern char * HTStrip(char * s);
#else
extern char * HTStrip();
#endif

/*

HTSimplify: Simplify a UTL

   A URL is allowed to contain the seqeunce xxx/../ which may be replaced by "" , and the
   seqeunce "/./" which may be replaced by "/". Simplification helps us recognize
   duplicate filenames. It doesn't deal with soft links, though. The new (shorter)
   filename overwrites the old.
   
 */
/*
**      Thus,   /etc/junk/../fred       becomes /etc/fred
**              /etc/junk/./fred        becomes /etc/junk/fred
*/
#ifdef __STDC__
extern void HTSimplify(char * filename);
#else
extern void HTSimplify();
#endif


/*

HTRelative:  Make Relative (Partial) URL

   This function creates and returns a string which gives an expression of one address as
   related to another. Where there is no relation, an absolute address is retured.
   
  ON ENTRY,
  
   Both names must be absolute, fully qualified names of nodes (no anchor bits)
   
  ON EXIT,
  
   The return result points to a newly allocated name which, if parsed by HTParse relative
   to relatedName, will yield aName. The caller is responsible for freeing the resulting
   name later.
   
 */
#ifdef __STDC__
extern char * HTRelative(const char * aName, const char *relatedName);
#else
extern char * HTRelative();
#endif


/*

HTEscape:  Encode unacceptable characters in string

   This funtion takes a string containing any sequence of ASCII characters, and returns a
   malloced string containing the same infromation but with all "unacceptable" characters
   represented in the form %xy where X and Y are two hex digits.
   
 */
extern char * HTEscape PARAMS((CONST char * str, unsigned char mask));

/*

   The following are valid mask values. The terms are the BNF names in the URL document.
   
 */
#define URL_XALPHAS     (unsigned char) 1
#define URL_XPALPHAS    (unsigned char) 2
#define URL_PATH        (unsigned char) 4


/*

HTUnEscape: Decode %xx escaped characters

   This function takes a pointer to a string in which character smay have been encoded in
   %xy form, where xy is the acsii hex code for character 16x+y. The string is converted
   in place, as it will never grow.
   
 */
extern char * HTUnEscape PARAMS(( char * str));


#endif  /* HTPARSE_H */


/*

   end of HTParse
   
    */
0] && filename[1])	/* Bug fix 12 Mar 93 TBL */
     for(p=filename+2; *p; p++) {
        if (*p=='/') {
	    if ((p[1]=='.') && (p[2]=='.') && (p[3]=='/' || !p[3] )) {
		for (q=p-1; (q>=filename) && (*q!='/'); q-WWW/Library/Implementation/HTPlain.c1006640070060000000000000431105435571625014552 037777777777 1 0 /*		Plain text object		HTWrite.c
**		=================
**
**	This version of the stream object just writes to a socket.
**	The socket is assumed open and left open.
**
**	Bugs:
**		strings written must be less than buffer size.
*/
#include "HTPlain.h"

#define BUFFER_SIZE 4096;	/* Tradeoff */

#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "HText.h"
#include "HTStyle.h"

extern HTStyleSheet * styleSheet;



/*		HTML Object
**		-----------
*/

struct _HTStream {
	CONST HTStreamClass *	isa;

	HText * 		text;
};

/*	Write the buffer out to the socket
**	----------------------------------
*/


/*_________________________________________________________________________
**
**			A C T I O N 	R O U T I N E S
*/

/*	Character handling
**	------------------
*/

PRIVATE void HTPlain_put_character ARGS2(HTStream *, me, char, c)
{
    HText_appendCharacter(me->text, c);
}



/*	String handling
**	---------------
**
*/
PRIVATE void HTPlain_put_string ARGS2(HTStream *, me, CONST char*, s)
{
    HText_appendText(me->text, s);
}


PRIVATE void HTPlain_write ARGS3(HTStream *, me, CONST char*, s, int, l)
{
    CONST char* p;
    CONST char* e = s+l;
    for (p=s; ptext, *p);
}



/*	Free an HTML object
**	-------------------
**
**	Note that the SGML parsing context is freed, but the created object is not,
**	as it takes on an existence of its own unless explicitly freed.
*/
PRIVATE void HTPlain_free ARGS1(HTStream *, me)
{
    free(me);
}

/*	End writing
*/

PRIVATE void HTPlain_end_document ARGS1(HTStream *, me)
{
    HText_endAppend(me->text);
}



/*		Structured Object Class
**		-----------------------
*/
PUBLIC CONST HTStreamClass HTPlain =
{		
	"SocketWriter",
	HTPlain_free,
	HTPlain_end_document,
	HTPlain_put_character, 	HTPlain_put_string, HTPlain_write,
}; 


/*		New object
**		----------
*/
PUBLIC HTStream* HTPlainPresent ARGS3(
	HTPresentation *,	pres,
	HTParentAnchor *,	anchor,	
	HTStream *,		sink)
{

    HTStream* me = (HTStream*)malloc(sizeof(*me));
    if (me == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTPlain_new");
    me->isa = &HTPlain;       

    me->text = HText_new(anchor);
    HText_setStyle(me->text, HTStyleNamed(styleSheet, "Example"));
    HText_beginAppend(me->text);

    return (HTStream*) me;
}


**	represented by a '%' character followed by two hex digits.
**
**	Unlike HTUnEscape(), this routine returns a malloced string.
*/

PRIVATE CONST unsigned char isAcceptable[96] =

/*	Bit 0		xalpha		-- see HTFile.h
**	Bit 1		xpalpha		-- as xalpha but with plus.
**	Bit 3 ...	path		-- as xpalphas but with /
*/
 WWW/Library/Implementation/HTPlain.h1006640070060000000000000057305372243664014564 037777777777 1 0 /*  */

/*              Plain text object                       HTPlain.h
**              -----------------
**
**
*/

#ifndef HTPLAIN_H
#define HTPLAIN_H

#include "HTStream.h"
#include "HTAnchor.h"

extern HTStream* HTPlainPresent PARAMS((
        HTPresentation *        pres,
        HTParentAnchor *        anchor,
        HTStream *              sink));


#endif
/*

    */
LL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTEscape");
    for(q=result, p=str; *p; p++) {
    	unsigned char a = TOASCII(*p);
	if (!ACCEPTABLE(a)) {
	 WWW/Library/Implementation/HTRules.c1006640070060000000000002045605435571654014613 037777777777 1 0 /*	Configuration manager for Hypertext Daemon		HTRules.c
**	==========================================
**
**
** History:
**	 3 Jun 91	Written TBL
**	10 Aug 91	Authorisation added after Daniel Martin (pass, fail)
**			Rule order in file changed
**			Comments allowed with # on 1st char of rule line
**      17 Jun 92       Bug fix: pass and fail failed if didn't contain '*' TBL
*/

/* (c) CERN WorldWideWeb project 1990,91. See Copyright.html for details */
#include "HTRules.h"

#include 
#include "tcp.h"
#include "HTFile.h"

#define LINE_LENGTH 256


typedef struct _rule {
	struct _rule *	next;
	HTRuleOp	op;
	char *		pattern;
	char *		equiv;
} rule;

/*	Module-wide variables
**	---------------------
*/

PRIVATE rule * rules = 0;	/* Pointer to first on list */
#ifndef PUT_ON_HEAD
PRIVATE rule * rule_tail = 0;	/* Pointer to last on list */
#endif

/*	Add rule to the list					HTAddRule()
**	--------------------
**
**  On entry,
**	pattern		points to 0-terminated string containing a single "*"
**	equiv		points to the equivalent string with * for the
**			place where the text matched by * goes.
**  On exit,
**	returns		0 if success, -1 if error.
*/
/*	Note that if BYTE_ADDRESSING is set, the three blocks required
**	are allocated and deallocated as one. This will save time and
**	storage, when malloc's allocation units are large.
*/
#ifdef __STDC__
PUBLIC int HTAddRule (HTRuleOp op, const char * pattern, const char * equiv)
#else
int HTAddRule(op, pattern, equiv)
    HTRuleOp	op;
    char *	pattern;
    char *	equiv;
#endif
{
#ifdef BYTE_ADDRESSING	/* economise on malloc() blocks */
    int		length_of_pattern = strlen(pattern)+1;
    rule *	temp = malloc(sizeof(*temp) +
    			size_of_pattern + strlen(equiv) + 1);
    char *	pPattern = (char *) &temp[1];
#else
    rule *	temp = (rule *)malloc(sizeof(*temp));
    char *	pPattern = (char *)malloc(strlen(pattern)+1);
#endif

    if (equiv) {		/* Two operands */
#ifdef BYTE_ADDRESSING	/* economise on malloc() blocks */
        char *	pEquiv = pPattern + length_of_pattern;
#else
	char *	pEquiv = (char *)malloc(strlen(equiv)+1);
#endif
        temp->equiv = pEquiv;
        strcpy(pEquiv, equiv);
    } else {
        temp->equiv = 0;
    }
    temp->pattern = pPattern;
    temp->op = op;

    strcpy(pPattern, pattern);
    if (TRACE) printf("Rule: For `%s' op %i `%s'\n", pattern, op, equiv);

#ifdef PUT_ON_HEAD
    temp->next = rules;
    rules = temp;
#else
    temp->next = 0;
    if (rule_tail) rule_tail->next = temp;
    else rules = temp;
    rule_tail = temp;
#endif

        
    return 0;
}


/*	Clear all rules						HTClearRules()
**	---------------
**
** On exit,
**	There are no rules
**	returns		0 if success, -1 if error.
**
** See also
**	HTAddRule()
*/
#ifdef __STDC__
int HTClearRules(void)
#else
int HTClearRules()
#endif
{
    while (rules) {
    	rule * temp = rules;
	rules = temp->next;
#ifdef BYTE_ADDRESSING
	free(temp);
#else
	free(temp->pattern);
	free(temp->equiv);
	free(temp);
#endif
    }
#ifndef PUT_ON_HEAD
    rule_tail = 0;
#endif

    return 0;
}


/*	Translate by rules					HTTranslate()
**	------------------
**
**	The most recently defined rules are applied first.
**
** On entry,
**	required	points to a string whose equivalent value is neeed
** On exit,
**	returns		the address of the equivalent string allocated from
**			the heap which the CALLER MUST FREE. If no translation
**			occured, then it is a copy of te original.
*/
#ifdef __STDC__
char * HTTranslate(const char * required)
#else
char * HTTranslate(required)
	char * required;
#endif
{
    rule * r;
    char * current = (char *)malloc(strlen(required)+1);
    strcpy(current, required);
    
    for(r = rules; r; r = r->next) {
        char * p = r->pattern;
	int m;   /* Number of characters matched against wildcard */
	CONST char * q = current;
	for(;*p && *q; p++, q++) {   /* Find first mismatch */
	    if (*p!=*q) break;
	}

	if (*p == '*') {		/* Match up to wildcard */
	    m = strlen(q) - strlen(p+1); /* Amount to match to wildcard */
	    if(m<0) continue;           /* tail is too short to match */
	    if (0!=strcmp(q+m, p+1)) continue;	/* Tail mismatch */
	} else 				/* Not wildcard */
	    if (*p != *q) continue;	/* plain mismatch: go to next rule */

	switch (r->op) {		/* Perform operation */
	case HT_Pass:				/* Authorised */
    		if (!r->equiv) {
		    if (TRACE) printf("HTRule: Pass `%s'\n", current);
		    return current;
	        }
		/* Fall through ...to map and pass */
		
	case HT_Map:
	    if (*p == *q) { /* End of both strings, no wildcard */
    	          if (TRACE) printf(
			       "For `%s' using `%s'\n", current, r->equiv);  
	          StrAllocCopy(current, r->equiv); /* use entire translation */
	    } else {
		  char * ins = strchr(r->equiv, '*');	/* Insertion point */
	          if (ins) {	/* Consistent rule!!! */
			char * temp = (char *)malloc(
				strlen(r->equiv)-1 + m + 1);
			strncpy(temp, 	r->equiv, ins-r->equiv);
			/* Note: temp may be unterminated now! */
			strncpy(temp+(ins-r->equiv), q, m);  /* Matched bit */
			strcpy (temp+(ins-r->equiv)+m, ins+1);	/* Last bit */
    			if (TRACE) printf("For `%s' using `%s'\n",
						current, temp);
			free(current);
			current = temp;			/* Use this */

		    } else {	/* No insertion point */
			char * temp = (char *)malloc(strlen(r->equiv)+1);
			strcpy(temp, r->equiv);
    			if (TRACE) printf("For `%s' using `%s'\n",
						current, temp);
			free(current);
			current = temp;			/* Use this */
		    } /* If no insertion point exists */
		}
		if (r->op == HT_Pass) {
		    if (TRACE) printf("HTRule: ...and pass `%s'\n", current);
		    return current;
		}
		break;

	    case HT_Invalid:
	    case HT_Fail:				/* Unauthorised */
    		    if (TRACE) printf("HTRule: *** FAIL `%s'\n", current);
		    return (char *)0;
		    		    
	        } /* if tail matches ... switch operation */

    } /* loop over rules */


    return current;
}

/*	Load one line of configuration
**	------------------------------
**
**	Call this, for example, to load a X resource with config info.
**
** returns	0 OK, < 0 syntax error.
*/
PUBLIC int  HTSetConfiguration ARGS1(CONST char *, config)
{
    HTRuleOp op;
    char * line = NULL;
    char * pointer = line;
    char *word1, *word2, *word3;
    float quality, secs, secs_per_byte;
    int status;
    
    StrAllocCopy(line, config);
    {
	char * p = strchr(line, '#');	/* Chop off comments */
	if (p) *p = 0;
    }
    pointer = line;
    word1 = HTNextField(&pointer);
    if (!word1) {
    	free(line);
	return 0;
    } ;	/* Comment only or blank */
    
    word2 = HTNextField(&pointer);
    word3 = HTNextField(&pointer);
    if (!word2) {
	fprintf(stderr, "HTRule: Insufficient operands: %s\n", line);
	free(line);
	return -2;	/*syntax error */
    }

    if (0==strcasecomp(word1, "suffix")) {
        char * encoding = HTNextField(&pointer);
	if (pointer) status = sscanf(pointer, "%f", &quality);
	else status = 0;
	HTSetSuffix(word2,	word3,
				encoding ? encoding : "binary",
				status >= 1? quality : 1.0);

    } else if (0==strcasecomp(word1, "presentation")) {
        if (pointer) status = sscanf(pointer, "%f%f%f",
			    &quality, &secs, &secs_per_byte);
        else status = 0;
	HTSetPresentation(word2, word3,
		    status >= 1? quality 		: 1.0,
		    status >= 2 ? secs 		: 0.0,
		    status >= 3 ? secs_per_byte 	: 0.0 );

    } else {
	op =	0==strcasecomp(word1, "map")  ?	HT_Map
	    :	0==strcasecomp(word1, "pass") ?	HT_Pass
	    :	0==strcasecomp(word1, "fail") ?	HT_Fail
	    :						HT_Invalid;
	if (op==HT_Invalid) {
	    fprintf(stderr, "HTRule: Bad rule `%s'\n", config);
	} else {  
	    HTAddRule(op, word2, word3);
	} 
    }
    free(line);
    return 0;
}


/*	Load the rules from a file				HtLoadRules()
**	--------------------------
**
** On entry,
**	Rules can be in any state
** On exit,
**	Any existing rules will have been kept.
**	Any new rules will have been loaded.
**	Returns		0 if no error, 0 if error!
**
** Bugs:
**	The strings may not contain spaces.
*/

int HTLoadRules ARGS1(CONST char *, filename)
{
    FILE * fp = fopen(filename, "r");
    char line[LINE_LENGTH+1];
    
    if (!fp) {
        if (TRACE) printf("HTRules: Can't open rules file %s\n", filename);
	return -1; /* File open error */
    }
    for(;;) {
	if (!fgets(line, LINE_LENGTH+1, fp)) break;	/* EOF or error */
	(void) HTSetConfiguration(line);
    }
    fclose(fp);
    return 0;		/* No error or syntax errors ignored */
}
 returns a malloced string.
*/

PRIVATE CONST unsigned char isAcceptable[96] =

/*	Bit 0		xalpha		-- see HTFile.h
**	Bit 1		xpalpha		-- as xalpha but with plus.
**	Bit 3 ...	path		-- as xpalphas but with /
*/
 WWW/Library/Implementation/HTRules.h1006640070060000000000000647205435571752014621 037777777777 1 0 /*                                                           Configuration Manager for libwww
                                  CONFIGURATION MANAGER
                                             
   Author Tim Berners-Lee/CERN. Public domain. Please mail changes to timbl@info.cern.ch.
   
   The configuration information loaded includes tables (file suffixes, presentation
   methods) in other modules.  The most likely routines needed by developers will be:
   
  HTSetConfiguration      to load configuration information.
                         
  HTLoadRules             to load a whole file of configuration information
                         
  HTTranslate             to translate a URL using the rule table.
                         
 */
#ifndef HTRULE_H
#define HTRULE_H

#include "HTUtils.h"

typedef enum _HTRuleOp {HT_Invalid, HT_Map, HT_Pass, HT_Fail} HTRuleOp;

/*

HTAddRule:  Add rule to the list

  ON ENTRY,
  
  pattern                points to 0-terminated string containing a single "*"
                         
  equiv                  points to the equivalent string with * for the place where the
                         text matched by * goes.
                         
  ON EXIT,
  
  returns                0 if success, -1 if error.
                         
   Note that if BYTE_ADDRESSING is set, the three blocks required are allocated and
   deallocated as one. This will save time and storage, when malloc's allocation units are
   large.
   
 */
extern int HTAddRule PARAMS((HTRuleOp op, const char * pattern, const char * equiv));


/*

HTClearRules: Clear all rules

  ON EXIT,
  
  Rule file               There are no rules
                         
  returns
                          0 if success, -1 if error.
                         
 */

#ifdef __STDC__
extern int HTClearRules(void);
#else
extern int HTClearRules();
#endif


/*

HTTranslate: Translate by rules

 */
        
/*

  ON ENTRY,
  
  required                points to a string whose equivalent value is neeed
                         
  ON EXIT,
  
  returns                 the address of the equivalent string allocated from the heap
                         which the CALLER MUST FREE. If no translation occured, then it is
                         a copy of the original.
                         
 */
#ifdef __STDC__
extern char * HTTranslate(const char * required);
#else
extern char * HTTranslate();
#endif


/*

HTSetConfiguration:  Load one line of configuration information

  ON ENTRY,
  
  config                  is a string in the syntax of a rule file line.
                         
   This routine may be used for loading configuration information from sources other than
   the  rule file, for example INI files for X resources.
   
 */
extern int HTSetConfiguration PARAMS((CONST char * config));


/*

HtLoadRules:  Load the rules from a file

  ON ENTRY,
  
  Rule table              Rules can be in any state
                         
  ON EXIT,
  
  Rule table              Any existing rules will have been kept. Any new rules will have
                         been loaded on top, so as to be tried first.
                         
  Returns                 0 if no error.
                         
 */

#ifdef __STDC__
extern int HTLoadRules(const char * filename);
#else
extern int HTLoadRules();
#endif


#endif /* HTUtils.h */
/*

   end  */
rn, op, equiv);

#ifdef PUT_ON_HEAD
    temp->next = rules;
    rules = temp;
#else
    temp->next = 0;
    if (rule_tail) rule_tail->next = temp;
    else rules = temp;
    rule_tail = temp;
#endifWWW/Library/Implementation/HTStream.h1006640070060000000000000315005372243676014751 037777777777 1 0 /*                                                      The Stream class definition -- libwww
                                 STREAM OBJECT DEFINITION
                                             
   A Stream object is something which accepts a stream of text.
   
   The creation methods will vary on the type of Stream Object, but the methods used to
   write to it and close it are common.
   
 */
#ifndef HTSTREAM_H
#define HTSTREAM_H

#include "HTUtils.h"

typedef struct _HTStream HTStream;

/*

   These are the common methods of all streams.  They should be self-explanatory, except
   for end_document which must be called before free.  It should be merged with free in
   fact:  it should be dummy for new streams.
   
   The put_block method was write, but this upset systems whiuch had macros for write().
   
 */
typedef struct _HTStreamClass {

        char*  name;                            /* Just for diagnostics */
                
        void (*free) PARAMS((
                HTStream*       me));

        void (*end_document) PARAMS((
                HTStream*       me));
                
        void (*put_character) PARAMS((
                HTStream*       me,
                char            ch));
                                
        void (*put_string) PARAMS((
                HTStream*       me,
                CONST char *    str));
                
        void (*put_block) PARAMS((
                HTStream*       me,
                CONST char *    str,
                int             len));
                
                
}HTStreamClass;

#endif /* HTSTREAM_H */

/*

   end of HTStream.h  */
 entire translation */
	    } else {
		  char * ins = strchr(r->equiv, '*');	/* Insertion point */
	          if (ins) {	/* Consistent rule!!! */
			char * temp = (char *)malloc(
				strlen(r->equiv)-1 + m + 1);
			strncpy(temp, 	r->equiv, ins-r->equiv);
			/* Note: temp may be unterminated now! */
			strncpy(temp+(ins-r->equiv), q, m);  /* Matched bit */
			strcpy (temp+(ins-r->equiv)+m, ins+1);	/* Last WWW/Library/Implementation/HTString.c1006640070060000000000000613205435571647014764 037777777777 1 0 /*		Case-independent string comparison		HTString.c
**
**	Original version came with listserv implementation.
**	Version TBL Oct 91 replaces one which modified the strings.
**	02-Dec-91 (JFG) Added stralloccopy and stralloccat
**	23 Jan 92 (TBL) Changed strallocc* to 8 char HTSAC* for VM and suchlike
**	 6 Oct 92 (TBL) Moved WWW_TraceFlag in here to be in library
*/
#include 
#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "tcp.h"

PUBLIC int WWW_TraceFlag = 0;	/* Global trace flag for ALL W3 code */

#ifndef VC
#define VC "unknown"
#endif

PUBLIC CONST char * HTLibraryVersion = VC; /* String for help screen etc */

#ifndef VM		/* VM has these already it seems */
	
/*	Strings of any length
**	---------------------
*/
PUBLIC int strcasecomp ARGS2 (CONST char*,a, CONST char *,b)
{
	CONST char *p =a;
	CONST char *q =b;
	for(p=a, q=b; *p && *q; p++, q++) {
	    int diff = TOLOWER(*p) - TOLOWER(*q);
	    if (diff) return diff;
	}
	if (*p) return 1;	/* p was longer than q */
	if (*q) return -1;	/* p was shorter than q */
	return 0;		/* Exact match */
}


/*	With count limit
**	----------------
*/
PUBLIC int strncasecomp ARGS3(CONST char*,a, CONST char *,b, int,n)
{
	CONST char *p =a;
	CONST char *q =b;
	
	for(p=a, q=b;; p++, q++) {
	    int diff;
	    if (p == a+n) return 0;	/*   Match up to n characters */
	    if (!(*p && *q)) return *p - *q;
	    diff = TOLOWER(*p) - TOLOWER(*q);
	    if (diff) return diff;
	}
	/*NOTREACHED*/
}
#endif

/*	Allocate a new copy of a string, and returns it
*/
PUBLIC char * HTSACopy
  ARGS2 (char **,dest, CONST char *,src)
{
  if (*dest) free(*dest);
  if (! src)
    *dest = NULL;
  else {
    *dest = (char *) malloc (strlen(src) + 1);
    if (*dest == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTSACopy");
    strcpy (*dest, src);
  }
  return *dest;
}

/*	String Allocate and Concatenate
*/
PUBLIC char * HTSACat
  ARGS2 (char **,dest, CONST char *,src)
{
  if (src && *src) {
    if (*dest) {
      int length = strlen (*dest);
      *dest = (char *) realloc (*dest, length + strlen(src) + 1);
      if (*dest == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTSACat");
      strcpy (*dest + length, src);
    } else {
      *dest = (char *) malloc (strlen(src) + 1);
      if (*dest == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTSACat");
      strcpy (*dest, src);
    }
  }
  return *dest;
}


/*	Find next Field
**	---------------
**
** On entry,
**	*pstr	points to a string containig white space separated
**		field, optionlly quoted.
**
** On exit,
**	*pstr	has been moved to the first delimiter past the
**		field
**		THE STRING HAS BEEN MUTILATED by a 0 terminator
**
**	returns	a pointer to the first field
*/
PUBLIC char * HTNextField ARGS1(char **, pstr)
{
    char * p = *pstr;
    char * start;			/* start of field */
    
    while(*p && WHITE(*p)) p++;		/* Strip white space */
    if (!*p) {
	*pstr = p;
        return NULL;		/* No first field */
    }
    if (*p == '"') {			/* quoted field */
        p++;
	start = p;
	for(;*p && *p!='"'; p++) {
	    if (*p == '\\' && p[1]) p++;	/* Skip escaped chars */
	}
    } else {
	start = p;
	while(*p && !WHITE(*p)) p++;	/* Skip first field */
    }
    if (*p) *p++ = 0;
    *pstr = p;
    return start;
}
1006640070060000000000000647205435571752014621 037777777777 1 0 WWW/Library/Implementation/HTString.h1006640070060000000000000213005435571747014764 037777777777 1 0 /*                                                                 String handling for libwww
                                         STRINGS
                                             
   Case-independent string comparison and allocations with copies etc
   
 */
#ifndef HTSTRING_H
#define HTSTRING_H

#include "HTUtils.h"

extern int WWW_TraceFlag;       /* Global flag for all W3 trace */

extern CONST char * HTLibraryVersion;   /* String for help screen etc */

/*

Case-insensitive string comparison

   The usual routines (comp instead of cmp) had some problem.
   
 */
extern int strcasecomp  PARAMS((CONST char *a, CONST char *b));
extern int strncasecomp PARAMS((CONST char *a, CONST char *b, int n));

/*

Malloced string manipulation

 */
#define StrAllocCopy(dest, src) HTSACopy (&(dest), src)
#define StrAllocCat(dest, src)  HTSACat  (&(dest), src)
extern char * HTSACopy PARAMS ((char **dest, CONST char *src));
extern char * HTSACat  PARAMS ((char **dest, CONST char *src));

/*

Next word or quoted string

 */
extern char * HTNextField PARAMS ((char** pstr));


#endif
/*

   end
   
    */
  Rule file               There are no rules
                         
  returns
                          0 if success, -1 if error.
                         
 */

#ifdef __STDC__
extern int HTClearRules(void);
#else
extern int HTClearRules();
#endif


/*

HTTranslate: Translate by rules

 */
        
/*

  ON ENTRY,
  
  required                points to a string whose equivalent value is neeed
                        WWW/Library/Implementation/HTStyle.c1006640070060000000000002140505370616415014605 037777777777 1 0 /*	Style Implementation for Hypertext			HTStyle.c
**	==================================
**
**	Styles allow the translation between a logical property
**	of a piece of text and its physical representation.
**
**	A StyleSheet is a collection of styles, defining the
**	translation necessary to
**	represent a document. It is a linked list of styles.
*/
#include "HTStyle.h"
#include "HTUtils.h"

/*	Create a new style
*/
PUBLIC HTStyle* HTStyleNew NOARGS
{
    HTStyle * self = (HTStyle *)malloc(sizeof(*self));
    memset(self, 0, sizeof(*self));
    self->font = (HTFont) 0;
    self->color = 0;
    return self;
}

/*	Create a new style with a name
*/
PUBLIC HTStyle* HTStyleNewNamed ARGS1 (CONST char *,name)
{
    HTStyle * self = HTStyleNew();
    StrAllocCopy(self->name, name);
    return self;
}


/*	Free a style
*/
PUBLIC HTStyle * HTStyleFree ARGS1 (HTStyle *,self)
{
    if (self->name) free(self->name);
    if (self->SGMLTag) free(self->SGMLTag);
    free(self);
    return 0;
}


#ifdef SUPPRESS  /* Only on the NeXT */
/*	Read a style from a stream	(without its name)
**	--------------------------
**
**	Reads a style with paragraph information from a stream.
**	The style name is not read or written by these routines.
*/
#define NONE_STRING "(None)"
#define HTStream NXStream

HTStyle * HTStyleRead (HTStyle * style, HTStream * stream)
{
    char myTag[STYLE_NAME_LENGTH];
    char fontName[STYLE_NAME_LENGTH];
    NXTextStyle *p;
    int	tab;
    int gotpara;		/* flag: have we got a paragraph definition? */
	
    NXScanf(stream, "%s%s%f%d",
	myTag,
	fontName,
	&style->fontSize,
	&gotpara);
    if (gotpara) {
	if (!style->paragraph) {
	    style->paragraph = malloc(sizeof(*(style->paragraph)));
	    style->paragraph->tabs = 0;
	}
	p = style->paragraph;
	NXScanf(stream, "%f%f%f%f%hd%f%f%hd",
	    &p->indent1st,
	    &p->indent2nd,
	    &p->lineHt,
	    &p->descentLine,
	    &p->alignment,
	    &style->spaceBefore,
	    &style->spaceAfter,
	    &p->numTabs);
	if (p->tabs) free(p->tabs);
	p->tabs = malloc(p->numTabs * sizeof(p->tabs[0]));
	for (tab=0; tab < p->numTabs; tab++) {
	    NXScanf(stream, "%hd%f",
		    &p->tabs[tab].kind,
		    &p->tabs[tab].x);
	}
    } else { /* No paragraph */
        if (style->paragraph) {
    	    free(style->paragraph);
    	    style->paragraph = 0;
	}
    } /* if no paragraph */
    StrAllocCopy(style->SGMLTag, myTag);
    if (strcmp(fontName, NONE_STRING)==0)
        style->font = 0;
    else
        style->font = [Font newFont:fontName size:style->fontSize];
    return 0;

}


/*	Write a style to a stream in a compatible way
*/
HTStyle * HTStyleWrite (HTStyle * style, NXStream * stream)
{
    int tab;
    NXTextStyle *p = style->paragraph;
    NXPrintf(stream, "%s %s %f %d\n",
	style->SGMLTag,
	style->font ? [style->font name] : NONE_STRING,
	style->fontSize,
	p!=0);

    if (p) {
	NXPrintf(stream, "\t%f %f %f %f %d %f %f\t%d\n",
	    p->indent1st,
	    p->indent2nd,
	    p->lineHt,
	    p->descentLine,
	    p->alignment,
	    style->spaceBefore,
	    style->spaceAfter,
	    p->numTabs);
	    
	for (tab=0; tab < p->numTabs; tab++)
	    NXPrintf(stream, "\t%d %f\n",
		    p->tabs[tab].kind,
		    p->tabs[tab].x);
	}
    return style;
}


/*	Write a style to stdout for diagnostics
*/
HTStyle * HTStyleDump (HTStyle * style)
{
    int tab;
    NXTextStyle *p = style->paragraph;
    printf("Style %d `%s' SGML:%s. Font %s %.1f point.\n",
    	style,
	style->name,
	style->SGMLTag,
	[style->font name],
	style->fontSize);
    if (p) {
        printf(
    	"\tIndents: first=%.0f others=%.0f, Height=%.1f Desc=%.1f\n"
	"\tAlign=%d, %d tabs. (%.0f before, %.0f after)\n",
	    p->indent1st,
	    p->indent2nd,
	    p->lineHt,
	    p->descentLine,
	    p->alignment,
	    p->numTabs,
	    style->spaceBefore,
	    style->spaceAfter);
	    
	for (tab=0; tab < p->numTabs; tab++) {
	    printf("\t\tTab kind=%d at %.0f\n",
		    p->tabs[tab].kind,
		    p->tabs[tab].x);
    	}
	printf("\n");
    } /* if paragraph */
    return style;
}
#endif


/*			StyleSheet Functions
**			====================
*/

/*	Searching for styles:
*/
HTStyle * HTStyleNamed ARGS2 (HTStyleSheet *,self, CONST char *,name)
{
    HTStyle * scan;
    for (scan=self->styles; scan; scan=scan->next)
        if (0==strcmp(scan->name, name)) return scan;
    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "StyleSheet: No style named `%s'\n", name);
    return 0;
}

#ifdef NEXT_SUPRESS		/* Not in general common code */

HTStyle * HTStyleMatching (HTStyleSheet * self, HTStyle *style)
{
    HTStyle * scan;
    for (scan=self->styles; scan; scan=scan->next)
        if (scan->paragraph == para) return scan;
    return 0;
}

/*	Find the style which best fits a given run
**	------------------------------------------
**
**	This heuristic is used for guessing the style for a run of
**	text which has been pasted in. In order, we try:
**
**	A style whose paragraph structure is actually used by the run.
**	A style matching in font
**	A style matching in paragraph style exactly
**	A style matching in paragraph to a degree
*/

HTStyle * HTStyleForRun (HTStyleSheet *self, NXRun *run)
{
    HTStyle * scan;
    HTStyle * best = 0;
    int	bestMatch = 0;
    NXTextStyle * rp = run->paraStyle;
    for (scan=self->styles; scan; scan=scan->next)
        if (scan->paragraph == run->paraStyle) return scan;	/* Exact */

    for (scan=self->styles; scan; scan=scan->next){
    	NXTextStyle * sp = scan->paragraph;
    	if (sp) {
	    int match = 0;
	    if (sp->indent1st ==	rp->indent1st)	match = match+1;
	    if (sp->indent2nd ==	rp->indent2nd)	match = match+2;
	    if (sp->lineHt ==		rp->lineHt)	match = match+1;
	    if (sp->numTabs ==		rp->numTabs)	match = match+1;
	    if (sp->alignment ==	rp->alignment)	match = match+3;
	    if (scan->font ==		run->font)	match = match+10;
	    if (match>bestMatch) {
		    best=scan;
		    bestMatch=match;
	    }
	}
    }
    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTStyleForRun: Best match for style is %d out of 18\n",
    			 bestMatch);
    return best;
}
#endif


/*	Add a style to a sheet
**	----------------------
*/
HTStyleSheet * HTStyleSheetAddStyle ARGS2
  (HTStyleSheet *,self, HTStyle *,style)
{
    style->next = 0;		/* The style will go on the end */
    if (!self->styles) {
    	self->styles = style;
    } else {
    	HTStyle * scan;
        for(scan=self->styles; scan->next; scan=scan->next); /* Find end */
	scan->next=style;
    }
    return self;
}


/*	Remove the given object from a style sheet if it exists
*/
HTStyleSheet * HTStyleSheetRemoveStyle ARGS2
  (HTStyleSheet *,self, HTStyle *,style)
{
    if (self->styles = style) {
    	self->styles = style->next;
	return self;
    } else {
    	HTStyle * scan;
	for(scan = self->styles; scan; scan = scan->next) {
	    if (scan->next = style) {
	        scan->next = style->next;
		return self;
	    }
	}
    }
    return 0;
}

/*	Create new style sheet
*/

HTStyleSheet * HTStyleSheetNew NOARGS
{
    HTStyleSheet * self = (HTStyleSheet *)malloc(sizeof(*self));

    memset((void*)self, 0, sizeof(*self));	/* ANSI */
/* Harbison c ref man says (char*)self
   but k&r ansii and abc books and Think_C say (void*) */
    
/*    bzero(self, sizeof(*self)); */		/* BSD */
    return self;
}


/*	Free off a style sheet pointer
*/
HTStyleSheet * HTStyleSheetFree ARGS1 (HTStyleSheet *,self)
{
    HTStyle * style;
    while((style=self->styles)!=0) {
        self->styles = style->next;
	HTStyleFree(style);
    }
    free(self);
    return 0;
}


/*	Read a stylesheet from a typed stream
**	-------------------------------------
**
**	Reads a style sheet from a stream.  If new styles have the same names
**	as existing styles, they replace the old ones without changing the ids.
*/

#ifdef NEXT_SUPRESS  /* Only on the NeXT */
HTStyleSheet * HTStyleSheetRead(HTStyleSheet * self, NXStream * stream)
{
    int numStyles;
    int i;
    HTStyle * style;
    char styleName[80];
    NXScanf(stream, " %d ", &numStyles);
    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "Stylesheet: Reading %d styles\n", numStyles);
    for (i=0; istyles; style; style=style->next) numStyles++;
    NXPrintf(stream, "%d\n", numStyles);
    
    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "StyleSheet: Writing %d styles\n", numStyles);
    for (style=self->styles; style; style=style->next) {
        NXPrintf(stream, "%s ", style->name);
	(void) HTStyleWrite(style, stream);
    }
    return self;
}
#endif
y(dest, src) HTSACopy (&(dest), src)
#define StrAllocCat(dest, src)  HTSACat  (&(dest), src)
extern char * HTSACopy PARAMS ((char **dest, CONST char *src));
extern char * HTSACat  PARAMS ((char **dest, CONST char *src));

/*

Next word or quoted strinWWW/Library/Implementation/HTStyle.h1006640070060000000000001273605370616426014623 037777777777 1 0 /*  */

/*      Style Definition for Hypertext                          HTStyle.h
**      ==============================
**
**      Styles allow the translation between a logical property of a piece of
**      text and its physical representation.
**
**      A StyleSheet is a collection of styles, defining the
**      translation necessary to represent a document.
**      It is a linked list of styles.
*/
#ifndef HTStyle_H
#define HTStyle_H

#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "HTAnchor.h"

/* #include "HTFont.h"          bad dependency */
typedef long int HTFont;        /* Dummy definition instead */

#ifdef SHORT_NAMES
#define HTStyleNew                      HTStNew
#define HTStyleFree                     HTStFree
#define HTStyleRead                     HTStRead
#define HTStyleWrite                    HTStWrite
#define HTStyleSheetNew                 HTStShNe
#define HTStyleSheetFree                HTStShFr
#define HTStyleNamed                    HTStName
#define HTStyleForParagraph             HTStFoPa
#define HTStyleMatching                 HTStMatc
#define HTStyleForRun                   HTStFoRu
#define HTStyleSheetAddStyle            HTStShAd
#define HTStyleSheetRemoveStyle         HTStShRm
#define HTStyleSheetRead                HTStShRe
#define HTStyleSheetWrite               HTStShWr
#endif

#ifdef NeXT_suppressed
#include 
typedef NXCoord HTCoord;
#define HTParagraphStyle NXTextStyle
#define HTCoord NXCoord
typedef struct _color {
        float   grey;
        int     RGBColor;
} HTColor;
#else

typedef float HTCoord;

typedef struct _HTParagraphStyle {
    HTCoord     left_indent;            /* @@@@ junk! etc etc*/
} HTParagraphStyle;

typedef int HTColor;            /* Sorry about the US spelling! */

#endif



#define STYLE_NAME_LENGTH       80      /* @@@@@@@@@@@ */
        
typedef struct {
    short               kind;           /* only NX_LEFTTAB implemented*/
    HTCoord             position;       /* x coordinate for stop */
} HTTabStop;


/*      The Style Structure
**      -------------------
*/

typedef struct _HTStyle {

/*      Style management information
*/
    struct _HTStyle     *next;          /* Link for putting into stylesheet */
    char *              name;           /* Style name */
    char *              SGMLTag;        /* Tag name to start */


/*      Character attributes    (a la NXRun)
*/
    HTFont              font;           /* Font id */
    HTCoord             fontSize;       /* The size of font, not independent */
    HTColor             color;  /* text gray of current run */
    int                 superscript;    /* superscript (-sub) in points */

    HTAnchor            *anchor;        /* Anchor id if any, else zero */

/*      Paragraph Attribtes     (a la NXTextStyle)
*/
    HTCoord             indent1st;      /* how far first line in paragraph is
                                 * indented */
    HTCoord             leftIndent;     /* how far second line is indented */
    HTCoord             rightIndent;    /* (Missing from NeXT version */
    short               alignment;      /* quad justification */
    HTCoord             lineHt;         /* line height */
    HTCoord             descentLine;    /* descender bottom from baseline */
    HTTabStop           *tabs;          /* array of tab stops, 0 terminated */

    BOOL                wordWrap;       /* Yes means wrap at space not char */
    BOOL                freeFormat;     /* Yes means \n is just white space */
    HTCoord             spaceBefore;    /* Omissions from NXTextStyle */
    HTCoord             spaceAfter;
    int                 paraFlags;      /* Paragraph flags, bits as follows: */

#define PARA_KEEP       1       /* Do not break page within this paragraph */
#define PARA_WITH_NEXT  2       /* Do not break page after this paragraph */

#define HT_JUSTIFY 0            /* For alignment */
#define HT_LEFT 1
#define HT_RIGHT 2
#define HT_CENTER 3

} HTStyle;


/*      Style functions:
*/
extern HTStyle * HTStyleNew NOPARAMS;
extern HTStyle* HTStyleNewNamed PARAMS ((CONST char * name));
extern HTStyle * HTStyleFree PARAMS((HTStyle * self));
#ifdef SUPRESS
extern HTStyle * HTStyleRead PARAMS((HTStyle * self, HTStream * stream));
extern HTStyle * HTStyleWrite PARAMS((HTStyle * self, HTStream * stream));
#endif
/*              Style Sheet
**              -----------
*/
typedef struct _HTStyleSheet {
        char *          name;
        HTStyle *       styles;
} HTStyleSheet;


/*      Stylesheet functions:
*/
extern HTStyleSheet * HTStyleSheetNew NOPARAMS;
extern HTStyleSheet * HTStyleSheetFree PARAMS((HTStyleSheet * self));
extern HTStyle * HTStyleNamed PARAMS((HTStyleSheet * self, CONST char * name));
extern HTStyle * HTStyleForParagraph PARAMS((HTStyleSheet * self,
        HTParagraphStyle * paraStyle));
extern HTStyle * HTStyleMatching PARAMS((HTStyleSheet *self, HTStyle * style));
/* extern HTStyle * HTStyleForRun PARAMS((HTStyleSheet *self, NXRun * run)); */
extern HTStyleSheet * HTStyleSheetAddStyle PARAMS((HTStyleSheet * self,
        HTStyle * style));
extern HTStyleSheet * HTStyleSheetRemoveStyle PARAMS((HTStyleSheet * self,
        HTStyle * style));
#ifdef SUPPRESS
extern HTStyleSheet * HTStyleSheetRead PARAMS((HTStyleSheet * self,
                                                HTStream * stream));
extern HTStyleSheet * HTStyleSheetWrite PARAMS((HTStyleSheet * self,
                                                HTStream * stream));
#endif
#define CLEAR_POINTER ((void *)-1)      /* Pointer value means "clear me" */
#endif /* HTStyle_H */
/*

    */
TStyleSheet *self, NXRun *run)
{
 WWW/Library/Implementation/HTTCP.c1006640070060000000000001771005435571611014137 037777777777 1 0 /*			Generic Communication Code		HTTCP.c
**			==========================
**
**	This code is in common between client and server sides.
**
**	16 Jan 92  TBL	Fix strtol() undefined on CMU Mach.
**	25 Jun 92  JFG  Added DECNET option through TCP socket emulation.
*/


#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "tcp.h"		/* Defines SHORT_NAMES if necessary */
#ifdef SHORT_NAMES
#define HTInetStatus		HTInStat
#define HTInetString 		HTInStri
#define HTParseInet		HTPaInet
#endif

/*	Module-Wide variables
*/

PRIVATE char *hostname=0;		/* The name of this host */


/*	PUBLIC VARIABLES
*/

/* PUBLIC SockA HTHostAddress; */	/* The internet address of the host */
					/* Valid after call to HTHostName() */

/*	Encode INET status (as in sys/errno.h)			  inet_status()
**	------------------
**
** On entry,
**	where		gives a description of what caused the error
**	global errno	gives the error number in the unix way.
**
** On return,
**	returns		a negative status in the unix way.
*/
#ifndef PCNFS
#ifdef vms
extern int uerrno;	/* Deposit of error info (as per errno.h) */
extern volatile noshare int vmserrno;	/* Deposit of VMS error info */
extern volatile noshare int errno;  /* noshare to avoid PSECT conflict */
#else /* vms */
#ifndef errno
extern int errno;
#endif /* errno */
#endif /* vms */

#ifndef VM
#ifndef vms
#ifndef NeXT
#ifndef THINK_C
extern char *sys_errlist[];		/* see man perror on cernvax */
extern int sys_nerr;
#endif  /* think c */
#endif	/* NeXT */
#endif  /* vms */
#endif	/* VM */

#endif	/* PCNFS */

/*	Report Internet Error
**	---------------------
*/
#ifdef __STDC__
PUBLIC int HTInetStatus(char *where)
#else
PUBLIC int HTInetStatus(where)
    char    *where;
#endif
{
    CTRACE(tfp, "TCP: Error %d in `errno' after call to %s() failed.\n\t%s\n",
	    errno,  where,
#ifdef VM
	    "(Error number not translated)");	/* What Is the VM equiv? */
#define ER_NO_TRANS_DONE
#endif
#ifdef vms
	    "(Error number not translated)");
#define ER_NO_TRANS_DONE
#endif
#ifdef NeXT
	    strerror(errno));
#define ER_NO_TRANS_DONE
#endif
#ifdef THINK_C
	    strerror(errno));
#define ER_NO_TRANS_DONE
#endif

#ifndef ER_NO_TRANS_DONE
	    errno < sys_nerr ? sys_errlist[errno] : "Unknown error" );
#endif


#ifdef vms
    CTRACE(tfp, "         Unix error number (uerrno) = %ld dec\n", uerrno);
    CTRACE(tfp, "         VMS error (vmserrno)       = %lx hex\n", vmserrno);
#endif
    return -errno;
}


/*	Parse a cardinal value				       parse_cardinal()
**	----------------------
**
** On entry,
**	*pp	    points to first character to be interpreted, terminated by
**		    non 0:9 character.
**	*pstatus    points to status already valid
**	maxvalue    gives the largest allowable value.
**
** On exit,
**	*pp	    points to first unread character
**	*pstatus    points to status updated iff bad
*/

PUBLIC unsigned int HTCardinal ARGS3
	(int *,		pstatus,
	char **,	pp,
	unsigned int,	max_value)
{
    int   n;
    if ( (**pp<'0') || (**pp>'9')) {	    /* Null string is error */
	*pstatus = -3;  /* No number where one expeceted */
	return 0;
    }

    n=0;
    while ((**pp>='0') && (**pp<='9')) n = n*10 + *((*pp)++) - '0';

    if (n>max_value) {
	*pstatus = -4;  /* Cardinal outside range */
	return 0;
    }

    return n;
}


#ifndef DECNET  /* Function only used below for a trace message */

/*	Produce a string for an Internet address
**	----------------------------------------
**
** On exit,
**	returns	a pointer to a static string which must be copied if
**		it is to be kept.
*/

PUBLIC CONST char * HTInetString ARGS1(SockA*,sin)
{
    static char string[16];
    sprintf(string, "%d.%d.%d.%d",
	    (int)*((unsigned char *)(&sin->sin_addr)+0),
	    (int)*((unsigned char *)(&sin->sin_addr)+1),
	    (int)*((unsigned char *)(&sin->sin_addr)+2),
	    (int)*((unsigned char *)(&sin->sin_addr)+3));
    return string;
}
#endif /* Decnet */


/*	Parse a network node address and port
**	-------------------------------------
**
** On entry,
**	str	points to a string with a node name or number,
**		with optional trailing colon and port number.
**	sin	points to the binary internet or decnet address field.
**
** On exit,
**	*sin	is filled in. If no port is specified in str, that
**		field is left unchanged in *sin.
*/
PUBLIC int HTParseInet ARGS2(SockA *,sin, CONST char *,str)
{
    char *port;
    char host[256];
    struct hostent  *phost;	/* Pointer to host - See netdb.h */
    strcpy(host, str);		/* Take a copy we can mutilate */



/*	Parse port number if present
*/    
    if (port=strchr(host, ':')) {
    	*port++ = 0;		/* Chop off port */
        if (port[0]>='0' && port[0]<='9') {

#ifdef unix
	    sin->sin_port = htons(atol(port));
#else /* VMS */
#ifdef DECNET
	    sin->sdn_objnum = (unsigned char) (strtol(port, (char**)0 , 10));
#else
	    sin->sin_port = htons(strtol(port, (char**)0 , 10));
#endif /* Decnet */
#endif /* Unix vs. VMS */

	} else {

#ifdef SUPPRESS		/* 1. crashes!?!.  2. Not recommended */
	    struct servent * serv = getservbyname(port, (char*)0);
	    if (serv) sin->sin_port = serv->s_port;
	    else if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "TCP: Unknown service %s\n", port);
#endif
	}
      }

#ifdef DECNET
    /* read Decnet node name. @@ Should know about DECnet addresses, but it's
       probably worth waiting until the Phase transition from IV to V. */

    sin->sdn_nam.n_len = min(DN_MAXNAML, strlen(host));  /* <=6 in phase 4 */
    strncpy (sin->sdn_nam.n_name, host, sin->sdn_nam.n_len + 1);

    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,  
	"DECnet: Parsed address as object number %d on host %.6s...\n",
		      sin->sdn_objnum, host);

#else  /* parse Internet host */

/*	Parse host number if present.
*/  
    if (*host>='0' && *host<='9') {   /* Numeric node address: */
	sin->sin_addr.s_addr = inet_addr(host); /* See arpa/inet.h */

    } else {		    /* Alphanumeric node name: */
#ifdef MVS	/* Oustanding problem with crash in MVS gethostbyname */
	if(TRACE)fprintf(stderr, "HTTCP: Calling gethostbyname(%s)\n", host);
#endif
	phost=gethostbyname(host);	/* See netdb.h */
#ifdef MVS
	if(TRACE)fprintf(stderr, "HTTCP: gethostbyname() returned %d\n", phost);
#endif
	if (!phost) {
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, 
		    "HTTPAccess: Can't find internet node name `%s'.\n",host);
	    return -1;  /* Fail? */
	}
	memcpy(&sin->sin_addr, phost->h_addr, phost->h_length);
    }

    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,  
	"TCP: Parsed address as port %d, IP address %d.%d.%d.%d\n",
		(int)ntohs(sin->sin_port),
		(int)*((unsigned char *)(&sin->sin_addr)+0),
		(int)*((unsigned char *)(&sin->sin_addr)+1),
		(int)*((unsigned char *)(&sin->sin_addr)+2),
		(int)*((unsigned char *)(&sin->sin_addr)+3));

#endif  /* Internet vs. Decnet */

    return 0;	/* OK */
}


/*	Derive the name of the host on which we are
**	-------------------------------------------
**
*/
#ifdef __STDC__
PRIVATE void get_host_details(void)
#else
PRIVATE void get_host_details()
#endif

#ifndef MAXHOSTNAMELEN
#define MAXHOSTNAMELEN 64		/* Arbitrary limit */
#endif

{
    char name[MAXHOSTNAMELEN+1];	/* The name of this host */
#ifdef NEED_HOST_ADDRESS		/* no -- needs name server! */
    struct hostent * phost;		/* Pointer to host -- See netdb.h */
#endif
    int namelength = sizeof(name);
    
    if (hostname) return;		/* Already done */
    gethostname(name, namelength);	/* Without domain */
    CTRACE(tfp, "TCP: Local host name is %s\n", name);
    StrAllocCopy(hostname, name);

#ifndef DECNET  /* Decnet ain't got no damn name server 8#OO */
#ifdef NEED_HOST_ADDRESS		/* no -- needs name server! */
    phost=gethostbyname(name);		/* See netdb.h */
    if (!phost) {
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, 
		"TCP: Can't find my own internet node address for `%s'!!\n",
		name);
	return;  /* Fail! */
    }
    StrAllocCopy(hostname, phost->h_name);
    memcpy(&HTHostAddress, &phost->h_addr, phost->h_length);
    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "     Name server says that I am `%s' = %s\n",
	    hostname, HTInetString(&HTHostAddress));
#endif

#endif /* not Decnet */
}

#ifdef __STDC__
PUBLIC const char * HTHostName(void)
#else
PUBLIC char * HTHostName()
#endif
{
    get_host_details();
    return hostname;
}

HTStyle* HTStyleNewNamed PARAMS ((CONST char * name));
eWWW/Library/Implementation/HTTCP.h1006640070060000000000000553505370616423014145 037777777777 1 0 /*                               /Net/dxcern/userd/timbl/hypertext/WWW/Library/src/HTTCP.html
                               GENERIC TCP/IP COMMUNICATION
                                             
   This module has the common code for handling TCP/IP connections etc.
   
 */
#ifndef HTTCP_H
#define HTTCP_H

#include "HTUtils.h"

#include "tcp.h"

#ifdef SHORT_NAMES
#define HTInetStatus            HTInStat
#define HTInetString            HTInStri
#define HTParseInet             HTPaInet
#endif


/*      Produce a string for an internet address
**      ---------------------------------------
**
** On exit:
**           returns a pointer to a static string which must be copied if
**                it is to be kept.
*/
#ifdef __STDC__
        extern const char * HTInetString(struct sockaddr_in* sin);
#else
        extern char * HTInetString();
#endif


/*      Encode INET status (as in sys/errno.h)                    inet_status()
**      ------------------
**
** On entry:
**              where gives a description of what caused the error
**      global errno gives the error number in the unix way.
**
** On return:
**      returns a negative status in the unix way.
*/
#ifdef __STDC__
        extern int HTInetStatus(char *where);
#else
        extern int HTInetStatus();
#endif

/*      Publicly accessible variables
*/
/* extern struct sockaddr_in HTHostAddress; */
                        /* The internet address of the host */
                        /* Valid after call to HTHostName() */


/*      Parse a cardinal value                                 parse_cardinal()
**      ----------------------
**
** On entry:
**      *pp points to first character to be interpreted, terminated by
**      non 0..9 character.
**      *pstatus points to status already valid,
**      maxvalue gives the largest allowable value.
**
** On exit:
**      *pp points to first unread character,
**      *pstatus points to status updated iff bad
*/

extern unsigned int HTCardinal PARAMS((int *pstatus,
                char            **pp,
                unsigned int    max_value));


/*      Parse an internet node address and port
**      ---------------------------------------
**
** On entry:
**               str points to a string with a node name or number,
**               with optional trailing colon and port number.
**               sin points to the binary internet or decnet address field.
**
** On exit:
**               *sin is filled in. If no port is specified in str, that
**               field is left unchanged in *sin.
*/
#ifdef __STDC__
        extern int HTParseInet(struct sockaddr_in * sin, CONST char * str);
        /*!! had to change this to get it to compile. CTB */
#else
        extern int HTParseInet();
#endif

/*      Get Name of This Machine
**      ------------------------
**
*/

extern CONST char * HTHostName NOPARAMS;

#endif   /* HTTCP_H */
/*

   End.  */
 man perror on cernvax */
extern int sys_nerr;
#endif  /* think c */
#endif	/* NeXT */
#endif  /* vms */
#endif	/* VM */

#endif	/* PCNFS */

/*	Report Internet ErWWW/Library/Implementation/HTTP.c1006640070060000000000002550305435571576014045 037777777777 1 0 /*	HyperText Tranfer Protocol	- Client implementation		HTTP.c
**	==========================
**
** Bugs:
**	Not implemented:
**		Forward
**		Redirection
**		Error handling
*/

/*	Module parameters:
**	-----------------
**
**  These may be undefined and redefined by syspec.h
*/

/* Implements:
*/
#include "HTTP.h"

#define HTTP_VERSION	"HTTP/1.0"
#define HTTP2				/* Version is greater than 0.9 */

#define CR   FROMASCII('\015')	/* Must be converted to ^M for transmission */
#define LF   FROMASCII('\012')	/* Must be converted to ^J for transmission */

#define INIT_LINE_SIZE		1024	/* Start with line buffer this big */
#define LINE_EXTEND_THRESH	256	/* Minimum read size */
#define VERSION_LENGTH 		20	/* for returned protocol version */

/* Uses:
*/
#include "HTParse.h"
#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "tcp.h"
#include "HTTCP.h"
#include "HTFormat.h"
#include 
#include "HTAlert.h"
#include "HTMIME.h"
#include "HTML.h"		/* SCW */
#include "HTInit.h"		/* SCW */

struct _HTStream {
	HTStreamClass * isa;		/* all we need to know */
};


extern char * HTAppName;	/* Application name: please supply */
extern char * HTAppVersion;	/* Application version: please supply */

/*		Load Document from HTTP Server			HTLoadHTTP()
**		==============================
**
**	Given a hypertext address, this routine loads a document.
**
**
** On entry,
**	arg	is the hypertext reference of the article to be loaded.
**	gate	is nill if no gateway, else the gateway address.
**
** On exit,
**	returns	>=0	If no error, a good socket number
**		<0	Error.
**
**	The socket must be closed by the caller after the document has been
**	read.
**
*/
PUBLIC int HTLoadHTTP ARGS4 (
	CONST char *, 		arg,
/*	CONST char *,		gate, */
	HTParentAnchor *,	anAnchor,
	HTFormat,		format_out,
	HTStream*,		sink)
{
    int s;				/* Socket number for returned data */
    char *command;			/* The whole command */
    char * eol = 0;			/* End of line if found */
    char * start_of_data;		/* Start of body of reply */
    int status;				/* tcp return */
    char crlf[3];			/* A CR LF equivalent string */
    HTStream *	target = NULL;		/* Unconverted data */
    HTFormat format_in;			/* Format arriving in the message */
    
    CONST char* gate = 0;		/* disable this feature */
    SockA soc_address;			/* Binary network address */
    SockA * sin = &soc_address;
    BOOL had_header = NO;		/* Have we had at least one header? */
    char * line_buffer = NULL;
    BOOL extensions = YES;		/* Assume good HTTP server */
    if (!arg) return -3;		/* Bad if no name sepcified	*/
    if (!*arg) return -2;		/* Bad if name had zero length	*/

/*  Set up defaults:
*/
#ifdef DECNET
    sin->sdn_family = AF_DECnet;	    /* Family = DECnet, host order */
    sin->sdn_objnum = DNP_OBJ;          /* Default: http object number */
#else  /* Internet */
    sin->sin_family = AF_INET;	    /* Family = internet, host order */
    sin->sin_port = htons(TCP_PORT);    /* Default: http port    */
#endif

    sprintf(crlf, "%c%c", CR, LF);	/* To be corect on Mac, VM, etc */
    
    if (TRACE) {
        if (gate) fprintf(stderr,
		"HTTPAccess: Using gateway %s for %s\n", gate, arg);
        else fprintf(stderr, "HTTPAccess: Direct access for %s\n", arg);
    }
    
/* Get node name and optional port number:
*/
    {
	char *p1 = HTParse(gate ? gate : arg, "", PARSE_HOST);
	int status = HTParseInet(sin, p1);  /* TBL 920622 */
        free(p1);
	if (status) return status;   /* No such host for example */
    }
    
retry:
   
/*	Now, let's get a socket set up from the server for the data:
*/      
#ifdef DECNET
    s = socket(AF_DECnet, SOCK_STREAM, 0);
#else
    s = socket(AF_INET, SOCK_STREAM, IPPROTO_TCP);
#endif
    status = connect(s, (struct sockaddr*)&soc_address, sizeof(soc_address));
    if (status < 0) {
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, 
	      "HTTP: Unable to connect to remote host for `%s' (errno = %d).\n", arg, errno);
	    /* free(command);   BUG OUT TBL 921121 */
	    return HTInetStatus("connect");
      }
    
    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTTP connected, socket %d\n", s);

/*	Ask that node for the document,
**	omitting the host name & anchor if not gatewayed.
*/        
    if (gate) {
        command = malloc(4 + strlen(arg)+ 2 + 31);
        if (command == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTLoadHTTP");
        strcpy(command, "GET ");
	strcat(command, arg);
    } else { /* not gatewayed */
	char * p1 = HTParse(arg, "", PARSE_PATH|PARSE_PUNCTUATION);
        command = malloc(4 + strlen(p1)+ 2 + 31);
        if (command == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTLoadHTTP");
        strcpy(command, "GET ");
	strcat(command, p1);
	free(p1);
    }
#ifdef HTTP2
    if (extensions) {
        strcat(command, " ");
        strcat(command, HTTP_VERSION);
    }
#endif

    strcat(command, crlf);	/* CR LF, as in rfc 977 */

    if (extensions) {

	int n;
	int i;
        HTAtom * present = WWW_PRESENT;
	char line[256];    /*@@@@ */

	if (!HTPresentations) HTFormatInit();
	n = HTList_count(HTPresentations);

	for(i=0; irep_out == present) {
	      if (pres->quality != 1.0) {
                 sprintf(line, "Accept: %s q=%.3f%c%c",
			 HTAtom_name(pres->rep), pres->quality, CR, LF);
	      } else {
                 sprintf(line, "Accept: %s%c%c",
			 HTAtom_name(pres->rep), CR, LF);
	      }
	      StrAllocCat(command, line);

	    }
	}
	
	sprintf(line, "User-Agent:  %s/%s  libwww/%s%c%c",
		HTAppName ? HTAppName : "unknown",
		HTAppVersion ? HTAppVersion : "0.0",
		HTLibraryVersion, CR, LF);
	      StrAllocCat(command, line);
    }
       
    StrAllocCat(command, crlf);	/* Blank line means "end" */

    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTTP Tx: %s\n", command);

/*	Translate into ASCII if necessary
*/
#ifdef NOT_ASCII
    {
    	char * p;
	for(p = command; *p; p++) {
	    *p = TOASCII(*p);
	}
    }
#endif

    status = NETWRITE(s, command, (int)strlen(command));
    free(command);
    if (status<0) {
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTTPAccess: Unable to send command.\n");
	    return HTInetStatus("send");
    }


/*	Read the first line of the response
**	-----------------------------------
*/

    {
    
    /* Get numeric status etc */

	int length = 0;
	BOOL end_of_file = NO;
	HTAtom * encoding = HTAtom_for("7bit");
	int buffer_length = INIT_LINE_SIZE;	/* Why not? */
	
	line_buffer = (char *) malloc(buffer_length * sizeof(char));
	if (!line_buffer) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTLoadHTTP");
	
	do {	/* Loop to read in the first line */
	    
	   /* Extend line buffer if necessary for those crazy WAIS URLs ;-) */
	   
	    if (buffer_length - length < LINE_EXTEND_THRESH) {
	        buffer_length = buffer_length + buffer_length;
		line_buffer = (char *) realloc(
			line_buffer, buffer_length * sizeof(char));
		if (!line_buffer) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTLoadHTTP");
	    }
	    status = NETREAD(s, line_buffer + length,
	    			buffer_length - length -1);
	    if (status < 0) {
	        HTAlert("Unexpected network read error on response");
		NETCLOSE(s);
		return status;
	    }

	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTTP: read returned %d bytes.\n",
	    	 status);

	    if (status == 0) {
	        end_of_file = YES;
		break;
	    }
	    line_buffer[length+status] = 0;
#ifdef NOT_ASCII
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "Local codes CR=%d, LF=%d\n", CR, LF);
	    {
		char * p;
		for(p = line_buffer+length; *p; p++) {
		    *p = FROMASCII(*p);
		}
	    }
#endif
	    eol = strchr(line_buffer + length, LF);
            if (eol && *(eol-1) == CR) *(eol-1) = ' '; 

	    length = length + status;
	    	    
	    if (eol) *eol = 0;		/* Terminate the line */

	} while (!eol && !end_of_file);		/* No LF */	    
	        
    } /* Scope of loop variables */

    
/*	We now have a terminated unfolded line. Parse it.
**	-------------------------------------------------
*/

    if (TRACE)fprintf(stderr, "HTTP: Rx: %s\n", line_buffer);

    {
	int fields;
	char server_version [VERSION_LENGTH+1];
	int server_status;


/* Kludge to work with old buggy servers.  They can't handle the third word
** so we try again without it.
*/
	if (extensions &&
		0==strcmp(line_buffer,		/* Old buggy server? */
		"Document address invalid or access not authorised")) {
	    extensions = NO;
	    if (line_buffer) free(line_buffer);
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
		"HTTP: close socket %d to retry with HTTP0\n", s);
	    NETCLOSE(s);
	    goto retry;		/* @@@@@@@@@@ */
	}

	fields = sscanf(line_buffer, "%20s%d",
	    server_version,
	    &server_status);

	if (fields < 2) {			/* HTTP0 reply */
	    format_in = WWW_HTML;
	    start_of_data = line_buffer;	/* reread whole reply */
	    if (eol) *eol = '\n';		/* Reconstitute buffer */
	    
	} else {				/* Ful HTTP reply */
	
	/*	Decode full HTTP response */
	
	    format_in = HTAtom_for("www/mime");
	    start_of_data = eol ? eol + 1 : "";

	    switch (server_status / 100) {
	    
	    default:		/* bad number */
		HTAlert("Unknown status reply from server!");
		break;
		
	    case 3:		/* Various forms of redirection */
		HTAlert(
	"Redirection response from server is not handled by this client");
		break;
		
	    case 4:		/* "I think I goofed" */
	    case 5:		/* I think you goofed */
		{
		    char *p1 = HTParse(gate ? gate : arg, "", PARSE_HOST);
		    char * message = (char*)malloc(
			strlen(line_buffer)+strlen(p1) + 100);
		    if (!message) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTTP 5xx status");
		    sprintf(message,
		    "HTTP server at %s replies:\n%s", p1, line_buffer);
		    status = HTLoadError(sink, server_status, message);
		    free(message);
		    free(p1);
		    goto clean_up;
		}
		break;
		
	    case 2:		/* Good: Got MIME object */
		break;

	    } /* switch on response code */
	
	}		/* Full HTTP reply */
	
    } /* scope of fields */

/*	Set up the stream stack to handle the body of the message
*/

    target = HTStreamStack(format_in,
			format_out,
			sink , anAnchor);

    if (!target) {
	char buffer[1024];	/* @@@@@@@@ */
	if (line_buffer) free(line_buffer);
	sprintf(buffer, "Sorry, no known way of converting %s to %s.",
		HTAtom_name(format_in), HTAtom_name(format_out));
	fprintf(stderr, "HTTP: %s", buffer);
	status = HTLoadError(sink, 501, buffer);
	goto clean_up;
    }

    
/*	Push the data, maybe ignoring CR, down the stream
**	We have to remember the end of the first buffer we just read
*/
    if (format_in != WWW_HTML) {
        (*target->isa->put_string)(target, start_of_data);
	HTCopy(s, target);
	
    } else {   /* ascii text with CRLFs :-( */
        {
	    char * p;
	    for (p = start_of_data; *p; p++)
	        if (*p != '\r') (*target->isa->put_character)(target, *p);
	}
	HTCopyNoCR(s, target);
    }
    (*target->isa->end_document)(target);
    (*target->isa->free)(target);
    status = HT_LOADED;

/*	Clean up
*/
    
clean_up: 
    if (line_buffer) free(line_buffer);

    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTTP: close socket %d.\n", s);
    (void) NETCLOSE(s);

    return status;			/* Good return */

}


/*	Protocol descriptor
*/

PUBLIC HTProtocol HTTP = { "http", HTLoadHTTP, 0 };
nclude "HTFormat.h"
#include 
#include "HTAlert.h"
#include "HTMIME.h"
#include "HTML.h"		/* SCW */
#include "HTInit.h"		/* SCW */

struct _HTStream {
	HTStreamClass * isa;		/* allWWW/Library/Implementation/HTTP.h1006640070060000000000000077005370616423014036 037777777777 1 0 /*  */

/*      HyperText Tranfer Protocol                                      HTTP.h
**      ==========================
*/

#ifndef HTTP_H
#define HTTP_H

#include "HTAccess.h"


#ifdef OLD_CODE
/*      Load Document using HTTP
**      ------------------------
*/
extern int HTLoadHTTP PARAMS((
        CONST char *            arg,
/*      CONST char *            gateway, */
        HTParentAnchor *        anAnchor,
        int diag));
#endif

extern HTProtocol HTTP;

#endif /* HTTP_H */
/*

    */
f[3];			WWW/Library/Implementation/HTTelnet.c1006640070060000000000001346205435571675014756 037777777777 1 0 /*		Telnet Acees, Roligin, etc			HTAccess.c
**		==========================
**
** Authors
**	TBL	Tim Berners-Lee timbl@info.cern.ch
**	JFG	Jean-Francois Groff jgh@next.com
**	DD	Denis DeLaRoca (310) 825-4580  
** History
**       8 Jun 92 Telnet hopping prohibited as telnet is not secure (TBL)
**	26 Jun 92 When over DECnet, suppressed FTP, Gopher and News. (JFG)
**	 6 Oct 92 Moved HTClientHost and logfile into here. (TBL)
**	17 Dec 92 Tn3270 added, bug fix. (DD)
**	 2 Feb 93 Split from HTAccess.c. Registration.(TBL)
*/

/* Implements:
*/
#include "HTTelnet.h"

#include "HTParse.h"
#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "HTAnchor.h"
#include "HTTP.h"
#include "HTFile.h"
#include 
#include 

#include "tcp.h"
#include "HText.h"

#include "HTAccess.h"
#include "HTAlert.h"

#define HT_NO_DATA -9999


/*	Telnet or "rlogin" access
**	-------------------------
*/
PRIVATE int remote_session ARGS2(char *, access, char *, host)
{
	char * user = host;
	char * hostname = strchr(host, '@');
	char * port = strchr(host, ':');
	char   command[256];
	enum _login_protocol { telnet, rlogin, tn3270 } login_protocol =
		strcmp(access, "rlogin") == 0 ? rlogin :
		strcmp(access, "tn3270") == 0 ? tn3270 : telnet;
	
	if (hostname) {
	    *hostname++ = 0;	/* Split */
	} else {
	    hostname = host;
	    user = 0;		/* No user specified */
	}
	if (port) *port++ = 0;	/* Split */


/* If the person is already telnetting etc, forbid hopping */
/* This is a security precaution, for us and remote site */

	if (HTSecure) {

#ifdef TELNETHOPPER_MAIL
	    sprintf(command, 
	      "finger @%s | mail -s \"**telnethopper %s\" tbl@dxcern.cern.ch",
	       HTClientHost, HTClientHost);
	    system(command);
#endif
	    printf("\n\nSorry, but the service you have selected is one\n");
	    printf("to which you have to log in.  If you were running www\n");
	    printf("on your own computer, you would be automatically connected.\n");
	    printf("For security reasons, this is not allowed when\n");
	    printf("you log in to this information service remotely.\n\n");

	    printf("You can manually connect to this service using %s\n",
		   access);
	    printf("to host %s", hostname);
	    if (user) printf(", user name %s", user);
	    if (port) printf(", port %s", port);
	    printf(".\n\n");
	    return HT_NO_DATA;
	}

/* Not all telnet servers get it even if user name is specified
** so we always tell the guy what to log in as
*/
        if (user) printf("When you are connected, log in as %s\n", user);
	
#ifdef NeXT
#define TELNET_MINUS_L
#endif
#ifdef ultrix
#define TELNET_MINUS_L
#endif

#ifdef TELNET_MINUS_L
	sprintf(command, "%s%s%s %s %s", access,
		user ? " -l " : "",
		user ? user : "",
		hostname,
		port ? port : "");

	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTaccess: Command is: %s\n", command);
	system(command);
	return HT_NO_DATA;		/* Ok - it was done but no data */
#define TELNET_DONE
#endif

/* Most unix machines suppport username only with rlogin */
#ifdef unix
#ifndef TELNET_DONE
	if (login_protocol != rlogin) {
	    sprintf(command, "%s %s %s", access,
		hostname,
		port ? port : "");
	} else {
	    sprintf(command, "%s%s%s %s %s", access,
		user ? " -l " : "",
		user ? user : "",
		hostname,
		port ? port : "");
	}
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTaccess: Command is: %s\n", command);
	system(command);
	return HT_NO_DATA;		/* Ok - it was done but no data */
#define TELNET_DONE
#endif
#endif

#ifdef MULTINET				/* VMS varieties */
	if (login_protocol == telnet) {
	    sprintf(command, "TELNET %s%s %s",
		port ? "/PORT=" : "",
		port ? port : "",
		hostname);
	} else if (login_protocol == tn3270) {
	    sprintf(command, "TN3270 %s%s %s",
		port ? "/PORT=" : "",
		port ? port : "",
		hostname);
	} else {
	    sprintf(command, "RLOGIN%s%s%s%s %s", access,
		user ? "/USERNAME=" : "",
		user ? user : "",
		port ? "/PORT=" : "",
		port ? port : "",
		hostname);
	}
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTaccess: Command is: %s\n", command);
	system(command);
	return HT_NO_DATA;		/* Ok - it was done but no data */
#define TELNET_DONE
#endif

#ifdef UCX
#define SIMPLE_TELNET
#endif
#ifdef VM
#define SIMPLE_TELNET
#endif
#ifdef SIMPLE_TELNET
	if (login_protocol == telnet) {			/* telnet only */
	    sprintf(command, "TELNET  %s",	/* @@ Bug: port ignored */
		hostname);
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTaccess: Command is: %s\n", command);
	    system(command);
	    return HT_NO_DATA;		/* Ok - it was done but no data */
	}
#endif

#ifndef TELNET_DONE
	fprintf(stderr,
	"Sorry, this browser was compiled without the %s access option.\n",
		access);
	fprintf(stderr,
	"\nTo access the information you must %s to %s", access, hostname);
	if (port) fprintf(stderr," (port %s)", port);
	if (user) fprintf(stderr," logging in with username %s", user);
	fprintf(stderr, ".\n");
	return -1;
#endif
}

/*	"Load a document" -- establishes a session
**	------------------------------------------
**
** On entry,
**	addr		must point to the fully qualified hypertext reference.
**
** On exit,
**	returns		<0	Error has occured.
**			>=0	Value of file descriptor or socket to be used
**				 to read data.
**	*pFormat	Set to the format of the file, if known.
**			(See WWW.h)
**
*/
PRIVATE int HTLoadTelnet
ARGS4
(
 CONST char *,		addr,
 HTParentAnchor *,	anchor,
 HTFormat,		format_out,
 HTStream *,		sink			/* Ignored */
)
{
    char * access;
    
    char * host;
    int status;
    
    if (sink) {
        HTAlert("Can't output a live session -- it has to be interactive");
	return HT_NO_ACCESS;
    }
    access =  HTParse(addr, "file:", PARSE_ACCESS);
    
    host = HTParse(addr, "", PARSE_HOST);
    status = remote_session(access, host);

    free(host);	
    free(access);
    return status;
}


PUBLIC HTProtocol HTTelnet = { "telnet", HTLoadTelnet, NULL };
PUBLIC HTProtocol HTRlogin = { "rlogin", HTLoadTelnet, NULL };
PUBLIC HTProtocol HTTn3270 = { "tn3270", HTLoadTelnet, NULL };


rver_version,
	    &server_status);

	if (fields < 2) {			/* HTTP0 reply */
	    format_in = WWW_HTML;
	    start_of_data = line_buffer;	/* reread whole reply */
	    if (eol) *eol = '\n';		/* Reconstitute WWW/Library/Implementation/HTTelnet.h1006640070060000000000000056605370616431014750 037777777777 1 0 /*                 /Net/dxcern/userd/timbl/hypertext/WWW/Library/Implementation/HTTelnet.html
                            TELNET AND SIMILAR ACCESS METHODS
                                             
 */

#ifndef HTTELNET_H
#define HTTELNET_H

#include "HTAccess.h"

extern HTProtocol HTTelnet;
extern HTProtocol HTRlogin;
extern HTProtocol HTTn3270;

#endif


/*

    */
		    free(p1);
		    goto clean_up;
		}
		break;
		
	    case 2:		/* Good: Got MIME object */
		break;

	    } /* switch on response codeWWW/Library/Implementation/HTUtils.h1006640070060000000000001557605435571765014640 037777777777 1 0 /*                                                    Utitlity macros for the W3 code library
                                  MACROS FOR GENERAL USE
                                             
   Generates: HTUtils.h
   
   See also: the system dependent file "tcp.h"
   
 */

#ifndef DEBUG
#define DEBUG   /* Noone ever turns this off as trace is too important */
#endif          /* Keeep option for really small memory applications tho */
                
#ifndef HTUTILS_H
#define HTUTILS_H

#ifdef _WINDOWS                         /* SCW */
#include "windef.h"
#define BOOLEAN_DEFINED
#endif

#ifdef SHORT_NAMES
#define WWW_TraceFlag HTTrFlag
#endif

/*

Debug message control.

 */
#ifndef STDIO_H
#include 
#define STDIO_H
#endif

#ifdef DEBUG
#define TRACE (WWW_TraceFlag)
#define PROGRESS(str) printf(str)
        extern int WWW_TraceFlag;
#else
#define TRACE 0
#define PROGRESS(str) /* nothing for now */
#endif

#define CTRACE if(TRACE)fprintf
#define tfp stderr


/*

Standard C library for malloc() etc

 */
#ifdef vax
#ifdef unix
#define ultrix  /* Assume vax+unix=ultrix */
#endif
#endif

#ifndef VMS
#ifndef ultrix
#ifdef NeXT
#include        /* NeXT */
#endif
#ifndef MACH /* Vincent.Cate@furmint.nectar.cs.cmu.edu */
#include      /* ANSI */
#endif
#else /* ultrix */
#include 
#include 
#include 
#endif

#else   /* VMS */
#include 
#include 
#endif

/*

Macros for declarations

 */
#define PUBLIC                  /* Accessible outside this module     */
#define PRIVATE static          /* Accessible only within this module */

#ifdef __STDC__
#define CONST const             /* "const" only exists in STDC */
#define NOPARAMS (void)
#define PARAMS(parameter_list) parameter_list
#define NOARGS (void)
#define ARGS1(t,a) \
                (t a)
#define ARGS2(t,a,u,b) \
                (t a, u b)
#define ARGS3(t,a,u,b,v,c) \
                (t a, u b, v c)
#define ARGS4(t,a,u,b,v,c,w,d) \
                (t a, u b, v c, w d)
#define ARGS5(t,a,u,b,v,c,w,d,x,e) \
                (t a, u b, v c, w d, x e)
#define ARGS6(t,a,u,b,v,c,w,d,x,e,y,f) \
                (t a, u b, v c, w d, x e, y f)
#define ARGS7(t,a,u,b,v,c,w,d,x,e,y,f,z,g) \
                (t a, u b, v c, w d, x e, y f, z g)
#define ARGS8(t,a,u,b,v,c,w,d,x,e,y,f,z,g,s,h) \
                (t a, u b, v c, w d, x e, y f, z g, s h)
#define ARGS9(t,a,u,b,v,c,w,d,x,e,y,f,z,g,s,h,r,i) \
                (t a, u b, v c, w d, x e, y f, z g, s h, r i)
#define ARGS10(t,a,u,b,v,c,w,d,x,e,y,f,z,g,s,h,r,i,q,j) \
                (t a, u b, v c, w d, x e, y f, z g, s h, r i, q j)

#else  /* not ANSI */

#ifndef _WINDOWS
#define CONST
#endif
#define NOPARAMS ()
#define PARAMS(parameter_list) ()
#define NOARGS ()
#define ARGS1(t,a) (a) \
                t a;
#define ARGS2(t,a,u,b) (a,b) \
                t a; u b;
#define ARGS3(t,a,u,b,v,c) (a,b,c) \
                t a; u b; v c;
#define ARGS4(t,a,u,b,v,c,w,d) (a,b,c,d) \
                t a; u b; v c; w d;
#define ARGS5(t,a,u,b,v,c,w,d,x,e) (a,b,c,d,e) \
                t a; u b; v c; w d; x e;
#define ARGS6(t,a,u,b,v,c,w,d,x,e,y,f) (a,b,c,d,e,f) \
                t a; u b; v c; w d; x e; y f;
#define ARGS7(t,a,u,b,v,c,w,d,x,e,y,f,z,g) (a,b,c,d,e,f,g) \
                t a; u b; v c; w d; x e; y f; z g;
#define ARGS8(t,a,u,b,v,c,w,d,x,e,y,f,z,g,s,h) (a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h) \
                t a; u b; v c; w d; x e; y f; z g; s h;
#define ARGS9(t,a,u,b,v,c,w,d,x,e,y,f,z,g,s,h,r,i) (a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,i) \
                t a; u b; v c; w d; x e; y f; z g; s h; r i;
#define ARGS10(t,a,u,b,v,c,w,d,x,e,y,f,z,g,s,h,r,i,q,j) (a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,i,j) \
                t a; u b; v c; w d; x e; y f; z g; s h; r i; q j;
                
        
#endif /* __STDC__ (ANSI) */

#ifndef NULL
#define NULL ((void *)0)
#endif

/*

Booleans

 */
/* Note: GOOD and BAD are already defined (differently) on RS6000 aix */
/* #define GOOD(status) ((status)38;1)   VMS style status: test bit 0         */
/* #define BAD(status)  (!GOOD(status))  Bit 0 set if OK, otherwise clear   */

#ifndef _WINDOWS
#ifndef BOOLEAN_DEFINED
        typedef char    BOOLEAN;                /* Logical value */
#ifndef CURSES
#ifndef TRUE
#define TRUE    (BOOLEAN)1
#define FALSE   (BOOLEAN)0
#endif
#endif   /*  CURSES  */
#endif   /* _WINDOWS */
#define BOOLEAN_DEFINED
#endif

#ifndef BOOL
#define BOOL BOOLEAN
#endif
#ifndef YES
#define YES (BOOLEAN)1
#define NO (BOOLEAN)0
#endif

#ifndef min
#define min(a,b) ((a) <= (b) ? (a) : (b))
#define max(a,b) ((a) >= (b) ? (a) : (b))
#endif

#define TCP_PORT 80     /* Allocated to http by Jon Postel/ISI 24-Jan-92 */
#define OLD_TCP_PORT 2784       /* Try the old one if no answer on 80 */
#define DNP_OBJ 80      /* This one doesn't look busy, but we must check */
                        /* That one was for decnet */

/*      Inline Function WHITE: Is character c white space? */
/*      For speed, include all control characters */

#define WHITE(c) (((unsigned char)(TOASCII(c))) <= 32)


/*

Sucess (>=0) and failure (<0) codes

 */

#define HT_LOADED 29999                 /* Instead of a socket */
#define HT_OK           0               /* Generic success*/

#define HT_NO_ACCESS    -10             /* Access not available */
#define HT_FORBIDDEN    -11             /* Access forbidden */
#define HT_INTERNAL     -12             /* Weird -- should never happen. */
#define HT_BAD_EOF      -12             /* Premature EOF */

#include "HTString.h"   /* String utilities */

#ifdef __STDC__
#include 
#else
#include 
#endif

#ifdef CURSES
        /* htbrowse.c; */
#include 

        extern        WINDOW  *w_top, *w_text, *w_prompt;
        extern        void    user_message PARAMS((const char *fmt, ...));
        extern        void    prompt_set PARAMS((CONST char * msg));
        extern        void    prompt_count PARAMS((long kb));
#else
#define user_message printf
#endif

/*

Out Of Memory checking for malloc() return:

 */
#ifndef __FILE__
#define __FILE__ ""
#define __LINE__ ""
#endif

#define outofmem(file, func) \
 { fprintf(stderr, "%s %s: out of memory.\nProgram aborted.\n", file, func); \
  exit(1);}
/* extern void outofmem PARAMS((const char *fname, const char *func)); */


/*

  WHO PUT THESE IN AND WHAT ARE THEY ANYWAY?
  
 */
#ifdef THEY_WILL_BE_REMOVED
extern void msg_init PARAMS((int height));
extern void msg_printf PARAMS((int y, const char *fmt, ...));
extern void msg_exit PARAMS((int wait_for_key));
#endif

/*

Upper- and Lowercase macros

   The problem here is that toupper(x) is not defined officially unless isupper(x) is.
   These macros are CERTAINLY needed on #if defined(pyr) || define(mips) or BDSI
   platforms. For safefy, we make them mandatory.
   
 */
#include 

#ifndef TOLOWER
  /* Pyramid and Mips can't uppercase non-alpha */
#define TOLOWER(c) (isupper(c) ? tolower(c) : (c))
#define TOUPPER(c) (islower(c) ? toupper(c) : (c))
#endif /* ndef TOLOWER */

#endif /* HTUTILS_H */

/*

   end of utilities  */
ndif

#ifndef TELNET_DONE
	fprintf(stderr,
	"Sorry, this browser was compiled without the %s access option.\n",
		access);
	fprintWWW/Library/Implementation/HTWAIS.c1006640070060000000000005374405435571701014263 037777777777 1 0 /*	WorldWideWeb - Wide Area Informaion Server Access	HTWAIS.c
**	==================================================
**
**	This module allows a WWW server or client to read data from a
**	remote  WAIS
**  server, and provide that data to a WWW client in hypertext form.
**  Source files, once retrieved, are stored and used to provide
**  information about the index when that is acessed.
**
** Authors
**	BK	Brewster Kahle, Thinking Machines, 
**	TBL	Tim Berners-Lee, CERN 
**
** History
**	   Sep 91	TBL adapted shell-ui.c (BK) with HTRetrieve.c from WWW.
**	   Feb 91	TBL Generated HTML cleaned up a bit (quotes, escaping)
**			    Refers to lists of sources. 
**	   Mar 93	TBL   Lib 2.0 compatible module made.	
**
** Bugs
**	Uses C stream i/o to read and write sockets, which won't work
**	on VMS TCP systems.
**
**	Should cache connections.
**
**	ANSI C only as written
**
** WAIS comments:
**
**	1.	Separate directories for different system's .o would help
**	2.	Document ids are rather long!
**
** WWW Address mapping convention:
**
**	/servername/database/type/length/document-id
**
**	/servername/database?word+word+word
*/
/* WIDE AREA INFORMATION SERVER SOFTWARE:
   No guarantees or restrictions.  See the readme file for the full standard
   disclaimer.

   Brewster@think.com
*/


#define DIRECTORY "/cnidr.org:210/directory-of-servers"
/* define DIRECTORY "/quake.think.com:210/directory-of-servers" */

#define BIG 1024	/* identifier size limit  @@@@@ */

/*			From WAIS
**			---------
*/

#include 

#define MAX_MESSAGE_LEN 100000
#define CHARS_PER_PAGE 10000 /* number of chars retrieved in each request */

#define WAISSEARCH_DATE "Fri Jul 19 1991"


/*			FROM WWW
**			--------
*/
#define BUFFER_SIZE 4096	/* Arbitrary size for efficiency */

#define HEX_ESCAPE '%'

#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "tcp.h"
#include "HTParse.h"
#include "HTAccess.h"		/* We implement a protocol */
#include "HTML.h"		/* The object we will generate */
 
/* #include "ParseWSRC.h" */

extern int WWW_TraceFlag;	/* Control diagnostic output */
extern FILE * logfile;		/* Log file output */

PRIVATE BOOL	as_gate;	/* Client is using us as gateway */

PRIVATE char	line[2048];	/* For building strings to display */
				/* Must be able to take id */


#include "HTParse.h"
#include "HTFormat.h"
#include "HTTCP.h"
/* #include "HTWSRC.h"	*/	/* Need some bits from here */

/*		Hypertext object building machinery
*/
#include "HTML.h"

#define PUTC(c) (*target->isa->put_character)(target, c)
#define PUTS(s) (*target->isa->put_string)(target, s)
#define START(e) (*target->isa->start_element)(target, e, 0, 0)
#define END(e) (*target->isa->end_element)(target, e)
#define END_TARGET (*target->isa->end_document)(target)
#define FREE_TARGET (*target->isa->free)(target)

struct _HTStructured {
	CONST HTStructuredClass *	isa;
	/* ... */
};

struct _HTStream {
	CONST HTStreamClass *	isa;
	/* ... */
};


/*								showDiags
*/
/* modified from Jonny G's version in ui/question.c */

void showDiags ARGS2(
	HTStream *, 		target,
	diagnosticRecord **, 	d)
{
  long i;

  for (i = 0; d[i] != NULL; i++) {
    if (d[i]->ADDINFO != NULL) {
      PUTS("Diagnostic code is ");
      PUTS(d[i]->DIAG);
      PUTC(' ');
      PUTS(d[i]->ADDINFO);
      PUTC('\n'); ;
    }
  }
}

/*	Matrix of allowed characters in filenames
**	-----------------------------------------
*/

PRIVATE BOOL acceptable[256];
PRIVATE BOOL acceptable_inited = NO;

PRIVATE void init_acceptable NOARGS
{
    unsigned int i;
    char * good = 
      "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789./-_$";
    for(i=0; i<256; i++) acceptable[i] = NO;
    for(;*good; good++) acceptable[(unsigned int)*good] = YES;
    acceptable_inited = YES;
}

/*	Transform file identifier into WWW address
**	------------------------------------------
**
**
** On exit,
**	returns		nil if error
**			pointer to malloced string (must be freed) if ok
*/
char * WWW_from_archie ARGS1 (char *, file)
{
    char * end;
    char * result;
    char * colon;
    for(end=file; *end > ' '; end++);	/* assumes ASCII encoding*/
    result = (char *)malloc(10 + (end-file));
    if (!result) return result;		/* Malloc error */
    strcpy(result, "file://");
    strncat(result, file, end-file);
    colon = strchr(result+7, ':');	/* Expect colon after host */
    if (colon) {
	for(; colon[0]; colon[0]=colon[1], colon++);	/* move down */
    }
    return result;
} /* WWW_from_archie */

/*	Transform document identifier into URL
**	--------------------------------------
**
** Bugs: A static buffer of finite size is used!
**	The format of the docid MUST be good!
**
** On exit,
**	returns		nil if error
**			pointer to malloced string (must be freed) if ok
*/
PRIVATE char hex [16] = "0123456789ABCDEF";
extern char from_hex PARAMS((char a));			/* In HTWSRC @@ */

PRIVATE char * WWW_from_WAIS ARGS1(any *, docid)

{
    static char buf[BIG];
    char * q = buf;
    char * p = (docid->bytes);
    int i, l;
    if (TRACE) {
	char *p;
	fprintf(stderr, "WAIS id (%d bytes) is ", (int)docid->size);
	for(p=docid->bytes; pbytes+docid->size; p++) {
	    if ((*p >= ' ') && (*p<= '~')) /* Assume ASCII! */
		fprintf(stderr, "%c", *p);
	    else
		fprintf(stderr, "<%x>", (unsigned)*p);
	}
	fprintf(stderr, "\n");
    }	 
    for (p=docid->bytes; (pbytes+docid->size) && (q<&buf[BIG]);) {
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "    Record type %d, length %d\n",
		p[0], p[1]);
        if (*p>10) {
	    fprintf(stderr, "Eh? DOCID record type of %d!\n", *p);
	    return 0;
	}
	{	/* Bug fix -- allow any byte value 15 Apr 93 */
	    unsigned int i = (unsigned) *p++;
	    
	    if (i > 99) {
		*q++ = (i/100) + '0';
		i = i % 100;
	    }
	    if (i > 9) {
		*q++ = (i/10) + '0';
		i = i % 10;
	    }
	    *q++ = i + '0';	/* Record type */
	}
	*q++ = '=';		/* Separate */
	l = *p++;		/* Length */
	for(i=0; i> 4];
		*q++ = hex[(*p) & 15];
	    }
	    else *q++ = *p;
	}
	*q++= ';';		/* Terminate field */
    }
    *q++ = 0;			/* Terminate string */
    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "WWW form of id: %s\n", buf); 
    {
        char * result = (char *)malloc(strlen(buf)+1);
	strcpy(result, buf);
	return result;
    }
} /* WWW_from_WAIS */


/*	Transform URL into WAIS document identifier
**	-------------------------------------------
**
** On entry,
**	docname		points to valid name produced originally by
**			WWW_from_WAIS
** On exit,
**	docid->size	is valid
**	docid->bytes	is malloced and must later be freed.
*/
PRIVATE any * WAIS_from_WWW ARGS2 (any *, docid, char *, docname)
{
    char *z; 	/* Output pointer */
    char *sor;	/* Start of record - points to size field. */
    char *p; 	/* Input pointer */
    char *q; 	/* Poisition of "=" */
    char *s; 	/* Position of semicolon */
    int n;	/* size */
    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "WWW id (to become WAIS id): %s\n", docname); 
    for(n=0, p = docname; *p; p++) {	/* Count sizes of strings */
        n++;
	if (*p == ';')  n--;		/* Not converted */
	else if (*p == HEX_ESCAPE) n=n-2;	/* Save two bytes */
        docid->size = n;
    }
    
    docid->bytes = (char *) malloc(docid->size); /* result record */
    z = docid->bytes;
    
    for(p = docname; *p; ) {	/* Convert of strings */
    				/* Record type */
				
	*z = 0;			/* Initialize record type */
	while (*p >= '0' && *p <= '9') {
	    *z = *z*10 + (*p++ - '0');	/* Decode decimal record type */
	}
	z++;
	if (*p != '=') return 0;
	q = p;
	
/*        *z++ = *p++ - '0';
	q = strchr(p , '=');
	if (!q) return 0;
*/
	s = strchr(q, ';');	/* (Check only) */
	if (!s) return 0;	/* Bad! No ';';	*/
        sor = z;		/* Remember where the size field was */
	z++;			/* Skip record size for now	*/
	for(p=q+1; *p!=';' ; ) {
	   if (*p == HEX_ESCAPE) {
	        char c;
		unsigned int b;
		p++;
	        c = *p++;
		b =   from_hex(c);
		c = *p++;
		if (!c) break;	/* Odd number of chars! */
		*z++ = (b<<4) + from_hex(c);
	    } else {
	        *z++ = *p++;	/* Record */
	    }
	}
	*sor = (z-sor-1);	/* Fill in size -- not counting size itself */
	p++;			/* After semicolon: start of next record */
    }
    
    if (TRACE) {
	char *p;
	fprintf(stderr, "WAIS id (%d bytes) is ", (int)docid->size);
	for(p=docid->bytes; pbytes+docid->size; p++) {
	    if ((*p >= ' ') && (*p<= '~')) /* Assume ASCII! */
		fprintf(stderr, "%c", *p);
	    else
		fprintf(stderr, "<%x>", (unsigned)*p);
	}
	fprintf(stderr, "\n");
    }	 
    return docid;		/* Ok */
    
} /* WAIS_from_WWW */


/*	Send a plain text record to the client		output_text_record()
**	--------------------------------------
*/

PRIVATE void output_text_record ARGS3(
    HTStream *,			target,
    WAISDocumentText *,		record,
    boolean,			quote_string_quotes)
{
  long count;
  /* printf(" Text\n");
     print_any("     DocumentID:  ", record->DocumentID);
     printf("     VersionNumber:  %d\n", record->VersionNumber);
     */
  for(count = 0; count < record->DocumentText->size; count++){
    long ch = (unsigned char)record->DocumentText->bytes[count];
    if (ch == 27) {	/* What is this in for? Tim */

	    /* then we have an escape code */
	    /* if the next letter is '(' or ')', then ignore two letters */
	    if('(' == record->DocumentText->bytes[count + 1] ||
		')' == record->DocumentText->bytes[count + 1])
	    count += 1;             /* it is a term marker */
	    else count += 4;		/* it is a paragraph marker */
    } else if (ch == '\n' || ch == '\r') {
	    PUTC('\n');
    } else if ((ch=='\t') || isprint(ch)){
	    PUTC(ch);
    } 
  }
} /* output text record */



/*	Format A Search response for the client		display_search_response
**	---------------------------------------
*/
/* modified from tracy shen's version in wutil.c
 * displays either a text record or a set of headlines.
 */
void
display_search_response ARGS4(
    HTStructured *,		target,
    SearchResponseAPDU *,	response,
    char *,			database,
    char *,	 		keywords)
{
  WAISSearchResponse  *info;
  long i, k;
  
  BOOL archie =  strstr(database, "archie")!=0;	/* Specical handling */
  
  if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTWAIS: Displaying search response\n");
  sprintf(line,
  	"Index %s contains the following %d item%s relevant to '%s'.\n",
	 database,
	 (int)(response->NumberOfRecordsReturned),
	 response->NumberOfRecordsReturned ==1 ? "" : "s",
	 keywords);

  PUTS(line);
  PUTS("The first figure for each entry is its relative score, ");
  PUTS("the second the number of lines in the item.");
  START(HTML_MENU);

  if ( response->DatabaseDiagnosticRecords != 0 ) {
    info = (WAISSearchResponse *)response->DatabaseDiagnosticRecords;
    i =0; 

    if (info->Diagnostics != NULL)
      showDiags((HTStream*)target, info->Diagnostics);

    if ( info->DocHeaders != 0 ) {
      for (k=0; info->DocHeaders[k] != 0; k++ ) {
	WAISDocumentHeader* head = info->DocHeaders[k];
	char * headline = trim_junk(head->Headline);
	any * docid = head->DocumentID;
	char * docname;			/* printable version of docid */
	i++;

/*	Make a printable string out of the document id.
*/
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, 
		"HTWAIS:  %2ld: Score: %4ld, lines:%4ld '%s'\n", 
	       i,
	       (long int)(info->DocHeaders[k]->Score),
	       (long int)(info->DocHeaders[k]->Lines),
	       headline);

	START(HTML_LI);
	sprintf(line, "%4ld  %4ld  ",
	    head->Score,
	    head->Lines);
	PUTS( line);

	if (archie) {
	    char * www_name = WWW_from_archie(headline);
	    if (www_name) {
		HTStartAnchor(target, NULL, www_name);
		PUTS(headline);
		
		END(HTML_A);
		free(www_name);
	    } else {
		 PUTS(headline);
		 PUTS(" (bad file name)");
	    }
	} else { /* Not archie */
	    docname =  WWW_from_WAIS(docid);
	    if (docname) {
		char * dbname = HTEscape(database, URL_XPALPHAS);
		sprintf(line, "%s/%s/%d/%s",		/* W3 address */
				    dbname,
		    head->Types ? head->Types[0] : "TEXT",
		    (int)(head->DocumentLength),
		    docname);
		HTStartAnchor(target, NULL, line);
		PUTS(headline);
		END(HTML_A);
		free(dbname);
		free(docname);
	    } else {
		 PUTS("(bad doc id)");
	    }
	  }
      } /* next document header */
    } /* if there were any document headers */
    
    if ( info->ShortHeaders != 0 ) {
      k =0;
      while (info->ShortHeaders[k] != 0 ) {
	i++;
	PUTS( "(Short Header record, can't display)");
      }
    }
    if ( info->LongHeaders != 0 ) {
      k =0;
      while (info->LongHeaders[k] != 0) {
	i++;
	PUTS( "\nLong Header record, can't display\n");
      }
    }
    if ( info->Text != 0 ) {
      k =0;
      while (info->Text[k] != 0) {
	i++;
	PUTS( "\nText record\n");
	output_text_record((HTStream*)target, info->Text[k++], false);
      }
    }
    if ( info->Headlines != 0 ) {
      k =0;
      while (info->Headlines[k] != 0) {
	i++;
	PUTS( "\nHeadline record, can't display\n");
	/* dsply_headline_record( info->Headlines[k++]); */
      }
    }
    if ( info->Codes != 0 ) {
      k =0;
      while (info->Codes[k] != 0) {
	i++;
	PUTS( "\nCode record, can't display\n");
	/* dsply_code_record( info->Codes[k++]); */
      }
    }
  }				/* Loop: display user info */
  END(HTML_MENU);
  PUTC('\n'); ;
}




/*		Load by name					HTLoadWAIS
**		============
**
**	This renders any object or search as required
*/
PUBLIC int HTLoadWAIS ARGS4(
	CONST char *,		arg,
	HTParentAnchor *,	anAnchor,
	HTFormat,		format_out,
	HTStream*,		sink)

#define MAX_KEYWORDS_LENGTH 1000
#define MAX_SERVER_LENGTH 1000
#define MAX_DATABASE_LENGTH 1000
#define MAX_SERVICE_LENGTH 1000
#define MAXDOCS 40

{
    static CONST char * error_header =
"
    Access error
    \nThe following error occured in accesing a WAIS server:
    \n";
    char * key;			  /* pointer to keywords in URL */
    char* request_message = NULL; /* arbitrary message limit */
    char* response_message = NULL; /* arbitrary message limit */
    long request_buffer_length;	/* how of the request is left */
    SearchResponseAPDU  *retrieval_response = 0;
    char keywords[MAX_KEYWORDS_LENGTH + 1];
    char *server_name;	
    char *wais_database = NULL;		/* name of current database */
    char *www_database;			/* Same name escaped */
    char *service;
    char *doctype;
    char *doclength;
    long document_length;
    char *docname;
    FILE *connection = 0;
    char * names;		/* Copy of arg to be hacked up */
    BOOL ok = NO;
    
    extern FILE * connect_to_server();
    
    if (!acceptable_inited) init_acceptable();
    
        
/*	Decipher and check syntax of WWW address:
**	----------------------------------------
**
**	First we remove the "wais:" if it was spcified.  920110
*/  
    names = HTParse(arg, "", PARSE_HOST | PARSE_PATH | PARSE_PUNCTUATION);
    key = strchr(names, '?');
    
    if (key) {
    	char * p;
	*key++ = 0;	/* Split off keywords */
	for (p=key; *p; p++) if (*p == '+') *p = ' ';
	HTUnEscape(key);
    }
    if (names[0]== '/') {
	server_name = names+1;
	if (as_gate =(*server_name == '/'))
	    server_name++;	/* Accept one or two */
	www_database = strchr(server_name,'/');
	if (www_database) {
	    *www_database++ = 0;		/* Separate database name */
	    doctype = strchr(www_database, '/');
	    if (key) ok = YES;	/* Don't need doc details */
	    else if (doctype) {	/* If not search parse doc details */
		*doctype++ = 0;	/* Separate rest of doc address */
		doclength = strchr(doctype, '/');
		if(doclength) {
		    *doclength++ = 0;
		    document_length = atol(doclength);
		    if (document_length) {
			docname=strchr(doclength, '/');
			if (docname) {
			    *docname++ = 0;
			    ok = YES;	/* To avoid a goto! */
			} /* if docname */
		    } /* if document_length valid */
		} /* if doclength */
	    } else { /* no doctype?  Assume index required */
	        if (!key) key = "";
		ok = YES;
	    } /* if doctype */
	} /* if database */
     }
     
     if (!ok)
	 return HTLoadError(sink, 500, "Syntax error in WAIS URL");

     if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTWAIS: Parsed OK\n");
     
     service = strchr(names, ':');
     if (service)  *service++ = 0;
     else service = "210";
     
     if (server_name[0] == 0)
        connection = NULL;

     else if (!(key && !*key))
      if ((connection=connect_to_server(server_name,atoi(service)))
      	 == NULL)  {
	 if (TRACE) fprintf (stderr,
	     "%sCan't open connection to %s via service %s.\n",
	     error_header, server_name, service);
	 free(names);
	 return HTLoadError(sink, 500, "Can't open connection to WAIS server");
    }

    StrAllocCopy(wais_database,www_database);
    HTUnEscape(wais_database);
    
	/* This below fixed size stuff is terrible */
    request_message = (char*)s_malloc((size_t)MAX_MESSAGE_LEN * sizeof(char));
    response_message = (char*)s_malloc((size_t)MAX_MESSAGE_LEN * sizeof(char));

/*	If keyword search is performed but there are no keywords,
**	the user has followed a link to the index itself. It would be
**	appropriate at this point to send him the .SRC file - how?
*/

    if (key && !*key) {				/* I N D E X */
    
#ifdef CACHE_FILE_PREFIX
	char filename[256];
	FILE * fp;
#endif
	HTStructured * target = HTML_new(anAnchor, format_out, sink);
	
	START(HTML_ISINDEX);

	{
	    START(HTML_TITLE);
	    PUTS(wais_database);
	    PUTS(" index");
	    END(HTML_TITLE);
	    
	    START(HTML_H1);
	    PUTS(wais_database);
	    END(HTML_H1);
	    
	}
	/* If we have seen a source file for this database, use that:
	*/

#ifdef CACHE_FILE_PREFIX
	sprintf(filename, "%sWSRC-%s:%s:%.100s.txt",
		CACHE_FILE_PREFIX,
		server_name, service, www_database);

	fp = fopen(filename, "r");	/* Have we found this already? */
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
		"HTWAIS: Description of server %s %s.\n",
		filename,
		fp ? "exists already" : "does NOT exist!");

	if (fp) {
	    char c;
	    START(HTML_PRE);		/* Preformatted description */
	    while((c=getc(fp))!=EOF) PUTC(c);	/* Transfer file */
	    END(HTML_PRE);
	    fclose(fp);
	}
#endif
	START(HTML_P);
	PUTS("Specify search words.");
	
	END_TARGET;
	FREE_TARGET;
	
    } else if (key) {					/* S E A R C H */
	char *p;
	HTStructured * target;
	
	strncpy(keywords, key, MAX_KEYWORDS_LENGTH);
	while(p=strchr(keywords, '+')) *p = ' ';
    
        /* Send advance title to get something fast to the other end */
	
	target = HTML_new(anAnchor, format_out, sink);
	
	START(HTML_ISINDEX);
	START(HTML_TITLE);
	PUTS(keywords);
	PUTS(" (in ");
	PUTS(wais_database);
	PUTS(")");
	END(HTML_TITLE);
	
	START(HTML_H1);
	PUTS(keywords);
	END(HTML_H1);

	request_buffer_length = MAX_MESSAGE_LEN; /* Amount left */
	if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTWAIS: Search for `%s' in `%s'\n",
		keywords, wais_database);
	if(NULL ==
	generate_search_apdu(request_message + HEADER_LENGTH, 
				&request_buffer_length, 
				keywords, wais_database, NULL, MAXDOCS))
	panic("request too large");
	

	if(!interpret_message(request_message, 
				MAX_MESSAGE_LEN - request_buffer_length, 
				response_message,
				MAX_MESSAGE_LEN,
				connection,
				false	/* true verbose */
				)) {
	    panic("returned message too large");
    
        } else {	/* returned message ok */
	
	    SearchResponseAPDU  *query_response = 0;
	    readSearchResponseAPDU(&query_response,
	    	response_message + HEADER_LENGTH);
	    display_search_response(target, 
	    	query_response, wais_database, keywords);
	    if (query_response->DatabaseDiagnosticRecords)
		freeWAISSearchResponse(
			query_response->DatabaseDiagnosticRecords);         
	    freeSearchResponseAPDU( query_response);
	}	/* returned message not too large */
    
	END_TARGET;
	FREE_TARGET;

    } else {			/* D O C U M E N T    F E T C H */
    
	HTFormat format_in;
	HTStream * target;
	long count;
	any   doc_chunk;
	any * docid = &doc_chunk;
	if (TRACE) printf(
		"HTWAIS: Retrieve document id `%s' type `%s' length %ld\n",
		docname, doctype, document_length);
		
	format_in = 
	  !strcmp(doctype, "WSRC") ? HTAtom_for("application/x-wais-source") :
	  !strcmp(doctype, "TEXT") ? HTAtom_for("text/plain") :
	  !strcmp(doctype, "GIF")  ? HTAtom_for("image/gif") :
	   		             HTAtom_for("text/plain");

	target = HTStreamStack(format_in, format_out, sink, anAnchor);
	if (!target) return HTLoadError(sink, 500,
		"Can't convert format of WAIS document");
/*	Decode hex or litteral format for document ID
*/	
	WAIS_from_WWW(docid, docname);

	
/*	Loop over slices of the document
*/	
	for(count = 0; 
	    count * CHARS_PER_PAGE < document_length;
	    count++){
	  char *type = s_strdup(doctype);	/* Gets freed I guess */
	  request_buffer_length = MAX_MESSAGE_LEN; /* Amount left */
	  if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "HTWAIS: Slice number %ld\n", count);
	  if(0 ==
	      generate_retrieval_apdu(request_message + HEADER_LENGTH,
		    &request_buffer_length, 
		    docid, 
		    CT_byte,
		    count * CHARS_PER_PAGE,
		    MIN((count + 1) * CHARS_PER_PAGE,document_length),
		    type,
		    wais_database
		    ))
		panic("request too long");
	  
	  /*	Actually do the transaction given by request_message */   
	  if(0 ==
	     interpret_message(request_message, 
			       MAX_MESSAGE_LEN - request_buffer_length, 
			       response_message,
			       MAX_MESSAGE_LEN,
			       connection,
			       false /* true verbose */	
			       ))
	    panic("Returned message too large");

	  /* 	Parse the result which came back into memory.
	  */
	  readSearchResponseAPDU(&retrieval_response, 
				 response_message + HEADER_LENGTH);

	  if(NULL == ((WAISSearchResponse *)
	  	retrieval_response->DatabaseDiagnosticRecords)->Text){
		/* display_search_response(target, retrieval_response,
					wais_database, keywords); */
		PUTS("No text was returned!\n");
		/* panic("No text was returned"); */
	  } else {
	  
		output_text_record(target,
		   ((WAISSearchResponse *)
		    retrieval_response->DatabaseDiagnosticRecords)->Text[0],
		false);
	  
	  } /* If text existed */
	  
	}	/* Loop over slices */

	(*target->isa->end_document)(target);
	(*target->isa->free)(target);

	free (docid->bytes);
	
	freeWAISSearchResponse( retrieval_response->DatabaseDiagnosticRecords); 
	freeSearchResponseAPDU( retrieval_response);

    } /* If document rather than search */




/*	(This postponed until later,  after a timeout:)
*/
    if (connection) close_connection(connection);
    if (wais_database) free(wais_database);
    s_free(request_message);
    s_free(response_message);

    free(names);
    return HT_LOADED;
}

PUBLIC HTProtocol HTWAIS = { "wais", HTLoadWAIS, NULL };


 
    if ( info->ShortHeaderWWW/Library/Implementation/HTWAIS.h1006640070060000000000000245305435571775014272 037777777777 1 0 /*                                                    WAIS protocol module for the W3 library
                                 WAIS PROTOCOL INTERFACE
                                             
   This module does not actually perform the WAIS protocol directly, but it does using one
   or more library of the freeWAIS distribution. The ui.a library came with the old free
   WAIS from TMC,  the client.a and wais.a libraries are needed from the freeWAIS from
   CNIDR.
   
   If you include this module in the library, you must also
   
      Register the HTWAIS protocol at initialisation (e.g. HTInit or HTSInit) by compiling
      it with -DDIRECT_WAIS
      
      Link with the libraries
      
   The wais source files are parsed by a separate and independent module, HTWSRC.   You
   can include HTWSRC without including direct wais using this module, and your WWW code
   will be able to read source files, and access WAIS indexes through a gateway.
   
   A WAIS-WWW gateway is just a normal W3 server with a libwww compiled with this module.
   
   Anyways, this interface won't change much:
   
 */
#ifndef HTWAIS_H
#define HTWAIS_H
#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "HTAccess.h"

extern HTProtocol HTWAIS;

#endif

/*

                                                                                Tim BL  */
ase = NULL;		/* name of current database */
    char *www_database;			/* Same name escaped */
    char *service;
    char *doctype;
    char *doclength;
    long document_length;
    char *docname;
    FILE *conneWWW/Library/Implementation/HTWSRC.c1006640070060000000000002353305370630010014252 037777777777 1 0 /*			Parse WAIS Source file			HTWSRC.c
**			======================
**
**	This module parses a stream with WAIS source file
**	format information on it and creates a structured stream.
**	That structured stream is then converted into whatever.
**
*/

#include "HTWSRC.h"


#include 
#include 
#include 
#include "HTML.h"

#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "tcp.h"

#define BIG 10000		/* Arbitrary limit to value length */
#define PARAM_MAX BIG
#define CACHE_PERIOD (7*86400)	/* Time to keep .src file in seconds */

#define HEX_ESCAPE '%'

struct _HTStructured {
	CONST HTStructuredClass *	isa;
	/* ... */
};

#define PUTC(c) (*me->targetClass.put_character)(me->target, c)
#define PUTS(s) (*me->targetClass.put_string)(me->target, s)
#define START(e) (*me->targetClass.start_element)(me->target, e, 0, 0)
#define END(e) (*me->targetClass.end_element)(me->target, e)


/*	Here are the parameters which can be specified in a  source file
*/
PRIVATE CONST char* par_name[] = {
	"version", 
	"ip-address",
#define PAR_IP_NAME 2
	"ip-name", 
#define PAR_TCP_PORT 3
	"tcp-port", 
#define PAR_DATABASE_NAME 4
	"database-name",
#define PAR_COST 5
	"cost", 
#define PAR_COST_UNIT 6
	"cost-unit", 
#define PAR_FREE 7
	"free",	
#define PAR_MAINTAINER 8
	"maintainer", 	
#define PAR_DESCRIPTION 9
	"description", 	
	"source",
	0,				/* Terminate list */
#define PAR_COUNT 11
} ;


enum tokenstate { beginning, before_tag, colon, before_value,
		value, quoted_value, done };


/*		Stream Object
**		------------
**
**	The target is the structured stream down which the
**	parsed results will go.
**
**	all the static stuff below should go in here to make it reentrant
*/

struct _HTStream {
	CONST HTStreamClass *	isa;
	HTStructured *		target;
	HTStructuredClass	targetClass;
	char *			par_value[PAR_COUNT];
	enum tokenstate 	state;
	char 			param[BIG+1];
	int			param_number;
	int			param_count;
};




PUBLIC CONST char * hex = "0123456789ABCDEF";

/*	Decode one hex character
*/

PUBLIC char from_hex ARGS1(char, c)
{
    return 		  (c>='0')&&(c<='9') ? c-'0'
			: (c>='A')&&(c<='F') ? c-'A'+10
			: (c>='a')&&(c<='f') ? c-'a'+10
			:		       0;
}

/*	Turn database name into a path element
**	--------------------------------------
**
**	Creates new string which must be freed.
*/
PUBLIC char * HTDeSlash ARGS1(CONST char *, db)
{
#define ACCEPTABLE(c)	((c!='/')&&(c!='#')&&(c!='%')&&(c>' ')&&(c<='z'))
    CONST char * p;
    char * q;
    char * result;
    int unacceptable = 0;
    for(p=db; *p; p++)
        if (!ACCEPTABLE(*p))
		unacceptable++;
    result = (char *) malloc(p-db + unacceptable+ unacceptable + 1);
    for(q=result, p=db; *p; p++)
	if (!ACCEPTABLE(*p)) {
	    *q++ = HEX_ESCAPE;	/* Means hex commming */
	    *q++ = hex[(*p) >> 4];
	    *q++ = hex[(*p) & 15];
	}
	else *q++ = *p;
    *q++ = 0;			/* Terminate */
    return result;
}

/*	Reverse Operation
**	-----------------
*/
/*		Return value must be freed
*/
PUBLIC char * HTEnSlash ARGS1(CONST char *, s)
{
    CONST char *p;
    char *z;
    char * result = (char *)malloc(strlen(s)+1);
    for(z=result, p=s; *p ;) {
	if (*p == HEX_ESCAPE) {
	    char c;
	    unsigned int b;
	    p++;
	    c = *p++;
	    b =   from_hex(c);
	    c = *p++;
	    if (!c) break;	/* Odd number of chars! */
	    *z++ = (b<<4) + from_hex(c);
	} else {
	    *z++ = *p++;	/* Non-hex */
	}
    }
    *z = 0;			/* Terminate */
    return result;
}


/*			State machine
**			-------------
**
** On entry,
**	me->state	is a valid state (see WSRC_init)
**	c		is the next character
** On exit,
** 	returns	1	Done with file
**		0	Continue. me->state is updated if necessary.
**		-1	Syntax error error
*/


/*		Treat One Character
**		-------------------
*/
PRIVATE void WSRCParser_put_character ARGS2(HTStream*, me, char, c)
{
    switch (me->state) {
    case beginning:
        if (c=='(') me->state = before_tag;
	break;
	
    case before_tag:
        if (c==')') {
	    me->state = done;
	    return;			/* Done with input file */
	} else if (c==':') {
	    me->param_count = 0;
	    me->state = colon;
	}				/* Ignore other text */
	break;

    case colon:
        if (WHITE(c)) {
	    me->param[me->param_count++] = 0;	/* Terminate */
	    for(me->param_number = 0; par_name[me->param_number]; me->param_number++) {
		if (0==strcmp(par_name[me->param_number], me->param)) {
		    break;
		}
	    }
	    if (!par_name[me->param_number]) {	/* Unknown field */
	        if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
		    "WAISGate: Unknown field `%s' in source file\n",
		    me->param);
		me->state = before_tag;	/* Could be better ignore */
		return;
	    }
	    me->state = before_value;
	} else {
	    if (me->param_count < PARAM_MAX)  me->param[me->param_count++] = c;
	}
	break;
	
    case before_value:
        if (c==')') {
	    me->state = done;
	    return;			/* Done with input file */
	}
	if (WHITE(c)) return;		/* Skip white space */
	me->param_count = 0;
	if (c=='"') {
	    me->state = quoted_value;
	    break;
	}
	me->state = (c=='"') ? quoted_value : value;
	me->param[me->param_count++] = c;	/* Don't miss first character */
	break;

    case value:
        if (WHITE(c)) {
	    me->param[me->param_count] = 0;
	    StrAllocCopy(me->par_value[me->param_number], me->param);
	    me->state = before_tag;
	} else {
	    if (me->param_count < PARAM_MAX)  me->param[me->param_count++] = c;
	}
	break;

    case quoted_value:
        if (c=='"') {
	    me->param[me->param_count] = 0;
	    StrAllocCopy(me->par_value[me->param_number], me->param);
	    me->state = before_tag;
	} else {
	    if (me->param_count < PARAM_MAX)  me->param[me->param_count++] = c;
	}
	break;
	
    case done:				/* Ignore anything after EOF */
	return;

    } /* switch me->state */
}


/*			Output equivalent HTML
**			----------------------
**
*/

void give_parameter ARGS2(HTStream *, me, int, p)
{
    PUTS(par_name[p]);
    if (me->par_value[p]) {
	PUTS(": ");
	PUTS(me->par_value[p]);
	PUTS("; ");
    } else {
        PUTS(" NOT GIVEN in source file; ");
    }
}


/*			Generate Outout
**			===============
*/
void WSRC_gen_html ARGS1(HTStream *, me)

{
    if (me->par_value[PAR_DATABASE_NAME]) {
	char * shortname = 0;
	int l;
	StrAllocCopy(shortname, me->par_value[PAR_DATABASE_NAME]);
	l = strlen(shortname);
	if ( l > 4 && !strcasecomp(shortname + l -4, ".src")) {
	    shortname[l-4] = 0;	/* Chop of .src -- boring! */
	}
	
	START(HTML_TITLE);
	PUTS(shortname);
	PUTS(" index");
	END(HTML_TITLE);
    
	START(HTML_H1);
	PUTS(shortname);
	PUTS(" index");
	END(HTML_H1);
    }
    
    START(HTML_DL);		/* Definition list of details */
    
    START(HTML_DT);
    PUTS("Access links");
    START(HTML_DD);
    if (me->par_value[PAR_IP_NAME] &&
	me->par_value[PAR_DATABASE_NAME]) {

	char WSRC_address[256];
	char * www_database;
	www_database = HTDeSlash(me->par_value[PAR_DATABASE_NAME]);
	sprintf(WSRC_address, "wais://%s:%s/%s",
	    me->par_value[PAR_IP_NAME],
	    me->par_value[PAR_TCP_PORT] ? me->par_value[PAR_TCP_PORT] : "210",
	    www_database);
    
	HTStartAnchor(me->target, NULL, WSRC_address);
	PUTS("Direct access");
	END(HTML_A);
	
	PUTS(" or ");
	
	sprintf(WSRC_address, "http://info.cern.ch:8001/%s:%s/%s",
	    me->par_value[PAR_IP_NAME],
	    me->par_value[PAR_TCP_PORT] ? me->par_value[PAR_TCP_PORT] : "210",
	    www_database);
	HTStartAnchor(me->target, NULL, WSRC_address);
	PUTS("Through CERN gateway");
	END(HTML_A);
	
	free(www_database);
	
    } else {
        give_parameter(me, PAR_IP_NAME);
        give_parameter(me, PAR_IP_NAME);
    }

    if (me->par_value[PAR_MAINTAINER]) {
	START(HTML_DT);
	PUTS("Maintainer");
	START(HTML_DD);
	PUTS(me->par_value[PAR_MAINTAINER]);
    }
    START(HTML_DT);
    PUTS("Host");
    START(HTML_DD);
    PUTS(me->par_value[PAR_IP_NAME]);

    END(HTML_DL);

    START(HTML_PRE);		/* Preformatted description */
    PUTS(me->par_value[PAR_DESCRIPTION]);
    END(HTML_PRE);

    (*me->targetClass.end_document)(me->target);
    (*me->targetClass.free)(me->target);
    
    return;
} /* generate html */


PRIVATE void WSRCParser_put_string ARGS2(HTStream *, context, CONST char*, str)
{
    CONST char *p;
    for(p=str; *p; p++)
        WSRCParser_put_character(context, *p);
}


PRIVATE void WSRCParser_write ARGS3(
		HTStream *, 	context,
		CONST char*, 	str,
		int, 		l)
{
    CONST char *p;
    CONST char *e = str+l;
    for(p=str; ppar_value[p]) {
		free(me->par_value[p]);
	    }
	}
    }
    free(me);
}

PRIVATE void WSRCParser_end_document ARGS1(HTStream *, me)
{
/* Nothing */
}


/*		Stream subclass		-- method routines
**		---------------
*/

HTStreamClass WSRCParserClass = {
	"WSRCParser",
	WSRCParser_free,
	WSRCParser_end_document,
	WSRCParser_put_character,
 	WSRCParser_put_string,
	WSRCParser_write

};

/*		Converter from WAIS Source to whatever
**		--------------------------------------
*/
PUBLIC HTStream* HTWSRCConvert ARGS3(
	HTPresentation *,	pres,
	HTParentAnchor *,	anchor,	
	HTStream *,		sink)
{
    HTStream * me = malloc(sizeof(*me));
    if (!me) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTWSRCConvert");

    me->isa = &WSRCParserClass;
    me->target = HTML_new(anchor, pres->rep_out, sink);
    me->targetClass = *me->target->isa;

    {
	int p;
	for(p=0; p < PAR_COUNT; p++) {	/* Clear out parameter values */
	    me->par_value[p] = 0;
	}
    }
    me->state = beginning;

    return me;
}



/*			Main Program    -- NOT USED -- HISTORICAL
**			============
**
** Takes .src on stdin and makes cache file.
*/

#ifdef TEST
PUBLIC int WWW_TraceFlag = 0;
int main(int argc, char *argv[])
{
    char c;
    
    if (argc>1) 
        WWW_TraceFlag = 0==strcmp(argv[1], "-v") ? 1 : 0;
    
    for(WSRC_init(); (c=getc(stdin)) != EOF; ) {
	if (WSRC_treat(c)) break;
        /* fprintf(stderr, "char '%c', state = %d\n", c, me->state); */
    }
    WSRC_gen_html();
        
    return 0;
    
} /* main */
#endif

1 0 WWW/Library/Implementation/HTWSRC.h1006640070060000000000000237605435571777014313 037777777777 1 0 /*                                                             A parser for WAIS source files
                                 WAIS SOURCE FILE PARSER
                                             
   This converter returns a stream object into which a WAIS source file can be written.
   The result is put via a structured stream into whatever format was required for the
   output stream.
   
   See also: HTWAIS protocol interface module
   
 */
#ifndef HTWSRC_H
#define HTWSRC_H
#include "HTUtils.h"

#include "HTFormat.h"

extern  HTStream* HTWSRCConvert PARAMS((
        HTPresentation *        pres,
        HTParentAnchor *        anchor,
        HTStream *              sink));

/*

Escaping Strings

   HTDeSlash takes out the invlaid characters in a URL path ELEMENT by converting them
   into hex-escaped characters. HTEnSlash does the reverse.
   
   Each returns a pointer to a newly allocated string which must eventually be freed by
   the caller.
   
 */
extern char * HTDeSlash PARAMS((CONST char * str));

extern char * HTEnSlash PARAMS((CONST char * str));

#endif

/*

                                                                                    Tim BL
                                                                                          
    */
s;
	char *			par_value[PAR_COUNT];
	enum tokenstate 	state;
	char 			param[BIG+1];
	int			param_number;
	int			param_count;
};




PUBLIC CONST char * hex = "0123456789ABCDEF";

/*	Decode one hex character
*/

PUBLIC char from_hex ARGS1(char, c)
{
    returnWWW/Library/Implementation/HTWriter.c1006640070060000000000000725005435571627014772 037777777777 1 0 /*		FILE WRITER			HTWrite.c
**		===========
**
*/
#include "HTWriter.h"

#define BUFFER_SIZE 4096	/* Tradeoff */

#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "tcp.h"
#include 


/*		HTML Object
**		-----------
*/

struct _HTStream {
	CONST HTStreamClass *	isa;

	int	soc;
	char	*write_pointer;
	char 	buffer[BUFFER_SIZE];
#ifdef NOT_ASCII
	BOOL	make_ascii;	/* Are we writing to the net? */
#endif
};


/*	Write the buffer out to the socket
**	----------------------------------
*/

PRIVATE void flush ARGS1(HTStream *, me)
{
    char *read_pointer 	= me->buffer;
    char *write_pointer = me->write_pointer;

#ifdef NOT_ASCCII
    if (me->make_ascii) {
    	char * p;
	for(p = me->buffer; p < me->write_pointer; p++)
	    *p = TOASCII(*p);
    }
#endif
    while (read_pointer < write_pointer) {
        int status;
	status = NETWRITE(me->soc, me->buffer,
			write_pointer - read_pointer);
	if (status<0) {
	    if(TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
	    "HTWrite: Error on socket output stream!!!\n");
	    return;
	}
	read_pointer = read_pointer + status;
    }
    me->write_pointer = me->buffer;
}


/*_________________________________________________________________________
**
**			A C T I O N 	R O U T I N E S
*/

/*	Character handling
**	------------------
*/

PRIVATE void HTWriter_put_character ARGS2(HTStream *, me, char, c)
{
    if (me->write_pointer == &me->buffer[BUFFER_SIZE]) flush(me);
    *me->write_pointer++ = c;
}



/*	String handling
**	---------------
**
**	Strings must be smaller than this buffer size.
*/
PRIVATE void HTWriter_put_string ARGS2(HTStream *, me, CONST char*, s)
{
    int l = strlen(s);
    if (me->write_pointer + l > &me->buffer[BUFFER_SIZE]) flush(me);
    strcpy(me->write_pointer, s);
    me->write_pointer = me->write_pointer + l;
}


/*	Buffer write.  Buffers can (and should!) be big.
**	------------
*/
PRIVATE void HTWriter_write ARGS3(HTStream *, me, CONST char*, s, int, l)
{
 
    CONST char *read_pointer 	= s;
    CONST char *write_pointer = s+l;

    flush(me);		/* First get rid of our buffer */

    while (read_pointer < write_pointer) {
        int status = NETWRITE(me->soc, read_pointer,
			write_pointer - read_pointer);
	if (status<0) {
	    if(TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
	    "HTWriter_write: Error on socket output stream!!!\n");
	    return;
	}
	read_pointer = read_pointer + status;
    }
}




/*	Free an HTML object
**	-------------------
**
**	Note that the SGML parsing context is freed, but the created object is not,
**	as it takes on an existence of its own unless explicitly freed.
*/
PRIVATE void HTWriter_free ARGS1(HTStream *, me)
{
    NETCLOSE(me->soc);
    flush(me);
    free(me);
}

/*	End writing
*/

PRIVATE void HTWriter_end_document ARGS1(HTStream *, me)
{
    flush(me);
}



/*	Structured Object Class
**	-----------------------
*/
PRIVATE CONST HTStreamClass HTWriter = /* As opposed to print etc */
{		
	"SocketWriter",
	HTWriter_free,
	HTWriter_end_document,
	HTWriter_put_character, 	HTWriter_put_string,
	HTWriter_write
}; 


/*	Subclass-specific Methods
**	-------------------------
*/

PUBLIC HTStream* HTWriter_new ARGS1(int, soc)
{
    HTStream* me = (HTStream*)malloc(sizeof(*me));
    if (me == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTML_new");
    me->isa = &HTWriter;       
    
#ifdef NOT_ASCII
    me->make_ascii = NO;
#endif    
    me->soc = soc;
    me->write_pointer = me->buffer;
    return me;
}

/*	Subclass-specific Methods
**	-------------------------
*/

PUBLIC HTStream* HTASCIIWriter ARGS1(int, soc)
{
    HTStream* me = (HTStream*)malloc(sizeof(*me));
    if (me == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "HTML_new");
    me->isa = &HTWriter;       

#ifdef NOT_ASCII
    me->make_ascii = YES;
#endif    
    me->soc = soc;
    me->write_pointer = me->buffer;
    return me;
}

, ".src")) {
	    shortname[l-4] = 0;	/* Chop of .src -- boring! */
	}
	
	START(HTML_TITLE);
	PUTS(shortname);
	PUTS(" index");
	END(HTML_TITLE);
    
	START(HTML_H1);
	PUTS(shortname);
	PUTS(" index");
	END(HTML_H1);
    }
    
    START(HTML_DL);		/* Definition list of details */
    
    START(HTML_DT);
    PUTS("Access links");
    START(WWW/Library/Implementation/HTWriter.h1006640070060000000000000117005372243665014770 037777777777 1 0 /*  */

/*              Unix File or Socket Writer                      HTWriter.c
**              --------------------------
**
**      This version of the stream object just writes to a socket.
**      The socket is assumed open and closed afterward.
**
**      There are two versions (identical on ASCII machines)
**      one of which converts to ASCII on output.
**
**      Bugs:
**              strings written must be less than buffer size.
*/

#ifndef HTWRITE_H
#define HTWRITE_H

#include "HTStream.h"

extern HTStream * HTWriter_new PARAMS((int soc));

extern HTStream * HTASCIIWriter PARAMS((int soc));

#endif
/*

    */
ML_PRE);		/* Preformatted description */
    PUTS(me->par_value[PAR_DESCRIPTION]);
    END(HTML_PRE);

    (*me->targetClass.end_document)(me->target);
    (*me->targetClass.free)(me->target);
    
    return;
} /* generate html */


PRIVATE void WSRCParser_put_string ARGS2(HTStream *, context, CONST char*, str)
{
    CONST char *p;
    for(p=str; *p; p++)
        WSRCParser_put_character(WWW/Library/Implementation/HText.h1006640070060000000000001302705435571772014323 037777777777 1 0 /*                                                           Rich Hypertext object for libWWW
                                  RICH HYPERTEXT OBJECT
                                             
 */

/*

   This is the C interface to the Objective-C (or whatever) HyperText class.
   
 */
#ifndef HTEXT_H
#define HTEXT_H
#include "HTAnchor.h"
#include "HTStyle.h"
#include "HTStream.h"

#ifdef SHORT_NAMES
#define HTMainText                      HTMaText
#define HTMainAnchor                    HtMaAnch
#define HText_new                       HTHTNew
#define HText_new2                      HTHTNew2
#define HText_free                      HTHTFree
#define HText_beginAppend               HTHTBeAp
#define HText_endAppend                 HTHTEnAp
#define HText_setStyle                  HTHTSeSt
#define HText_appendCharacter           HTHTApCh
#define HText_appendText                HTHTApTe
#define HText_appendParagraph           HTHTApPa
#define HText_beginAnchor               HTHTBeAn
#define HText_endAnchor                 HTHTEnAn
#define HText_dump                      HTHTDump
#define HText_nodeAnchor                HTHTNoAn
#define HText_select                    HTHTSele
#define HText_selectAnchor              HTHTSeAn
#define HText_applyStyle                HTHTApSt
#define HText_updateStyle               HTHTUpSt
#define HText_selectionStyle            HTHTStyl
#define HText_replaceSel                HTHTRepl
#define HText_applyToSimilar            HTHTApTo
#define HText_selectUnstyled            HTHTSeUn
#define HText_unlinkSelection           HTHTUnSe
#define HText_linkSelTo                 HTHTLiSe
#define HText_referenceSelected         HTHTRefS
#endif

#ifndef THINK_C
#ifndef HyperText               /* Objective C version defined HyperText */
typedef struct _HText HText;    /* Normal Library */
#endif
#else
class CHyperText;               /* Mac Think-C browser hook */
typedef CHyperText HText;
#endif

extern HText * HTMainText;              /* Pointer to current main text */
extern HTParentAnchor * HTMainAnchor;   /* Pointer to current text's anchor */

/*                      Creation and deletion
**
**      Create hypertext object                                 HText_new
*/
 extern HText * HText_new PARAMS((HTParentAnchor * anchor));
 extern HText * HText_new2 PARAMS((HTParentAnchor * anchor,
                                HTStream * output_stream));

/*      Free hypertext object                                   HText_free
*/
extern void     HText_free PARAMS((HText * me));


/*                      Object Building methods
**                      -----------------------
**
**      These are used by a parser to build the text in an object
**      HText_beginAppend must be called, then any combination of other
**      append calls, then HText_endAppend. This allows optimised
**      handling using buffers and caches which are flushed at the end.
*/
extern void HText_beginAppend PARAMS((HText * text));

extern void HText_endAppend PARAMS((HText * text));

/*      Set the style for future text
*/
extern void HText_setStyle PARAMS((HText * text, HTStyle * style));

/*      Add one character
*/
extern void HText_appendCharacter PARAMS((HText * text, char ch));

/*      Add a zero-terminated string
*/
extern void HText_appendText PARAMS((HText * text, CONST char * str));

/*      New Paragraph
*/
extern void HText_appendParagraph PARAMS((HText * text));

/*      Start/end sensitive text
**
** The anchor object is created and passed to HText_beginAnchor.
** The senstive text is added to the text object, and then HText_endAnchor
** is called. Anchors may not be nested.
*/

extern void HText_beginAnchor PARAMS((HText * text, HTChildAnchor * anc));
extern void HText_endAnchor PARAMS((HText * text));


/*      Dump diagnostics to stderr
*/
extern void HText_dump PARAMS((HText * me));

/*      Return the anchor associated with this node
*/
extern HTParentAnchor * HText_nodeAnchor PARAMS((HText * me));


/*              Browsing functions
**              ------------------
*/

/*      Bring to front and highlight it
*/

extern BOOL HText_select PARAMS((HText * text));
extern BOOL HText_selectAnchor PARAMS((HText * text, HTChildAnchor* anchor));

/*              Editing functions
**              -----------------
**
**      These are called from the application. There are many more functions
**      not included here from the orginal text object. These functions
**      NEED NOT BE IMPLEMENTED in a browser which cannot edit.
*/

/*      Style handling:
*/
/*      Apply this style to the selection
*/
extern void HText_applyStyle PARAMS((HText * me, HTStyle *style));

/*      Update all text with changed style.
*/
extern void HText_updateStyle PARAMS((HText * me, HTStyle *style));

/*      Return style of  selection
*/
extern HTStyle * HText_selectionStyle PARAMS((
        HText * me,
        HTStyleSheet* sheet));

/*      Paste in styled text
*/
extern void HText_replaceSel PARAMS((HText * me,
        CONST char *aString,
        HTStyle* aStyle));

/*      Apply this style to the selection and all similarly formatted text
**      (style recovery only)
*/
extern void HTextApplyToSimilar PARAMS((HText * me, HTStyle *style));

/*      Select the first unstyled run.
**      (style recovery only)
*/
extern void HTextSelectUnstyled PARAMS((HText * me, HTStyleSheet *sheet));


/*      Anchor handling:
*/
extern void             HText_unlinkSelection PARAMS((HText * me));
extern HTAnchor *       HText_referenceSelected PARAMS((HText * me));
extern HTAnchor *       HText_linkSelTo PARAMS((HText * me, HTAnchor* anchor));


#endif /* HTEXT_H */
/*

   end  */
ream *, me, CONST char*, s)
{
    int l = strlen(s);
    if (me->write_pointer + l > &me->buffer[BUFFER_SIZE]) flush(me);
    strcpy(me->write_pointer, s);
    me->write_pointer = me->write_pointer + l;
}


/*	Buffer write.  Buffers can (and should!) be big.
**	------------
*/
PRIVATE void HTWriter_write ARGS3(HTStream *, me, CONST char*, s, int, l)
{
 
    CONST char *read_pointer 	= s;
    CONST char *write_pointer = s+l;

    flush(me);		/* First get rid of our buffer */

    whileWWW/Library/Implementation/SGML.c1006640070060000000000004035505435571613014022 037777777777 1 0 /*			General SGML Parser code		SGML.c
**			========================
**
**	This module implements an HTStream object. To parse an
**	SGML file, create this object which is a parser. The object
**	is (currently) created by being passed a DTD structure,
**	and a target HTStructured oject at which to throw the parsed stuff.
**	
**	 6 Feb 93  Binary seraches used. Intreface modified.
*/
#include "SGML.h"

#include 
#include 
#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "HTChunk.h"
#include "tcp.h"		/* For FROMASCII */

#define INVALID (-1)

/*	The State (context) of the parser
**
**	This is passed with each call to make the parser reentrant
**
*/

#define MAX_ATTRIBUTES 20	/* Max number of attributes per element */

	
/*		Element Stack
**		-------------
**	This allows us to return down the stack reselcting styles.
**	As we return, attribute values will be garbage in general.
*/
typedef struct _HTElement HTElement;
struct _HTElement {
	HTElement *	next;	/* Previously nested element or 0 */
	HTTag*		tag;	/* The tag at this level  */
};


/*	Internal Context Data Structure
**	-------------------------------
*/
struct _HTStream {

    CONST HTStreamClass *	isa;		/* inherited from HTStream */
    
    CONST SGML_dtd 		*dtd;
    HTStructuredClass	*actions;	/* target class  */
    HTStructured	*target;	/* target object */

    HTTag 		*current_tag;
    int 		current_attribute_number;
    HTChunk		*string;
    HTElement		*element_stack;
    enum sgml_state { S_text, S_litteral, S_tag, S_tag_gap, 
		S_attr, S_attr_gap, S_equals, S_value,
		S_ero, S_cro,
		  S_squoted, S_dquoted, S_end, S_entity, S_junk_tag} state;
#ifdef CALLERDATA		  
    void *		callerData;
#endif
    BOOL present[MAX_ATTRIBUTES];	/* Flags: attribute is present? */
    char * value[MAX_ATTRIBUTES];	/* malloc'd strings or NULL if none */
} ;


#define PUTC(ch) ((*context->actions->put_character)(context->target, ch))



/*	Handle Attribute
**	----------------
*/
/* PUBLIC CONST char * SGML_default = "";   ?? */

#ifdef __STDC__
PRIVATE void handle_attribute_name(HTStream * context, const char * s)
#else
PRIVATE void handle_attribute_name(context, s)
    HTStream * context;
    char *s;
#endif
{

    HTTag * tag = context->current_tag;
    attr* attributes = tag->attributes;

    int high, low, i, diff;		/* Binary search for attribute name */
    for(low=0, high=tag->number_of_attributes;
    		high > low ;
		diff < 0 ? (low = i+1) : (high = i) )  {
	i = (low + (high-low)/2);
	diff = strcasecomp(attributes[i].name, s);
	if (diff==0) {			/* success: found it */
    	    context->current_attribute_number = i;
	    context->present[i] = YES;
	    if (context->value[i]) {
		free(context->value[i]);
		context->value[i] = NULL;
	    }
	    return;
	} /* if */
	
    } /* for */
    
    if (TRACE)
	fprintf(stderr, "SGML: Unknown attribute %s for tag %s\n",
	    s, context->current_tag->name);
    context->current_attribute_number = INVALID;	/* Invalid */
}


/*	Handle attribute value
**	----------------------
*/
#ifdef __STDC__
PRIVATE void handle_attribute_value(HTStream * context, const char * s)
#else
PRIVATE void handle_attribute_value(context, s)
    HTStream * context;
    char *s;
#endif
{
    if (context->current_attribute_number != INVALID) {
	StrAllocCopy(context->value[context->current_attribute_number], s);
    } else {
        if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "SGML: Attribute value %s ignored\n", s);
    }
    context->current_attribute_number = INVALID; /* can't have two assignments! */
}


/*	Handle entity
**	-------------
**
** On entry,
**	s	contains the entity name zero terminated
** Bugs:
**	If the entity name is unknown, the terminator is treated as
**	a printable non-special character in all cases, even if it is '<'
*/
#ifdef __STDC__
PRIVATE void handle_entity(HTStream * context, char term)
#else
PRIVATE void handle_entity(context, term)
    HTStream * context;
    char term;
#endif
{

    CONST char ** entities = context->dtd->entity_names;
    CONST char *s = context->string->data;
    
    int high, low, i, diff;
    for(low=0, high = context->dtd->number_of_entities;
    		high > low ;
		diff < 0 ? (low = i+1) : (high = i))   {  /* Binary serach */
	i = (low + (high-low)/2);
	diff = strcmp(entities[i], s);	/* Csse sensitive! */
	if (diff==0) {			/* success: found it */
	    (*context->actions->put_entity)(context->target, i);
	    return;
	}
    }
    /* If entity string not found, display as text */
    if (TRACE)
	fprintf(stderr, "SGML: Unknown entity %s\n", s); 
    PUTC('&');
    {
	CONST char *p;
	for (p=s; *p; p++) {
	    PUTC(*p);
	}
    }
    PUTC(term);
}


/*	End element
**	-----------
*/
#ifdef __STDC__
PRIVATE void end_element(HTStream * context, HTTag * old_tag)
#else
PRIVATE void end_element(context, old_tag)
    HTTag * old_tag;
    HTStream * context;
#endif
{
    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "SGML: End   \n", old_tag->name);
    if (old_tag->contents == SGML_EMPTY) {
        if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,"SGML: Illegal end tag  found.\n",
		old_tag->name);
	return;
    }
    while (context->element_stack) 	{/* Loop is error path only */
	HTElement * N = context->element_stack;
	HTTag * t = N->tag;
	
	if (old_tag != t) {		/* Mismatch: syntax error */
	    if (context->element_stack->next) {	/* This is not the last level */
		if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
	    	"SGML: Found  when expecting .  assumed.\n",
		    old_tag->name, t->name, t->name);
	    } else {			/* last level */
		if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
	            "SGML: Found  when expecting .  Ignored.\n",
		    old_tag->name, t->name, old_tag->name);
	        return;			/* Ignore */
	    }
	}
	
	context->element_stack = N->next;		/* Remove from stack */
	free(N);
	(*context->actions->end_element)(context->target,
		 t - context->dtd->tags);
	if (old_tag == t) return;  /* Correct sequence */
	
	/* Syntax error path only */
	
    }
    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
	"SGML: Extra end tag  found and ignored.\n", old_tag->name);
}


/*	Start a element
*/
#ifdef __STDC__
PRIVATE void start_element(HTStream * context)
#else
PRIVATE void start_element(context)
    HTStream * context;
#endif
{
    HTTag * new_tag = context->current_tag;
    
    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "SGML: Start <%s>\n", new_tag->name);
    (*context->actions->start_element)(
    	context->target,
	new_tag - context->dtd->tags,
	context->present,
	(CONST char**) context->value);  /* coerce type for think c */
    if (new_tag->contents != SGML_EMPTY) {		/* i.e. tag not empty */
	HTElement * N = (HTElement *)malloc(sizeof(HTElement));
        if (N == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "start_element");
	N->next = context->element_stack;
	N->tag = new_tag;
	context->element_stack = N;
    }
}


/*		Find Tag in DTD tag list
**		------------------------
**
** On entry,
**	dtd	points to dtd structire including valid tag list
**	string	points to name of tag in question
**
** On exit,
**	returns:
**		NULL		tag not found
**		else		address of tag structure in dtd
*/
PRIVATE HTTag * find_tag ARGS2(CONST SGML_dtd*, dtd, char *, string)
{
    int high, low, i, diff;
    for(low=0, high=dtd->number_of_tags;
    		high > low ;
		diff < 0 ? (low = i+1) : (high = i))   {  /* Binary serach */
	i = (low + (high-low)/2);
	diff = strcasecomp(dtd->tags[i].name, string);	/* Case insensitive */
	if (diff==0) {			/* success: found it */
	    return &dtd->tags[i];
	}
    }
    return NULL;
}

/*________________________________________________________________________
**			Public Methods
*/


PUBLIC void SGML_end  ARGS1(HTStream *, context)
{
/*	Could check that we are back to bottom of stack! @@  */

    (*context->actions->end_document)(context->target);
}


PUBLIC void SGML_free  ARGS1(HTStream *, context)
{
    (*context->actions->free)(context->target);
    HTChunkFree(context->string);
    free(context);
}


/*	Read and write user callback handle
**	-----------------------------------
**
**   The callbacks from the SGML parser have an SGML context parameter.
**   These calls allow the caller to associate his own context with a
**   particular SGML context.
*/

#ifdef CALLERDATA		  
PUBLIC void* SGML_callerData ARGS1(HTStream *, context)
{
    return context->callerData;
}

PUBLIC void SGML_setCallerData ARGS2(HTStream *, context, void*, data)
{
    context->callerData = data;
}
#endif

PUBLIC void SGML_character ARGS2(HTStream *, context, char,c)

{
    CONST SGML_dtd	*dtd	=	context->dtd;
    HTChunk	*string = 	context->string;

    switch(context->state) {
    case S_text:
	if (c=='&' && (!context->element_stack || (
	    		 context->element_stack->tag  &&
	    		 ( context->element_stack->tag->contents == SGML_MIXED
			   || context->element_stack->tag->contents ==
			      				 SGML_RCDATA)
			))) {
	    string->size = 0;
	    context->state = S_ero;
	    
	} else if (c=='<') {
	    string->size = 0;
	    context->state = (context->element_stack &&
	    		context->element_stack->tag  &&
	    		context->element_stack->tag->contents == SGML_LITTERAL) ?
	    			S_litteral : S_tag;
	} else PUTC(c);
	break;

/*	In litteral mode, waits only for specific end tag!
**	Only foir compatibility with old servers.
*/
    case S_litteral :
	HTChunkPutc(string, c);
	if ( TOUPPER(c) != ((string->size ==1) ? '/'
		: context->element_stack->tag->name[string->size-2])) {
	    int i;
	    
	    /*	If complete match, end litteral */
	    if ((c=='>') && (!context->element_stack->tag->name[string->size-2])) {
		end_element(context, context->element_stack->tag);
		string->size = 0;
		context->current_attribute_number = INVALID;
		context->state = S_text;
		break;
	    }		/* If Mismatch: recover string. */
	    PUTC( '<');
	    for (i=0; isize; i++)	/* recover */
	       PUTC(
	       				      string->data[i]);
	    context->state = S_text;	
	}
	
        break;

/*	Character reference or Entity
*/
   case S_ero:
   	if (c=='#') {
	    context->state = S_cro;  /*   &# is Char Ref Open */ 
	    break;
	}
	context->state = S_entity;    /* Fall through! */
	
/*	Handle Entities
*/
    case S_entity:
	if (isalnum(c))
	    HTChunkPutc(string, c);
	else {
	    HTChunkTerminate(string);
	    handle_entity(context, c);
	    context->state = S_text;
	}
	break;

/*	Character reference
*/
    case S_cro:
	if (isalnum(c))
	    HTChunkPutc(string, c);	/* accumulate a character NUMBER */
	else {
	    int value;
	    HTChunkTerminate(string);
	    if (sscanf(string->data, "%d", &value)==1)
	        PUTC(FROMASCII((char)value));
	    context->state = S_text;
	}
	break;

/*		Tag
*/	    
    case S_tag:				/* new tag */
	if (isalnum(c))
	    HTChunkPutc(string, c);
	else {				/* End of tag name */
	    HTTag * t;
	    if (c=='/') {
		if (TRACE) if (string->size!=0)
		    fprintf(stderr,"SGML:  `<%s/' found!\n", string->data);
		context->state = S_end;
		break;
	    }
	    HTChunkTerminate(string) ;

	    t = find_tag(dtd, string->data);
	    if (!t) {
		if(TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "SGML: *** Unknown element %s\n",
			string->data);
		context->state = (c=='>') ? S_text : S_junk_tag;
		break;
	    }
	    context->current_tag = t;
	    
	    /*  Clear out attributes
	    */
	    
	    {
	        int i;
	        for (i=0; i< context->current_tag->number_of_attributes; i++)
	    	    context->present[i] = NO;
	    }
	    string->size = 0;
	    context->current_attribute_number = INVALID;
	    
	    if (c=='>') {
		if (context->current_tag->name) start_element(context);
		context->state = S_text;
	    } else {
	        context->state = S_tag_gap;
	    }
	}
	break;

		
    case S_tag_gap:		/* Expecting attribute or > */
	if (WHITE(c)) break;	/* Gap between attributes */
	if (c=='>') {		/* End of tag */
	    if (context->current_tag->name) start_element(context);
	    context->state = S_text;
	    break;
	}
	HTChunkPutc(string, c);
	context->state = S_attr;		/* Get attribute */
	break;
	
   				/* accumulating value */
    case S_attr:
	if (WHITE(c) || (c=='>') || (c=='=')) {		/* End of word */
	    HTChunkTerminate(string) ;
	    handle_attribute_name(context, string->data);
	    string->size = 0;
	    if (c=='>') {		/* End of tag */
		if (context->current_tag->name) start_element(context);
		context->state = S_text;
		break;
	    }
	    context->state = (c=='=' ?  S_equals: S_attr_gap);
	} else {
	    HTChunkPutc(string, c);
	}
	break;
		
    case S_attr_gap:		/* Expecting attribute or = or > */
	if (WHITE(c)) break;	/* Gap after attribute */
	if (c=='>') {		/* End of tag */
	    if (context->current_tag->name) start_element(context);
	    context->state = S_text;
	    break;
	} else if (c=='=') {
	    context->state = S_equals;
	    break;
	}
	HTChunkPutc(string, c);
	context->state = S_attr;		/* Get next attribute */
	break;
	
    case S_equals:			/* After attr = */ 
	if (WHITE(c)) break;	/* Before attribute value */
	if (c=='>') {		/* End of tag */
	    if (TRACE) fprintf(stderr, "SGML: found = but no value\n");
	    if (context->current_tag->name) start_element(context);
	    context->state = S_text;
	    break;
	    
	} else if (c=='\'') {
	    context->state = S_squoted;
	    break;

	} else if (c=='"') {
	    context->state = S_dquoted;
	    break;
	}
	HTChunkPutc(string, c);
	context->state = S_value;
	break;
	
    case S_value:
	if (WHITE(c) || (c=='>')) {		/* End of word */
	    HTChunkTerminate(string) ;
	    handle_attribute_value(context, string->data);
	    string->size = 0;
	    if (c=='>') {		/* End of tag */
		if (context->current_tag->name) start_element(context);
		context->state = S_text;
		break;
	    }
	    else context->state = S_tag_gap;
	} else {
	    HTChunkPutc(string, c);
	}
	break;
		
    case S_squoted:		/* Quoted attribute value */
	if (c=='\'') {		/* End of attribute value */
	    HTChunkTerminate(string) ;
	    handle_attribute_value(context, string->data);
	    string->size = 0;
	    context->state = S_tag_gap;
	} else {
	    HTChunkPutc(string, c);
	}
	break;
	
    case S_dquoted:		/* Quoted attribute value */
	if (c=='"') {		/* End of attribute value */
	    HTChunkTerminate(string) ;
	    handle_attribute_value(context, string->data);
	    string->size = 0;
	    context->state = S_tag_gap;
	} else {
	    HTChunkPutc(string, c);
	}
	break;
	
    case S_end:					/* data)	{	/* Empty end tag */
	        t = context->element_stack->tag;
	    } else {
		t = find_tag(dtd, string->data);
	    }
	    if (!t) {
		if(TRACE) fprintf(stderr,
		    "Unknown end tag \n", string->data); 
	    } else {
	        context->current_tag = t;
		end_element( context, context->current_tag);
	    }

	    string->size = 0;
	    context->current_attribute_number = INVALID;
	    if (c!='>') {
		if (TRACE && !WHITE(c))
		    fprintf(stderr,"SGML:  `data, c);
		context->state = S_junk_tag;
	    } else {
	        context->state = S_text;
	    }
	}
	break;

		
    case S_junk_tag:
	if (c=='>') {
	    context->state = S_text;
	}
	
    } /* switch on context->state */

}  /* SGML_character */


PUBLIC void SGML_string ARGS2(HTStream *, context, CONST char*, str)
{
    CONST char *p;
    for(p=str; *p; p++)
        SGML_character(context, *p);
}


PUBLIC void SGML_write ARGS3(HTStream *, context, CONST char*, str, int, l)
{
    CONST char *p;
    CONST char *e = str+l;
    for(p=str; pisa = &SGMLParser;
    context->string = HTChunkCreate(128);	/* Grow by this much */
    context->dtd = dtd;
    context->target = target;
    context->actions = (HTStructuredClass*)(((HTStream*)target)->isa);
    					/* Ugh: no OO */
    context->state = S_text;
    context->element_stack = 0;			/* empty */
#ifdef CALLERDATA		  
    context->callerData = (void*) callerData;
#endif    
    for(i=0; ivalue[i] = 0;

    return context;
}

s,
	context->present,
	(CONST char**) context->value);  /* coerce type for think c */
    if (new_tag->contents != SGML_EMPTY) {		/* i.e. tag not empty */
	HTElement * N = (HTElement *)malloc(sizeof(HTElement));
        if (N == NULL) outofmem(__FILE__, "start_element");
	N-WWW/Library/Implementation/SGML.h1006640070060000000000001321705372243656014027 037777777777 1 0 /*                     /Net/dxcern/userd/timbl/hypertext/WWW/Library/Implementation/SGML.html
                               SGML AND STRUCTURED STREAMS
                                             
   The SGML parser is a state machine. It is called for every character
   
   of the input stream. The DTD data structure contains pointers
   
   to functions which are called to implement the actual effect of the
   
   text read. When these functions are called, the attribute structures pointed to by the
   DTD are valid, and the function is passed a pointer to the curent tag structure, and an
   "element stack" which represents the state of nesting within SGML elements.
   
   The following aspects are from Dan Connolly's suggestions:  Binary search, Strcutured
   object scheme basically, SGML content enum type.
   
   (c) Copyright CERN 1991 - See Copyright.html
   
 */
#ifndef SGML_H
#define SGML_H

#include "HTUtils.h"
#include "HTStream.h"

/*

SGML content types

 */
typedef enum _SGMLContent{
  SGML_EMPTY,    /* no content */
  SGML_LITTERAL, /* character data. Recognised excat close tag only. litteral
                    Old www server compatibility only! Not SGML */
  SGML_CDATA,    /* character data. recognize current_tag->name) start_element(context);
	    context->state = S_text;
	    break;
	    
	} else if (c=='\'') {
	    context->state = S_squoted;
	    break;

	} else if (c=='"') {
	    context->state = S_dquoted;
	    break;
	}
	HTChunkPutc(string, c);
	context->state = S_value;
	break;
	
    case S_value:
	if (WHITE(c) || (c=='>')) {		/* End of word */
	    HWWW/Library/Implementation/Version.make1006640070060000000000000001305435572001015353 037777777777 1 0 VC = 2.09a
size = 0;
	    context->state = S_tag_gap;
	} else {
	    HTChunkPutc(string, c);
	}
	break;
	
    case S_dquoted:		/* Quoted attribute value */
	if (c=='"') {		/* End of attribute value */
	    HTChunkTerminate(string) ;
	    handle_attribute_value(context, string->data);
	    string->size = 0;
	    context->state = S_tag_gap;
	} else {
	    HTChunkPutc(string, c);
	}
	break;
	
    case S_end:					/* 
                         
  EvA                     Eelco van Asperen 
                         
  MA                      Marc Andreesen NCSA
                         
  AT                      Aleksandar Totic 
                         
  SCW                     Susan C. Weber 
                         
  HISTORY:
  
  22 Feb 91               Written (TBL) as part of the WWW library.
                         
  16 Jan 92               PC code from EvA
                         
  22 Apr 93               Merged diffs bits from xmosaic release
                         
  29 Apr 93               Windows/NT code from SCW
                         
 */

#ifndef TCP_H
#define TCP_H

/*

Default values

   These values may be reset and altered by system-specific sections later on.  there are
   also a bunch of defaults at the end .
   
 */
/* Default values of those: */
#define NETCLOSE close      /* Routine to close a TCP-IP socket         */
#define NETREAD  read       /* Routine to read from a TCP-IP socket     */
#define NETWRITE write      /* Routine to write to a TCP-IP socket      */

/* Unless stated otherwise, */
#define SELECT                  /* Can handle >1 channel.               */
#define GOT_SYSTEM              /* Can call shell with string           */

#ifdef unix
#define GOT_PIPE
#endif
#ifdef VM
#define GOT_PIPE                /* Of sorts */
#endif

#ifdef DECNET
typedef struct sockaddr_dn SockA;  /* See netdnet/dn.h or custom vms.h */
#else /* Internet */
typedef struct sockaddr_in SockA;  /* See netinet/in.h */
#endif


/*

Macintosh - Think-C

   Think-C is one development environment on the Mac.
   
   We recommend that you compile with 4-byte ints to be compatible with MPW C.  We used
   Tom Milligan's s_socket library which was written for 4 byte int, and the MacTCP
   library assumes 4-byte int.
   
 */
#ifdef THINK_C
#undef GOT_SYSTEM
#define DEBUG                   /* Can't put it on the CC command line  */
#define NO_UNIX_IO              /* getuid() missing                     */
#define NO_GETPID               /* getpid() does not exist              */
#define NO_GETWD                /* getwd() does not exist               */

#undef NETCLOSE             /* Routine to close a TCP-IP socket         */
#undef NETREAD              /* Routine to read from a TCP-IP socket     */
#undef NETWRITE             /* Routine to write to a TCP-IP socket      */
#define NETCLOSE s_close    /* Routine to close a TCP-IP socket         */
#define NETREAD  s_read     /* Routine to read from a TCP-IP socket     */
#define NETWRITE s_write    /* Routine to write to a TCP-IP socket      */

#define bind s_bind         /* Funny names presumably to prevent clashes */
#define connect s_connect
#define accept s_accept
#define listen s_listen
#define socket s_socket
#define getsockname s_getsockname

/* The function prototype checking is better than the include files
*/

extern s_close(int s);
extern s_read(int s, char *buffer, int buflen);
extern s_write(int s, const char *buffer, int buflen);

extern bind(int s, struct sockaddr *name, int namelen);
extern accept(int s, struct sockaddr *addr, int *addrlen);
extern listen(int s, int qlen);
extern connect(int s, struct sockaddr *addr, int addrlen);

extern s_socket(int domain, int type, int protocol);
extern s_getsockname(int s, struct sockaddr *name, int *namelen);
extern struct hostent *gethostent(const char * name);
extern unsigned long inet_addr(const char * name);

#endif /* THINK_C */


/*

Macintosh - MPW

   MPW is one development environment on the Mac.
   
   This entry was created by Aleksandar Totic (atotic@ncsa.uiuc.edu) this file is
   compatible with sockets package released by NCSA.  One major conflict is that this
   library redefines write/read/etc as macros.  In some of HTML code these macros get
   executed when they should not be. Such files should define NO_SOCKET_DEFS on top. This
   is a temporary hack.
   
 */
#ifdef applec                   /* MPW  */
#undef GOT_SYSTEM
#define DEBUG                   /* Can't put it on the CC command line */
#define NO_UNIX_IO              /* getuid() missing
*/
#define NO_GETPID               /* getpid() does not exist
*/
#define NO_GETWD                /* getwd() does not exist
*/

#undef NETCLOSE             /* Routine to close a TCP-IP socket */
#undef NETREAD              /* Routine to read from a TCP-IP socket */
#undef NETWRITE             /* Routine to write to a TCP-IP socket */
#define NETCLOSE s_close    /* Routine to close a TCP-IP socket */
#define NETREAD  s_read     /* Routine to read from a TCP-IP socket */
#define NETWRITE s_write    /* Routine to write to a TCP-IP socket */
#define _ANSI_SOURCE
#define GUI
#define LINEFEED 10
#define ANON_FTP_HOSTNAME
#ifndef NO_SOCKET_DEFS
#include 
#endif

#include 
#include 

#endif                 /* MPW */



#ifndef STDIO_H
#include 
#define STDIO_H
#endif

/*

Big Blue - the world of incompatibility

IBM RS600

   On the IBM RS-6000, AIX is almost Unix.
   
 */
#ifdef _AIX
#define AIX
#endif
#ifdef AIX
#define unix
#endif

/*    AIX 3.2
**    -------
*/

#ifdef _IBMR2
#define USE_DIRENT              /* sys V style directory open */
#endif


/*

IBM VM-CMS, VM-XA Mainframes

   MVS is compiled as for VM. MVS has no unix-style I/O.  The command line compile options
   seem to come across in lower case.
   
 */
#ifdef mvs
#define MVS
#endif

#ifdef MVS
#define VM
#endif

#ifdef NEWLIB
#pragma linkage(newlib,OS)      /* Enables recursive NEWLIB */
#endif

/*      VM doesn't have a built-in predefined token, so we cheat: */
#ifndef VM
#include              /* For bzero etc - not  VM */
#endif

/*      Note:   All include file names must have 8 chars max (+".h")
**
**      Under VM, compile with "(DEF=VM,SHORT_NAMES,DEBUG)"
**
**      Under MVS, compile with "NOMAR DEF(MVS)" to get rid of 72 char margin
**        System include files TCPIP and COMMMAC neeed line number removal(!)
*/

#ifdef VM                       /* or MVS -- see above. */
#define NOT_ASCII               /* char type is not ASCII */
#define NO_UNIX_IO              /* Unix I/O routines are not supported */
#define NO_GETPID               /* getpid() does not exist */
#define NO_GETWD                /* getwd() does not exist */
#ifndef SHORT_NAMES
#define SHORT_NAMES             /* 8 character uniqueness for globals */
#endif
#include 
#include 
#include 
#include 
#include 
#include 
#include 
#include           /* independent */
extern char asciitoebcdic[], ebcdictoascii[];
#define TOASCII(c)   (c=='\n' ?  10  : ebcdictoascii[c])
#define FROMASCII(c) (c== 10  ? '\n' : asciitoebcdic[c])

#include 
#include 
#include 
#define INCLUDES_DONE
#define TCP_INCLUDES_DONE
#endif


/*

IBM-PC running MS-DOS with SunNFS for TCP/IP

   This code thanks to Eelco van Asperen 
   
 */
#ifdef PCNFS
#include 
#include 
#include           /* independent */
#include        /* independent */
#include 
#include           /* In place of sys/param and sys/file */
#define INCLUDES_DONE
#define FD_SET(fd,pmask) (*(unsigned*)(pmask)) |=  (1<<(fd))
#define FD_CLR(fd,pmask) (*(unsigned*)(pmask)) &= ~(1<<(fd))
#define FD_ZERO(pmask)   (*(unsigned*)(pmask))=0
#define FD_ISSET(fd,pmask) (*(unsigned*)(pmask) & (1<<(fd)))
#endif  /* PCNFS */

/*

IBM-PC running Windows NT

   These parameters providede by  Susan C. Weber .
   
 */
#ifdef _WINDOWS
#include "fcntl.h"                      /* For HTFile.c */
#include "sys\types.h"                  /* For HTFile.c */
#include "sys\stat.h"                   /* For HTFile.c */

#undef NETREAD
#undef NETWRITE
#undef NETCLOSE
#define NETREAD(s,b,l)  ((s)>10 ? recv((s),(b),(l),0) : read((s),(b),(l)))
#define NETWRITE(s,b,l) ((s)>10 ? send((s),(b),(l),0) : write((s),(b),(l)))
#define NETCLOSE(s)     ((s)>10 ? closesocket(s) : close(s))
#include 
#include 
#include 
#include 
#include 
#include 
#include 
typedef struct sockaddr_in SockA;  /* See netinet/in.h */
#define INCLUDES_DONE
#define TCP_INCLUDES_DONE
#endif  /* WINDOWS */



/*

VAX/VMS

   Under VMS, there are many versions of TCP-IP. Define one if you do not use Digital's
   UCX product:
   
  UCX                     DEC's "Ultrix connection" (default)
                         
  WIN_TCP                 From Wollongong, now GEC software.
                         
  MULTINET                From SRI, now from TGV Inv.
                         
  DECNET                  Cern's TCP socket emulation over DECnet
                         
   The last three do not interfere with the unix i/o library, and so they need special
   calls to read, write and close sockets. In these cases the socket number is a VMS
   channel number, so we make the @@@ HORRIBLE @@@ assumption that a channel number will
   be greater than 10 but a unix file descriptor less than 10.  It works.
   
 */
#ifdef vms
/*

   #define CACHE_FILE_PREFIX  "SYS$LOGIN:Z_"
   
 */
#ifdef WIN_TCP
#undef NETREAD
#undef NETWRITE
#undef NETCLOSE
#define NETREAD(s,b,l)  ((s)>10 ? netread((s),(b),(l)) : read((s),(b),(l)))
#define NETWRITE(s,b,l) ((s)>10 ? netwrite((s),(b),(l)) : write((s),(b),(l)))
#define NETCLOSE(s)     ((s)>10 ? netclose(s) : close(s))
#endif

#ifdef MULTINET
#undef NETCLOSE
#undef NETREAD
#undef NETWRITE
#define NETREAD(s,b,l)  ((s)>10 ? socket_read((s),(b),(l)) : read((s),(b),(l)))
#define NETWRITE(s,b,l) ((s)>10 ? socket_write((s),(b),(l)) : \
                                write((s),(b),(l)))
#define NETCLOSE(s)     ((s)>10 ? socket_close(s) : close(s))
#endif

#ifdef DECNET
#undef SELECT  /* not supported */
#undef NETREAD
#undef NETWRITE
#undef NETCLOSE
#define NETREAD(s,b,l)  ((s)>10 ? recv((s),(b),(l),0) : read((s),(b),(l)))
#define NETWRITE(s,b,l) ((s)>10 ? send((s),(b),(l),0) : write((s),(b),(l)))
#define NETCLOSE(s)     ((s)>10 ? socket_close(s) : close(s))
#endif /* Decnet */

/*      Certainly this works for UCX and Multinet; not tried for Wollongong
*/
#ifdef MULTINET
#include "multinet_root:[multinet.include.sys]types.h"
#include "multinet_root:[multinet.include]errno.h"
#include "multinet_root:[multinet.include.sys]time.h"
#else
#include types
#include errno
#include time
#endif /* multinet */

#include string

#ifndef STDIO_H
#include stdio
#define STDIO_H
#endif

#include file

#ifndef DECNET  /* Why is it used at all ? Types conflict with "types.h" */
#include unixio
#endif

#define INCLUDES_DONE

#ifdef MULTINET  /* Include from standard Multinet directories */
#include "multinet_root:[multinet.include.sys]socket.h"
#ifdef __TIME_LOADED  /* defined by sys$library:time.h */
#define __TIME  /* to avoid double definitions in next file */
#endif
#include "multinet_root:[multinet.include.netinet]in.h"
#include "multinet_root:[multinet.include.arpa]inet.h"
#include "multinet_root:[multinet.include]netdb.h"

#else  /* not multinet */
#ifdef DECNET
#include "types.h"  /* for socket.h */
#include "socket.h"
#include "dn"
#include "dnetdb"
/* #include "vms.h" */

#else /* UCX or WIN */
#include socket
#include in
#include inet
#include netdb

#endif  /* not DECNET */
#endif  /* of Multinet or other TCP includes */

#define TCP_INCLUDES_DONE

#endif  /* vms */



/*

SCO ODT unix version

 */

#ifdef sco
#include 
#define USE_DIRENT
#endif

/*

MIPS unix

 */
/* Mips hack (bsd4.3/sysV mixture...) */

#ifdef mips
extern int errno;
#endif


/*

Regular BSD unix versions

   These are a default unix where not already defined specifically.
   
 */
#ifndef INCLUDES_DONE
#include 
/* #include                  not ultrix */
#include 

#include           /* independent */
#include        /* independent */
#include 
#include 
#include        /* For open() etc */
#define INCLUDES_DONE
#endif  /* Normal includes */

/*                      Directory reading stuff - BSD or SYS V
*/
#ifdef unix                    /* if this is to compile on a UNIX machine */
#define GOT_READ_DIR 1    /* if directory reading functions are available */
#ifdef USE_DIRENT             /* sys v version */
#include 
#define direct dirent
#else
#include 
#endif
#if defined(sun) && defined(__svr4__)
#include 
#include 
#endif
#endif

/*

Defaults

  INCLUDE FILES FOR TCP
  
 */
#ifndef TCP_INCLUDES_DONE
#include 
#include 
#ifndef __hpux /* this may or may not be good -marc */
#include       /* Must be after netinet/in.h */
#endif
#include 
#endif  /* TCP includes */


/*

  MACROS FOR MANIPULATING MASKS FOR SELECT()
  
 */
#ifdef SELECT
#ifndef FD_SET
typedef unsigned int fd_set;
#define FD_SET(fd,pmask) (*(pmask)) |=  (1<<(fd))
#define FD_CLR(fd,pmask) (*(pmask)) &= ~(1<<(fd))
#define FD_ZERO(pmask)   (*(pmask))=0
#define FD_ISSET(fd,pmask) (*(pmask) & (1<<(fd)))
#endif  /* FD_SET */
#endif  /* SELECT */

/*

  M ACROS FOR CONVERTING CHARACTERS
  
 */
#ifndef TOASCII
#define TOASCII(c) (c)
#define FROMASCII(c) (c)
#endif

/*

  CACHE FILE PREFIX
  
   This is something onto which we tag something meaningful to make a cache file name.
   used in HTWSRC.c at least. If it is nor defined at all, caching is turned off.
   
 */
#ifndef CACHE_FILE_PREFIX
#ifdef unix
#define CACHE_FILE_PREFIX  "/usr/wsrc/"
#endif
#endif

#endif /* TCP_H */



/*

   end of system-specific file  */
 char * name);

#endif /* THINK_C */


/*

Macintosh - MPW

   MPW is one development environment on the Mac.
   
   This entWWW/Library/unix.x/0407750070060000000000000000005442250613010533 5     0 1 0 WWW/Library/unix.x/Imakefile1006640070060000000000001605705435603063013166 037777777777 1 0 #  Make WWW under unix for a.n.other unix system (bsd)
#   Use this as a template

#include "../../TkWWW/tkWWW.imake"

# For W3 distribution, machine type for subdirectories
WWW_MACH = unix.x

# The ASIS repository's name for the machine we are on
ASIS_MACH = hardware/os

#_________________ OK if normal W3 distribution
# Where is the WWW source root?
WWW = ../..

#  Where should temporary (object) files go?
WTMP = /tmp

#	Common Makefile for W3 Library Code
#	-----------------------------------
#
#	(c) CERN 1990, 1991 -- see Copyright.html for conditions
#
# This file should be invariant between systems.
#	DEPENDENCIES NOT COMPLETE @@
#
#	make		Compile and link the software (private version)
#	make clean	Remove intermediate files

WC = $(WWW)/Library
CMN = $(WWW)/Library/Implementation/

# Where shall we put the objects and built library?

LOB = $(WTMP)/Library/$(WWW_MACH)

# Bug: This path, if relative, is taken relative to the directory
# in which this makefile is, not the pwd.  This screws up the 
# recursive invocation

#include "../../Library/Implementation/Version.make"

CFLAGS2 = $(CFLAGS) -I$(CMN)

CERNLIBBIN = $(WWW)/bin

COMMON = $(LOB)/HTParse.o $(LOB)/HTAccess.o $(LOB)/HTTP.o \
	$(LOB)/HTFile.o	$(LOB)/HTBTree.o $(LOB)/HTFTP.o $(LOB)/HTTCP.o \
	$(LOB)/SGML.o $(LOB)/HTML.o $(LOB)/HTMLDTD.o $(LOB)/HTChunk.o \
	$(LOB)/HTPlain.o $(LOB)/HTWriter.o $(LOB)/HTFWriter.o \
	$(LOB)/HTMLGen.o \
	$(LOB)/HTAtom.o $(LOB)/HTAnchor.o $(LOB)/HTStyle.o \
	$(LOB)/HTList.o $(LOB)/HTString.o $(LOB)/HTAlert.o \
	$(LOB)/HTRules.o $(LOB)/HTFormat.o $(LOB)/HTInit.o $(LOB)/HTMIME.o \
	$(LOB)/HTHistory.o $(LOB)/HTNews.o $(LOB)/HTGopher.o \
	$(LOB)/HTTelnet.o  $(LOB)/HTWSRC.o $(HTWAIS)

CFILES = $(CMN)HTParse.c $(CMN)HTAccess.c $(CMN)HTTP.c $(CMN)HTFile.c \
	$(CMN)HTBTree.c \
	$(CMN)HTFTP.c   $(CMN)HTTCP.c     $(CMN)SGML.c $(CMN)HTML.c	\
	$(CMN)HTMLDTD.c \
	$(CMN)HTPlain.c	$(CMN)HTWriter.c  $(CMN)HTFWriter.c $(CMN)HTMLGen.c	\
	$(CMN)HTChunk.c $(CMN)HTAtom.c   $(CMN)HTAnchor.c $(CMN)HTStyle.c \
	$(CMN)HTList.c  $(CMN)HTString.c $(CMN)HTAlert.c $(CMN)HTRules.c \
	$(CMN)HTFormat.c $(CMN)HTInit.c $(CMN)HTMIME.c $(CMN)HTHistory.c \
	$(CMN)HTNews.c  $(CMN)HTGopher.c $(CMN)HTTelnet.c \
	$(CMN)HTWAIS.c  $(CMN)HTWSRC.c

HFILES = $(CMN)HTParse.h $(CMN)HTAccess.h $(CMN)HTTP.h $(CMN)HTFile.h \
	$(CMN)HTBTree.h	$(CMN)HTFTP.h $(CMN)HTTCP.h \
	$(CMN)SGML.h $(CMN)HTML.h $(CMN)HTMLDTD.h $(CMN)HTChunk.h \
	$(CMN)HTPlain.h		$(CMN)HTWriter.h \
	$(CMN)HTFWriter.h 	$(CMN)HTMLGen.h	\
	$(CMN)HTStream.h \
	$(CMN)HTAtom.h $(CMN)HTAnchor.h $(CMN)HTStyle.h \
	$(CMN)HTList.h \
	$(CMN)HTString.h $(CMN)HTAlert.h $(CMN)HTRules.h \
	$(CMN)HTFormat.h $(CMN)HTInit.h \
	$(CMN)HTMIME.h $(CMN)HTHistory.h $(CMN)HTNews.h \
	$(CMN)HTGopher.h \
	$(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)tcp.h $(CMN)WWW.h $(CMN)HText.h \
	$(CMN)HTTelnet.h \
	$(CMN)HTWAIS.h  $(CMN)HTWSRC.h

SOURCES = $(CFILES) $(HFILES) $(CMN)Version.make $(CMN)CommonMakefile \
	$(WWW)/README.txt $(WWW)/Copyright.txt $(WWW)/BUILD
SPECIFIC = $(WWW)/All/*/Makefile.include $(WWW)/All/Implementation/Makefile*


#	Library
#
#  On SGI, ranlib is unnecessary and does not exist so we ignore errors
# for that step
all: $(LOB)/libwww.a
	$(MV) $(LOB)/libwww.a $(WC)/$(WWW_MACH)

$(LOB)/libwww.a : $(COMMON)
	ar r $(LOB)/libwww.a $(COMMON)
	-ranlib $(LOB)/libwww.a

#	Clean up everything generatable except final products
clean ::
	$(RM) $(LOB)/*.o $(LOB)/.created
	-rmdir $(LOB)

#	Clean up everything generatable including final products

cleanall :: clean
	$(RM) $(LOB)/libwww.a

# 			Common code
#			-----------

#	Directory for object files - .created checks it exists

OE = $(LOB)/.created
$(OE) :
	-mkdir $(WTMP)
	-mkdir $(WTMP)/Library
	-mkdir $(WTMP)/Library/$(WWW_MACH)
	touch $@

$(LOB)/HTList.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTList.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTList.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTList.c

$(LOB)/HTAnchor.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTAnchor.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTList.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTAnchor.c

$(LOB)/HTFormat.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTFormat.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTList.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTFormat.c

$(LOB)/HTInit.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTInit.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTList.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTInit.c

$(LOB)/HTMIME.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTMIME.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTList.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTMIME.c

$(LOB)/HTHistory.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTHistory.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTList.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTHistory.c

$(LOB)/HTNews.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTNews.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTList.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTNews.c

$(LOB)/HTGopher.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTGopher.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTList.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTGopher.c

$(LOB)/HTTelnet.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTTelnet.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTTelnet.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTTelnet.c

$(LOB)/HTStyle.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTStyle.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTStyle.c

$(LOB)/HTAtom.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTAtom.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTAtom.c

$(LOB)/HTChunk.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTChunk.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTChunk.c

$(LOB)/HTString.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTString.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)Version.make
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) -DVC=\"$(VC)\" $(CMN)HTString.c

$(LOB)/HTAlert.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTAlert.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)Version.make
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) -DVC=\"$(VC)\" $(CMN)HTAlert.c

$(LOB)/HTRules.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTRules.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)Version.make
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) -DVC=\"$(VC)\" $(CMN)HTRules.c

$(LOB)/SGML.o : $(OE) $(CMN)SGML.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)SGML.c

$(LOB)/HTML.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTML.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTMLDTD.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTML.c

$(LOB)/HTMLGen.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTMLGen.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTMLDTD.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTMLGen.c

$(LOB)/HTMLDTD.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTMLDTD.c $(CMN)SGML.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTMLDTD.c

$(LOB)/HTPlain.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTPlain.c $(CMN)HTPlain.h $(CMN)HTStream.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTPlain.c

$(LOB)/HTWAIS.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTWAIS.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTList.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(WAISINC) $(CMN)HTWAIS.c

$(LOB)/HTWSRC.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTWSRC.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTList.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTWSRC.c

$(LOB)/HTWriter.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTWriter.c $(CMN)HTWriter.h $(CMN)HTStream.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTWriter.c

$(LOB)/HTFWriter.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTFWriter.c $(CMN)HTFWriter.h $(CMN)HTStream.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTFWriter.c

#	Communications & Files

$(LOB)/HTTP.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTTP.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTTP.c

$(LOB)/HTTCP.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTTCP.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTTCP.c

$(LOB)/HTFile.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTFile.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTFile.c

$(LOB)/HTBTree.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTBTree.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTBTree.c

$(LOB)/HTFTP.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTFTP.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTFTP.c

$(LOB)/HTAccess.o : $(OE)  $(CMN)HTAccess.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTAccess.c

$(LOB)/HTParse.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTParse.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTParse.c


/* #include                  not ultrix */
#include 

#include           /* independent */
#include        /* independent */
#include 
#include 
#include        /* For open() etc */
#define INCLUDES_DONE
#endif  /* Normal includes */

/*                      Directory reading stuff - BSD or SYS V
*/
#ifdef unix                    /* if this is to compile on a UNIX machine */
WWW/Library/unix.x/0407750070060000000000000000005442250613010533 5     0 1 0 WWW/Library/unix.x/Imakefile1006640070060000000000001605705435603063013166 037777777777 1 0 #  Make WWW under unix for a.n.other unix system (bsd)
#   Use this as a template

#include "../../TkWWW/tkWWW.imake"

# For W3 distribution, machine type for subdirectories
WWW_MACH = unix.x

# The ASIS repository's name for the machine we are on
ASIS_MACH = hardware/os

#_________________ OK if normal W3 distribution
# Where is the WWW source root?
WWW = ../..

#  Where should temporary (object) files go?
WTMP = /tmp

#	Common Makefile for W3 Library Code
#	-----------------------------------
#
#	(c) CERN 1990, 1991 -- see Copyright.html for conditions
#
# This file should be invariant between systems.
#	DEPENDENCIES NOT COMPLETE @@
#
#	make		Compile and link the software (private version)
#	make clean	Remove intermediate files

WC = $(WWW)/Library
CMN = $(WWW)/Library/Implementation/

# Where shall we put the objects and built library?

LOB = $(WTMP)/Library/$(WWW_MACH)

# Bug: This path, if relative, is taken relative to the directory
# in which this makefile is, not the pwd.  This screws up the 
# recursive invocation

#include "../../Library/Implementation/Version.make"

CFLAGS2 = $(CFLAGS) -I$(CMN)

CERNLIBBIN = $(WWW)/bin

COMMON = $(LOB)/HTParse.o $(LOB)/HTAccess.o $(LOB)/HTTP.o \
	$(LOB)/HTFile.o	$(LOB)/HTBTree.o $(LOB)/HTFTP.o $(LOB)/HTTCP.o \
	$(LOB)/SGML.o $(LOB)/HTML.o $(LOB)/HTMLDTD.o $(LOB)/HTChunk.o \
	$(LOB)/HTPlain.o $(LOB)/HTWriter.o $(LOB)/HTFWriter.o \
	$(LOB)/HTMLGen.o \
	$(LOB)/HTAtom.o $(LOB)/HTAnchor.o $(LOB)/HTStyle.o \
	$(LOB)/HTList.o $(LOB)/HTString.o $(LOB)/HTAlert.o \
	$(LOB)/HTRules.o $(LOB)/HTFormat.o $(LOB)/HTInit.o $(LOB)/HTMIME.o \
	$(LOB)/HTHistory.o $(LOB)/HTNews.o $(LOB)/HTGopher.o \
	$(LOB)/HTTelnet.o  $(LOB)/HTWSRC.o $(HTWAIS)

CFILES = $(CMN)HTParse.c $(CMN)HTAccess.c $(CMN)HTTP.c $(CMN)HTFile.c \
	$(CMN)HTBTree.c \
	$(CMN)HTFTP.c   $(CMN)HTTCP.c     $(CMN)SGML.c $(CMN)HTML.c	\
	$(CMN)HTMLDTD.c \
	$(CMN)HTPlain.c	$(CMN)HTWriter.c  $(CMN)HTFWriter.c $(CMN)HTMLGen.c	\
	$(CMN)HTChunk.c $(CMN)HTAtom.c   $(CMN)HTAnchor.c $(CMN)HTStyle.c \
	$(CMN)HTList.c  $(CMN)HTString.c $(CMN)HTAlert.c $(CMN)HTRules.c \
	$(CMN)HTFormat.c $(CMN)HTInit.c $(CMN)HTMIME.c $(CMN)HTHistory.c \
	$(CMN)HTNews.c  $(CMN)HTGopher.c $(CMN)HTTelnet.c \
	$(CMN)HTWAIS.c  $(CMN)HTWSRC.c

HFILES = $(CMN)HTParse.h $(CMN)HTAccess.h $(CMN)HTTP.h $(CMN)HTFile.h \
	$(CMN)HTBTree.h	$(CMN)HTFTP.h $(CMN)HTTCP.h \
	$(CMN)SGML.h $(CMN)HTML.h $(CMN)HTMLDTD.h $(CMN)HTChunk.h \
	$(CMN)HTPlain.h		$(CMN)HTWriter.h \
	$(CMN)HTFWriter.h 	$(CMN)HTMLGen.h	\
	$(CMN)HTStream.h \
	$(CMN)HTAtom.h $(CMN)HTAnchor.h $(CMN)HTStyle.h \
	$(CMN)HTList.h \
	$(CMN)HTString.h $(CMN)HTAlert.h $(CMN)HTRules.h \
	$(CMN)HTFormat.h $(CMN)HTInit.h \
	$(CMN)HTMIME.h $(CMN)HTHistory.h $(CMN)HTNews.h \
	$(CMN)HTGopher.h \
	$(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)tcp.h $(CMN)WWW.h $(CMN)HText.h \
	$(CMN)HTTelnet.h \
	$(CMN)HTWAIS.h  $(CMN)HTWSRC.h

SOURCES = $(CFILES) $(HFILES) $(CMN)Version.make $(CMN)CommonMakefile \
	$(WWW)/README.txt $(WWW)/Copyright.txt $(WWW)/BUILD
SPECIFIC = $(WWW)/All/*/Makefile.include $(WWW)/All/Implementation/Makefile*


#	Library
#
#  On SGI, ranlib is unnecessary and does not exist so we ignore errors
# for that step
all: $(LOB)/libwww.a
	$(MV) $(LOB)/libwww.a $(WC)/$(WWW_MACH)

$(LOB)/libwww.a : $(COMMON)
	ar r $(LOB)/libwww.a $(COMMON)
	-ranlib $(LOB)/libwww.a

#	Clean up everything generatable except final products
clean ::
	$(RM) $(LOB)/*.o $(LOB)/.created
	-rmdir $(LOB)

#	Clean up everything generatable including final products

cleanall :: clean
	$(RM) $(LOB)/libwww.a

# 			Common code
#			-----------

#	Directory for object files - .created checks it exists

OE = $(LOB)/.created
$(OE) :
	-mkdir $(WTMP)
	-mkdir $(WTMP)/Library
	-mkdir $(WTMP)/Library/$(WWW_MACH)
	touch $@

$(LOB)/HTList.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTList.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTList.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTList.c

$(LOB)/HTAnchor.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTAnchor.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTList.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTAnchor.c

$(LOB)/HTFormat.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTFormat.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTList.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTFormat.c

$(LOB)/HTInit.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTInit.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTList.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTInit.c

$(LOB)/HTMIME.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTMIME.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTList.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTMIME.c

$(LOB)/HTHistory.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTHistory.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTList.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTHistory.c

$(LOB)/HTNews.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTNews.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTList.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTNews.c

$(LOB)/HTGopher.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTGopher.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTList.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTGopher.c

$(LOB)/HTTelnet.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTTelnet.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTTelnet.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTTelnet.c

$(LOB)/HTStyle.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTStyle.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTStyle.c

$(LOB)/HTAtom.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTAtom.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTAtom.c

$(LOB)/HTChunk.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTChunk.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTChunk.c

$(LOB)/HTString.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTString.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)Version.make
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) -DVC=\"$(VC)\" $(CMN)HTString.c

$(LOB)/HTAlert.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTAlert.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)Version.make
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) -DVC=\"$(VC)\" $(CMN)HTAlert.c

$(LOB)/HTRules.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTRules.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)Version.make
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) -DVC=\"$(VC)\" $(CMN)HTRules.c

$(LOB)/SGML.o : $(OE) $(CMN)SGML.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)SGML.c

$(LOB)/HTML.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTML.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTMLDTD.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTML.c

$(LOB)/HTMLGen.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTMLGen.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTMLDTD.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTMLGen.c

$(LOB)/HTMLDTD.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTMLDTD.c $(CMN)SGML.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTMLDTD.c

$(LOB)/HTPlain.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTPlain.c $(CMN)HTPlain.h $(CMN)HTStream.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTPlain.c

$(LOB)/HTWAIS.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTWAIS.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTList.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(WAISINC) $(CMN)HTWAIS.c

$(LOB)/HTWSRC.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTWSRC.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h $(CMN)HTList.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTWSRC.c

$(LOB)/HTWriter.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTWriter.c $(CMN)HTWriter.h $(CMN)HTStream.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTWriter.c

$(LOB)/HTFWriter.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTFWriter.c $(CMN)HTFWriter.h $(CMN)HTStream.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTFWriter.c

#	Communications & Files

$(LOB)/HTTP.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTTP.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTTP.c

$(LOB)/HTTCP.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTTCP.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTTCP.c

$(LOB)/HTFile.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTFile.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTFile.c

$(LOB)/HTBTree.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTBTree.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTBTree.c

$(LOB)/HTFTP.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTFTP.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTFTP.c

$(LOB)/HTAccess.o : $(OE)  $(CMN)HTAccess.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTAccess.c

$(LOB)/HTParse.o : $(OE) $(CMN)HTParse.c $(CMN)HTUtils.h
	$(CC) -c -o $@ $(CFLAGS2) $(CMN)HTParse.c


/* #include                  not ultrix */
#include 

#include           /* independent */
#include        /* independent */
#include 
#include 
#include        /* For open() etc */
#define INCLUDES_DONE
#endif  /* Normal includes */

/*                      Directory reading stuff - BSD or SYS V
*/
#ifdef unix                    /* if this is to compile on a UNIX machine */